Press Alt + R to read the document text or Alt + P to download or print.

No preview available

The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutContract y CAG-02-118 1997 Edition -Electronic Format AIA Document A101-1997 Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor where the basis of payment is a STIPULATED SUM AGREEMENT made as of the day of in the year of 2002 THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL (In words,indicate day,month and year) CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH BETWEEN the Owner: RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR (Name,address and otherinformation) MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA City of Renton DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA 1055 S. Grady Way DOCUMENT D401. Renton, WA 98055 AIA Document A201-1997,General and the Contractor: Conditions of the Contract for (Name,address and other information) Construction,is adopted in this document Fredhoe's Building Construction Co. by reference.Do not use with other 13428 First Place W. general conditions unless this document is Everett. WA 98208 modified. The Project ix This document has been approved and 1 endorsed by The Associated General (Name and location) Contractors of America. Traffic Management Center Renton City Hall 1055 S. Grady Way Renton, WA 98055 The Architect is: (Name,address and otherinformation) IBI Group Planners 615 Second Avenue, Suite 632 Seattle, WA 98104 The Owner and Contractor agree as follows. ARTICLE 1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement, Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions), Drawings, Specifications, Addenda issued prior to execution of this Agreement, other documents listed in this Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement;these form the Contract,and are as fully a part of the Contract as if attached to this Agreement or repeated herein. The Contract represents the .'`, entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, �f•� 'W representations or agreements, either written or oral. An enumeration of the Contract Documents,other than Modifications,appears in Article 8. 01997 AIA® ARTICLE 2 THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT AIA ER-CO TR TOR AGREEMENT OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT The Contractor shall fully execute the Work described in the Contract Documents, except to the extent specifically indicated in the Contract Documents to be the responsibility of others. The American Institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. ARTICLE 3 DATE OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION Washington,D.C.20006-5292 1915, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1967, 1974, 1977, 1987, 0 1997 by The American nstitute o Architects. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United States and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates US copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.expiration as noted below.User Document:2002-235aa traffic mgmt ctr.aia--10/1/2002.AIA License Number 1008538,which expires on 9/3/2003. 1 3.1 The date of commencement of the Work shall be the date of this Agreement unless a different date is stated below or provision is made for the date to be fixed in a notice to proceed issued by the Owner. (Insert the date of commencement ifit differs from the date of this Agreement or,ifapp/icable,state that the date will be fixed in a notice to proceed.) If, prior to the commencement of the Work, the Owner requires time to file mortgages, mechanic's liens and other security interests,the Owner's time requirement shall be as follows: THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 3.2 The Contract Time shall be measured from the date of commencement. CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR 3.3 The Contractor shall achieve Substantial Completion of the entire Work not later than MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF Ninety (90)days from the date of commencement,or as follows: THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA (Insert number of calendar days. Alternatively, a calendar date may be used when coordinated with the date of DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA commencement. Unless stated elsewhere in the Contract Documents,insert any requirements for earlier Substantial DOCUMENT D401. Completion ofcertain portions of the Work.) AIA Document A201-1997,General Conditions of the Contract for subject to adjustments of this Contract Time as provided in the Contract Documents. Construction,is adopted in this document (Insert provisions,if any,for liquidated damages relating to failure to complete on time or for bonus payments for by reference.Do not use with other early completion ofthe Work.) general conditions unless this document is For each calendar day after date established by the above allowed time that and modified. portion of the work remains incomplete and any portion of the building that remains unavailable for occupancy (in the Owner's sole judgment), the Sum of One Hundred This document has been approved and ($100.00) Dollars not to be construed in any sense a_penally but as fixed agreed endorsed by The Associated General liquidated damages occurred by the Owner for failure of the Contractor to meet the Contractors of America. schedule completion dates. ARTICLE 4 CONTRACT SUM 4.1 The Owner shall pay the Contractor the Contract Sum in current funds for the Contractor's performance of the Contract. The Contract Sum shall be One Hundred Six- Eight Thousand. Seven Hundred Thirty-Three Dollars and 56 Cents (s 168.733.56 ), subject to additions and deductions as provided in the Contract Documents. 4.2 The Contract Sum is based upon the following alternates,if any,which are described in the Contract Documents and are hereby accepted by the Owner: (State the numbers or other identification of accepted alternates.Ifdecisions on other aftemates are to be made by the Owner subsequent to the execution of this Agreement,attach a schedule ofsuch other alternates showing the amount for each and the date when that amount expires) N/A .rte 4.3 Unit prices,if any,are as follows: N/A ARTICLE 5 PAYMENTS 5.1 PROGRESS PAYMENTS 01997 AIA® 5.1.1 Based upon Applications for Payment submitted to the Architect by the Contractor AIA DOCUMENT A101-1997 and Certificates for Payment issued by the Architect,the Owner shall make progress payments OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT on account of the Contract Sum to the Contractor as provided below and elsewhere in the The American Institute of Architects Contract Documents. 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. 5.1.2 The period covered by each Application for Payment shall be one calendar month Washington,D.C.20006-5292 ending on the last day of the month,or as follows: 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 9 9 1987, O 1997 by The American Institute o Architects. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United States and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates US copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.expiration as noted below.User Document:2002-235aa traffic mgmt ctr.aia--1011/2002.AIA License Number 1008538,which expires on 9/3/2003. 2 5.1.3 lrevided-tlrErt-ate Application Payfflent4s reeeived*4he n� itecz met-lete�#Irett- the day of the Owner-shall make patent to the Gentmetefnot later than the dayef- the «.l, if aft n ppli at r,._Payment r-eeeived by the A_ehit a after-the applieatieft date fi*ed abeye, payment-hall-be made-hy-the bier-Rot 4atef-thea--days-afEer-the nzachiteet- Feeeives-the Appkeation-fef Payment.--The Owner shall provide the Contractor with an Accounts Payable Calendar listing the cutoff dates for submissions of an Application for Payment An Application for Payment must be submitted to the Architect a minimum of two (2) weeks before a cutoff date to be included in that billing cycle THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL payment date. CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH 5.1.4 Each Application for Payment shall be based on the most recent schedule of values RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR submitted b the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents. The schedule of MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF Y THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA values shall allocate the entire Contract Sum among the various portions of the Work. The DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA schedule of values shall be prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its DOCUMENT D401. accuracy as the Architect may require. This schedule,unless objected to by the Architect,shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's Applications for Payment. AIA Document A201-1997,General Conditions of the Contract for 5.1.5 Applications for Payment shall indicate the percentage of completion of each portion Construction,is adopted in this document of the Work as of the end of the period covered by the Application for Payment. by reference.Do not use with other general conditions unless this document is 5.1.6 Subject to other provisions of the Contract Documents,the amount of each progress modified. payment shall be computed as follows: This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General 1 Take that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to completed Work as Contractors of America. determined by multiplying the percentage completion of each portion of the Work by the share of the Contract Sum allocated to that portion of the Work in the schedule of values,less retainage of Five percent( 5%). Pending final determination of cost to the Owner of changes in the Work, amounts not in dispute shall be included as provided in Subparagraph 7.3.8 of AIA Document A2oi-1997. .2 Add that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the completed construction (or,if approved in advance by the Owner,suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing),less retainage of Five percent( /6); .3 Subtract the aggregate of previous payments made by the Owner,and .4 Subtract amounts, if any, for which the Architect has withheld or nullified a Certificate for Payment as provided in Paragraph 9.5 of AIA Document A2o-1997. Si 5.1.7 The progress payment amount determined in accordance with Subparagraph 5.1.6 shall be further modified under the following circumstances: 1 Add,upon Substantial Completion of the Work,a sum sufficient to increase the total rn . _ .. payments to the full amount of the Contract Sum,less such amounts as the Architect shall determine for incomplete Work,retainage applicable to such work and unsettled claims;and 01997 AIA® (Subparagraph 9.&S ofAIA Document A2ot-1997 requires release of applicable retainage upon Substantial AIA DOCUMENT AIOI-1997 Completion of Work with consent ofsurety,ifany.) OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT .2 Add,if final completion of the Work is thereafter materially delayed through no fault The American Institute of Architects of the Contractor,any additional amounts payable in accordance with Subparagraph 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. 9.10.3 of AIA Document A2o1-1997. Washington,D.C. 20006-5292 5.1.8 Reduction or limitation of retainage,if any,shall be as follows: (If it is intended,prior to Substantial Completion of the entire Work,to reduce or limit the retainage resulting from the percentages inserted in Clauses SZ6.1 and 5.1.6.2 above, and this is not explained elsewhere in the Contract Documents,insert here provisions forsuch reduction orlimitation.) 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1987, ® 1997 by The American Institute o Architects. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United States and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates US copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.expiration as noted below.User Document: 2002-235aa traffic mgmt ctr.aia--10/1/2002.AIA License Number 1008538,which expires on 9/3/2003. 3 5.1.9 Except with the Owner's prior approval, the Contractor shall not make advance payments to suppliers for materials or equipment which have not been delivered and stored at the site. 5.2 FINAL PAYMENT 5.2.1 Final payment, constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, shall be made by the Owner to the Contractor when: THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 1 the Contractor has fully performed the Contract except for the Contractors CONSEOUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH responsibility to correct Work as provided in Subparagraph i2.z2 of AIA Document AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH A2o1-1997, and to satisfy other requirements, if any, which extend beyond final RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR payment;and MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA .2 a final Certificate for Payment has been issued b the Architect. DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA y y DOCUMENT D401. 5.2.2 The Owner's final payment to the Contractor shall be made no later than 3o days after AIA Document A201-1997,General the issuance of the Architect's final Certificate for Payment,or as follows: Conditions of the Contract for Construction,is adopted in this document ARTICLE 6TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION by reference.Do not use with other 6.1 The Contract may be terminated by the Owner or the Contractor as provided in general conditions unless this document is Article 14 of AIA Document A2o1-1997• modified. This document has been approved and 6.2 The Work may be suspended by the Owner as provided in Article 14 of AIA Document endorsed by The Associated General A2o1-1997. Contractors of America. ARTICLE 7 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 7.1 Where reference is made in this Agreement to a provision of AIA Document A201-1997 or another Contract Document, the reference refers to that provision as amended or supplemented by other provisions of the Contract Documents. 7.2 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract shall bear interest from the date payment is due at the rate stated below, or in the absence thereof, at the legal rate prevailing from time to time at the place where the Project is located. (Insert rate ofmterlest agreed upon,ifany.) Usury laws and requirements under the Federal Truth in Lending Act,similar state and Amer consumer credit laws and other regulations at the Owner's and Contractor's pnncipal places ofbusmess,the location ofthe project'and elsewhere may affect the validity of this provision. Legal advice should be obtained with respect to deletions or modifications, and also regarding requirements such as written disclosures or waivers.) 7.3 The Owner's representative is: (Name,address and other information) Michael Nolan, Facilities Coordinator 1055 S. Grady Wax f Renton.WA 98055 425-430-6608 01997 AIA® 7.4 The Contractor's representative is: AIA DOCUMENT A101-1997 (Name,address and other information) OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT Friday Aiwekhoe 13428 First Place W. The American Institute of Architects Everett. WA 98208 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 7.5 Neither the Owner's nor the Contractor's representative shall be changed without ten days written notice to the other party. 7.6 Other provisions: 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 95 , 1961, 1963, 1967, 1974, 1977, 1987, 0 1997 by The American nstltute o Architects. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United States and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates US copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.expiration as noted below.User Document: 2002-235aa traffic mgmt ctr.aia-10/1/2002.AIA License Number 1008538,which expires on 9/3/2003. 4 err+' `%0 ARTICLE 8 ENUMERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 8.1 The Contract Documents, except for Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement,are enumerated as follows: 8.1.1 The Agreement is this executed 1997 edition of the Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor,AIA Document A1o1-1997• THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 8.1.2 The General Conditions are the 1997 edition of the General Conditions of the CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH Contract for Construction,AIA Document A2o1-1997. AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR 8.1.3 The Supplementary and other Conditions of the Contract are those contained in the MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF Project Manual dated Jul 22. 2002,and are as follows: THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 1 Y DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA DOCUMENT D401. Document Title Pages AIA Document AXI-1997,General Section 00800 Special Conditions 2 Conditions of the Contract for Section 00801 Supplementary Special Conditions 7 Construction,is adopted in this document by reference.Do not use with other 8.1.4 The Specifications are those contained in the Project Manual dated as in general conditions unless this document is Subparagraph 8.1.3,and are as follows: modified. (Either list the Specifications here or refer to an exhibit attached to this Agreement.) This document has been approved and Section Title Pages endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America. See"Table of Contents"attached 8.1.5 The Drawings are as follows, and are dated Jj11y 22. 2002 unless a different date is shown below: (Eitherhist the Drawings here orrefer to an exhibit attached to this Agreement.) Number Title Date See"Drawings Index"attached 8.1.6 The Addenda,if any,are as follows: Number Date Pages 1 August 9. 2002 1 2 August 26, 2002 1 Portions of Addenda relating to bidding requirements are not part of the Contract Documents unless the bidding requirements are also enumerated in this Article 8. 7I f �.• 8.1.7 Other documents,if any,forming part of the Contract Documents are as follows: A; (List here any additional documents[hat are intended to form part of the Contract Documents.AIA Document A2m- r997 provides that bidding requirements such as advertisement or invitation to bid,Instructions to Bidders sample forms and the Contractor's bid are not pan of the Contract Documents unless enumerated in this Agreement. They 01997 AAA® should helisted here onlyifintendedtohepanof the Contract Documents.) AIA DOCUMENT A101-1997 OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT This Agreement is entered into as of the day and year first written above and is executed in at The American Institute of Architects least three original copies, of which one is to be delivered to the Contractor, one to the 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. Architect for use in the administration of the Contract,and the remainder to the Owner. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1967, 1974, 1977, 1987, 0 1997 by The American Institute o Architects. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United States and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates US copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.expiration as noted below. User Document: 2002-235aa traffic mgmt ctr.aia--10/1/2002.AIA License Number 1008538,which expires on 9/3/2003. 5 OW (Signature) CONTR CTOR (Signature) Jesse Tanner, Mayor Friday Aiwekhoe, President (Printed name and title) (Printed name and title) ATTEST THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH Bonnie Walton, City Clerk or orate Secreta RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA DOCUMENT D401. AIA Document A201-1997,General Conditions of the Contract for Construction,is adopted in this document by reference.Do not use with other general conditions unless this document is modified. This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America. 01997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT AIOI-1997 OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT The American Institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1967, 1974, 1977, 1987, ® 1997 by The American nstltute o Architects. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United States and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates US copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.expiration as noted below.User Document: 2002-235aa traffic mgmt ctr.aia--10/112002.AIA License Number 1008538,which expires on 902003. 6 1997 Edition - Electronic Format AIA Document A201 - 1997 General Conditions of the Contract for Construction TABLE OF ARTICLES 1. GENERAL PROVISIONS 2. OWNER THIS DOCUMENT HA5IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN 3. CONTRACTOR ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR 4. ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA 5. SUBCONTRACTORS DOCUMENT D401. 6. CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General 7. CHANGES IN THE WORK Contractors of America. 8. TIME 9. PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 10. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 11. INSURANCE AND BONDS 12. UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 13. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 14. TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT INDEX Addenda Acceptance of Nonconforming Work 1.1.1,3.0 9.6.6,9.9.3,12.3 Additional Costs,Claims for Acceptance of Work 4.34 4.3.5,4.3.6,6.1.1,10.3 9.6.6,9.8.2,9.9.3,9.10.1,9.10.3,12.3 Additional Inspections and Testing Access to Work 9.8.3,12.2.1,13.5 3.16,6.2.1,12.1 Additional Time,Claims for O..z. Accident Prevention f� 43.4,4.3.7,8.3.2 +'+#n'+� 4.2-3,10 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT Acts and Omissions 3.1-3,4,9.4,9.5 3.2,3.3.2,3.12.8,3.18,4.2-3,4.3.8,4-4-1,8.3.1, Advertisement or Invitation to Bid 01997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 9.5-1110.2.5,13-4.2,13.7,14.1 1.1.1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION NCopyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, ® 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201 genl conditions revised 1002.aia--1011/2002.AIA License Number 1008538,which expires on 9/3/2003. 1 Aesthetic Effect 1.1.2,4.2.3,4.2.4,4.2.6,9.6.3,9.6-4,11-4.7 4.2.13,4.5.1 Architect's Representations Allowances 9.4.2,9.5.1,9.10.1 3,8 Architect's Site Visits All-risk Insurance 4.2.2,4.2.5,4.2.9,4.3.4,9.4.2,9.5.1,9.9.2, 11.4.1.1 9.10.1,13.5 Applications for Payment Asbestos 4.2.5,7.3.8,9.2,9.3,9.4,9.5.1,9.6.3,9.7.1,9.8.5, 10.3.1 9.1.9,U-1.3,14.2-4,14-4.3 Attorneys'Fees Approvals 3.18.1,9.10.2,10-3.3 2.4,3.1.3,3.5,3.10.2,3.12,4.2.7,9.3.2,13.4.2, Award of Separate Contracts 13.5 6.1.1,6.1.2 Arbitration Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for 4.3.3,4.4,4.5.1,4.5.2,4.6,8.3.1,9.7.1,11.4.9, Portions of the Work 11.4.10 5.2 Architect Basic Definitions THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 4.1 1.1 CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN Architect,Definition of Bidding Requirements ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR 4.1.1 1.1.1,1.1-7,5.2.1,U-5.1 MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS Architect,Extent of Authority Boiler and Machinery Insurance ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 2.4,3.12.7,4.2,4.3.6,4.4,5.2,6.3,7.1.2,7.3.6, 11.4.2 DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA 7.4,9.2,9.3.1,9.4,9-5,9.8-3,9-10-1, 9.10.3,121, Bonds,Lien DOCUMENT D401. 12.2.1,13.5.1,13.5.2,14.2.2,14.2.4 9.10.2 Architect,Limitations of Authority and Bonds,Performance,and Payment This document has been approved and Responsibility 7.3.6-4,9.6-7,9.10.3,11-4-9,11-5 endorsed by The Associated General 2.1.1,3.3.3,3.12.4,3.12.8,3.12.10,4.1.2,4.2.1, Building Permit Contractors of America. 4.2.2,4.2.3,4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.10,4.2.12,4.2.13, 3.7.1 4.4,5.2.1,7.4,9.4.2,9.6.4,9.6.6 Capitalization Architect's Additional Services and Expenses 1.3 2-4,U-4.1-1,12.2.1,13-5.2,13-5.3,14.2-4 Certificate of Substantial Completion Architect's Administration of the Contract 9.8-3,9.8-4,9.8.5 3.1.3,4.2,4.3.4,4.4,9.4,9.5 Certificates for Payment Architect's Approvals 4.2.5,4.2.9,9.3.3,9.4,9.5,9.6.1,9.6.6,9.7.1, 2.4,3.1.3,3.5.1,3.10.2,4.2.7 9-10.1,9.10.3,13.7,14.1-1.3,14.2.4 Architect's Authority to Reject Work Certificates of Inspection,Testing or Approval 3.5.1,4.2.6,12.1.2,12.2.1 13,5.4 Architect's Copyright Certificates of Insurance 1.6 9.10.2,11.1.3 Architect's Decisions Change Orders 4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.11,4.2.12,4.2.13,4.3.4,4.4.1, 1.1.1,2.4.1,3.4.2,3.8.2.3,3.11.1,3.12.8,4.2.8, 4.4.5,4.4.6,4.5,6.3,7.3.6,7.3.8,8.1.3,8.3.1,9.2, 4.3.4,4.3.9,5.2.3,7.1,7.2,7.3,8.3.1,9.3.1.1, 9.4,9.5.1,9.8.4,9.9.1,13.5.2,14.2.2,14.2.4 9.10.3,11.4.1.2,11.4.4,11.4.9,12.1.2 Architect's Inspections Change Orders,Definition of 4.2-2,4.2.9,4.3.4,9.4.2,9.8.3,9.9.2,9.10.1,13.5 7.2.1 Architect's Instructions CHANGES IN THE WORK 3.2.3,3.3.1,4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.8,7.4.1,12.1,13.5.2 3.11,4.2.8,7,8.3.1,9.3.1.1,11.4.9 Architect's Interpretations Claim,Definition of 4.2.11,4-2.12,4.3.6 Architect's Project Representative 4.an 4 210 Claims and Disputes Architect's Relationship with Contractor 3.2.3,4.3,4.4,4.5,4.6,6.1.1,6.3,7.3.8,9.3.3, 1% f F 1.1.2,1.6,3.1.3,3.2.1,3.2.2,3.2.3,3.3.1,3.4.2, 9.10.4,10.3.3 3.5.1,3.7.3,3.10,3.11,3.12,3.16,3.18,4.1.2,4.1.3, Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims 4.2,4.3.4,4.4.1,4.4.7,5.2,6.2.2,7,8.3.1,9.2, 4.6.5 9-3,9-4,9-5,9-7,9-8,9-9, 10.2.6,10.3,11.3, Claims for Additional Cost 01997 AIA® 11.4.7,12,13.4.2,13.5 3.2.3,4.3.4,4.3.5,4.3.6,6.1.1,7.3-8,10-3.2 AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 Architect's Relationship with Subcontractors Claims for Additional Time GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 195 , 1958, 1961, 1963, 9 96 , 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997-5-y-TFe- American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201 genl conditions revised 1002.aia--10/1/2002.AIA License Number 1008538,which expires on 9/312003. 2 *400, 3.2.3,4.3.4,4.3.7,6.1.1,8.3.2,10.3.2 1.1.2 Claims for Concealed or Unknown Conditions CONTRACT, TERMINATION OR 4.3.4 SUSPENSION OF THE Claims for Damages 5.4-1.1,11-4-9,14 3.2.3,318,43-1o,6.1.1,8.3-3,9.5.1,9.6-7,10-3.3, Contract Administration 11.1.1,11.4.5,11.4.7,14.1.3,14.2.4 3.1.3,4,9.4,9.5 Claims Subject to Arbitration Contract Award and Execution,Conditions 4-4-1,4-5-1,4.6.1 Relating to Cleaning Up 3.7.1,3.10,5.2,6.1,11.1.3,11.4.6,11.5.1 3.15,6.3 Contract Documents,The Commencement of Statutory Limitation Period 1,1,1.2 13.7 Contract Documents,Copies Furnished and Use Commencement of the Work,Conditions of Relating to 1.6,2.2.5,5.3 2.2.1,3.2.1,3.4.1,3.7.1,3.10.1,3-12.6,4-3-5,5.2.1, Contract Documents,Definition of THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 5.2.3,6.2.2,8.1.2,8.2.2,8.3-1,11-1, 11-4-1,11-4.6, 1.1.1 CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN 11.5.1 - Contract Sum ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH Commencement of the Work,Definition of 3.8,4.3.4,4.3.5,4.4.5,5.2.3,7.2,7.3,7.4,9.1, RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR 8.1.2 9.4.2,9.5.1.4,9.6-7,9.7,10-3.2,11-4-1, 14.2.4, MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS Communications Facilitating Contract 14.3.2 ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA Administration Contract Sum,Definition of DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA 3.9.1, 4.2.4 9.1 DOCUMENT D401. Completion,Conditions Relating to Contract Time 1.6.1,3-4-1,3-11,3.15,4.2.2,4.2.9,8.2,9.4.2,9.8, 4.3-4,4.3.7,4.4.5,5.2-3,7.2.1-3,7.3,7.4,8.1.1, This document has been approved and 9-9-1,9.10,12-2,13-7,14-1.2 8.2,8.3.1,9.5.1,9.7,10-3.2,12.1.1, 14.3.2 endorsed by The Associated General COMPLETION, PAYMENTS AND Contract Time,Definition of Contractors of America. 9 8.1.1 Completion,Substantial CONTRACTOR 4.2.9,8.1.1,8.1.3,8.2.3,9.4.2,9.8,9.9.1,9.10.3, 3 9.10.4.2112.2,13.7 Contractor,Definition of Compliance with Laws 3-1,61.2 1.6.1,3.2.2,3.6,3.7,3.12.10,3.13,4.1.1,4.4.8, Contractor's Construction Schedules 4.6-4,4.6.6,9.6.4,10.2.2,na,11.4,13.1113.4, 1.4.1.2,3.10,3.12.1,3.12.2,4.3.7.2,6.1.3 13-5.1,13-5.2,13.6,14.1.1,14,2.1.3 Contractor's Employees Concealed or Unknown Conditions 3-3-2,3-4-3,3-8-1,3-9,3-18.2,4-2.3,4,2.6,10.2, 4-3.4,8.3.1,10.3 10.3,11.1.1,11-4-7,14-1,14-2-1-1, Conditions of the Contract Contractor's Liability Insurance 1.1.1,1.1.7,6.1.1,6.1.4 11.1 Consent,Written Contractor's Relationship with Separate 1.6,3.4.2,3.m8,3.1+2,4.1.2,4-3-4,4.6-4,9.3.2, Contractors and Owner's Forces 9.8-5,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3,11-4-1, 13.2,13.4.2 3.12.5,3.14-2,4.2.4,6,11-4-7,M1.2,12-2-4 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY Contractor's Relationship with Subcontractors SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 1.2.2,3.3.2,3.18.1,3.18.2,5,9.6.2,9.6-7,9.10.2, 1.1.4,6 11.4.1.2,11.4.7,1148 Construction Change Directive,Definition of Contractors Relationship with the Architect 7.3.1 1.1.2,1.6,3.1.3,3.2.1,3.2.2,3.2.3,3.3.1,3.4.2, Construction Change Directives 3-5-1,3.7.3,3-10,3.H,3-12,3.i6,3.18, 4.1.2,4.1.3, 1.1.1,3.12.8,4-2-8,4-3-9,7-1,7.3,9.3.1.1 4.2,4.3.4,4.4.1,4.4.7,5.2,6.2.2,7,8.3.1,9.2, Construction Schedules,Contractor's 9-3,94,96,9-7,949-9, 10.2.6,10.3,11-3, 1.4-1.2,3.10,3.12.1,3.12.2,4.3.7.2,6.1.3 11-4.7,12,13-4.2,13.5 Contingent Assignment of Subcontracts Contractor's Representations 5.4,14.2.2.2 1.5.2,3.5.1,3.12.6,6.2.2,8.2.1,9.3.3,9.8.2 r Continuing Contract Performance Contractors Responsibility for Those 4.3.3 Performing the Work 01997 AIA® Contract,Definition of 3-3.2,318,4.2-3,43.8,53a,6.1-3,6.2,6-3,9.5.1, AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 10 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION *Copyright 9 9 5, 1918, 1925, 1931958,7, 1951, 1961, 1963, 9 9 1970, 1976, 1987, ® 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201 gent conditions revised 1002.aia--1011/2002.AIA License Number 1008538,which expires on 9/312003. 3 Contractor's Review of Contract Documents 4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.11,4.2.12,4.2.13,4.3.4,4.4.1, 1.5.2,3.2,3.7.3 4.4.5,4.4.6,4.5,6.3,7.3.6,7.3.8,8.1.3,8.3.1,9.2, Contractor's Right to Stop the Work 9-4,9.5.1,9.8.4,9.9.1113.5.2,14.2.2114.2.4 9.7 Decisions to Withhold Certification Contractor's Right to Terminate the Contract 9.4.1,9.5,9-7,14-1-1.3 4.3.10,14.1 Defective or Nonconforming Work,Acceptance, Contractor's Submittals Rejection and Correction of 3.10,3.11,3.12,4.2.7,5.2.1,5.2.3,7.3.6,9.2,9.3, 2.3,2.4,3.5.1,4.2.6,6.2.5,9.5.1,9.5.2,9.6.6, 9.8.2,9.8-3,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3, 11.1.3,11.5.2 9.8.2,9.9.3,9.10.4,12.2.1,13.7.1.3 Contractor's Superintendent Defective Work,Definition of 3.9,10.2.6 3.5.1 Contractor's Supervision and Construction Definitions Procedures 1.1,2.1.1,3.1,3.5.1,3.12.1,3.12.2,3.12.3,4.1.1, 1.2.2,3.3,3.4,3.12.10,4.2.2,4.2.7,4.3.3,6.1.3, 4.3.1,5.1,6.1.2,7.2.1,7.3.1,7.3.6,8.1, 9.1,9.8.1 6.2.4,7.1.3,7.3.4,7.3.6,8.2,10,12,14 Delays and Extensions of Time Contractual Liability Insurance 3.2.3,4.3.1,4.3.4,4.3.7,4.4.5,5.2.3,7.2.1,7.3.1, THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 11.1.1.8,11.2,11.3 7.4-1,7.5.1,8.3,9.5.1,9.7-1,10-3.2, 10.6.1,14.3.2 CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN Coordination and Correlation Disputes ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH 1.2,1.5.2,3.3.1,3.10,3.12.6,6.1.3,6.2.1 4.1.4,4.3,4.4>4.5,4.6,6.3,7.3.8 RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR Copies Furnished of Drawings and MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS P g Documents and Samples at the Site Specifications 3 11 ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA 1.6,2.2-5,3-11 Drawings,Definition of DOCUMENT D401. Copyrights 1.1.5 1.6,3'17 Drawings and Specifications,Use and This document has been approved and Correction of Work Ownership of endorsed by The Associated General 2.3,2.4,3.7.4,4.2.1,9.4.2,9.8.2,9.8.3,9.9.1, 1.1.1,1.3,2.2-5,3-U,5.3 Contractors of America. 12.1.21 12.2,13-7-1-3 Effective Date of Insurance Correlation and Intent of the Contract 8.2.2,11.1.2 Documents Emergencies 1.2 C 4.3.5,10.6,14.1.1.2 Cost,Definition of Employees,Contractor's 7.3.6 Costs 3.3.2,3.4.3,3.8.1,3.9,3.18.2,4.2.3,4.2.6,10.2, 10.3,11.1.1,U-4.7,14.1,14.2.1.1 2-4,3.2-3,3-7-4,3.8-2,3-15.2,4-3,5-4.2,6.1.1, Equipment,Labor,Materials and 6.2.3,7.3.3.3,7.3.6,7.3.7,7.3.8,9.10.2,10.3.2, 1.1.3,1.1.6,3.4,3.5.1,3.8.2,3.8-3,3-12,3-13,3-15-1, 10.5,11.3,n.4,12.1,12.2.1,12-2.4,13.5,14 4-2-6,4.2-7,5.2.1, Cutting and Patching 6.2.1,7.3.6, 9.3.2,9.3.3, 6.2.5,3.14 9.5.1.3,9.10.2,10.2.1,10.2-4,14.2.1.2 Execution and Progress of the Work Damage to Construction of Owner or Separate 1.1-3,1.2.1,1.2.2,2.2.3,2.2.5,3.1,3.3,3.4,3.5,3.7, Contractors 3.10,3.12,3.14-4.2.2,4-2-3,4-3-3,6.2.2,7.1.3, 3.14.2,6.2-4,9.2-1.5,10.2.1.2,10.2.5,10.6,11.1, 7.3.4,8.2,9.5,9.9-1,10.2,10.3,12.2,14.2,14-3 11.4,12.2.4 Extensions of Time Damage to the Work 3-2-3,4.3.1,4.3.4,4-3.7,4.4.5,5.2-3,7.2-1,7.3, 3.142,9.9.1,10.2.1.2,10.2.5,10.6,11.4,12.2.4 7.4.1,9.5.1,9.7.1,10.3.2,10.6.1,14.3.2 Damages,Claims for Failure of Payment 3.2.3,3.18,4.3.1o,6.1.1,8.3.3,9.5.1,9.6.7,10.3.3, 4.3-6,9.5-1.3,9.7,9.10.2,14.1-1.3,14.2.1.2,13.6 11.1.1,11.4.5,11.4.7,14.1.3,14.2.4 Faulty Work „�.. Damages for Delay (See Defective or Nonconforming Work) 6.1.1,8.3-3,9.5.1.6,9.7,10-3.2 Date of Commencement of the Work, Final Completion and Final Payment Definition of 4.2.11 4.2.9,4.3.2,9.8.2,9.10,11.1.2,11.1.3,11.4.1, 8.1.2 11.4.5,12.3.1,13.7,14.2.4,14.4.3 .f, , Date of Substantial Completion,Definition of Financial Arrangements,Owner's 8.1.3 2.2.1,13.2.2,14.1-1.5 Day,Definition of Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance 01997 AIA® 8.1.4 11.4 AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 Decisions of the Architect GENERAL PROVISIONS GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION *Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 192S, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 9 9 0, 1976, 1987, ® 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201 gent conditions revised 1002.aia--10/1/2002.AIA License Number 1008538,which expires on 9/3/2003. 4 1 13.6 Governing Law Interpretation 13.1 1.2-3, 1.4,4.1.1,4.3.1,5.1,6.1.2,8.1.4 Guarantees(See Warranty) Interpretations,Written Hazardous Materials 4.2.11,4.2.12,4.3.6 10.2-4, 10.3,10.5 Joinder and Consolidation of Claims Required Identification of Contract Documents 4.6.4 1,5.1 Judgment on Final Award Identification of Subcontractors and Suppliers 4.6.6 5.2.1 Labor and Materials,Equipment Indemnification 1.1-3,1.1.6,3.4,3.5.1,3.8.2,3.8.3,3.12,3.13, 3.17,3.18,9.10.2,10.3.3,10.5,11.4.1.2,11.4.7 3.15.1,42.6,4.2.7,5.2.1,6.2.1,7.3.6, 9.3.2,9.3.3, Information and Services Required of the Owner 9.5.1.3,9.10.2,10.2.1,10.2.4,14.2.1.2 2.1.2,2.2,3.2.1,3.12.4,3.12.10,4.2.7,4.3.3,6.1.3, Labor Disputes 6.1.4,6.2-5,9.3.2,9.6.1,9.6.4,9.9.2, 9.10.3, 8.3.1 THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 10.3.3,11.2,11.4,13.5.1,13.5.2,14.1.1.4,14.1.4 Laws and Regulations CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION wITH AN Injury or Damage to Person or Property 1.6,3.2.2,3.6,3.7,3.12.10,3-13,4-1-1,4-4.8,4.6, ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH 4.3.8,10.2,io.6 9.6.4,9.9-1,10.2.2,11.1,11.4,13.1, 13.4,13.5.1. RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR Inspections 13-5.2,13.6,14 MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS 3.1.3,3.3.3.3.7.1,4.2.2,4.2.6,4.2.9,9.4.2.9.8.2. Liens ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 9.8-3,9.9.2,9.10.1,12.2.1,13.5 2.1.2,4.4.8.8.2.2,9.3.3.9.10 DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA Instructions to Bidders Limitation on Consolidation or Joinder DOCUMENT D401. 1.1.1 4.6.4 Instructions to the Contractor Limitations,Statutes of This document has been approved and 3.2.3,3.3.1,3.8.1,4.2.8,5.2.1,7,12,8.2.2,13.5.2 4.6.3,12.2.6,13.7 endorsed by The Associated General Insurance Limitations of Liability Contractors of America. 318.1,6.1.1,7.3.6,8.2.1,9.3.2,9.8.4,9.9.1, 2.3,3.2.1,3.5.1,3.7.3,3.12.8,3.12.10,3.17,318, 9.10.2, 9.10.5,11 4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.12,6.2.2,9.4.2,9.6.4, 9.6.7, Insurance,Boiler and Machinery 9.10.4,10.3.3,10.2.5,11.1.2,11.2.1,11.4.7,12.2.51 11.4.2 13.4.2 Insurance,Contractors Liability Limitations of Time 11.1 2.1.2,2.2,2.4,3.2.1,3.7.3,3.10,3.11,3.12.5,3.15.1, Insurance,Effective Date of 4.2.7,4.3,4.4,4.5,4.6,5.2,5.3, 5.4,6.2.4,7.3, 8.2.2,11.1.2 7.4,8.2,9.2,9.3.1,9.3.3,9.4.1,9-5,9-6,9-7,9.8, Insurance,Loss of We 9.9,9-10,U-1-3,11.4.1.5,11.4.6,11.4.10,12.2,13.5, 11.4.3 13.7,14 Insurance,Owner's Liability Loss of Use Insurance 11,2 11.4.3 Insurance,Project Management Protective Material Suppliers Liability 1.6,3.12.1,4.2.4,4.2.6,5.2.1,9.3,9.4.2,9.6, 11.3 9.10.5 Insurance,Property Materials,Hazardous 10.2-5,11.4 10.2.4,10.3,10.5 Insurance,Stored Materials Materials,Labor,Equipment and 9.3.2,11-4-1-4 1.1.3,1.1.6,1.6.1,3.4,3.5.1,3.8.2,3.8.23,3.12,3.13, INSURANCE AND BONDS 3-15-1,4.2.6,4.2-7,5.2.1,6.2-1, 7.3.6,9-3-2,9-3-3, 11 9.5-1.3,9.10.2,10.2.1,10.2-4,14.2.1.2 ■� Insurance Companies,Consent to Partial Means,Methods,Techniques,Sequences and P Procedures of Construction Occupancy 3.3.1,3.12.10,4.2.2,4.2.7,9.4.2 9.9-1,11-4-1-5 Mechanic's Lien . + Insurance Companies,Settlement with 8 ffi . 11.4.10 4.4• �r Intent of the Contract Documents Mediation 1.2.1,4.2.7,4.2.12,4.2.13,7.4 4.4.1,4.4.5,4.4.6,4.4.8,4.5,4.6.1,4.6.2,8.3.1, 01997 AIA® Interest 10.5 AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 Minor Changes in the Work GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION *Copyright 9 1, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1961976,7, 1970, 1987, ® 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: 97x201 genl conditions revised 1002.aia--10/112002.AIA License Number 1008538,which expires on 9/312003. 5 4W , 1.1.1,3.12.8,4.2.8,4.3.6,7.1,7.4 11.2 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS Owner's Loss of Use Insurance 13 11.4.3 Modifications,Definition of Owner's Relationship with Subcontractors 1.1.1 1.1.2,5.2,5.3,5.4,9.6-4,9.10.2,14.2.2 Modifications to the Contract Owner's Right to Carry Out the Work 1.1.1,1.1.2,3.7.3,3.11,4.1.2,4.2.1,5.2.3,7,8.3.1, 2.4,12.2.4.14.2.2.2 9.7,10.3.2,11.4.1 Owner's Right to Clean Up Mutual Responsibility 6.3 6.2 Owner's Right to Perform Construction and to Nonconforming Work,Acceptance of Award Separate Contracts 9.6.6,9.9.3, 12.3 6.1 Nonconforming Work,Rejection and Owner's Right to Stop the Work Correction of 2.3 2.3,2.42 3.5.1,4.2.6,6.2.5,9.5.1,9.8.2,9.9.3, Owner's Right to Suspend the Work THIS DOCUMENT HA5IMPORTANT LEGAL 9-10-4,12.2.1,13.7-1.3 14.3 CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN Notice Owner's Right to Terminate the Contract ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH 2.2.1,2.3,2.4,3.2.3,3.3.1,3.7.2,3.7.4,3.12.9,4.3, 14.2 RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR 4.4.8,4.6.5,5.2.1,8.2.2,9.7,9.10,10.2.2,11-1-3, Ownership and Use of Drawings,Specifications MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS H-4.6,12.2.2,12.2-4,13.3,13-5.1,13-5.2,14.1,14.2 and Other Instruments of Service ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA Notice,Written 1.1.1,1.6,2.2-5,3.2.1,3.11.1,3.17.1,4.2.12,5.3 DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA 2-3,2.4,3-3-1,3-9,3.12.9,3.12.10,4.3,4.4.8, DOCUMENT D401. Partial Occupancy or Use 4.6-5,5.2.1,8.2.2,9.7,9-10,10.2.2,10.3, 11.1.3, 9.6.6,9.9,11.4.1.5 u-4.6,12.2.2,12.2-4,13.3,14 Patching,Cutting and This document has been approved and Notice of Testing d Inspections g g endorsed by The Associated General g Pe 3.14,6.z.5 Contractors of America. 13-5.1,13-5.2 Patents Notice to Proceed 8.2.2 3.17 Notices,Permits,Fees and Payment,Applications for 2.2.2,3.7.3.13,7.3.6.4,10.2.2 4.2-5,7-3-8,9-2,9.3,9.4,9.5.1,9.6-3,9-7-1, Observations,Contractor's 9.8-5,9.10.1,9.10.3,9.10.5,11-1.3,14-2-4,14-4-3 Payment,Certificates for 1.5.2,3.2,3.7.3,4.3.4 Occupancy 4.2.5,4.2.9,9.3.3,9.4,9.5,9.6.1,9.6.6,9.7.1, 2.2.2,9.6.6,9.8,11-4.1.5 9.10.1,9.10.3,13.7,14.1.1.3,14.2.4 Orders,Written Payment,Failure of 4.3.6,9.5.1.3, 9.7,9.10.2,14.1.1.3,14.2.1.2,13.6 1.1.1,2.3,3-9,4-3.6,7,8.2.2,11.4-9212.1,12.22 Payment,yment,Final OWNER 4.2.1,4.2.9,4.3.2,9.8.2,9.10,11.1.2,11-1-3,11-4-1, U-4-5,12-3.1,13-72 14.2-4,14-4.3 2 Owner,Definition of Payment Bond,Performance Bond and 2.1 7.3.6-4,9.6-7,9.10.3,11-4-9,11.5 Owner,Information and Services Required of Payments,Progress the 4-3-3,9-32 9-6,9.8.5,9.10.3,13-6,14.2.3 2.1.2,2.2,3.2.1,3.12.4,3.12.10,4.2.7,4.3.3,6.1.3, PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 6.1.4,6.2.5,9.3.2,9.6.1,9.6.4,9.9.2,9.10.3, 9 10.3.3,11.2,11.4,13.5.1,13.5.2,14.1.1.4,14.1.4 Payments to Subcontractors Owner's Authority 5.4.2,9.5.1.3,9.6.2,9.6-3,9.6-4,9.6-7,11-4.8, 1.6,21.1,23,24,342,3-8-1)3.12-10,3.14.2, 14.2.1.2 4.1.2,4.1.3,4.2.4,4.2.9,4.3.6,4.4.7, 5.2.1,5.2.4, PCB 5.4.1,6.1,6.3,7.2.1,7.3.1,8.2.2,8-3-1,9-3-1,9-3.2, 10.3.1 'as 9.5.1,9.9.1,9.10.2, 10.3.2,11.1.3,11.3.1,11.4.3, Performance Bond and Payment Bond :F + • ,f 11.4.10,12.2.2,12.3.1,13.2.2,14.3,14.4 7.3.6.4,9.6.7,9.10.3,11.4.9, 11.5 1�1111�II Owner's Financial Capability Permits,Fees and Notices 2.2.1,13.2.2,14.1.1.5 2.2.2,3.7,3.13,7.3.6.4,10.2.2 01997 AIA® Owner's Liability Insurance PERSONS AND PROPERTY, PROTECTION AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201 genl conditions revised 1002.aia--1011/2002.AIA License Number 1008538,which expires on 9/3/2003. 6 OF Review of Shop Drawings,Product Data and 10 Samples by Contractor Polychlorinated Biphenyl 3.12 10.3.1 Rights and Remedies Product Data,Definition of 1.1.2,2.3,2.4,3.5.1,3.15.2,4.2.6,4.3.4,4.5,4.6, 3.12.2 5.3,5.4,6.1,6.3,7.3.1,8.3,9.5.1,9.7, 10.2.5,10.3, Product Data and Samples,Shop Drawings 12.2.2,12.2.4, 13.4,14 3.11,3.12,4.2.7 Royalties,Patents and Copyrights Progress and Completion 3.17 4.2.2,4.3.3,8.2,9.8,9.9.1,14-1.4 Rules and Notices for Arbitration Progress Payments 4.6.2 4-3-3,9-3,9.6,9.8-5,9-10.3,13.6,14.2.3 Safety of Persons and Property Project,Definition of the 10.2,1o.6 1.1.4 Safety Precautions and Programs Project Management Protective Liability 3.3-1,4.2.2,4.2.7,5.3.1, 10.1,10.2,io.6 THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL Insurance Samples,Definition of CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION wITHAN 11,3 3.12.3 ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH Project Manual,Definition of the Samples,Shop Drawings,Product Data and RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR 1.1.7 3.11,3.12,4.2.7 MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS Project Manuals Samples at the Site,Documents and ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 2.2.5 3.11 DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA Project Representatives Schedule of Values DOCUMENT D401. 4.2.10 9.2,9.3.1 Properly Insurance Schedules,Construction This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General 10-2.5,11.4 1.4.1.2,3.10,3.12.1,3.12.2,4.3.7.2,6.1.3 Contractors of America. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND Separate Contracts and Contractors PROPERTY 1.1.4,3.12.5,3.14.2,4.2.4,4.2.7,4.6.4,6,8.3.1, 10 11.4.7, 12.1.2,12.2.5 Regulations and Laws Shop Drawings,Definition of 1.6,3.2.2,3.6,3.7,3.12-10,3.13,4.1.1,4.4.8,4.6, 3.12.1 9.6-4,9.9.1,10.2.2,11.1,11.4,13.1, 13.4,13.5.1, Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples 13-5.2,13.6,14 3.n,3.12,4.2.7 Rejection of Work Site,We of 3.5-1,4.2.6,12.2.1 3.13,6.1.1,6.2.1 Releases and Waivers of Liens Site Inspections 9.10.2 1.2.2,3.2.1,3.3.3,37.1,4.2,4.3.4,9.4.2,9.10.1, Representations 13.5 1.5.2,3.5.1,3.12.6,6.2.2,8.2.1,9.33,9.4.2,9-5-1, , Site Visits,Architect's 9.8.2,9.10.1 4.2.2,4.2.9,4.3.4,9.4.2,9.5.1,9.9.2,9.10.1,13.5 Representatives Special Inspections and Testing 2.1.1,3.1.1,3.9,4.1.1,4.2.1,4.2.10,5.1.1,5.1.2,, 4.2.6,12-2.1,13.5 132.1 Specifications,Definition of the Resolution of Claims and Disputes 1.1.6 4.4,4.5,4.6 Specifications,The Responsibility for Those Performing the Work 1.1.1,1.1.6,1.1.7,1.2.2,1.6,3.11,3.12.10,3.17 3.32,3•i8,4.2.3,4.3.8,5.3.1,6.1.3,6.2,6.3,9.5.1, Statute of Limitations 10 4.6-3,12.2-6,13.7 Retainage Stopping the Work 9.31,9.6.2,9.8.5,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3 2.3,4.3.6,9.7,10.3,14.1 Review of Contract Documents and Field Stored Materials Conditions by Contractor 6.2.1,9.3.2,10.2.1.2,10.2-4,11-4-1-4 1.5.2,3.2,3.7.3,3.12.7,6.1.3 Subcontractor,Definition of Review of Contractor's Submittals by Owner and Architect SUBCONTRACTORS 01997 AIAO 3.10.1,3.10.2,3.11,3.12,4.2,5.2,6.1.3,9.2,9.8.2 5 AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION » opyng t 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1976—, 987, 0 1997 by e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: 97x201 genl conditions revised 1002.aia--1011/2002.AIA License Number 1008538,which expires on 9/3/2003. 7 4 ' , Subcontractors,Work by TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE 1.2.2,3.3.2,3.12.1,4.2.3,5.2.3,5.3,5.4,9.3.1.2, CONTRACT 9.6.7 14 Subcontractual Relations Tests and Inspections 5.3,5.4,9.3.1.2,9.6,9.1010.2.1,11.4.7,11.4.8, 3.1.3,3.3.3,4.2.2,4.2.6,4.2.9,9.4.2,9.8.3,9.9.2, 14.1,14.2.1,14-3.2 9.10.1,10.3.2,11.4.1.1,12.2.1,13.5 Submittals 1.6,3.10,3.11,3.12,4.2.7,5.2.1,5.2.3,7.3.6,9.2, TIME 9.34 9.8,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3,11.1.3 8 Subrogation,Waivers of Time,Delays and Extensions of 6.1.1,11.4.5,11.4.7 3.2.3,4.3.1,4.3.49 4.3.7,4.4.5,5.2.3,7.2.1,7.3.1, Substantial Completion 7-4-1,7-5-1,8.3,9.5.1,9.7.1,10.3.2, 1o.6.1,14.3.2 4.2.9,8.1.1,8.1.3,8.2.3,9.4.2,9.8,9.9.1,9.10.3, Time Limits 9.10-4.2,12.2,13.7 2.1.2,2.2,2.4,3.2-1,3.7-3,3-10,3.11,3.12.5,3.15.1, Substantial Completion,Definition of 4-2,4-3,4-4,4-5,4.6,5.2,5-3,5-4) 6.2-4,7.3, 9.8.1 7.4,8.2,9.2,9.3.1,9.3.3,9.4.1,9.5,9.6,9.7,9.8, THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL Substitution of Subcontractors 9.9,910,11.1-3,11-4.1-5, 11-4.6,11-4-10,12.2,13-5, CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN 13.7,14 ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH 5.2.3,5.2.4 Time Limits on Claims RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR Substitution of Architect 4.3.2,4.3.4,Claims 4.4,4.5,4.6 MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS 4.1.3 ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA Substitutions of Materials Title to Work DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA 3.4.2,3.5.1,7.3.7 9.3.2,9.3.3 DOCUMENT MI. Sub-subcontractor,Definition of UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF 5.1.2 WORK This document has been approved and Subsurface Conditions 12 endorsed by The Associated General 4.3.4 Uncovering of Work Contractors of America. Successors and Assigns 12.1 13.2 Unforeseen Conditions Superintendent 4-3-4,8-3-1,10-3 3.9,10.2.6 Unit Prices Supervision and Construction Procedures 4-3-9,7-3-3-2 1.2.2,3.3, 3.4,3.12.10,4.2.2,4.2.7,4.3.3,6.1.3, Use of Documents 6.2.4,7.1.3,7.3.6,8.2,8.3.1,9.4.2510, 12,14 1.1.1,1.6,2.2-5,3.12.6,5.3 Surety Use of Site 4.4.7,5.4.1.2,9.8.5,9.10.2,9.10.3,14.2.2 3.13,6.1.1,6.2.1 Surety,Consent of Values,Schedule of 9.10.2,9.10.3 9.2,9.3.1 Surveys Waiver of Claims by the Architect 2.2.3 13.4.2 Suspension by the Owner for Convenience Waiver of Claims by the Contractor 14.4 4.3-10,9-10-5,11.4-7,13.4.2 Suspension of the Work Waiver of Claims by the Owner 5.4.2,14.3 4.3-10,9-9-3,9-10-3,9-10-4,11-4-3,11-4-5,11-4-7, Suspension or Termination of the Contract 12.2.2.1,13-4.2,14.2.4 4.3.6,5.4-1.1,11-4.9,14 Waiver of Consequential Damages Taxes 4.3.10,14.2.4 3.6,3.8.2.1,7.3.6.4 Waiver of Liens �--� Termination by the Contractor 9.10.2,9.10.4 4.3-10, 14.1 Waivers of Subrogation Termination by the Owner for Cause 6.1.1,11.4.5,11.4.7 4.3-10,5.4.1.1,14.2 Warranty ;i400;sr Termination of the Architect 3.5,4.2.9,4.3.5.3,9.3.3,9.8.4,9.9.1,9.10.4, 4.1.3 12.2.2,13.7-1.3 Termination of the Contractor Weather Delays 01997 AIA® 14.2.2 4.3.7.2 AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION *Copyright 9 1, 1915, 1918, 1925, 937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 9 9 1970, 1976, 1987, ® 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201 gent conditions revised 1002.aia--1011/2002.AIA License Number 1008538,which expires on 9/3/2003. 8 Work,Definition of 4.6.5,5.2.1,8.2.2,9.7,9.10,10.2.2,10.3, 11.1.3, 1.1.3 11-4.6,12.2.2,12.2-4, 13.3,14 Written Consent Written Orders 1.6,3.4.2,3.12.8,3.14.2,4.1.2,4.3-4,4.6-4,9.3.2, 1.1.1,2.3,3.9,4.3.6,7,8.2.2,11.4.9,12.1,12.2, 9.8-5,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3,11-4.1, 13.2,13-4.2 13.5.2,14.3.1 Written Interpretations 4.2.11,4.2.12,4.3.6 Written Notice 2.3,2.4,3.3.1,3.9,3.12.9,3.12.10,4.3,4.4.8, ARTICLE 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS 1.1 BASIC DEFINITIONS 1.1.1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL The Contract Documents consist of the Agreement between Owner and Contractor CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN (hereinafter the Agreement), Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH Conditions), Drawings, Specifications, Addenda issued prior to execution of the Contract, RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR other documents listed in the Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of the MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS Contract.A Modification is(1)a written amendment to the Contract signed by both parties,(2) ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA a Change Order,(3)a Construction Change Directive or(4)a written order for a minor change DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA in the Work issued by the Architect. Unless specifically enumerated in the Agreement, the DOCUMENT MI. Contract Documents do not include other documents such as bidding requirements (advertisement or invitation to bid,Instructions to Bidders,sample forms,the Contractor's bid This document has been approved and or portions of Addenda relating to bidding requirements). endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America. 1.1.2 THE CONTRACT The Contract Documents form the Contract for Construction. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. The Contract may be amended or modified only by a Modification. The Contract Documents shall not be construed to create a contractual relationship of any kind(1)between the Architect and Contractor,(2)between the Owner and a Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor,(3) between the Owner and Architect or(4) between any persons or entities other than the Owner and Contractor. The Architect shall, however, be entitled to performance and enforcement of obligations under the Contract intended to facilitate performance of the Architect's duties. 1.1.3 THE WORK The term "Work" means the construction.and services required by the Contract Documents, whether completed or partially completed, and includes all other labor, materials,equipment and services provided or to be provided by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor's obligations. The Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project. 1.1.4 THE PROJECT The Project is the total construction of which the Work performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part and which may include construction by the Owner or by separate contractors. 1.1.5 THE DRAWINGS The Drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents showing the design, location and dimensions of the Work, generally including plans, elevations, sections, f. details,schedules and diagrams. 1.1.6 THE SPECIFICATIONS 01997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1961970,6, 1967, 1976, 987, 0 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: 978201 gent conditions revised 1002.aia—10/1/2002.AIA License Number 1008538,which expires on 9/312003. 9 'irrry �IId" The Specifications are that portion of the Contract Documents consisting of the written requirements for materials,equipment,systems,standards and workmanship for the Work,and performance of related services. 1.1.7 THE PROJECT MANUAL The Project Manual is a volume assembled for the Work which may include the bidding requirements,sample forms,Conditions of the Contract and Specifications. 1.J CORRELATION AND INTENT OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 1.2.1 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work by the Contractor. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by all; performance by the Contractor shall be required only to the extent consistent with the Contract Documents and reasonably inferable from them as being necessary to produce the indicated results. THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 1.2.2 Organization of the Specifications into divisions, sections and articles, and CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITHAN Pe ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH arrangement of Drawings shall not control the Contractor in dividing the Work among RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of Work to be performed by any trade. MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 1.2.3 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, words which have well-known DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA technical or construction industry meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance DOCUMENT D401. with such recognized meanings. This document has been approved and 1.3 CAPITALIZATION endorsed by The Associated General 1.3.1 Terms capitalized in these General Conditions include those which are (i)specifically Contractors of America. deemed, (2) the titles of numbered articles and identified references to Paragraphs, Subparagraphs and Clauses in the document or(3) the titles of other documents published by the American Institute of Architects. 1.4 INTERPRETATION 1.4.1 In the interest of brevity the Contract Documents frequently omit modifying words such as "all" and "any" and articles such as "the" and "an," but the fact that a modifier or an article is absent from one statement and appears in another is not intended to affect the interpretation of either statement. 1.5 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 1.5.1 The Contract Documents shall be,signed by the Owner and Contractor. If either the Owner or Contractor or both do not sign all the Contract Documents, the Architect shall identify such unsigned Documents upon request. 1.5.2 Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a representation that the Contractor has visited the site,become generally familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed and correlated personal observations with requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.6 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE , 1.6.1 The Drawings, Specifications and other documents, including those in electronic , form, prepared by the Architect and the Architect's consultants are Instruments of Service •+ ��: through which the Work to be executed by the Contractor is described. The Contractor may retain one record set. Neither the Contractor nor any Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor or material or equipment supplier shall own or claim a copyright in the Drawings,Specifications 01997 AIAO and other documents prepared by the Architect or the Architect's consultants, and unless AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 otherwise indicated the Architect and the Architect's consultants shall be deemed the authors of GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION *Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967,1970, 1976, 1987, ® 1997 by e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201 genl conditions revised 1002.aia--10/1/2002.AIA License Number 1008538,which expires on 93/2003. 10 v00f them and will retain all common law, statutory and other reserved rights, in addition to the copyrights. All copies of Instruments of Service, except the Contractor's record set, shall be returned or suitably accounted for to the Architect,on request,upon completion of the Work. The Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect and the Architect's consultants, and copies thereof furnished to the Contractor, are for use solely with respect to this Project. They are not to be used by the Contractor or any Subcontractor, Sub- subcontractor or material or equipment supplier on other projects or for additions to this Project outside the scope of the Work without the specific written consent of the Owner, Architect and the Architect's consultants.The Contractor,Subcontractors,Sub-subcontractors andmaterial or equipment suppliers are authorized to use and reproduce applicable portions of the Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect and the Architect's consultants appropriate to and for use in the execution of their Work under the Contract Documents. All copies made under this authorization shall bear the statutory copyright notice,if any,shown on the Drawings,Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect and the Architect's consultants. Submittal or distribution to meet official regulatory requirements or for other purposes in connection with this Project is not to be THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL construed as publication in derogation of the Architect's or Architect's consultants'copyrights CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITHAN or other reserved rights. ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR ARTICLE 2 OWNER MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS 2.1 GENERAL ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA 2.1.1 The Owner is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred DOCUMENT MI. to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number.The Owner shall designate in writing a representative who shall have express authority to bind the Owner with respect to all This document has been approved and matters requiring the Owner's approval or authorization. Except as otherwise provided in endorsed by The Associated General Subparagraph 4.2.1, the Architect does not have such authority. The term "Owner" means the Contractors of America. Owner or the Owners authorized representative. 2.1.2 The Owner shall furnish to the Contractor within fifteen days after receipt of a written request, information necessary and relevant for the Contractor to evaluate,give notice of or enforce mechanic's lien rights. Such information shall include a correct statement of the record legal title to the property on which the Project is located,usually referred to as the site, and the Owner's interest therein. 2.2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF THE OWNER 2.2.1 The Owner shall,at the written request of the Contractor,prior to commencement of the Work and thereafter, furnish to the Contractor reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to fulfill the Owners obligations under the Contract.Furnishing of such evidence shall be a condition precedent to commencement or continuation of the Work After such evidence has been furnished, the Owner shall not materially vary such financial arrangements without prior notice to the Contractor. 2.2.2 Except for permits and fees,including those required under Subparagraph 3.7.1,which are the responsibility of the Contractor under the Contract Documents,the Owner shall secure and pay for necessary approvals,easements,assessments and charges required for construction, use or occupancy of permanent structures or for permanent changes in existing facilities. 2.2.3 The Owner shall furnish surveys describing physical characteristics, legal limitations and utility locations for the site of the Project, and a legal description of the site. The Contractor shall be entitled to rely on the accuracy of information furnished by the Owner but shall exercise proper precautions relating to the safe performance of the Work. 2.2.4 Information or services required of the Owner by the Contract Documents shall be furnished by the Owner with reasonable promptness. Any other information or services 01997 AIA® relevant to the Contractor's performance of the Work under the Owner's control shall be AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION *Copyright 9 9 5, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 6 , 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, y e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201 gent conditions revised 1002.aia--10/1/2002.AIA License Number 1008538,which expires on 9/3/2003. 11 furnished by the Owner after receipt from the Contractor of a written request for such information or services. 2.2.5 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor will be furnished, free of charge, such copies of Drawings and Project Manuals as are reasonably necessary for execution of the Work. 2.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK 2.3.1 If the Contractor fails to correct Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents as required by Paragraph 12.2 or persistently fails to carry out Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner may issue a written order to the Contractor to stop the Work,or any portion thereof,until the cause for such order has been eliminated;however,the right of the Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to a duty on the part of the Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of the Contractor or any other person or entity,except to the extent required by Subparagraph 6.1.3. THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 2.4 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITHAN ATTORNEY ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH 2.4.1 If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR Contract Documents and fails within a seven-day period after receipt of written notice from MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS the Owner to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with diligence and ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA promptness,the Owner may after such seven-day period give the Contractor a second written DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA notice to correct such deficiencies within a three-day period. If the Contractor within such DOCUMENT M1. three-day period after receipt of such second notice fails to commence and continue to correct any deficiencies, the Owner may, without prejudice to other remedies the Owner may have, This document has been approved and correct such deficiencies. In such case an appropriate Change Order shall be issued deducting endorsed by The Associated General from payments then or thereafter due the Contractor the reasonable cost of correcting such Contractors of America. deficiencies, including Owners expenses and compensation for the Architect's additional services made necessary by such default, neglect or failure. Such action by the Owner and amounts charged to the Contractor are both subject to prior approval of the Architect. If payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amounts,the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. ARTICLE 3 CONTRACTOR 3.1 GENERAL 3.1.1 The Contractor is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The term "Contractor"means the Contractor or the Contractor's authorized representative. 3.1.2 The Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3.1.3 The Contractor shall not be relieved of obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents either by activities or duties of the Architect in the Architect's administration of the Contract,or by tests,inspections or approvals required or performed by persons other than the Contractor. 3.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR "- 3.2.1 Since the Contract Documents are complementary,before starting each portion of the Work, the Contractor shall carefully study and compare the various Drawings and other Contract Documents relative to that portion of the Work,as well as the information furnished f*. - � by the Owner pursuant to Subparagraph 2.2.3, shall take field measurements of any existing conditions related to that portion of the Work and shall observe any conditions at the site affecting it.These obligations are for the purpose of facilitating construction by the Contractor 01997 AIA® and are not for the purpose of discovering errors,omissions,or inconsistencies in the Contract AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 Documents; however, any errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered by the Contractor GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION » opyng t 1911, 1915, 918, 925, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, ® 1997 by T e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201 genl conditions revised 1002.aia--10/1/2002.AIA License Number 1008538,which expires on 9/3/2003. 12 'fir►' '�' shall be reported promptly to the Architect as a request for information in such form as the Architect may require. 3.2.2 Any design errors or omissions noted by the Contractor during this review shall be reported promptly to the Architect,but it is recognized that the Contractor's review is made in the Contractor's capacity as a contractor and not as a licensed design professional unless otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. The Contractor is not required to ascertain that the Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable laws, statutes, ordinances,building codes,and rules and regulations,but any nonconformity discovered by or made known to the Contractor shall be reported promptly to the Architect. 3.2.3 If the Contractor believes that additional cost or time is involved because of clarifications or instructions issued by the Architect in response to the Contractor's notices or requests for information pursuant to Subparagraphs 3.2.1 and 3.2.2,the Contractor shall make Claims as provided in Subparagraphs 4.3.6 and 4.3.7. If the Contractor fails to perform the obligations of Subparagraphs 3.2.1 and 3.2.2,the Contractor shall pay such costs and damages to THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL the Owner as would have been avoided if the Contractor had performed such obligations.The CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATIONWITHAN Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner or Architect for damages resulting from errors, ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Documents or for differences between field RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR measurements or conditions and the Contract Documents unless the Contractor recognized MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS such error, inconsistency, omission or difference and knowingly failed to report it to the ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA Architect. DOCUMENT MI. 3.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES This document has been approved and 3.3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using the Contractors best skill endorsed by The Associated General and attention.The Contractor shall be solely responsible for and have control over construction Contractors of America. means,methods,techniques,sequences and procedures and for coordinating all portions of the Work under the Contract, unless the Contract Documents give other specific instructions concerning these matters. If the Contract Documents give specific instructions concerning construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, the Contractor shall evaluate the jobsite safety thereof and, except as stated below, shall be fully and solely responsible for the jobsite safety of such means,methods,techniques,sequences or procedures. If the Contractor determines that such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures may not be safe,the Contractor shall give timely written notice to the Owner and Architect and shall not proceed with that portion of the Work without further written instructions from the Architect. If the Contractor is then instructed to proceed with the required means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures without acceptance of changes proposed by the Contractor,the Owner shall be solely responsible for any resulting loss or damage. 3.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the Contractor's employees,Subcontractors and their agents and employees,and other persons or entities performing portions of the Work for or on behalf of the Contractor or any of its Subcontractors. 3.3.3 The Contractor shall be responsible for inspection of portions of Work already performed to determine that such portions are in proper condition to receive subsequent Work. 3.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS 3.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide and pay for labor, materials,equipment,tools,construction equipment and machinery,water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work, whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work. 01997 AIA® 3.4.2 The Contractor may make substitutions only with the consent of the Owner, after AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 evaluation by the Architect and in accordance with a Change Order. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION *Copyright 9 5, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document:97a201 gent conditions revised 1002.aia--10/1/2002.AIA License Number 1008538,which expires on 9/3/2003. 13 %W •r/ 3.4.3 The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among the Contractor's employees and other persons carrying out the Contract. The Contractor shall not permit employment of unfit persons or persons not skilled in tasks assigned to them. 3.5 WARRANTY 3.5.1 The Contractor warrants to the Owner and Architect that materials and equipment furnished under the Contract will be of good quality and new unless otherwise required or permitted by the Contract Documents,that the Work will be free from defects not inherent in the quality required or permitted,and that the Work will conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents.Work not conforming to these requirements,including substitutions not properly approved and authorized, may be considered defective. The Contractor's warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse, modifications not executed by the Contractor, improper or insufficient maintenance, improper operation, or normal wear and tear and normal usage. If required by the Architect, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH 3.6 TAXES RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR 3.6.1 The Contractor shall pay sales,consumer,use and similar taxes for the Work provided MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS by the Contractor which are legally enacted when bids are received or negotiations concluded, ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA whether or not yet effective or merely scheduled to go into effect. DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA Insert A: 3.6.2 Contractor shall submit records of taxes paid to the Department of DOCUMENT='. Revenue in conformance with State requirements Retainage of final payment will be This document has been approved and released after State Department of Revenue affidavit is received from the State and endorsed by The Associated General other contractual requirements are met. Contractors of America. 3.7 PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES 3.7.1 Unless e;yise-pFer4ded-in4he Gentreet Deettmeft%-ike Gentr-eete c - and-pay-feF-the beAding ri pemik-ate etke -pennits-and Centel-feed lieenses-and- seeuEed after.emeeutien of the Gentreet and Nvhir:h are legally required when bids e&e r-erzeived or- The Contractor shall apply and pay for all necessary permits or licences required for the execution of the Work except that the Owner shall apply and nay for the building permit demolition permit plan check fee environmental impact statement checklist fees traffic mitigation fees fire mitigation fees parks mitigation fees, wetland buffer mitigation fees. and L.I.D. fees. 3.7.2 The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by laws,ordinances,rules, regulations and lawful orders of public authorities applicable to performance of the Work_ The Contractor's Operations shall meet requirements of applicable Federal State law and all safety regulations set forth in "Safety Standards for Construction" and "General Safety Standards," published and in effect at the time of receipt of bids as promulgated by the Department of Labor and Industries 3.7.3 It is not the Contractor's responsibility to ascertain that the Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, and rules and regulations. However,if the Contractor observes that portions of the Contract Documents are at variance therewith,the Contractor shall promptly notify the Architect and Owner in writing, , and necessary changes shall be accomplished by appropriate Modification. 3.7.4 If the Contractor performs Work knowing it to be contrary to laws, statutes, ordinances,building codes,and rules and regulations without such notice to the Architect and Owner,the Contractor shall assume appropriate responsibility for such Work and shall bear the 01997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 costs attributable to correction. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION *Copyright 9 9 5, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1959,-1961, 1963, 11967, 1970, 1976, 1987, ® 1997 Fy—TFe- American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201 genl conditions revised 1002.aia--10/1/2002.AIA License Number 1008538,which expires on 9/3/2003. 14 3.8 ALLOWANCES 3.8.1 The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the Contract Documents. Items covered by allowances shall be supplied for such amounts and by such persons or entities as the Owner may direct, but the Contractor shall not be required to employ persons or entities to whom the Contractor has reasonable objection. 3.8.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents: 1 allowances shall cover the cost to the Contractor of materials and equipment delivered at the site and all required taxes,less applicable trade discounts; .2 Contractor's costs for unloading and handling at the site,labor,installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for stated allowance amounts shall be included in the Contract Sum but not in the allowances; .3 whenever costs are more than or less than allowances,the Contract Sum shall be THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL adjusted accordingly by Change Order. The amount of the Change Order shall CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN reflect (i) the difference between actual costs and the allowances under Clause ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH 3.8.2.1 and(2)changes in Contractor's costs under Clause 3.8.2.2. RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS 3.8.3 Materials and equipment under an allowance shall be selected by the Owner in ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA sufficient time to avoid delay in the Work. DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA DOCUMENT MI. 3.9 SUPERINTENDENT This document has been approved and 3.9.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent and necessary assistants endorsed by The Associated General who shall be in attendance at the Project site during performance of the Work. The Contractors of America. superintendent shall represent the Contractor, and communications given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. Important communications shall be confirmed in writing. Other communications shall be similarly confirmed on written request in each case. 3.10 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES 3.10.1 The Contractor,promptly after being awarded the Contract,shall prepare and submit for the Owner's and Architect's information a Contractors construction schedule for the Work. The schedule shall not exceed time limits current under the Contract Documents, shall be revised at appropriate intervals as required by the conditions of the Work and Project,shall be related to the entire Project to the extent required by the Contract Documents, and shall provide for expeditious and practicable execution of the Work. 3.10.2 The Contractor shall prepare and keep current, for the Architect's approval, a schedule of submittals which is coordinated with the Contractors construction schedule and allows the Architect reasonable time to review submittals. 3.10.3 The Contractor shall perform the Work in general accordance with the most recent schedules submitted to the Owner and Architect. 3.11 DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AT THE SITE 3.11.1 The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Owner one record copy of the Drawings,Specifications,Addenda,Change Orders and other Modifications,in good order and marked currently to record field changes and selections made during construction, and one record copy of approved Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar required :fib, submittals. These shall be available to the Architect and shall be delivered to the Architect for �■% submittal to the Owner upon completion of the Work. 01997 AIA® 3.12 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION *Copyright 9 915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, ® 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201 gent conditions revised 1002.aia--10/1/2002.AIA License Number 1008538,which expires on 9/3/2003. 15 3.12.1 Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams, schedules and other data specially prepared for the Work by the Contractor or a Subcontractor,Sub-subcontractor,manufacturer,supplier or distributor to illustrate some portion of the Work. 3.12.2 Product Data are illustrations, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams and other information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials or equipment for some portion of the Work. 3.120 Samples are physical examples which illustrate materials,equipment or workmanship and establish standards by which the Work will be judged. 3.12.4 Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals are not Contract Documents. The purpose of their submittal is to demonstrate for those portions of the Work for which submittals are required by the Contract Documents the way by which the Contractor proposes to conform to the information given and the design concept expressed in the THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL Contract Documents. Review by the Architect is subject to the limitations of Subparagraph CONSEOUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN 4.27. Informational submittals upon which the Architect is not expected to take responsive ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH action may be so identified in the Contract Documents. Submittals which are not required by RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR the Contract Documents may be returned by the Architect without action. MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 3.12.5 The Contractor shall review for compliance with the Contract Documents, approve DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA and submit to the Architect Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals DOCUMENT D401. required by the Contract Documents with reasonable promptness and in such sequence as to This document has been approved and cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner or of separate contractors. endorsed by The s been ap General Submittals which are not marked as reviewed for compliance with the Contract Documents endorsed b of a Ass;ca. and approved by the Contractor may be returned by the Architect without action. 3.12.6 By approving and submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals, the Contractor represents that the Contractor has determined and verified materials, field measurements and field construction criteria related thereto,or will do so,and has checked and coordinated the information contained within such submittals with the requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents. 3.12.7 The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work for which the Contract Documents require submittal and review of Shop Drawings,Product Data,Samples or similar submittals until the respective submittal has been approved by the Architect. `3.12.8 The Work shall be in accordance with approved submittals except that the Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents by the Architect's approval of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals unless the Contractor has specifically informed the Architect in writing of such deviation at the time of submittal and (i) the Architect has given written approval to the specific deviation as a minor change in the Work, or (2) a Change Order or Construction Change Directive has been issued authorizing the deviation. The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals by the Architect's approval thereof. 3.12.9 The Contractor shall direct specific attention, in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings,Product Data,Samples or similar submittals,to revisions other than those requested by the Architect on previous submittals. In the absence of such written notice the Architect's f . approval of a resubmission shall not apply to such revisions. 3.12.10 The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services which constitute the practice of architecture or engineering unless such services are specifically required by the 01997 AIA® Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless the Contractor needs to provide such AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 services in order to carry out the Contractor's responsibilities for construction means,methods, GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION *Copyright 9 5, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 9 9 970,T976, 987, 997 y e The American Institute of Architects American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United Washington,D.C.20006-1735 New York Avenue,N.W. .W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201 genl conditions revised 1002.aia--10/1/2002.AIA License Number 1008538,which expires on 9/312003. 16 techniques, sequences and procedures. The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services in violation of applicable law. If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems,materials or equipment are specifically required of the Contractor by the Contract Documents, the Owner and the Architect will specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy.The Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a properly licensed design professional, whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings,calculations,specifications,certifications, Shop Drawings and other submittals prepared by such professional. Shop Drawings and other submittals related to the Work designed or certified by such professional,if prepared by others, shall bear such professional's written approval when submitted to the Architect. The Owner and the Architect shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy,accuracy and completeness of the services, certifications or approvals performed by such design professionals, provided the Owner and Architect have specified to the Contractor all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. Pursuant to this Subparagraph 3.12.10, the Architect will review, approve or take other appropriate action on submittals only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL Documents. The Contractor shall not be responsible for the adequacy of the performance or CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN design criteria required by the Contract Documents. ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR 3.13 USE OF SITE MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS 3.13.1 The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by law, ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA ordinances,permits and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site DOCUMENT MI. with materials or equipment. This document has been approved and 3.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING endorsed by The Associated General 3.14.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for cutting, fitting or patching required to Contractors of America. complete the Work or to make its parts fit together properly. 3.14.2 The Contractor shall not damage or endanger a portion of the Work or fully or partially completed construction of the Owner or separate contractors by cutting,patching or otherwise altering such construction, or by excavation. The Contractor shall not cut or otherwise alter such construction by the Owner or a separate contractor except with written consent of the Owner and of such separate contractor;such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Contractor shall not unreasonably withhold from the Owner or a separate contractor the Contractors consent to cutting or otherwise altering the Work. 3.15 CLEANING UP 3.15.1 The Contractor shall keep the premises and surrounding area free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by operations under the Contract.At completion of the Work, the Contractor shall remove from and about the Project waste materials, rubbish, the Contractor's tools,construction equipment,machinery and surplus materials. 3.15.2 If the Contractor fails to clean up as provided in the Contract Documents,the Owner may do so and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor. 3.16 ACCESS TO WORK 3.16.1 The Contractor shall provide the Owner and Architect access to the Work in preparation and progress wherever located. 3.17 ROYALTIES, PATENTS AND COPYRIGHTS 3.17.1 The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. The Contractor shall defend suits or claims for infringement of copyrights and patent rights and shall hold the Owner and Architect harmless from loss on account thereof,but shall not be responsible for such defense or loss when a particular design, process or product of a particular manufacturer or 01997 AI A® manufacturers is required by the Contract Documents or where the copyright violations are AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION *Copyright 9 9 5, 1918, 1925, 1937, , 1958, 9 9 9 1970, 9 99 y e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: 97x201 genl conditions revised 1002.aia--10/1/2002.AIA License Number 1008538,which expires on 9/3/2003. 17 contained in Drawings,Specifications or other documents prepared by the Owner or Architect. However,if the Contractor has reason to believe that the required design, process or product is an infringement of a copyright or a patent, the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless such information is promptly furnished to the Architect. 3.18 INDEMNIFICATION 3.18.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law and to the extent claims, damages, losses or expenses are not covered by Project Management Protective Liability insurance purchased by the Contractor in accordance with Paragraph u.3, the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, Architect, Architect's consultants, and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work, provided that such claim, damage,loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury,sickness,disease or death,or to injury to or destruction of tangible properly(other than the Work itself),but only to the extent caused by the negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor,a Subcontractor,anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable,regardless of whether THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL or not such claim,damage,loss or expense is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN Such obligation shall not be construed to negate,abridge,or reduce other rights or obligations ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to a party or person described in this Paragraph RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS 318 ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA 3.18.2 In claims against any person or entity indemnified under this Paragraph 3.18 by an DOCUMENT D407. employee of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, the indemnification obligation under This document has been approved and Subparagraph 3.18.1 shall not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damages, endorsed by The Associated General compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or a Subcontractor under workers' Contractors of America. compensation acts,disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. ARTICLE 4 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 4.1 ARCHITECT 4.1.1 The Architect is the person lawfully licensed to practice architecture or an entity lawfully practicing architecture identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number.The term"Architect"means the Architect or the Architect's authorized representative. 4.1.2 Duties,responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Architect as set forth in the Contract Documents shall not be restricted,modified or extended without written consent of the Owner,Contractor and Architect.Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. 4.1.3 If the employment of the Architect is terminated, the Owner shall employ a new Architect against whom the Contractor has no reasonable objection and whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former Architect. 4.2 ARCHITECT'S ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 4.2.1 The Architect will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract Documents, and will be an Owner's representative (i) during construction, (2) until final payment is due and (3) with the Owner's concurrence, from time to time during the one-year period for correction of Work described in Paragraph 12.2.The Architect will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents, unless otherwise modified in writing in accordance with other provisions of the Contract. , , 4.2.2 The Architect, as a representative of the Owner, will visit the site at intervals appropriate to the stage of the Contractor's operations (i) to become generally familiar with and to keep the Owner informed about the progress and quality of the portion of the Work 01997 AIA® completed, (2) to endeavor to guard the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the Work, AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION *Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951,-1958, 1961, 1963,-1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201 gent conditions revised 1002.aia--1011/2002.AIA License Number 1008538,which expires on 9/3/2003. 18 and (3) to determine in general if the Work is being performed in a manner indicating that the Work, when fully completed, will be in accordance with the Contract Documents. However, the Architect will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. The Architect will neither have control over or charge of, nor be responsible for, the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or for the safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work, since these are solely the Contractor's rights and responsibilities under the Contract Documents, except as provided in Subparagraph 3.3.1. 4.2.3 The Architect will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Architect will not have control over or charge of and will not be responsible for acts or omissions of the Contractor, Subcontractors, or their agents or employees, or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work. 4.2.4 Communications Facilitating Contract Administration. Except as otherwise THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL provided in the Contract Documents or when direct communications have been specially CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN authorized,the Owner and Contractor shall endeavor to communicate with each other through ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH the Architect about matters arising out of or relating to the Contract.Communications by and RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR with the Architect's consultants shall be through the Architect. Communications by and with MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS Subcontractors and material suppliers shall be through the Contractor. Communications b ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA and with separate contractors shall be through the Owner. y DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA DOCUMENT D401. 4.2.5 Based on the Architect's evaluations of the Contractor's Applications for Payment,the This document has been approved and Architect will review and certify the amounts due the Contractor and will issue Certificates for endorsed by The Associated General Payment in such amounts. Contractors of America. 4.2.6 The Architect will have authority to reject Work that does not conform to the Contract Documents.Whenever the Architect considers it necessary or advisable,the Architect will have authority to require inspection or testing of the Work in accordance with Subparagraphs 13.5.2 and 13.5.3,whether or not such Work is fabricated,installed or completed. However, neither this authority of the Architect nor a decision made in good faith either to exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise to a duty or responsibility of the Architect to the Contractor,Subcontractors,material and equipment suppliers,their agents or employees,or other persons or entities performing portions of the Work. 4.2.7 The Architect will review and approve or take other appropriate action upon the Contractor's submittals such as Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, but only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents.The Architect's action will be taken with such reasonable promptness as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner,Contractor or separate contractors,while allowing sufficient time in the Architect's professional judgment to permit adequate review. Review of such submittals is not conducted for the purpose of determining the accuracy and completeness of other details such as dimensions and quantities, or for substantiating instructions for installation or performance of equipment or systems,all of which remain the responsibility of the Contractor as required by the Contract Documents.The Architect's review of the Contractor's submittals shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligations under Paragraphs 3.3, 3.5 and 312. The Architect's review shall not constitute approval of safety precautions or, unless otherwise specifically stated by the Architect, of any construction means,methods,techniques,sequences or procedures.The Architect's approval of a specific item shall not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component. :+ i 4.2.8 The Architect will prepare Change Orders and Construction Change Directives, and may authorize minor changes in the Work as provided in Paragraph 7.4. 01997 AIAO AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION *Copyright 9 9 5, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 197, 115 19-97-Sy—TFe- American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. states and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201 genl conditions revised 1002.aia--10/1/2002.AIA License Number 1008538,which expires on 9/3/2003. 19 4.2.9 The Architect will conduct inspections to determine the date or dates of Substantial Completion and the date of final completion, will receive and forward to the Owner, for the Owner's review and records,written warranties and related documents required by the Contract and assembled by the Contractor, and will issue a final Certificate for Payment upon compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 4.2.10 If the Owner and Architect agree, the Architect will provide one or more project representatives to assist in carrying out the Architect's responsibilities at the site. The duties, re4ponsibilities and limitations of authority of such project representatives shall be as set forth in an exhibit to be incorporated in the Contract Documents. 4.2.11 The Architect will interpret and decide matters concerning performance under and requirements of, the Contract Documents on written request of either the Owner or Contractor.The Architect's response to such requests will be made in writing within any time limits agreed upon or otherwise with reasonable promptness. If no agreement is made THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL concerning the time within which interpretations required of the Architect shall be furnished in CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN compliance with this Paragraph 4.2,then delay shall not be recognized on account of failure by ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH the Architect to furnish such interpretations until 15 days after written request is made for RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR them. MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 4.2.12 Interpretations and decisions of the Architect will be consistent with the intent of and DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the form of DOCUMENT D401. drawings.When making such interpretations and initial decisions,the Architect will endeavor to secure faithful performance by both Owner and Contractor,will not show partiality to either This document has been approved and and will not be liable for results of interpretations or decisions so rendered in good faith. endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America. 4.2.13 The Architect's decisions on matters relating to aesthetic effect will be final if consistent with the intent expressed in the Contract Documents. 4.3 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES 4.3.1 Definition. A Claim is a demand or assertion by one of the parties seeking, as a matter of right, adjustment or interpretation of Contract terms,payment of money,extension of time or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract.The term"Claim"also includes other disputes and matters in question between the Owner and Contractor arising out of or relating to the Contract. Claims must be initiated by written notice. The responsibility to substantiate Claims shall rest with the party making the Claim. 4.3.2 Time Limits on Claims.Claims by either party must be initiated within 21 days after occurrence of the event giving rise to such Claim or within 21 days after the claimant first recognizes the condition giving rise to the Claim,whichever is later.Claims must be initiated by written notice to the Architect and the other party. 4.3.3 Continuing Contract Performance. Pending final resolution of a Claim except as otherwise agreed in writing or as provided in Subparagraph 9.7.1 and Article 14,the Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance of the Contract and the Owner shall continue to make payments in accordance with the Contract Documents. 4.3.4 Claims for Concealed or Unknown Conditions.If conditions are encountered at the site which are (1) subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions which differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or (2) unknown physical 's conditions of an unusual nature, which differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in construction activities of the character provided for in r� the Contract Documents, then notice by the observing party shall be given to the other party promptly before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than 21 days after first 01997 AIA® observance of the conditions. The Architect will promptly investigate such conditions and, if AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor's cost of, or time GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION *Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 96 , 966, 1967, 1970,-1976, 1987, ® 997 Y e The American Institute of Architects American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The e New York Avenue,N.W. quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 N D.C.20006-5292 States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. user Document: 97a201 genl conditions revised 1002.aia--10/1/2002.AIA License Number 1008538,which expires on 9/3/2003. 20 required for,performance of any part of the Work,will recommend an equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time,or both. If the Architect determines that the conditions at the site are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified,the Architect shall so notify the Owner and Contractor in writing, stating the reasons. Claims by either party in opposition to such determination must be made within u days after the Architect has given notice of the decision. If the conditions encountered are materially different, the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be equitably adjusted,but if the Owner and Contractor cannot agree on an adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time,the adjustment shall be referred to the Architect for initial determination,subject to further proceedings pursuant to Paragraph 4.4• 4.3.5 Claims for Additional Cost. If the Contractor wishes to make Claim for an increase in the Contract Sum, written notice as provided herein shall be given before proceeding to execute the Work. Prior notice is not required for Claims relating to an emergency endangering life or property arising under Paragraph io.6. THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL Insert B: 4.3.5.1 When extra work is performed under an approved Change Order cONSEOUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN an paid for by acceptable lump sum or mutually agreed prices the Contractor will be ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH limited to a markup f 10% overhead and profit including employment taxes. fringe RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR p p 9— MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS benefits related labor costs on materials to be entered into the work and on the El TRONICALLYDRAFTEDAIA ownership or rental costs of construction plant and equipment employed during the DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA time of the extra work The marker does not apply to cost of materials. DOCUMENT D40I. Insert C When extra work is performed as above by a subcontractor to the General This document has been approved and Contractor. the General Contractor shall be limited to a 10% markup on the endorsedby The Associated General Contractors of America. subcontractor's work. Insert D: No further markup shall be permitted to cover the Contractor's costs for bonding, insurance and the like. 4.3.6 If the Contractor believes additional cost is involved for reasons including but not limited to(i)a written interpretation from the Architect,(2)an order by the Owner to stop the Work where the Contractor was not at fault,(3)a written order for a minor change in the Work issued by the Architect,(4)failure of payment by the Owner,(5)termination of the Contract by the Owner, (6) Owner's suspension or (7) other reasonable grounds, Claim shall be filed in accordance with this Paragraph 4.3. 4.3.7 Claims for Additional Time 4.3.7.1 If the Contractor wishes to make Claim for an increase in the Contract Time,written notice as provided herein shall be given. The Contractors Claim shall include an estimate of cost and of probable effect of delay on progress of the Work In the case of a continuing delay only one Claim is necessary. 4.3.7.2 If adverse weather conditions are the basis for a Claim for additional time,such Claim shall be documented by data substantiating that weather conditions were abnormal for the period of time,could not have been reasonably anticipated and had an adverse effect on the scheduled construction. 4.3.8 Injury or Damage to Person or Property. If either party to the Contract suffers injury or damage to person or property because of an act or omission of the other party,or of others for whose acts such party is legally responsible,written notice of such injury or damage, f;; whether or not insured,shall be given to the other party within a reasonable time not exceeding u days after discovery. The notice shall provide sufficient detail to enable the other party to investigate the matter. oi99r nin® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION *Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970,-1976, 1987, ® 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201 gent conditions revised 1002.aia--1011/2002.AIA License Number 1008538,which expires on 9/3/2003. 21 4 4.3.9 If unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon,and if quantities originally contemplated are materially changed in a proposed Change Order or Construction Change Directive so that application of such unit prices to quantities of Work proposed will cause substantial inequity to the Owner or Contractor,the applicable unit prices shall be equitably adjusted. 4.3.10 Claims for Consequential Damages. The Contractor and Owner waive Claims against each other for consequential damages arising out of or relating to this Contract. This mutual waiver includes: .1 damages incurred by the Owner for rental expenses, for losses of use, income, profit, financing, business and reputation, and for loss of management or employee productivity or of the services of such persons;and .2 damages incurred by the Contractor for principal office expenses including the compensation of personnel stationed there, for losses of financing,business and reputation, and for loss of profit except anticipated profit arising directly from THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL the Work. CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITHAN ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH This mutual waiver is applicable,without limitation,to all consequential damages due to either RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR party's termination in accordance with Article 14.Nothing contained in this Subparagraph 4.3.10 MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS shall be deemed to preclude an award of liquidated direct damages, when applicable, in ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA DOCUMENT MI. 4.4 RESOLUTION OF CLAIMS AND DISPUTES Tivs document has been approved and 4.4.1 Decision of Architect. Claims,including those alleging an error or omission by the endorsed by The Assoc aged General Architect but excluding those arising under Paragraphs 10.3 through 10.5, shall be referred Contractors of America. initially to the Architect for decision.An initial decision by the Architect shall be required as a condition precedent to mediation,arbitration or litigation of all Claims between the Contractor and Owner arising prior to the date final payment is due,unless 3o days have passed after the Claim has been referred to the Architect with no decision having been rendered by the Architect. The Architect will not decide disputes between the Contractor and persons or entities other than the Owner. 4.4.2 The Architect will review Claims and within ten days of the receipt of the Claim take one or more of the following actions: (i) request additional supporting data from the claimant or a response with supporting data from the other party, (2) reject the Claim in whole or in part, (3) approve the Claim, (4) suggest a compromise, or (5) advise the parties that the Architect is unable to resolve the Claim if the Architect lacks sufficient information to evaluate the merits of the Claim or if the Architect concludes that,in the Architect's sole discretion,it would be inappropriate for the Architect to-resolve the Claim. 4.4.3 In evaluating Claims,the Architect may,but shall not be obligated to,consult with or seek information from either party or from persons with special knowledge or expertise who may assist the Architect in rendering a decision. The Architect may request the Owner to authorize retention of such persons at the Owner's expense. 4.4.4 If the Architect requests a party to provide a response to a Claim or to furnish additional supporting data, such party shall respond, within ten days after receipt of such =� request, and shall either provide a response on the requested supporting data, advise the Architect when the response or supporting data will be furnished or advise the Architect that no supporting data will be furnished.Upon receipt of the response or supporting data, if any,the Architect will either reject or approve the Claim in whole or in part. 4.4.5 The Architect will approve or reject Claims by written decision,which shall state the reasons therefor and which shall notify the parties of any change in the Contract Sum or 01997 AIA® Contract Time or both.The approval or rejection of a Claim by the Architect shall be final and AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 binding on the parties but subject to mediation and arbitration. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 9 9 0, 1976, 1987, ® 99 Y e The American Institute of Architects American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United Washington,D.C.20006-5292 States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. user Document: 97a201 genl conditions revised 1002.aia--10/1/2002.AIA License Number 1008538,which expires on 9/3/2003. 22 • irrrr NNOI 4.4.6 When a written decision of the Architect states that(i)the decision is final but subject to mediation and arbitration and (2) a demand for arbitration of a Claim covered by such decision must be made within 3o days after the date on which the party making the demand receives the final written decision, then failure to demand arbitration within said 3o days' period shall result in the Architect's decision becoming final and binding upon the Owner and Contractor.If the Architect renders a decision after arbitration proceedings have been initiated, such decision may be entered as evidence, but shall not supersede arbitration proceedings unless the decision is acceptable to all parties concerned. 4.4.7 Upon receipt of a Claim against the Contractor or at any time thereafter, the Architect or the Owner may,but is not obligated to,notify the surety,if any,of the nature and amount of the Claim.If the Claim relates to a possibility of a Contractor's default,the Architect or the Owner may,but is not obligated to,notify the surety and request the surety's assistance in resolving the controversy. THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 4.4.8 If a Claim relates to or is the subject of a mechanic's lien, the party asserting such CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATIONWITHAN Claim may proceed in accordance with applicable law to comply with the lien notice or filing ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH deadlines prior to resolution of the Claim by the Architect,by mediation or by arbitration. RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 4.5 MEDIATION DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA 4.5.1 Any Claim arising out of or related to the Contract,except Claims relating to aesthetic DOCUMENT D401. effect and except those waived as provided for in Subparagraphs 4.3.10,9.10.4 and 9.10.5 shall, after initial decision by the Architect or 3o days after submission of the Claim to the Architect, This document has been approved and be subject to mediation as a condition precedent to arbitration or the institution of legal or endorsed by The Associated General equitable proceedings by either party. Contractors of America. 4.5.2 The parties shall endeavor to resolve their Claims by mediation which, unless the parties mutually agree otherwise, shall be in accordance with the Construction Industry Mediation Rules of the American Arbitration Association currently in effect. Request for mediation shall be filed in writing with the other party to the Contract and with the American Arbitration Association.The request may be made concurrently with the filing of a demand for arbitration but, in such event, mediation shall proceed in advance of arbitration or legal or equitable proceedings, which shall be stayed pending mediation for a period of 6o days from the date of filing,unless stayed for a longer period by agreement of the parties or court order. 4.5.3 The parties shall share the mediator's fee and any filing fees equally. The mediation shall be held in the place where the Project is located, unless another location is mutually agreed upon. Agreements reached in mediation shall be enforceable as settlement agreements in any court having jurisdiction thereof. 4.6 ARBITRATION 4.6.1 Any Claim arising out of or related to the Contract,except Claims relating to aesthetic effect and except those waived as provided for in Subparagraphs 4.3.10,9.10.4 and 9.10.5,shall, after decision by the Architect or 3o days after submission of the Claim to the Architect, be subject to arbitration. Prior to arbitration, the parties shall endeavor to resolve disputes by mediation in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 4.5• 'tee Insert E: If a dispute arises out of or relates to this contract or the breach thereof, and if said dispute cannot be resolved through administrative procedures and mediation $.A the Contractor shall advise the Architect in writing that arbitration is desired according to the mediation rules of the American Arbitration Association Insert F: The costs of such arbitration shall be borne equally by all parties unless it is 01997 AIA® the board's majority opinion that the Contractor's filing of the protest or action is AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE » opyrlg t 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963,1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by The CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201 genl conditions revised 1002.aia--1011/2002.AIA License Number 1008538,which expires on 9/3/2003. 23 capricious or without reasonable foundation. In the latter case all costs shall be borne by the Contractor. 4.6.2 Claims not resolved by mediation shall be decided by arbitration which, unless the parties mutually agree otherwise, shall be in accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association currently in effect. The demand for arbitration shall be filed in writing with the other party to the Contract and with the American Arbitration Association,and a copy shall be filed with the Architect. 4.6.3 A demand for arbitration shall be made within the time limits specified in Subparagraphs 4.4.6 and 4.6.1 as applicable,and in other cases within a reasonable time after the Claim has arisen, and in no event shall it be made after the date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on such Claim would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations as determined pursuant to Paragraph 13.7. 4.6.4 Limitation on Consolidation or Joinder. No arbitration arisin g or out of relating HIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL g CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN to the Contract shall include,by consolidation or joinder or in any other manner,the Architect, ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH the Architect's employees or consultants, except by written consent containing specific RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR reference to the Agreement and signed by the Architect, Owner, Contractor and any other MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS person or entity sought to be joined.No arbitration shall include,by consolidation or joinder or ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA in any other manner, parties other than the Owner, Contractor, a separate contractor as DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA described in Article 6 and other persons substantially involved in a common question of fact or DOCUMENT D401. law whose presence is required if complete relief is to be accorded in arbitration. No person or entity other than the Owner,Contractor or a separate contractor as described in Article 6 shall This document has been approved and be included as an original third party or additional third party to an arbitration whose interest endorsed by The Associated General or responsibility is insubstantial.Consent to arbitration involving an additional person or entity Contractors of America. shall not constitute consent to arbitration of a Claim not described therein or with a person or entity not named or described therein. The foregoing agreement to arbitrate and other agreements to arbitrate with an additional person or entity duly consented to by parties to the Agreement shall be specifically enforceable under applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. 4.6.5 Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims. The party filing a notice of demand for arbitration must assert in the demand all Claims then known to that party on which arbitration is permitted to be demanded. 4.6.6 Judgment on Final Award. The award rendered by the arbitrator or arbitrators shall be final,and judgment may be entered upon it in accordance with applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. ARTICLE 5 SUBCONTRACTORS 5.1 DEFINITIONS 5.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract with the Contractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site. The term"Subcontractor"is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Subcontractor. The term "Subcontractor" does not include a separate contractor or subcontractors of a separate contractor. 5.1.2 A Sub-subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site. The term "Sub-subcontractor" is , referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Sub- subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Sub-subcontractor. 5.2 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF 01997 AIAO AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 THE WORK GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION »Copyng t 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by Me- American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: 97x201 genl conditions revised 1002.aia--1011/2002.AIA License Number 1008538,which expires on 9/3/2003. 24 w 5.2.1 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents or the bidding requirements, the Contractor, as soon as practicable after award of the Contract, shall furnish in writing to the Owner through the Architect the names of persons or entities (including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for each principal portion of the Work. The Architect will promptly reply to the Contractor in writing stating whether or not the Owner or the Architect,after due investigation,has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity. Failure of the Owner or Architect to reply promptly shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection. 5.2.2 The Contractor shall not contract with a proposed person or entity to whom the Owner or Architect has made reasonable and timely objection. The Contractor shall not be required to contract with anyone to whom the Contractor has made reasonable objection. 5.2.3 If the Owner or Architect has reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed by the Contractor,the Contractor shall propose another to whom the Owner or Architect has no reasonable objection. If the proposed but rejected Subcontractor was reasonably capable of THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL performing the Work,the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be increased or decreased by CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITHAN the difference, if any, occasioned by such change, and an appropriate Change Order shall be ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH issued before commencement of the substitute Subcontractor's Work. However,no increase in RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION IO the Contract Sum or Contract Time shall be allowed for such change unless the Contractor has MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS g ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA acted promptly and responsively in submitting names as required. DOCUMENT MAYBE MADE BY USING AIA 5.2.4 The Contractor shall not change a Subcontractor,person or entity previously selected DOCUMENT D401. if the Owner or Architect makes reasonable objection to such substitute. This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General 5.3 SUBCONTRACTUAL RELATIONS Contractors of America. 5.3.1 By appropriate agreement, written where legally required for validity,the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor, to be bound to the Contractor by terms of the Contract Documents, and to assume toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities, including the responsibility for safety of the Subcontractor's Work, which the Contractor, by these Documents, assumes toward the Owner and Architect. Each subcontract agreement shall preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and Architect under the Contract Documents with respect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights, and shall allow to the Subcontractor, unless specifically provided otherwise in the subcontract agreement,the benefit of all rights, remedies and redress against the Contractor that the Contractor,by the Contract Documents,has against the Owner.Where appropriate,the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with Sub-subcontractors.The Contractor shall make available to each proposed Subcontractor, prior to the execution of the subcontract agreement, copies of the Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor will be bound, and, upon written request of the Subcontractor, identify to the Subcontractor terms and conditions of the proposed subcontract agreement which may be at variance with the Contract Documents. Subcontractors will similarly make copies of applicable portions of such documents available to their respective proposed Sub- subcontractors. 5.4 CONTINGENT ASSIGNMENT OF SUBCONTRACTS .� 5.4.1 Each subcontract agreement for a portion of the Work is assigned by the Contractor to the Owner provided that: 1 assignment is effective only after termination of the Contract by the Owner for ., cause pursuant to Paragraph 14.2 and only for those subcontract agreements ;• �+: which the Owner accepts by notifying the Subcontractor and Contractor in writing;and .2 assignment is subject to the prior rights of the surety,if any,obligated under bond 01997 AIA® relating to the Contract. AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION *Copyright 91 , 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 19_§TB—yTFe- American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201 genl conditions revised 1002.aia--1011/2002.AIA License Number 1008538,which expires on 9/3/2003. 25 5.4.2 Upon such assignment, if the Work has been suspended for more than 3o days, the Subcontractor's compensation shall be equitably adjusted for increases in cost resulting from the suspension. ARTICLE 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 6.1 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM CONSTRUCTION AND TO AWARD SEPARATE CONTRACTS 6.1.1 The Owner reserves the right to perform construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces,and to award separate contracts in connection with other portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site under Conditions of the Contract identical or substantially similar to these including those portions related to insurance and waiver of subrogation. If the Contractor claims that delay or additional cost is involved because of such action by the Owner, the Contractor shall make such Claim as provided in Paragraph 4.3• THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 6.1.2 When separate contracts are awarded for different portions of the Project or other CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN construction or operations on the site, the term "Contractor" in the Contract Documents in ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH each case shall mean the Contractor who executes each separate Owner-Contractor Agreement. RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS 6.1.3 The Owner shall provide for coordination of the activities of the Owners own forces ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA and of each separate contractor with the Work of the Contractor, who shall cooperate with DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA them. The Contractor shall participate with other separate contractors and the Owner in DOCUMENT D401. reviewing their construction schedules when directed to do so.The Contractor shall make any This document has been approved and revisions to the construction schedule deemed necessary after a joint review and mutual endorsed by The Associated General agreement. The construction schedules shall then constitute the schedules to be used by the Contractors of America. Contractor,separate contractors and the Other until subsequently revised. 6.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, when the Owner performs construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces,the Owner shall be deemed to be subject to the same obligations and to have the same rights which apply to the Contractor under the Conditions of the Contract, including, without excluding others, those stated in Article 3,this Article 6 and Articles io,n and 12. 6.2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY 6.2.1 The Contractor shall afford the Owner and separate contractors reasonable opportunity for introduction and storage of their materials and equipment and performance of their activities,and shall connect and coordinate the Contractors construction and operations with theirs as required by the Contract Documents. 6.2.2 If part of the Contractors Work depends for proper execution or results upon construction or operations by the Owner or a separate contractor,the Contractor shall,prior to proceeding with that portion of the Work, promptly report to the Architect apparent discrepancies or defects in such other construction that would render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. Failure of the Contractor so to report shall constitute an acknowledgment that the Owner's or separate contractor's completed or partially completed construction is fit and proper to receive the Contractor's Work, except as to defects not then reasonably discoverable. 6.2.3 The Owner shall be reimbursed by the Contractor for costs incurred by the Owner which are payable to a separate contractor because of delays, improperly timed activities or ��: defective construction of the Contractor.The Owner shall be responsible to the Contractor for 'A"��'+M'''�" costs incurred by the Contractor because of delays, improperly timed activities,damage to the �� Work or defective construction of a separate contractor. 01997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION »Copyng t 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, ® 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American In of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201 gent conditions revised 1002.aia--10/1/2002.AIA License Number 1008538,which expires on 9/3/2003. 26 6.2.4 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage wrongfully caused by the Contractor to completed or partially completed construction or to property of the Owner or separate contractors as provided in Subparagraph 10.2.5. 6.2.5 The Owner and each separate contractor shall have the same responsibilities for cutting and patching as are described for the Contractor in Subparagraph 3.14. 6.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CLEAN UP 6.4.1 If a dispute arises among the Contractor,separate contractors and the Owner as to the responsibility under their respective contracts for maintaining the premises and surrounding area free from waste materials and rubbish, the Owner may clean up and the Architect will allocate the cost among those responsible. ARTICLE 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK 7.1 GENERAL THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 7.1.1- Changes in the Work may be accomplished after execution of the Contract, and CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITHAN without invalidating the Contract, by Change Order,Construction Change Directive or order ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH for a minor change in the Work,subject to the limitations stated in this Article 7 and elsewhere RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR in the Contract Documents. MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 7.1.2 A Change Order shall be based upon agreement among the Owner, Contractor and DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA Architect; a Construction Change Directive requires agreement by the Owner and Architect DOCUMENT D401. and may or may not be agreed to by the Contractor,an order for a minor change in the Work This document has been approved and may be issued by the Architect alone. endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America. 7.1.3 Changes in the Work shall be performed under applicable provisions of the Contract Documents, and the Contractor shall proceed promptly, unless otherwise provided in the Change Order,Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work. 7.2 CHANGE ORDERS 7.2.1 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner,Contractor and Architect,stating their agreement upon all of the following: A change in the Work; .2 the amount of the adjustment,if any,in the Contract Sum;and .3 the extent of the adjustment,if any,in the Contract Time. 7.2.2 Methods used in determining adjustments to the Contract Sum may include those listed in Subparagraph 7.3.3. 7.3 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES 7.3.1 A Construction Change Directive is a written order prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner and Architect, directing a change in the Work prior to agreement on adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. The Owner may by Construction Change Directive,without invalidating the Contract,order changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, the Contract Sum and Contract Time being adjusted accordingly. 7.3.2 A Construction Change Directive shall be used in the absence of total agreement on :Z, the terms of a Change Order. 7.3.3 If the Construction Change Directive provides for an adjustment to the Contract Sum, the adjustment shall be based on one of the following methods: 0'9"ni"® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 9 1, 1915, 1918,1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201 genl conditions revised 1002.aia--10/1/2002.AIA License Number 1008538,which expires on 9/3/2003. 27 .1 mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to permit evaluation; .2 unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon; .3 cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon by the parties and a mutually acceptable fixed or percentage fee;or .4 as provided in Subparagraph 7.3.6. 7.3.4 Upon receipt of a Construction Change Directive, the Contractor shall promptly proceed with the change in the Work involved and advise the Architect of the Contractor's agreement or disagreement with the method, if any, provided in the Construction Change Directive for determining the proposed adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. 7.3.5 A Construction Change Directive signed by the Contractor indicates the agreement of the Contractor therewith, including adjustment in Contract Sum and Contract Time or the method for determining them. Such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL recorded as a Change Order. CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH 7.3.6 If the Contractor does not respond promptly or disagrees with the method for RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR adjustment in the Contract Sum, the method and the adjustment shall be determined by the MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS Architect on the basis of reasonable expenditures and savings of those performing the Work ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA attributable to the change,including,in case of an increase in the Contract Sum,a reasonable DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA allowance for overhead and profit. In such case, and also under Clause 7.3.3.3,the Contractor DOCUMENT D401. shall keep and present, in such form as the Architect may prescribe, an itemized accounting This document has been approved and together with appropriate supporting data. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract endorsed by The Associated General Documents,costs for the purposes of this Subparagraph 7.3.6 shall be limited to the following: Contractors of America. l costs of labor, including social security, old age and unemployment insurance, fringe benefits required by agreement or custom, and workers' compensation insurance; .2 costs of materials, supplies and equipment, including cost of transportation, whether incorporated or consumed; .3 rental costs of machinery and equipment,exclusive of hand tools,whether rented from the Contractor or others; .4 costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance, permit fees, and sales, use or similar taxes related to the Work;and .5 additional costs of supervision and field office personnel directly attributable to the change. 7.3.7 The amount of credit to be allowed by the Contractor to the Owner for a deletion or change which results in a net decrease in the Contract Sum shall be actual net cost as confirmed by the Architect. When both additions and credits covering related Work or substitutions are involved in a change,the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of net increase,if any,with respect to that change. 7.3.8 Pending final determination of the total cost of a Construction Change Directive to the Owner, amounts not in dispute for such changes in the Work shall be included in Applications for Payment accompanied by a Change Order indicating the parties' agreement with part or all of such costs.For any portion of such cost that remains in dispute,the Architect will make an interim determination for purposes of monthly certification for payment for those costs.That determination of cost shall adjust the Contract Sum on the same basis as a Change ,, Order, subject to the right of either party to disagree and assert a claim in accordance withf.�#� Article 4. 7.3.9 When the Owner and Contractor agree with the determination made by the Architect 01997 Ame concerning the adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time, or otherwise reach AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970,-1976, 198 , ® 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American In of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: 97x201 genl conditions revised 1002.aia--1011/2002.AIA License Number 1008538,which expires on 9/3/2003. 28 agreement upon the adjustments, such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be recorded by preparation and execution of an appropriate Change Order. 7.4 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK 7.4.1 The Architect will have authority to order minor changes in the Work not involving adjustment in the Contract Sum or extension of the Contract Time and not inconsistent with the intent of the Contract Documents.Such changes shall be effected by written order and shall be binding on the Owner and Contractor. The Contractor shall carry out such written orders promptly. ARTICLE 8 TIME 8.1 DEFINITIONS 8.1.1 Unless otherwise provided,Contract Time is the period of time,including authorized adjustments,allotted in the Contract Documents for Substantial Completion of the Work. THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 8.1.2 The date of commencement of the Work is the date established in the Agreement. CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH 8.1.3 The date of Substantial Completion is the date certified by the Architect in accordance RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR with Paragraph 9.8. MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 8.1.4 The term "day" as used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar day unless DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA otherwise specifically defined. DOCUMENT MI. This document has been approved and 8.2 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION endorsed by The Associated General 8.2.1 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. By Contractors of America. executing the Agreement the Contractor confirms that the Contract Time is a reasonable period for performing the Work. 8.2.2 The Contractor shall not knowingly,except by agreement or instruction of the Owner in writing, prematurely commence operations on the site or elsewhere prior to the effective date of insurance required by Article u to be furnished by the Contractor and Owner.The date of commencement of the Work shall not be changed by the effective date of such insurance. Unless the date of commencement is established by the Contract Documents or a notice to proceed given by the Owner,the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing not less than five days or other agreed period before commencing the Work to permit the timely filing of mortgages,mechanic's liens and other security interests. 8.2.3 The Contractor shall proceed expeditiously with adequate forces and shall achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract Time. 8.3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME 8.3.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in the commencement or progress of the Work by an act or neglect of the Owner or Architect, or of an employee of either, or of a separate .�■ contractor employed by the Owner,or by changes ordered in the Work,or by labor disputes, fire,unusual delay in deliveries,unavoidable casualties or other causes beyond the Contractor's control, or by delay authorized by the Owner pending mediation and arbitration, or by other causes which the Architect determines may justify delay, then the Contract Time shall be extended by Change Order for such reasonable time as the Architect may determine. 8.3.2 Claims relating to time shall be made in accordance with applicable provisions of 01997 AIA® Paragraph 4.3• AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION b opyng 1 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201 genl conditions revised 1002.aia--10/112002.AIA License Number 1008538,which expires on 9/312003. 29 8.3.3 This Paragraph 8.3 does not preclude recovery of damages for delay by either party under other provisions of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 9.1 CONTRACT SUM 9.1.1 The Contract Sum is stated in the Agreement and,including authorized adjustments, is the total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. 9.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES 9.2.1 Before the first Application for Payment,the Contractor shall submit to the Architect a schedule of values allocated to various portions of the Work, prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Architect may require.This schedule, unless objected to by the Architect, shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's Applications for Payment. THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN 9.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH 9.3.1 At least ten days before the date established for each progress payment,the Contractor RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR shall submit to the Architect an itemized Application for Payment for operations completed in MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS accordance with the schedule of values. Such application shall be notarized, if required, and ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA supported by such data substantiating the Contractors right to payment as the Owner or DOCUMENT MI. Architect may require, such as copies of requisitions from Subcontractors and material suppliers, and reflecting retainage if provided for in the Contract Documents. Applications This document has been approved and made after the day of the month or the time period established as the final day for endorsed by The Associated General acceptance will be considered in the next payment period Application shall be made Contractors of America. on AIA Form G702 and G703 breakdown of work delineated on Form G703 shall be detailed on Schedule of Values. Insert G: a.-The Owner shall retain a sum equal to five percent (5%) of the amount eamed by the Contractor as a trust fund for the protection and payment of any person or persons mechanics subcontractor, or material suppliers who shall perform any labor upon this Contract and all persons who shall supply such person or Persons of Subcontractors with provisions and supplies for carrying on of such work and the State of Washington with respect to taxes imposed pursuant to RCW Title 82 which may be due from same Contractor. Insert H: b In accordance with the provisions of Chapter 60.28 RCW. above trust fund shall be retained for a minimum period of sixty (60) days following Final Completion and when the requirements of the Contract and requirements in Section 01700-Project Administration and Closeout have been fulfilled. Insert I: In the event these requirements are not met the Owner may pay a percentage of the retainage holding back that quantity of money reasonable to complete the unfinished items Retainage held may cover costs including. but shall not be limited to the following material suppliers and laborer's liens, tax liens. cost .� and attomey's fees to defray the cost of foreclosing all of the liens costs and Architects fees to defray cost of additional Construction Administration services. Refer to Specifications Section 01700 Project Administration and Closeout. for additional provisions on this subject. —is;;7 9.3.1.1 As provided in Subparagraph 7.3.8, such applications may include requests for payment on account of changes in the Work which have been properly authorized by 01997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION *Copyright 1911, 915, 918, 925, 937, 1951, 958, 1961, 1963, 9 9 970, 9 , 98 , 997 y e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: 97x201 genl conditions revised 1002.aia--1011/2002.AIA License Number 1008538,which expires on 9/3/2003. 30 Construction Change Directives, or by interim determinations of the Architect, but not yet included in Change Orders. 9.3.1.2 Such applications may not include requests for payment for portions of the Work for which the Contractor does not intend to pay to a Subcontractor or material supplier, unless such Work has been performed by others whom the Contractor intends to pay. 9.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, payments shall be made on account of materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the Work. If approved in advance by the Owner, payment may similarly be made for materials and equipment suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing. Payment for materials and equipment stored on or off the site shall be conditioned upon compliance by the Contractor with procedures satisfactory to the Owner to establish the Owner's title to such materials and equipment or otherwise protect the Owner's interest,and shall include the costs of applicable insurance,storage and transportation to the site for such materials and equipment stored off the site. THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITHAN 9.3.3 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work covered by an Application for Payment ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH will pass to the Owner no later than the time of payment.The Contractor further warrants that RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR upon submittal of an Application for Payment all Work for which Certificates for Payment MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS � ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA have been previously issued and payments received from the Owner shall, to the best of the DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA Contractor's knowledge, information and belief, be free and clear of liens, claims, security DOCUMENT D401. interests or encumbrances in favor of the Contractor, Subcontractors, material suppliers, or other persons or entities making a claim by reason of having provided labor, materials and This document has been approved and equipment relating to the Work. endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America. 9.4 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT 9.4.1 The Architect will,within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment,either issue to the Owner a Certificate for Payment,with a copy to the Contractor,for such amount as the Architect determines is properly due,or notify the Contractor and Owner in writing of the Architect's reasons for withholding certification in whole or in part as provided in Subparagraph 9.5.1. 9.4.2 The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will constitute a representation by the Architect to the Owner, based on the Architect's evaluation of the Work and the data comprising the Application for Payment,that the Work has progressed to the point indicated and that, to the best of the Architect's knowledge, information and belief, the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents.The foregoing representations are subject to an evaluation of the Work for conformance with the Contract Documents upon Substantial Completion, to results of subsequent tests and inspections, to correction of minor deviations from the Contract Documents prior to completion and to specific qualifications expressed by the Architect.The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will further constitute a representation that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount certified.However,the issuance of a Certificate for Payment will not be a representation that the Architect has(i)made exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work, (2) reviewed construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, (3) reviewed copies of requisitions received from Subcontractors and material suppliers and other data requested by ■� the Owner to substantiate the Contractor's right to payment, or (4) made examination to ascertain how or for what purpose the Contractor has used money previously paid on account of the Contract Sum. T% r 9.5 DECISIONS TO WITHHOLD CERTIFICATION 9.5.1 The Architect may withhold a Certificate for Payment in whole or in part, to the extent reasonably necessary to protect the Owner, if in the Architect's opinion the 01997 AIA® representations to the Owner required by Subparagraph 9.4.2 cannot be made. If the Architect AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 is unable to certify payment in the amount of the Application, the Architect will notify the GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION *Copyright 9 9 5, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 9 6T,-TOU, 1976, 1987, ® 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201 genl conditions revised 1002.aia--1011/2002.AIA License Number 1008538,which expires on 9/3/2003. 31 Contractor and Owner as provided in Subparagraph 9.4.1. If the Contractor and Architect cannot agree on a revised amount,the Architect will promptly issue a Certificate for Payment for the amount for which the Architect is able to make such representations to the Owner.The Architect may also withhold a Certificate for Payment or,because of subsequently discovered evidence,may nullify the whole or a part of a Certificate for Payment previously issued,to such extent as may be necessary in the Architect's opinion to protect the Owner from loss for which the Contractor is responsible, including loss resulting from acts and omissions described in Subparagraph 3.3.2,because of: .1 defective Work not remedied; .2 third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claims unless security acceptable to the Owner is provided by the Contractor; .3 failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors or for labor,materials or equipment; .4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum; THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL .5 damage to the Owner or another contractor, CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN .6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH Time, and that the unpaid balance would not be adequate to cover actual or RESPECT TO IS AUTHENTICATION OR OF THIS liquidated damages for the anticipated delay;or ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 7 persistent failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA Documents. DOCUMENT D401. 9.5.2 When the above reasons for withholding certification are removed,certification will This document has been approved and be made for amounts previously withheld. endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America. 9.6 PROGRESS PAYMENTS 9.6.1 After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment, the Owner shall make payment in the manner and within the time provided in the Contract Documents,and shall so notify the Architect. 9.6.2 The Contractor shall promptly pay each Subcontractor, upon receipt of payment from the Owner,out of the amount paid to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's portion of the Work,the amount to which said Subcontractor is entitled,reflecting percentages actually retained from payments to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's portion of the Work The Contractor shall,by appropriate agreement with each Subcontractor,require each Subcontractor to make payments to Sub-subcontractors in a similar manner. 9.6.3 The Architect will,on request, furnish to a Subcontractor,if practicable,information regarding percentages of completion or amounts applied for by the Contractor and action taken thereon by the Architect and Owner on account of portions of the Work done by such Subcontractor. 9.6.4 Neither the Owner nor Architect shall have an obligation to pay or to see to the payment of money to a Subcontractor except as may otherwise be required by law. 9.6.5 Payment to material suppliers shall be treated in a manner similar to that provided in Subparagraphs 9.6.2,9.6.3 and 9.6.4. 9.6.6 A Certificate for Payment,a progress payment,or partial or entire use or occupancy of the Project by the Owner shall not constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the : •i �; Contract Documents. 9.6.7 Unless the Contractor provides the Owner with a payment bond in the full penal sum AIA 01997 A201-1997 of the Contract Sum, payments received by the Contractor for Work properly performed by GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE Subcontractors and suppliers shall be held by the Contractor for those Subcontractors or CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION » opyng t 9 1, 9 5, 9 8, 925, 93 , 95 , 958, 9 , 9 9 ", 967, 1970, 97", 987, O 997 y e The American Institute of Architects American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. v quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws the United Washington,D.C.20006-5292 States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. tronically produced copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was elec with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201 genl conditions revised 1002.aia--10/1/2002.AIA license Number 1008538,which expires on 9/3/2003. 32 ' rrr✓ suppliers who performed Work or furnished materials, or both, under contract with the Contractor for which payment was made by the Owner.Nothing contained herein shall require money to be placed in a separate account and not commingled with money of the Contractor, shall create any fiduciary liability or tort liability on the part of the Contractor for breach of trust or shall entitle any person or entity to an award of punitive damages against the Contractor for breach of the requirements of this provision. 9.7 FAILURE OF PAYMENT 9.j.1 If the Architect does not issue a Certificate for Payment, through no fault of the Contractor, within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment, or if the Owner does not pay the Contractor within seven days after the date established in the Contract Documents the amount certified by the Architect or awarded by arbitration,then the Contractor may, upon seven additional days'written notice to the Owner and Architect,stop the Work until payment of the amount owing has been received. The Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Contractor's reasonable costs of shut-down,delay and start-up,plus interest as provided for in THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL the Contract Documents. CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH 9.8 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR Completion is the stage in the progress of the Work when the Work or MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS 9.8.1 Substantial Com P g P g ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA designated portion thereof is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use. DOCUMENT MI. 9.8.2 When the Contractor considers that the Work,or a portion thereof which the Owner This document has been approved and agrees to accept separately, is substantially complete,the Contractor shall prepare and submit endorsed by The Associated General to the Architect a comprehensive list of items to be completed or corrected prior to final Contractors of America. payment. Failure to include an item on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9.8.3 Upon receipt of the Contractor's list, the Architect will make an inspection to determine whether the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete. If the Architect's inspection discloses any item, whether or not included on the Contractors list, which is not sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work or designated portion thereof for its intended use, the Contractor shall, before issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion, complete or correct such item upon notification by the Architect. In such case, the Contractor shall then submit a request for another inspection by the Architect to determine Substantial Completion. 9.8.4 When the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete,the Architect will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion which shall establish the date of Substantial Completion, shall establish responsibilities of the Owner and Contractor for security, maintenance,heat,utilities,damage to the Work and insurance,and shall fix the time within which the Contractor shall finish all items on the list accompanying the Certificate.Warranties required by the Contract Documents shall commence on the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Completion. 9.8.5 The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be submitted to the Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance of responsibilities assigned to them in such Certificate. Upon such acceptance and consent of surety, if any, the Owner shall make payment of retainage applying to such Work or designated portion thereof.Such payment shall be adjusted for Work that is incomplete or not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract `r Documents. 01997 AIAO 9.9 PARTIAL OCCUPANCY OR USE AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION *Copyright 5, 9 1925, 9 5 , 5 , 6 , 9 9 0, 9 , ® 99 y e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: 978201 genl conditions revised 1002.aia--10/112002.AIA License Number 1008538,which expires on 9/312003. 33 9.9.1 The Owner may occupy or use any completed or partially completed portion of the Work at any stage when such portion is designated by separate agreement with the Contractor, provided such occupancy or use is consented to by the insurer as required under Clause 11.4.1.5 and authorized by public authorities having jurisdiction over the Work.Such partial occupancy or use may commence whether or not the portion is substantially complete, provided the Owner and Contractor have accepted in writing the responsibilities assigned to each of them for payments,retainage,if any,security,maintenance,heat,utilities,damage to the Work and insurance, and have agreed in writing concerning the period for correction of the Work and commencement of warranties required by the Contract Documents. When the Contractor considers a portion substantially complete,the Contractor shall prepare and submit a list to the Architect as provided under Subparagraph 9.8.2. Consent of the Contractor to partial occupancy or use shall not be unreasonably withheld. The stage of the progress of the Work shall be determined by written agreement between the Owner and Contractor or, if no agreement is reached,by decision of the Architect. 9.9.2 Immediately prior to such partial occupancy or use, the Owner, Contractor and THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL Architect shall jointly inspect the area to be occupied or portion of the Work to be used in CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN order to determine and record the condition of the Work. ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR 9.9.3 Unless otherwise agreed upon,partial occupancy or use of a portion or portions of the MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS g P P P cY P P ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA Work shall not constitute acceptance of Work not complying with the requirements of the DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA Contract Documents. DOCUMENT D401. 9.10 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT This document has been approved and 9.10.1 Upon receipt of written notice that the Work is ready for final inspection and endorsed by The Associated General acceptance and upon receipt of a final Application for Payment, the Architect will promptly Contractors of America. make such inspection and,when the Architect finds the Work acceptable under the Contract Documents and the Contract fully performed, the Architect will promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment stating that to the best of the Architect's knowledge, information and belief, and on the basis of the Architect's on-site visits and inspections, the Work has been completed in accordance with terms and conditions of the Contract Documents and that the entire balance found to be due the Contractor and noted in the final Certificate is due and payable. The Architect's final Certificate for Payment will constitute a further representation that conditions listed in Subparagraph 9.10.2 as precedent to the Contractor's being entitled to final payment have been fulfilled. 9.10.2 Neither final payment nor any remaining retained percentage shall become due until the Contractor submits to the Architect (1) an affidavit that payrolls, bills for materials and equipment, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or the Owner's properly might be responsible or encumbered(less amounts withheld by Owner)have been paid or otherwise satisfied, (2) a certificate evidencing that insurance required by the Contract Documents to remain in force after final payment is currently in effect and will not be canceled or allowed to expire until at least 3o days' prior written notice has been given to the Owner, (3) a written statement that the Contractor knows of no substantial reason that the insurance will not be renewable to cover the period required by the Contract Documents, (4) consent of surety, if any, to final payment and (5), if required by the Owner, other data establishing payment or satisfaction of obligations, such as receipts, releases and waivers of liens,claims,security interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract,to the extent and in such form as may be designated by the Owner.If a Subcontractor refuses to furnish a release or waiver required by the Owner,the Contractor may furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against such lien. If such lien remains unsatisfied after payments are made,the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all money that the Owner may be compelled to 4r"' "�'� pay in discharging such lien,including all costs and reasonable attorneys'fees. 9.10.3 If, after Substantial Completion of the Work, final completion thereof is materially 01997 AIA® P P Y AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 delayed through no fault of the Contractor or by issuance of Change Orders affecting final GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION *Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, ® 1997 yTF e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201 genl conditions revised 1002.aia--1011/2002.AIA License Number 1008538,which expires on 9/3/2003. 34 completion, and the Architect so confirms, the Owner shall, upon application by the Contractor and certification by the Architect, and without terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than retainage stipulated in the Contract Documents, and if bonds have been furnished, the written consent of surety to payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Architect prior to certification of such payment. Such payment shall be made under terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims. a 9.10.4 The making of final payment shall constitute a waiver of Claims by the Owner except those arising from: .1 liens, Claims, security interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract and unsettled; .2 failure of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents; or THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL .3 terms of special warranties required by the Contract Documents. CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR 9.10.5 Acceptance of final payment by the Contractor, a Subcontractor or material supplier MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS shall constitute a waiver of claims by that payee except those previously made in writing and ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA identified by that payee as unsettled at the time of final Application for Payment. DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA DOCUMENT D401. ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General 10.1.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all Contractors of America. safety precautions and programs in connection with the performance of the Contract. 10.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10.2.1 The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for safety of, and shall provide reasonable protection to prevent damage,injury or loss to: .1 employees on the Work and other persons who may be affected thereby; .2 the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site,under care,custody or control of the Contractor or the Contractor's Subcontractors or Sub-subcontractors;and .3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto,such as trees,shrubs,lawns,walks, pavements, roadways, structures and utilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. Insert J: 4. Other p% eq * at the site or adjacent thereto including occupants of said propery customers visitors and passersby from injury and discomfort. 10.2.2 The Contractor shall give notices and comply with applicable laws, ordinances,rules, regulations and lawful orders of public authorities bearing on safety of persons or property or their protection from damage,injury or loss. _ Insert K: It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to comply with all requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1971 (OSHA) and the Laws of Washington Relative to Industrial Safety and Health The methods of compliance with safety and health precautions are the responsibility of the Contractor and are not '15;* •," shown on the Contract Drawing or described in the Technical Specification. 10.2.3 The Contractor shall erect and maintain, as required by existing conditions and 01997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 performance of the Contract,reasonable safeguards for safety and protection,including posting GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE *Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, O 997 y e CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: 97x201 genl conditions revised 1002.aia--10/1/2002.AIA License Number 1008538,which expires on 9/312003. 35 1411W danger signs and other warnings against hazards,promulgating safety regulations and notifying owners and users of adjacent sites and utilities. 10.2.4 When use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment or unusual methods are necessary for execution of the Work,the Contractor shall exercise utmost care and carry on such activities under supervision of properly qualified personnel. 10.2.5 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and loss (other than damage or loss injured under property insurance required by the Contract Documents)to property referred to in Clauses 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3 caused in whole or in part by the Contractor, a Subcontractor,a Sub-subcontractor,or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them,or by anyone for whose acts they may be liable and for which the Contractor is responsible under Clauses 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3,except damage or loss attributable to acts or omissions of the Owner or Architect or anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them,or by anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable, and not attributable to the fault or negligence of the Contractor. The foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in addition to the Contractor's obligations under THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSULTATION (THAN Paragraph 3.18. ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH 10.2.6 The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of the Contractors organization RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR g P g MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS at the site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents.This person shall be the Contractors ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA superintendent unless otherwise designated by the Contractor in writing to the Owner and DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA Architect. DOCUMENT D401. 10.2.7 The Contractor shall not load or permit any part of the construction or site to be This document has been approved and loaded so as to endanger its safety. endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America. 10.3 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS 10.3.1 If reasonable precautions will be inadequate to prevent foreseeable bodily injury or death to persons resulting from a material or substance,including but not limited to asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB), encountered on the site by the Contractor, the Contractor shall,upon recognizing the condition, immediately stop Work in the affected area and report the condition to the Owner and Architect in writing. 10.3.2 The Owner shall obtain the services of a licensed laboratory to verify the presence or absence of the material or substance reported by the Contractor and,in the event such material or substance is found to be present, to verify that it has been rendered harmless. Unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, the Owner shall furnish in writing to the Contractor and Architect the names and qualifications of persons or entities who are to perform tests verifying the presence or absence of such material or substance or who are to perform the task of removal or safe containment of such material or substance.The Contractor and the Architect will promptly reply to the Owner in writing stating whether or not either has reasonable objection io the persons or entities proposed by the Owner.If either the Contractor or Architect has an objection to a person or entity proposed by the Owner, the Owner shall propose another to whom the Contractor and the Architect have no reasonable objection. When the material or substance has been rendered harmless, Work in the affected area shall resume upon written agreement of the Owner and Contractor. The Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased in the amount of the Contractor's reasonable additional costs of shut-down, delay and start-up,which adjustments shall be accomplished as provided in Article 7. +, r 10.3.3 To the fullest extent permitted by law,the Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor,Subcontractors,Architect,Architect's consultants and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims,damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to attorneys' fees,arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work in the affected area 01997 AIA® if in fact the material or substance presents the risk of bodily injury or death as described in AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 Subparagraph 10.3.1 and has not been rendered harmless,provided that such claim,damage,loss GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION *Copyright 9 9 5, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, ® 199 y e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201 genl conditions revised 1002.aia—10/1/2002.AIA License Number 1008538,which expires on 9/3/2003. 36 or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property(other than the Work itself) and provided that such damage, loss or expense is not due to the sole negligence of a party seeking indemnity. 10.4 The Owner shall not be responsible under Paragraph 10.3 for materials and substances brought to the site by the Contractor unless such materials or substances were required by the Contract Documents. 10.5 If, without negligence on the part of the Contractor, the Contractor is held liable for the cost of remediation of a hazardous material or substance solely by reason of performing Work as required by the Contract Documents,the Owner shall indemnify the Contractor for all cost and expense thereby incurred. 10.6 EMERGENCIES 10.6.1 In an emergency affecting safety of persons or property, the Contractor shall act, at THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL the Contractor's discretion, to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. Additional CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITHAN compensation or extension of time claimed by the Contractor on account of an emergency ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH shall be determined as provided in Paragraph 4.3 and Article 7. RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 11.1 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA 11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase from and maintain in a company or companies DOCUMENT M1. lawfully authorized.to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located such This document has been approved and insurance as will protect the Contractor from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from the Contractor Contractors of Ammericas operations under the Contract and for which the Contractor may endorsed by Theeric aced General be legally liable, whether such operations be by the Contractor or by a Subcontractor or by . anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: 1 claims under workers' compensation, disability benefit and other similar employee benefit acts which are applicable to the Work to be performed; .2 claims for damages because of bodily injury,occupational sickness or disease, or death of the Contractor's employees; .3 claims for damages because of bodily injury,sickness or disease, or death of any person other than the Contractor's employees; .4 claims for damages insured by usual personal injury liability coverage; .5 claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property,including loss of use resulting therefrom; .6 claims for damages because of bodily injury, death of a person or property damage arising out of ownership,maintenance or use of a motor vehicle; .7 claims for bodily injury or property damage arising out of completed operations; and .8 claims involving contractual liability insurance applicable to the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.18. 11.1.2 The insurance required by Subparagraph u.1.1 shall be written for not less than limits of liability specified in the Contract Documents or required by law, whichever coverage is greater.Coverages,whether written on an occurrence or claims-made basis,shall be maintained without interruption from date of commencement of the Work until date of final payment and termination of any coverage required to be maintained after final payment. �A �5.�y 11.1.3 Certificates of insurance acceptable to the Owner shall be filed with the Owner prior to commencement of the Work. These certificates and the insurance policies required by this Paragraph u.1 shall contain a provision that coverages afforded under the policies will not be 01"7 AIA® canceled or allowed to expire until at least 3o days' prior written notice has been given to the AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION *Copyright 9 5, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, ® 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201 genl conditions revised 1002.aia--10/1/2002.AIA License Number 1008538,which expires on 9/3/2003. 37 Owner. If any of the foregoing insurance coverages are required to remain in force after final payment and are reasonably available,an additional certificate evidencing continuation of such coverage shall be submitted with the final Application for Payment as required by Subparagraph 9.10.2. Information concerning reduction of coverage on account of revised limits or claims paid under the General Aggregate,or both,shall be furnished by the Contractor with reasonable promptness in accordance with the Contractor's information and belief. 11.2 OWNER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE 11.2.1 The Owner shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining the Owner's usual liability insurance. 11.3 PROJECT MANAGEMENT PROTECTIVE LIABILITY INSURANCE 11.3.1 Optionally,the Owner may require the Contractor to purchase and maintain Project Management Protective Liability insurance from the Contractor's usual sources as primary coverage for the Owner's, Contractor's and Architect's vicarious liability for construction THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL operations under the Contract. Llnless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, the CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN Owner shall reimburse the Contractor by increasing the Contract Sum to pay the cost of ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH purchasing and maintaining such optional insurance coverage,and the Contractor shall not be RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR responsible for purchasing any other liability insurance on behalf of the Owner.The minimum MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS limits of liability purchased with such coverage shall be equal to the aggregate of the limits ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA required for Contractor's Liability Insurance under Clauses u.1.1.2 through 11.1.1.5. DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA DOCUMENT D401. 11.3.2 To the extent damages are covered by Project Management Protective Liability insurance,the Owner,Contractor and Architect waive all rights against each other for damages, This document has been approved and except such rights as they may have to the proceeds of such insurance.The policy shall provide endorsed by The Associated General for such waivers of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. Contractors of America. 11.3.3 The Owner shall not require the Contractor to include the Owner, Architect or other persons or entities as additional insureds on the Contractor's Liability Insurance coverage under Paragraph u.1. 11.4 PROPERTY INSURANCE 11.4.1 Unless otherwise provided,the Owner shall purchase and maintain, in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located, property insurance written on a builder's risk"all-risk"or equivalent policy form in the amount of the initial Contract Sum, plus value of subsequent Contract modifications and cost of materials supplied or installed by others,comprising total value for the entire Project at the site on a replacement cost basis without optional deductibles. Such property insurance shall be maintained, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or otherwise agreed in writing by all persons and entities who are beneficiaries of such insurance,until final payment has been made as provided in Paragraph 9.10 or until no person or entity other than the Owner has an insurable interest in the property required by this Paragraph u.4 to be covered, whichever is later. This insurance shall include interests of the Owner, the Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in the Project. Insert L: Parties initiating claims against the Owner-provided insurance shall be financially responsible for the deductible portion of the adjustment. 11.4.1.1 Properly insurance shall be on an "all-risk" or equivalent policy form and shall include, without limitation, insurance against the perils of fire (with extended coverage) and n A physical loss or damage including,without duplication of coverage,theft,vandalism,malicious mischief, collapse, earthquake, flood, windstorm, falsework, testing and startup, temporary ��■■I buildings and debris removal including demolition occasioned by enforcement of any applicable legal requirements, and shall cover reasonable compensation for Architect's and 01597 AIAO Contractor's services and expenses required as a result of such insured loss. AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION *Copyright 911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 963, 966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 987, m 997 y e The American Institute of Architects American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: 97x201 gent conditions revised 1002.aia--10/1/2002.AIA License Number 1008538,which expires on 9/3/2003. 38 fir' ti,,,,�,►" 11.4.1.2 If the Owner does not intend to purchase such property insurance required by the Contract and with all of the coverages in the amount described above, the Owner shall so inform the Contractor in writing prior to commencement of the Work. The Contractor may then effect insurance which will protect the interests of the Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in the Work, and by appropriate Change Order the cost thereof shall be charged to the Owner. If the Contractor is damaged by the failure or neglect of the Owner to purchase or maintain insurance as described above, without so notifying the Contractor in writing,then the Owner shall bear all reasonable costs properly attributable thereto. 11.4.1.3 If the properly insurance requires deductibles, the Owner shall pay costs not covered because of such deductibles. 11.4.1.4 This property insurance shall cover portions of the Work stored off the site,and also portions of the Work in transit. 11.4.1.5 Partial occupancy or use in accordance with Paragraph THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL P Y g P 9.9 shall not commence CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITHAN until the insurance company or companies providing property insurance have consented to ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH such partial occupancy or use by endorsement or otherwise. The Owner and the Contractor RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR shall take reasonable steps to obtain consent of the insurance company or companies and shall, MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS without mutual written consent, take no action with respect to partial occupancy or use that ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA would cause cancellation,lapse or reduction of insurance. DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA DOCUMENT MI. 11.4.2 Boiler and Machinery Insurance. The Owner shall purchase and maintain boiler and machinery insurance required by the Contract Documents or by law, which shall This document has been approved and specifically cover such insured objects during installation and until final acceptance by the endorsed by The Associated General Owner, this insurance shall include interests of the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors and Contractors of America. Sub-subcontractors in the Work,and the Owner and Contractor shall be named insureds. 11.4.3 Loss of Use Insurance. The Owner, at the Owner's option, may purchase and maintain such insurance as will insure the Owner against loss of use of the Owners property due to fire or other hazards,however caused.The Owner N%ives all rights of aefien against the 11.4.4 If the Contractor requests in writing that insurance for risks other than those described herein or other special causes of loss be included in the property insurance policy,the Owner shall,if possible,include such insurance,and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor by appropriate Change Order. 11.4.5 If during the Project construction period the Owner insures properties, real or personal or both,at or adjacent to the site by property insurance under policies separate from those insuring the Project,or if after final payment property insurance is to be provided on the completed Project through a policy or policies other than those insuring the Project during the construction period, the Owner shall waive all rights in accordance with the terms of Subparagraph 11.4.7 for damages caused by fire or other causes of loss covered by this separate property insurance. All separate policies shall provide this waiver of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. =■ 11.4.6 Before an exposure to loss may occur,the Owner shall file with the Contractor a copy of each policy that includes insurance coverages required by this Paragraph u.4. Each policy shall contain all generally applicable conditions, definitions, exclusions and endorsements related to this Project.Each policy shall contain a provision that the policy will not be canceled �■� or allowed to expire,and that its limits will not be reduced,until at least 3o days' prior written notice has been given to the Contractor. 01997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION *Copyright 9 9 5, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 19-87, ® 997 y e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201 genl conditions revised 1002.aia--1011/2002.AIA License Number 1008538,which expires on 9/3/2003. 39 11.4.7 Waivers of Subrogation. The Owner and Contractor waive all rights against (1) each other and any of their subcontractors,sub-subcontractors, agents and employees,each of the other, and (2) the Architect, Architect's consultants, separate contractors described in Article 6,if any,and any of their subcontractors,sub-subcontractors,agents and employees,for damages caused by fire or other causes of loss to the extent covered by property insurance obtained pursuant to this Paragraph 11.4 or other property insurance applicable to the Work, except such rights as they have to proceeds of such insurance held by the Owner as fiduciary. The Owner or Contractor,as appropriate,shall require of the Architect,Architect's consultants, separate contractors described in Article 6, if any, and the subcontractors,sub-subcontractors, agents and employees of any of them, by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, similar waivers each in favor of other parties enumerated herein. The policies shall provide such waivers of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. A waiver of subrogation shall be effective as to a person or entity even though that person or entity would otherwise have a duty of indemnification,contractual or otherwise,did not pay the insurance premium directly or indirectly, and whether or not the person or entity had an insurable interest in the property damaged. THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN 11.4.8 A loss insured under Owners property insurance shall be adjusted by the Owner as ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH fiduciary and made payable to the Owner as fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR � P Y �' y MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS appear,subject to requirements of any applicable mortgagee clause and of Subparagraph 11.4.10. ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA The Contractor shall pay Subcontractors their just shares of insurance proceeds received by the DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA Contractor, and by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, shall DOCUMENT D401. require Subcontractors to make payments to their Sub-subcontractors in similar manner. This document has been approved and 11.4.9 If required in writing by a party in interest, the Owner as fiduciary shall, upon endorsed by The Associated General occurrence of an insured loss, give bond for proper performance of the Owner's duties. The Contractors of America. cost of required bonds shall be charged against proceeds received as fiduciary.The Owner shall deposit in a separate account proceeds so received, which the Owner shall distribute in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach, or in accordance with an arbitration award in which case the procedure shall be as provided in Paragraph 4.6. If after such loss no other special agreement is made and unless the Owner terminates the Contract for convenience, replacement of damaged property shall be performed by the Contractor after notification of a Change in the Work in accordance with Article 7. 11.4.10 The Owner as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle a loss with insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within five days after occurrence of loss to the Owner's exercise of this power, if such objection is made, the dispute shall be resolved as provided in Paragraphs 4.5 and 4.6. The Owner as fiduciary shall, in the case of arbitration, make settlement with insurers in accordance with directions of the arbitrators.If distribution of insurance proceeds by arbitration is required,the arbitrators will direct such distribution. 11.5 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND 11.5.1 The Owner shall have the right to require the Contractor to furnish bonds covering faithful performance of the Contract and payment of obligations arising thereunder as stipulated in bidding requirements or specifically required in the Contract Documents on the date of execution of the Contract. Insert M' Performance Bond and Labor and Materials Payment Bond - The Contractor agrees to comply with all requirements of Chapter 39.08 RCW. The Contractor shall secure and pay for a Performance Bond and a Labor and Materials ,, Payment Bond issued by a bonding_company licensed to transact business in the locality of the project on the City Bond Form "Bond to the City of Renton." attached Il�rn■� and executed in pursuance to Chapter 39.08 Revised Code of Washington and any amendments thereto The Bond Form must comply with all requirements of the City 01997 AIAO Attorney. AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION »Copyng t 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, O 1997 by e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201 geni conditions revised 1002.aia--10/1/2002.AIA License Number 1008538,which expires on 9/3/2003. 40 rrr✓ Insert N: The surety bond shall be in the following penal sums: Insert O: Performance Bond: 100% of agreement sum plus Washington State Sales Tax Insert P: Labor and Material Payment: 100% of agreement sum plus Washington State Sales Tax Insert Q: The Contractor guarantees the excellence of both quality of work and materal and the payment of all obligations incurred until the provisions of the Contract Document are fulfilled. 11.5.2 Upon the request of any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of bonds covering payment of obligations arising under the Contract, the Contractor shall promptly furnish a copy of the bonds or shall permit a copy to be made. THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN ARTICLE 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH 12.1 UNCOVERING OF WORK RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR 12.1.1 If a portion of the Work is covered contra to the Architect's request or to MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS P contrary q ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA requirements specifically expressed in the Contract Documents,it must,if required in writing DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA by the Architect, be uncovered for the Architect's examination and be replaced at the DOCUMENT D401. Contractor's expense without change in the Contract Time. This document has been approved and 12.1.2 If a portion of the Work has been covered which the Architect has not specifically endorsed by The Associated General requested to examine prior to its being covered, the Architect may request to see such Work Contractors of America. and it shall be uncovered by the Contractor. If such Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents,costs of uncovering and replacement shall,by appropriate Change Order,be at the Owner's expense. If such Work is not in accordance with the Contract Documents,correction shall be at the Contractor's expense unless the condition was caused by the Owner or a separate contractor in which event the Owner shall be responsible for payment of such costs. 12.2 CORRECTION OF WORK 12.2.1 BEFORE OR AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 12.2.1.1 The Contractor shall promptly correct Work rejected by the Architect or failing to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents,whether discovered before or after Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated, installed or completed. Costs of correcting such rejected Work,including additional testing and inspections and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby, shall be at the Contractor's expense. 12.2.2 AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 12.2.2.1 In addition to the Contractors obligations under Paragraph 3.5,if,within one year after the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof or after the date for commencement of warranties established under Subparagraph 9.9.1,or by terms of an applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents, any of the Work is found to be not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall =� correct it promptly after receipt of written notice from the Owner to do so unless the Owner has previously given the Contractor a written acceptance of such condition. The Owner shall give such notice promptly after discovery of the condition. During the one-year period for r correction of Work, if the Owner fails to notify the Contractor and give the Contractor an opportunity to make the correction, the Owner waives the rights to require correction by the Contractor and to make a claim for breach of warranty. If the Contractor fails to correct nonconforming Work within a reasonable time during that period after receipt of notice from 01997 AIA® the Owner or Architect,the Owner may correct it in accordance with Paragraph 2.4. AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION Kopyng t 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 19bi, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, m 1997 by TFeT American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201 gent conditions revised 1002.aia--10/U2002.AIA License Number 1008538,which expires on 9/3/2003. 41 r1rli✓ *moo, 12.2.2.2 The one-year period for correction of Work shall be extended with respect to portions of Work first performed after Substantial Completion by the period of time between Substantial Completion and the actual performance of the Work. Insert R: Where items on the Architect's"Punch List" have not been corrected prior to expiration of the guarantee period it shall nevertheless be the responsibility of the Contractor to permanently correct items and the Contract shall not be fully performed until such permanent corrections are made All corrective work performed by the Contractor in remedying defective work shall be subject to the same guarantee requirements of the original work for a period of one year from the date of completion of the corrective work. Insert S: As directed by Architect replace entirely, at no additional cost to Owner, any work requiring repeated service other than normal maintenance during guarantee period. THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN 12.2.2.3 The one-year period for correction of Work shall not be extended by corrective ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH Work performed by the Contractor pursuant to this Paragraph 12.2. RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS 12.2.3 The Contractor shall remove from the site portions of the Work which are not in ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA P DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and are neither corrected by the DOCUMENT D401. Contractor nor accepted by the Owner. This document has been approved and 12.2.4 The Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting destroyed or damaged construction, endorsed by The Associated General whether completed or partially completed,of the Owner or separate contractors caused by the Contractors of America. Contractor's correction or removal of Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 12.2.5 Nothing contained in this Paragraph 12.2 shall be construed to establish a period of limitation with respect to other obligations which the Contractor might have under the Contract Documents.Establishment of the one-year period for correction of Work as described in Subparagraph 12.2.2 relates only to the specific obligation of the Contractor to correct the Work, and has no relationship to the time within which the obligation to comply with the Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced,nor to the time within which proceedings may be commenced to establish the Contractors liability with respect to the Contractor's obligations other than specifically to correct the Work. 12.3 ACCEPTANCE OF NONCONFORMING WORK 12.3.1 If the Owner prefers to accept Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Owner may do so instead of requiring its removal and correction,in which case the Contract Sum will be reduced as appropriate and equitable.Such adjustment shall be effected whether or not final payment has been made. ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 13.1 GOVERNING LAW 13.1.1 The Contract shall be governed by the law of the place where the Project is located. 13.2 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS 13.2.1 The Owner and Contractor respectively bind themselves, their partners, successors, , �•. • - assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto and to partners, successors, assigns ark and legal representatives of such other party in respect to covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. Except as provided in Subparagraph 13.2.2, neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract as a whole without written consent of 01997 AIAO AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION »Copyng t 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201 genl conditions revised 1002.aia--10/1/2002.AIA License Number 1008538,which expires on 9/3/2003. 42 VOW the other. If either party attempts to make such an assignment without such consent,that party shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all obligations under the Contract. 13.2.2 The Owner may, without consent of the Contractor, assign the Contract to an institutional lender providing construction financing for the Project. In such event,the lender shall assume the Owner's rights and obligations under the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall execute all consents reasonably required to facilitate such assignment. 13.3 WRITTEN NOTICE 13.3.1 Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or a member of the firm or entity or to an officer of the corporation for which it was intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail to the last business address known to the party giving notice. 13.4 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES 13.4.1 Duties and obligations imposed b the Contract Documents and rights and remedies THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL g � y CONSEQUENCES.CONSUL TA TION WITH AN available thereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of duties, obligations, rights ATTORNEY 1S ENCOURAGED WITH and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law. RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS 13.4.2 No action or failure to act by the Owner, Architect or Contractor shall constitute a ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA waiver of a right or duty afforded them under the Contract,nor shall such action or failure to DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA act constitute approval of or acquiescence in a breach thereunder,except as may be specifically DOCUMENT D401. agreed in writing. This document has been approved and 13.5 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS endorsed by The Associated General 13.5.1 Tests, inspections and approvals of portions of the Work required by the Contract Contractors of America. Documents or by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of public authorities having jurisdiction shall be made at an appropriate time. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall make arrangements for such tests,inspections and approvals with an independent testing laboratory or entity acceptable to the Owner,or with the appropriate public authority,and shall bear all related costs of tests,inspections and approvals.The Contractor shall give the Architect timely notice of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that the Architect may be present for such procedures. The Owner shall bear costs of tests, inspections or approvals which do not become requirements until after bids are received or negotiations concluded. 13.5.2 If the Architect, Owner or public authorities having jurisdiction determine that portions of the Work require additional testing, inspection or approval not included under Subparagraph 13.5.1,the Architect will,upon written authorization from the Owner,instruct the Contractor to make arrangements for such additional testing, inspection or approval by an entity acceptable to the Owner,and the Contractor shall give timely notice to the Architect of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that the Architect may be present for such procedures. Such costs,except as provided in Subparagraph 13.5.3,shall be at the Owner's expense. 13.5.3 If such procedures for testing,inspection or approval under Subparagraphs 13.5.1 and 13.5.2 reveal failure of the portions of the Work to comply with requirements established by the Contract Documents, all costs made necessary by such failure including those of repeated procedures and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses shall be at the Contractor's expense. 13.5.4 Required certificates of testing,inspection or approval shall,unless otherwise required V� '! by the Contract Documents, be secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the Architect. 01997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1961970,6, 1967, 1976, 1987, ® 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: 978201 genl conditions revised 1002.aia--1011/2002.AIA License Number 1008538,which expires on 9/3/2003. 43 *41n 13.5.5 If the Architect is to observe tests, inspections or approvals required by the Contract Documents, the Architect will do so promptly and, where practicable, at the normal place of testing. 13.5.6 Tests or inspections conducted pursuant to the Contract Documents shall be made promptly to avoid unreasonable delay in the Work. 13.6 INTEREST 13.6.1 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Documents shall bear interest from the date payment is due at such rate as the parties may agree upon in writing or, in the absence thereof,at the legal rate prevailing from time to time at the place where the Project is located. 13.7 COMMENCEMENT OF STATUTORY LIMITATION PERIOD 13.7.1 As between the Owner and Contractor: .1 Before Substantial Completion. As to acts or failures to act occurring prior THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL to the relevant date of Substantial Completion, any applicable statute of CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of action shall be ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than such date of RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR Substantial Completion; MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS .2 Between Substantial Completion and Final Certificate for Payment. As ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA to acts or failures to act occurrin g subsequent to the relevant date of Substantial DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA Completion and prior to issuance of the final Certificate for Payment, any DOCUMENT D401. applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of This document has been approved and action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than the endorsed by The Associated General date of issuance of the final Certificate for Payment;and Contractors of America. .3 After Final Certificate for Payment. As to acts or failures to act occurring after the relevant date of issuance of the final Certificate for Payment, any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than the date of any act or failure to act by the Contractor pursuant to any Warranty provided under Paragraph 3.5,the date of any correction of the Work or failure to correct the Work by the Contractor under Paragraph 12.2, or the date of actual commission of any other act or failure to perform any duty or obligation by the Contractor or Owner,whichever occurs last. ARTICLE 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT 14.1 TERMINATION BY THE CONTRACTOR 14.1.1 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if the Work is stopped for a period of 30 consecutive days through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub- subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work under direct or indirect contract with the Contractor, for any of the following reasons: 1 issuance of an order of a court or other public authority having jurisdiction which requires all Work to be stopped; .2 an act of government,such as a declaration of national emergency which requires all Work to be stopped; .3 because the Architect has not issued a Certificate for Payment and has not notified the Contractor of the reason for withholding certification as provided in Subparagraph 9.4.1,or because the Owner has not made payment on a Certificate for Payment within the time stated in the Contract Documents;or .4 the Owner has failed to furnish to the Contractor promptly, upon they Contractor's request,reasonable evidence as required by Subparagraph 2.2.1. 01997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION *Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, ® 1997 b y T e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: 97a201 genl conditions revised 1002.aia--1011/2002.AIA License Number 1008538,which expires on 9/3/2003. 44 14.1.2 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if, through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work under direct or indirect contract with the Contractor, repeated suspensions,delays or interruptions of the entire Work by the Owner as described in Paragraph 14.3 constitute in the aggregate more than ioo percent of the total number of days scheduled for completion,or 12o days in any 365-day period,whichever is less. 14.1.3 If one of the reasons described in Subparagraph 14.1.1 or 14.1.2 exists, the Contractor may,upon seven days'written notice to the Owner and Architect,terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner payment for Work executed and for proven loss with respect to materials,equipment,tools,and construction equipment and machinery,including reasonable overhead,profit and damages. 14.1.4 If the Work is stopped for a period of 6o consecutive days through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons performing portions of the Work under contract with the Contractor because the Owner has persistently THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL failed to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to matters CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN important to the progress of the Work, the Contractor may, upon seven additional days' ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH written notice to the Owner and the Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from the RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR Owner as provided in Subparagraph 14.1.3. MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 14.2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CAUSE DOCUMENT401. ADEBYUSINGAIA DOCUMENT DD401. 14.2.1 The Owner may terminate the Contract if the Contractor. .1 persistently or repeatedly refuses or fails to supply enough properly skilled This document has been approved and workers or proper materials; endorsed by The Associated General .2 fails to make payment to Subcontractors for materials or labor in accordance with Contractors of America. the respective agreements between the Contractor and the Subcontractors; .3 persistently disregards laws,ordinances,or rules,regulations or orders of a public authority having jurisdiction;or .4 otherwise is guilty of substantial breach of a provision of the Contract Documents. 14.2.2 When any of the above reasons exist,the Owner,upon certification by the Architect that sufficient cause exists to justify such action,may without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of the Owner and after giving the Contractor and the Contractor's surety, if any, seven days' written notice, terminate employment of the Contractor and may, subject to any prior rights of the surety. 1 take possession of the site and of all materials,equipment,tools,and construction equipment and machinery thereon owned by the Contractor; .2 accept assignment of subcontracts pursuant to Paragraph 5.4;and .3 finish the Work by whatever reasonable method the Owner may deem expedient. Upon request of the Contractor, the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor a detailed accounting of the costs incurred by the Owner in finishing the Work. 14.2.3 When the Owner terminates the Contract for one of the reasons stated in Subparagraph 14.2.1, the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive further payment until the Work is finished. 14.2.4 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds costs of finishing the Work, ,. including compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby, and .. . .. other damages incurred by the Owner and not expressly waived,such excess shall be paid to the �r Contractor. If such costs and damages exceed the unpaid balance,the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. The amount to be paid to the Contractor or Owner, as the case may 01997 AIA® be, shall be certified by the Architect, upon application, and this obligation for payment shall AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 survive termination of the Contract. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 196 ' 1963, 1966, 9 9 0, 1976, 1987, ® 9 y e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: 97x201 genl conditions revised 1002.aia--10/112002.AIA License Number 1008538,which expires on 9/3/2003. 45 NW Insert T: 14.2.5. In the event of termination of the Contract because of Contractor's failure to carryout the work the Contractor shall have no claim against the Owner for profits or damages. 14.3 SUSPENSION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE 14.3.1 The Owner may,without cause,order the Contractor in writing to suspend,delay or interrupt the Work in whole or in part for such period of time as the Owner may determine. 1;.3.2 The Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be adjusted for increases in the cost and time caused by suspension, delay or interruption as described in Subparagraph 14.3.1. Adjustment of the Contract Sum shall include profit. No adjustment shall be made to the extent: 1 that performance is,was or would have been so suspended,delayed or interrupted by another cause for which the Contractor is responsible;or THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL .2 that an equitable adjustment is made or denied under another provision of the CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN Contract. ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR 14.4 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS 14.4.1 The Owner may,at an time,terminate the Contract for the Owner's convenience and ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA Y Y DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA without cause. DOCUMENT D401. 14.4.2 Upon receipt of written notice from the Owner of such termination for the Owner's This document has been approved and convenience,the Contractor shall: endorsed by The Associated General .1 cease operations as directed by the Owner in the notice; Contractors of America. .2 take actions necessary, or that the Owner may direct, for the protection and preservation of the Work;and .3 except for Work directed to be performed prior to the effective date of termination stated in the notice,terminate all existing subcontracts and purchase orders and enter into no further subcontracts and purchase orders. Insert U' 4 The "proven loss" shall be limited to the time period up to the notification of contract termination. 14.4.3 In case of such termination for the Owner's convenience, the Contractor shall be entitled to receive payment for Work executed, and costs incurred by reason of such termination,along with reasonable overhead and profit on the Work not executed. 01997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, m 1997 y e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: 97x201 gent conditions revised 1002.aia--1011/2002.AIA License Number 1008538,which expires on 9/3/2003. 46 �►��® CERTIFIC `, ,-E OF INSURANCE ISSUE DATE(MM/DD/YY) irl 09/30/02 PRODUCER CIC5217 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE C DON FILER AGENCY POLICIES BELOW. 4201 ROOSEVELT WAY NE COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGE SEATTLE, WA 98105 COMPANY 206-545-4800 LETTER A COMPANY B INSURED LETTER FREDHOES BUILDING CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, COMPANY LLC DBA: FREDHOES BUILDING CONSTRUCTION LETTER C COMPANY COMPANY 13428 1ST PLACE WEST LETTER D EVERETT, WA 98028 COMPANY E LETTER COVERAGES THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT,TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN,THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. co TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFFECTIVE POLICY EXPIRATION LTA DATE(MM/DD/YY) DATE(MM/DD/YY) LIMITS GENERAL LIABILITY GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2, 000, 000 A X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY PFK012731 02/11/02 02/11/03 PRODUCTS•COMP/OPAGG. $ 2, 000, 000 CLAIMS MADE�CCUR. PERSONAL s ADV.INJURY $ 1, 000, 000 OWNER'S 8 CONTRACTOR'S PROT. EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1, 000, 000 FIRE DAMAGE(Any one tire) $ 50, 000 AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY MED.EXPENSE(Any one person) $ 1, 000 ANY AUTO COMBINED SINGLE $ LIMIT ALL OWNED AUTOS SCHEDULED AUTOS BODILY INJURY(Per(Per person) HIRED AUTOS NON-OWNED AUTOS BODILY INJURY(Per(Per accident) GARAGE LIABILITY PROPERTY DAMAGE $ EXCESS LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ UMBRELLA FORM AGGREGATE $ OTHER THAN UMBRELLA FORM STATUTORY LIMITS A PFK0112731gq 02/11/02 02/11/03 EACH ACCIDENT $ 1, 000, 000 EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY l„ ,L ` 17-15,1—0 DISEASE—POLICY LIMIT $ 1, 000, 0 0 0 DISEASE—EACH EMPLOYEE $ 1, 0 0 0, 0 0 0 OTHER DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES/SPECIAL ITEMS ****10 DAY NOTICE FOR NON-PAY*** ***SEE PAGE 2******* CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE CITY OF RENTON EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING COMPANY WILL RENTON CITY HALL-5TH FLOOR MAIL 3 0 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE ATTN: MICHAEL NOLAN LEFT, 1055 SOUTH GRADY WAY RENTON, WA 98055 AUTHORIZED EPRE N TIVE Griffin Underwriting Services ACORD 26.5(7190) 10ACORD CORPORATION 1990 NDGE 2r , ti CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE INSURED : FREDHOES BUILDING CONSTRUCTION CO POLICY NUMBER: PFK012731 DATE OF ISSUANCE : 09/30/02 POLICY EFFECTIVE : 02/11/02 POLICY EXPIRATION: 02/11/03 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICALS/SPECIAL ITEMS : CITY OF RENTON AND ITS OFFICERS, OFFICIALS, AGENTS, AND EMPLOYEES, AND VOLUNTEERS ARE NAMED AS ADDITIONAL INSURED AS RESPECTS TO INSUREDS OPERATIONS . INSURANCE SHALL BE PRIMARY AND NON-CONTRIBUTORY BUT ONLY AS RESPECTS TO INSUREDS SOLE NEGLIGENCE. WAIVER OF SUBROGATION APPLIES PER FORM CG2404 ATTACHED. OCT-14-2002 13:15 DON FILER AGENCY 206 545 4849 P.02iO3 • • ••••'•• • n %0 —1 IL I IM IVh P �. V1- f_,Il�i�lLl 1 i fIV�7U1'� `i1VVC PRODUCER (206)S45-4800 FAX ( 54S-4849 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION 002 C. Don Filer Agency, Inc. ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE 4201 Roosevelt Way NE HOLDER.THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND,EXTEND OR Seattle, WA 98105-6608 ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. Vivian Zirk INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE INSURED Fredhoes Sui ding Construction Company LLC INSURER A. Mt Vernon Insurance Co 13428 1st P1 W Everett, WA 98208 INSURER B: INSURER C: INSURER D: INSURER E; COVERAGES THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATi:D.NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT,TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED TA OR MAY PERTAIN,THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS,EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES,AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. LTR TYPE INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER POLI MM�D THE PDA7E A N Y !DDlYY LIMITS EACH OCCURRENCE $ GENERAL LIABILITY DAMAGE(Any one firm) S MADE OCCUR MED EXP(Any one person) $ PERSONAL E ADV INJURY $ GENERAL AGGREGATE $ LIMIT APPLIES PER:JOCT LOC PRODUCTS-CO MPIOP AGG Is AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY tGARAGE O COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $ (Ea accident) ED AUTOS LED AUTOS BODILY INJURY $ (Per person) TOS NON-OWNED AUTOS BODILY INJURY S (Peraceideno PROPERTY DAMAGE $ (Per accident) LITY AUTO ONLY-EAACCIDENT $ OTHER THAN EA ACC $ AUTO ONLY: AGG S EXCESS LIABILITY CIJP2105389 09/27/2002 09/27/2003 EACH OCCURRENCE $ OCCUR ❑CLAIMS MADE 1 000,00 A AGGREGATE $ 11000,00 DEDUCTIBLE mbrel 1 a Form $ X RETENTION $ 10,00 $ WORKERS COMPENSATION AND S STATU- EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY TORY LIMITS Eq E.L.EACH ACCIDENT $ E.L.DISEASE•EA EMPLOYEE $ OTHER E.L.DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT S DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS+VENICLES/BXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT/SPECIAL PROVISIONS CERTIFICATE HOLDER X I ADDITIONAL INSURED,INSURER LETTER: A CANCELLATION C7 ty of Renton, and its officers, agents SHOULD ANY OF THE A80VE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE employees and volunteers EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF,THE ISSUING INSURER WILL d(MaIX)INAAIL Attn: Michael Nolan 30 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, Renton City Hall - Sth Floor f7��li)6YIIEA(�fd6XdQIX>XiCI(!C XIGlNCXX IOSS Rent Grady Way _ I(X Df3(If �fX)0( Renton, WA 98055 XXXXXX AUTHORIZED REPRESENTA ACORD 2S-S(7/97) 0 D G RPORATION 1988 OCT-14-2002 13:15 DON FILER AGENCY 206 545 4849 P-03/03 Hi:VHU� L;Cf"i 1 IrKoW wr LIH011-1 1 T llmoUn umw4.oc 10/14/2002 PRO.UCER (206)545-4800 FAX ( 545-4849 THIS CERTIFICATE ISAAAED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION C. Don Filer Agency, Inc. ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE 4201 Roosevelt Way NE HOLDER.THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND,EXTEND OR y ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. Seattle, WA 98105-6608 Vivian Zirk INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE INSURED Fredhoes Bldg Construction Company LLC INSURERk, Progressive American 13428 1st Place West INSURER B: Everett, WA 98208 INSURER C: INSURER D: INSURER E: COVERAGES THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED.NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT,TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN,THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS,EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. ILTR TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER POLICY CTIVE POLICY EXPIRATI N DATE MIDDIYY) DATE MMIDDIVY LIMITS GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY FIRE DAMAGE(Any one tiro) $ CLAIMS MADE a OCCUR MED FRCP(Any one person) 5 PERSONAL&ADV INJURY GENERAL AGGREGATE $ GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: PRODUCTS-COMP/OF AGG S POLICY PRO- LOC JECT 17 AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY CA04S940091 06/04/2002 06/04/2003 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT ANY AUTO (Ea accident) $ 1,000,000 ALL OWNED AUTOS BODILY INJURY $ A X SCHEDULED AUTOS (Per person) X HIRED AUTOS BODILY INJURY X NON-OWNED AUTOS (par accident) S PROPERTY DAMAGE $ (Per accident) GARAGE LIABILITY AUTO ONLY-EA ACCIDENT $ ANY AUTO OTHER THAN EAACC $ AUTO ONLY: AGC $ EXCESS UABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ OCCUR FI CLAIMS MADE AGGREGATE $ DEDUCTIBLE $ RETENTION S $ WORKERS COMPENSATION AND TORY LIMITS ER EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY E.L.EACH ACCIDENT $ E.L.DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE S E.L DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT $ OTHER DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS ILOCATION&VEHICLESIEXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT/SPECIAL PROVISIONS Vehicle #1 1987 Ford Van #1FTDA14U5HZA99729 CERTIFICATE HOLDER I X I A004TIONAL INSURED;INSURER LETTER: A CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE City of Renton and officers, agents, and EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF,THE ISSUING INSURER WILL EX MY01 MAIL employees and volunteers rs Attn: Michael Nolan 30 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, Renton City Hall - 5th Floor XX 1055 Grady Way D(i(D61fdf�Ei6X�d(d(�)t]L!(�(Af3(liDUfalCd04 XXXXXXXX Renton, WA 98055 AUTHORIiED REPRES AT ACORD 25-5(7197) ®ACO 0 RATION 1988 TOTAL P.03 BOND TO THE CITY OF RENTON Bond No. CC912300015 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we.the undersigned Fredhoe's Building Construction Company, LLC ac principal, and Cumberland Casualty V-Surety& -Surety Company corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of_Florida as a surety corporation,and Qualklod under the laws of the state of Washington to become surety upon bonds of contractor; with municipal corporations, as surety are Jointly and severally held and firmly bound to the City of Renton in the penal sum of h *** for the payment of which sum on demand we bind ourvelves and our succes I edml Irtra rs or on rese tativ�,as the case may be. &"elr 9en �runctored p1%ii rr''y three dol 1 a r s and 56/100ths This obligation is entered into in pursuance of the statutes of the State of Washington,the Ordinance of the City of Renton. Dated at Lynnwood_,Washington,this 4th dayof Octnhpr 120p?' Nevertheless,the conditions of the above obligation are such that: WHEREAS, under and pursuant to Public Works Construction Contract CAC- n providing for construction of Traffic Management Center Tenant L=nvpmpnts ipmj6d rims) the principal is required to furnish a bond for the faithful performance of the contract;and WHEREAS, the principal has accepted, or is about to accept, the contract, and undertake to perform the work therein provided for In the manner and withir the time set forth; NOW,THEREFORE,if the principal sfmli faithfully pelorm all of the provisions of said contract In the manner and within the time therein set forth,or within such extensions of lime as may be granted under said contract; and shall pay all laborers, mechanise, subcontractors and materialmen, and a l persona who shall supply sold principal or subcontractors with pnolri0ons and supplies for the carrying on of said work, and shad hold said City of Renton harmless from any loss or damage ocossloned to any person or property by reason of any carelessness or negligence on the port of said principal,or Orly subcontractor in the parfvrmanoe of Bald work, and shall Indemnify and hold the City of Renton harmless from any damage or expense by reason of failure of performance as speclfied In the contract or from defects appearing or devebpirg in the meWrfal or workmanship provided or performed under the contract within a period of one year after its acceptance thereof by the City of Renton,then and In that event this obligation shall be void;but otherwise it snail be and remain In full force and effect. Fredhoe's Boildinq Construct' LLC_ Cumhprlanrl Caciralt�( A Cof-%/ Company Princip Surety Sigihfture U Signature f `y Fa u re' President Attorney in fact _ Tits Tit►e p 0 Box Muki l teo, WA 98275 Approved Oy Liry WSPV.A b O4M, "�rrp • CUMBERLAND CASUALTY& SURETY COMPANY TAMPA, FLORIDA BOND No CC912300015 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS That the Cumberland Casualty&Surety Company,a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Florida,having its principal office in the city of Tampa, Florida,pursuant to the following resolution, adopted by the Board of Directors of the said Company on the 15th day of April, 1999,to wit: "Resolved,that the President of the Company shall have the authority to make,execute and deliver a Power of Attorney constituting as attorney(s)-in-Fact,such persons,firms,or corporations as may be selected from time to time. Be It further resolved,that the signature of the President,Secretary and the Seal of the Company may be affixed to any such Power of Attorney or any certificate relating thereto by facsimile , and any such powers so executed and certified by facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company in the future with respect to any bond or consents for the release of retained percentages and/or final estimates on engineering and construction contracts or similar authority or undertaking to which it is attached." Cumberland Casualty&Surety Company does Hereby make,constitute and appoint MARY L. FAURE' its true and lawful attorney(s)-in-fact,for it and in its name,to sign,execute, acknowledge,deliver,act and deed on its behalf in issuing the bond CC912300015 in the amount of $168,733.56 and to bind Cumberland Casualty&Surety Company thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bond or undertaking was signed by the duly authorized officer of Cumberland Casualty&Surety Company,and all the acts of said attorney(s)-in-fact pursuant to the authority herein given,and hereby ratified and confirmed. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,Cumberland Casualty&Surety Company has caused these presents to be signed by an officer of the Company and its Corporate Seal to be hereto affixed. 91, F CUMBERLAND CASUALTY&SURETY COMPANY STATE OF FLORIDA ) SS COUNTY OF HILLSBOROUGH) Edward J.Edenfield IV,President On this 15th day of April,A.D. 1999,before me personally came Edward J.Edenfield IV,to me known,who being by me duly sworn,did depose and say;that he resides in the County of Hillsborough,State of Florida;that he is President of Cumberland Casualty&Surety Company,the corporation described in and which executed the above instrument;that he knows the seal of said corporation;that the seal affixed to the said instruments is such corporate seal;that it was so affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said corporation and that he signed his name,thereto by like order. BEVERLY ANN JERRY STATE OF FLORIDA o'��,qY PU6 2 Commission#No.CC 758867 SS Expires August 22,2002 COUNTY OF HILLSBOROUGH) AA t1r BONDED THRU _r-df PF ATLANTIC BONDING CO.,INC. I,the undersigned,Secretary of Cumberland Casualty&Surety Company,a Florida Corporation, DO HEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing and attached POWER OF ATTORNEY remains in full force. Signed and Sealed at the City of Tampa. Dated the 4th Day of October 2002 S \.tom Carol S.Black,Secretary Principal: FREDHOE'S BUILDING CONSTRUCTION CO.,PLC Bond Type: OBLIGEE P&P BOND OFRM Obligee: CITY OF RENTON J � CITY OF RENTON TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT CENTER AT 1055 SOUTH GRADY WAY RENTON WA 98055 SPECIFICATION MANUAL ISSUED FOR BID July 22,2002 IBI GROUP PLANNERS 615 Second Avenue, Suite 632 Seattle, WA 98104-2200 Tel: (206) 521-9091 Fax: (206) 521-9095 IBI GROUP ADDENDUM NO. 2 DATE OF ISSUE: August 26, 2002 PROJECT NAME: Traffic Management Center Page Number: 1 of 1 Owner: City Of Renton Prime Consultant: IBI Group Architects Engineers Planners Bidders: This Addendum amends and supplements the Contract Documents, and modifies the Bid Documents dated July 22, 2002 with changes and additions noted below. Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum and its date in the space provided in the Bid Form. Failure to do so may disqualify the Bidder and their Bid. This Addendum consists of ONE page. Amendments and Supplementary Requirements: SPECIFICATIONS 1. Section 00030,Call for Bids .1 This section is replaced in its entirety. See attached. 2. Section 00020,Scope of Work 1 Add the following: "The work is to be sequenced such that the south addition to Office Space#512 is to be completed before the demolition of the existing west portion of Office Space#512 is performed. The existing two western work stations and plotters are to be relocated into the new office space prior to demolition. (Relocation of work stations to be performed by others.)" 3. Section 12510,Furniture .1 The Desalto"Helsinki"table is available from Ital Interiors, 604-685-0037. 4. Section 12566,Console 1 The Evans"Strategy Desk"is available from Evans Consoles Inc., David Leisaunieks Tel:(403)717-3007,www.evansonline.com END OF ADDENDUM#2 Suite 632, 615 Second Avenue, Seattle, WA, 98104-2200 TEL(206) 521-9091, FAX (206) 521-9095 Traffic Management Center CALL FOR BIDS CONSTRUCTION OF TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT CENTER RENTON CITY HALL,RENTON,WASHINGTON Sealed bids for construction of the Traffic Management Center will be received at the office of the City Clerk, Renton City Hall(7th Floor), 1055 S. Grady Way, Renton, Washington 98055,until 4:00 on Wednesday, September I Vh, 2002. Bids will then be opened and publicly read aloud in the 5th Floor Conference Room(#521)of City Hall. The scope of work for this project includes modifications to existing office space to accommodate the new Traffic Management Center(comprised of the Control Room, Equipment Room,and Work Area) and related equipment,as well as the communications infrastructure to support the center including conduit installation from the basement levels through the fifth floor. The estimated construction cost is $140,000.00. Project plans and specifications, including the Bid Form, may be examined and obtained at the Customer Services Counter,which is located at Renton City Hall (6th Floor), 1055 S. Grady Way,Renton, Washington 98055, 8am to 5 PM,Monday—Friday, 425-430-7266. Questions should be directed to Michael Nolan, (425)430-6608, mnolan @ci.renton.wa.us. A non-refundable amount of$50.00 plus $4.40 tax(check only, payable to the City of Renton) shall be charged for each set of full size plans and specifications. If mailed,there is an additional non-refundable fee of$10.00 per set to cover postage. A pre-bid walk-thru will be held on site,at the 5th floor lobby of Renton City Hall, 1055 S. Grady Way, Renton, Washington on Thursday, September 5`h, and Friday, September 6`h at 9:00 AM. Attendance at a pre-bid walk-thru is mandatory. A Bid Bond in the amount of five percent(5%)of the total amount of each bid must accompany each bid. The successful bidder shall enter into a contract in accordance with the bid and shall furnish a Performance Bond in the amount of 100%bid. The City reserves the right to reject any and all bids and waive any informalities or irregularities in bids received. The City's fair practices and non-discrimination policies,and State Prevailing Wage Rates apply to this project. Bonnie Walton,City Clerk Dates of Publication: Wednesday,August 28, 2002 Wednesday, September 4,2002 Seattle Daily Journal of Commerce Call for Bids 00030.1 IBI GROUP ADDENDUM NO. 1 DATE OF ISSUE: August 9, 2002 PROJECT NAME: Traffic Management Center Page Number: 1 of 1 Owner: City Of Renton Prime Consultant: IBI Group Architects Engineers Planners Bidders: This Addendum amends and supplements the Contract Documents,and modifies the Bid Documents dated July 22, 2002 with changes and additions noted below. Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum and its date in the space provided in the Bid Form. Failure to do so may disqualify the Bidder and their Bid. This Addendum consists of ONE page. Amendments and Supplementary Requirements: DRAWINGS 1. Drawing A201—Location Plan,Floor Plan,and Reflected Ceiling Plan(Drawing Not Issued) .I Detail 1/A201: I Clarification: Table adjacent to Control Desk is to be covered under specification Section 06405: Cabinet Work. 2. Drawing EO—Electrical Legend,Luminaire & Panel Schedules,& IndexSheet(Drawing Not Issued) .1 Luminaire Schedule: .1 DELETE: Fixture Type A. .2 SUBSTITUTE the following Fixture Type A: Description: Pendant mounted fluorescent indirect linear luminaire. Housing: I I"wide by 3"extruded aluminum,wall thickness 0.08". Mounting: Suspend with aircraft cable and white cord feed. Finish: Factory silver finish. Ballast: Electronic Lamps: Three 32 watt T8 lamps per 4' section Input Watts: 93 per 4' section Manufacturers: Ledalite PerfForm Series 2706 T03LN Series END OF ADDENDUM# 1 Suite 632, 615 Second Avenue, Seattle, WA, 98104-2200 TEL (206) 521-9091, FAX (206) 521-9095 do City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 00001 Renton,WA TABLE OF CONTENTS July 22,2002 -IBI Group, Seattle, WA Page 1 Document 0—Bid and Contract Documents Section00020—Scope Of Work...................................................................................................................l wrSection 00030—Call For Bids.......................................................................................................................l Section 00100—Instructions To Bidders.......................................................................................................7 Section 00200—Checklist Of Required Bid Forms.......................................................................................l Section 00220—Contractor's Qualification Statement..................................................................................5 Section00301 —Base Bid Proposal...............................................................................................................2 Section 00400—Non-Collusion, Anti-Trust and Minimum Wage Forms.....................................................1 Section00450—Bid Bond.............................................................................................................................l Section 00480—Subcontractor Listing..........................................................................................................l Section00500 -Contract...............................................................................................................................6 Section 00700 -General Conditions............................................................................................................48 Section00800—Special Conditions..............................................................................................................2 Section 00801 —Supplementary Special Conditions.....................................................................................7 Section 00910—Bond To The City Of Renton Fonn....................................................................................1 "r Section 00920—Contractor's Insurance and Related Requirements .............................................................3 Division 1 - General Requirements w.i Section 0 173 1 —Selective Demolition...........................................................................................................3 Division 5-Metals Section05500 -Metal Fabrications...............................................................................................................2 Division 6-Wood and Plastics err Section 06114 -Wood Blocking and Accessories.........................................................................................2 Section06405 -Cabinet Work.......................................................................................................................3 „r. Division 7-Thermal and Moisture Protection Section07213 -Batt Insulation......................................................................................................................l Section07840-Firestopping.........................................................................................................................3 ,rr Section 07900 -Joint Sealers.........................................................................................................................2 Division 8-Doors and Windows r Section 08111 —Standard Steel Frames.........................................................................................................3 Section08210-Wood Doors.........................................................................................................................3 Section 08415 -Aluminum Frames and Glazing...........................................................................................3 Section08710-Door Hardware....................................................................................................................4 r� Section 08800-Glazing ................................................................................................................................ Division 9-Finishes Section 09260-Gypsum Board Assemblies..................................................................................................4 Section 09510 - Suspended Acoustic Ceilings...............................................................................................3 Section 09535 -Curved Suspended Ceiling..................................................................................................4 r.. Section 09650-Resilient Flooring................................................................................................................3 Section09690—Carpet Tile..........................................................................................................................3 Section09910 -Paints and Coatings .............................................................................................................6 err it City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 00001 go Renton,WA TABLE OF CONTENTS July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle, WA Page 2 trr Division 10- Specialties NotUsed........................................................................................................................................................0 err Division 11 -Equipment Section11969—Equipment Racks................................................................................................................2 so Section 11970—Building Entrance Terminal................................................................................................2 Section 11971 —Wall-mounted Fiber Optic Patch Panel...............................................................................2 Section 11972—Wall-mounted S66 Block Connection.................................................................................2 rr Division 12 -Furnishings Section 12490 -Vertical Window Blinds......................................................................................................2 Section12510—Office Furniture..................................................................................................................1 Section12566 -Console................................................................................................................................3 Division 15-Mechanical Section 15010—Basic Mechanical Requirements.........................................................................................4 Section 15050—Basic Materials and Methods............................................................................................10 Section 15250—Insulation 3 Section 15500—Heating,Ventilating, and Air Conditioning......................................................................11 Section15950—Controls...............................................................................................................................8 Section 15990—Testing,Adjusting and Balancing.......................................................................................4 Division 16-Electrical Section 16010—Basic Electrical Requirements ............................................................................................8 "o Section 16050—Basic Materials and Methods............................................................................................12 Section 16400—Service and Distribution......................................................................................................6 Section16500—Lighting...............................................................................................................................5 ab Section 16610—Static Interruptible Power Supply(UPS) System................................................................4 Section 16721 —Fire Alarm and Detection System.......................................................................................3 Section 16740—Telephone/Data Raceway System..............................:........................................................2 as Section 16741 —Backbone and Horizontal Communications Systems .................................................5 Appendix—Renton Information Technology Standards.......................................................................20 rr� END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS twr rr it EXHIBIT `B' Traffic Management Center DRAWING INDEX ar A001 Cover Sheet A201 Location Plan,Floor Plan, and Reflected Ceiling Plan A202 Floor Finish and Furniture Plan A203 Schedules and Details S201 Seismic Bracing Details,Location Plan rrr M-1 HVAC Schedules M-2 HVAC Floor Plan go M-3 HVAC Details E-0 Electrical Legend,Luminaire and Panel Schedules, &Sheet Index E-1 Electrical One-Line Diagram,&Mechanical Schedules ' E-2 Lighting Floor Plan E-3 Power and Signal Floor Plan go TO1 Fifth Floor TMC Equipment Installation T02 First Floor Conduit Installation T03 Level P-2 Conduit,Junction Box,and Rack Installation T04 Level P-1 Conduit Installation TDO1 Details •r rrr so tw to r tr to to Drawing Index- 1 am Traffic Management Center go SECTION 00020 SCOPE OF WORK The work under the terms of this contract shall be all the work necessary to complete the construction of the new"Traffic Management Center"(TMC),located at the Renton City Hall, 1055 South Grady Way,5`b Floor,Renton,WA 98055. This includes modifications to existing office space to accommodate the new Traffic Management Center(comprised of the Control Room,Equipment Room,and Work Area)and related equipment,as well as the communications w infrastructure to support the center including conduit installation from the basement levels through the fifth floor. The preliminary estimates cost of this project is approximately$140,000.00, which does not include Washington State sales tax of 8.8%. +w +rr �r rr raw rir wr wn r Scope of Work 00020.1 +w r Traffic Management Center to CALL FOR BIDS CONSTRUCTION OF TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT CENTER RENTON CITY HALL,RENTON,WASHINGTON Sealed bids for construction of the Traffic Management Center will be received at the office of the City Clerk,Renton City Hall(7th Floor), 1055 S. Grady Way,Renton,Washington 98055, until 4:00 on Tuesday,August 13`h,2002. Bids will then be opened and publicly read aloud in the 5th Floor Conference Room(#521) of City Hall. err The scope of work for this project includes modifications to existing office space to accommodate the new Traffic Management Center(comprised of the Control Room,Equipment Room,and Work Area) and related equipment,as well as the communications infrastructure to support the center including conduit installation from the basement to levels through the fifth floor.The estimated construction cost is$140,000.00. Project plans and specifications,including the Bid Form,may be examined and obtained at the Renton Community Services Department, which is located at Renton City Hall(5th Floor), 1055 S. Grady Way,Renton,Washington 1W 98055,8am to 5 PM,Monday—Friday,425-430-6600. Questions should be directed to Bob Cavanaugh,425-430- 7222,bcavanaugh @ci.renton.wa.us. A non-refundable amount of$50.00 plus$4.40 tax(check only,payable to the City of Renton) shall be charged for each set of full size plans and specifications. If mailed,there is an additional non- an refundable fee of$10.00 per set to cover postage. A pre-bid meeting will be held on site,at the 5th floor lobby of Renton City Hall, 1055 S. Grady Way,Renton, Washington on Tuesday,July 30`x',at 10:00 AM. Attendance at the pre-bid meeting is mandatory. so A Bid Bond in the amount of five percent(5%)of the total amount of each bid must accompany each bid. The successful bidder shall enter into a contract in accordance with the bid and shall furnish a Performance Bond in the aw amount of 100%bid. The City reserves the right to reject any and all bids and waive any informalities or irregularities in bids received. rrr The City's fair practices and non-discrimination policies,and State Prevailing Wage Rates apply to this project. Bonnie Walton,City Clerk +rr Dates of Publication: Monday,July 22,2002 Monday,July 29,2002 Seattle Daily Journal of Commerce ww w +rr Call for Bids 00030.1 r w Traffic Management Center • SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS go 1.01 STANDARD FORM The instructions to Bidders, 1997,AIA Document A701 as follows, Articles 1 through 8 inclusive,are included 1W as a part of this contract. The Bidders,Contractor and all Subcontractors shall read and be governed by them. wW 6 pages of AIA document A701 follows. ow to im rr 4W +err up go Instructions to Bidders 00100.1 r 1997 Edition -Electronic Format AIA Document A701 - 1997 Instructions to Bidders law TABLE OF ARTICLES 1. DEFINITIONS THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 40 2. BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH 3. BIDDING DOCUMENTS RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF 4W THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 4. BIDDING PROCEDURES DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA DOCUMENT D401. rr 5. CONSIDERATION OF BIDS 6. POST-BID INFORMATION ww 7. PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND 8. FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR rrr ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS 1.1 Bidding Documents include the Bidding Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents. The Bidding Requirements consist of the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders,Supplementary Instructions to Bidders,the bid form,and other sample bidding and contract forms. The proposed Contract Documents consist of the form of Agreement between the Owner and Contractor, Conditions of the Contract (General, r Supplementary and other Conditions), Drawings, Specifications and all Addenda issued prior to execution of the Contract. 1.2 Definitions set forth in the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, AIA +� Document A201,or in other Contract Documents are applicable to the Bidding Documents. wn� 1.3 Addenda are written or graphic instruments issued by the Architect prior to the execution Aw of the Contract which modify or interpret the Bidding Documents by additions, deletions, clarifications or corrections. :. .:r ii�► 1.4 A Bid is a complete and properly executed proposal to do the Work for the sums stipulated do therein,submitted in accordance with the Bidding Documents. ®1997 AIA® 1.5 The Base Bid is the sum stated in the Bid for which the Bidder offers to perform the Work AIA DOCUMENT A701-1997 described in the Bidding Documents as the base, to which Work may be added or from which INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS W Work may be deleted for sums stated in Alternate Bids. The American Institute of Architects 1.6 An Alternate Bid (or Alternate) is an amount stated in the Bid to be added to or deducted 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. from the amount of the Base Bid if the corresponding change in the Work, as described in the Washington,D.C. 20006-5292 40 Bidding Documents,is accepted. 'W © 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987, © 1997 by The American Institute ot Architects. Reproduction of t e matena herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United States and will subject he violator to legal prosecution.WARNING:Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S.copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document at was electronically produced with permission of the AIA_and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 0100 aia701.aia -- 7/18/2002.AIA License Number 1133746,which expires on 4/30/2003. 1 r oft 1.7 A Unit Price is an amount stated in the Bid as a price per unit of measurement for materials, equipment or services or a portion of the Work as described in the Bidding Documents. 1W 1.8 A Bidder is a person or entity who submits a Bid and who meets the requirements set forth in the Bidding Documents. ON 1.9 A Sub-bidder is a person or entity who submits a bid to a Bidder for materials,equipment or labor for a portion of the Work. ARTICLE 2 BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS 2.1 The Bidder by making a Bid represents that: THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 2.1.1 The Bidder has read and understands the Bidding Documents or Contract Documents, CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH to the extent that such documentation relates to the Work for which the Bid is submitted, and AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH for other portions of the Project,if any,being bid concurrently or presently under construction. RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF 2.1.2 The Bid is made in compliance with the Bidding Documents. THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA 2.1.3 The Bidder has visited the site, become familiar with local conditions under which the DOCUMENT D401. Work is to be performed and has correlated the Bidder's personal observations with their requirements of the proposed Contract Documents. 2.1.4 The Bid is based upon the materials, equipment and systems required by the Bidding Documents without exception. ARTICLE 3 BIDDING DOCUMENTS 3.1 COPIES wr 3.1.1 Bidders may obtain complete sets of the Bidding Documents from the issuing office designated in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid in the number and for the deposit sum, if any, stated therein. The deposit will be refunded to Bidders who submit a bona fide Bid and return the Bidding Documents in good condition within ten days after receipt of Bids.The cost ► of replacement of missing or damaged documents will be deducted from the deposit. A Bidder receiving a Contract award may retain the Bidding Documents and the Bidder's deposit will be refunded. 3.1.2 Bidding Documents will not be issued directly to Sub-bidders unless specifically offered in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid,or in supplementary instructions to bidders. 3.1.3 Bidders shall use complete sets of Bidding Documents in preparing Bids; neither the 00 Owner nor Architect assumes responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. 3.1.4 The Owner and Architect may make copies of the Bidding Documents available on the above terms for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work. No license or grant of use is ►� ;f conferred by issuance of copies of the Bidding Documents. i� 3.2 INTERPRETATION OR CORRECTION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 01997 AIA® 3.2.1 The Bidder shall carefully study and compare the Bidding Documents with each AIA DOCUMENT A701-1997 other,and with other work being bid concurrently or presently under construction to the extent INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS that it relates to the Work for which the Bid is submitted, shall examine the site and local The American Institute of Architects conditions, and shall at once report to the Architect errors, inconsistencies or ambiguities 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. discovered. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 to 3.2.2 Bidders and Sub-bidders requiring clarification or interpretation of the Bidding Documents shall make a written request which shall reach the Architect at least seven days prior to the date for receipt of Bids. 0 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987, © 1997 by The American Institute ot Architects. Reproduction of the materla herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United States and will subject he violator to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S.copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 0100 aia701.aia -- 7/18/2002.AIA License Number 1133746,which expires on 4/30/2003. 2 X11 3.2.3 Interpretations, corrections and changes of the Bidding Documents will be made by W Addendum. Interpretations, corrections and changes of the Bidding Documents made in any other manner will not be binding,and Bidders shall not rely upon them. 3.3 SUBSTITUTIONS 3.3.1 The materials,products and equipment described in the Bidding Documents establish a standard of required function,dimension,appearance and quality to be met by any proposed substitution. 4W 3.3.2 No substitution will be considered prior to receipt of Bids unless written request for approval has been received by the Architect at least ten days prior to the date for receipt of Bids. Such requests shall include the name of the material or equipment for which it is to be THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 40 substituted and a complete description of the proposed substitution including drawings, CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH performance and test data, and other information necessary for an evaluation. A statement ANATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH setting forth changes in other materials, equipment or other portions of the Work, including RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR changes in the work of other contracts that incorporation of the proposed substitution would MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF V0 require, shall be included. The burden of proof of the merit of the proposed substitution is THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA upon the proposer. The Architects decision of approval or disapproval of a proposed DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA substitution shall be final. DOCUMENT D401. we 3.3.3 If the Architect approves a proposed substitution prior to receipt of Bids, such approval will be set forth in an Addendum. Bidders shall not rely upon approvals made in any other manner. wr 3.3.4 No substitutions will be considered after the Contract award unless specifically provided for in the Contract Documents. go 3.4 ADDENDA 3.4.1 Addenda will be transmitted to all who are known by the issuing office to have received a complete set of Bidding Documents. me 3.4.2 Copies of Addenda will be made available for inspection wherever Bidding Documents are on file for that purpose. 3.4.3 Addenda will be issued no later than four days prior to the date for receipt of Bids except an Addendum withdrawing the request for Bids or one which includes postponement of the date for receipt of Bids. +� 3.4.4 Each Bidder shall ascertain prior to submitting a Bid that the Bidder has received all Addenda issued,and the Bidder shall acknowledge their receipt in the Bid. �,.,,,■ ARTICLE 4 BIDDING PROCEDURES 4.1 PREPARATION OF BIDS f, 4.1.1 Bids shall be submitted on the forms included with the Bidding Documents. an 4.1.2 All blanks on the bid form shall be legibly executed in a non-erasable medium. ®1997 AIA® 4.1.3 Sums shall be expressed in both words and figures.In case of discrepancy,the amount AIA DOCUMENT A701-1997 written in words shall govern. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS irr The American Institute of Architects 4.1.4 Interlineations,alterations and erasures must be initialed by the signer of the Bid. 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 40 4.1.5 All requested Alternates shall be bid. If no change in the Base Bid is required, enter "No Change." 40 © 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987, © 1997 by The American Institute ot Architects. Reproduction ot T e matena herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United States and will subject he violator to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S.copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 0100 aia701.aia -- 7/18/2002.AIA License Number 1133746,which expires on 4/30/2003. 3 llr 10 4.1.6 Where two or more Bids for designated portions of the Work have been requested,the Bidder may,without forfeiture of the bid security,state the Bidder's refusal to accept award of less than the combination of Bids stipulated by the Bidder.The Bidder shall make no additional so stipulations on the bid form nor qualify the Bid in any other manner. 4.1.7 Each copy of the Bid shall state the legal name of the Bidder and the nature of legal VW form of the Bidder. The Bidder shall provide evidence of legal authority to perform within the jurisdiction of the Work. Each copy shall be signed by the person or persons legally authorized to bind the Bidder to a contract. A Bid by a corporation shall further give the state of incorporation and have the corporate seal affixed. A Bid submitted by an agent shall have a ow current power of attorney attached certifying the agent's authority to bind the Bidder. 4.2 BID SECURITY THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 4.2.1 Each Bid shall be accompanied by a bid security in the form and amount required if so CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH WIN stipulated in the Instructions to Bidders. The Bidder pledges to enter into a Contract with the AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH Owner on the terms stated in the Bid and will, if required, furnish bonds covering the faithful RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR performance of the Contract and payment of all obligations arising thereunder. Should the MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF Bidder refuse to enter into such Contract or fail to furnish such bonds if required, the amount THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA of the bid security shall be forfeited to the Owner as liquidated damages,not as a penalty.The DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA amount of the bid security shall not be forfeited to the Owner in the event the Owner fails to DOCUMENT D401. comply with Paragraph 6.2. w 4.2.2 If a surety bond is required, it shall be written on AIA Document A31o, Bid Bond, unless otherwise provided in the Bidding Documents, and the attorney-in-fact who executes the bond on behalf of the surety shall affix to the bond a certified and current copy of the „w power of attorney. 4.2.3 The Owner will have the right to retain the bid security of Bidders to whom an award is being considered until either(a) the Contract has been executed and bonds,if required,have rw been furnished, or (b) the specified time has elapsed so that Bids may be withdrawn or (c) all Bids have been rejected. 4.3 SUBMISSION OF BIDS go 4.3.1 All copies of the Bid,the bid security, if any,and any other documents required to be submitted with the Bid shall be enclosed in a sealed opaque envelope. The envelope shall be addressed to the party receiving the Bids and shall be identified with the Project name, the r Bidder's name and address and,if applicable,the designated portion of the Work for which the Bid is submitted. If the Bid is sent by mail, the sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate mailing envelope with the notation"SEALED BID ENCLOSED"on the face thereof. r� 4.3.2 Bids shall be deposited at the designated location prior to the time and date for receipt w� of Bids. Bids received after the time and date for receipt of Bids will be returned unopened. 4.3.3 The Bidder shall assume full responsibility for timely delivery at the location " designated for receipt of Bids. 4.3.4 Oral, telephonic, telegraphic, facsimile or other electronically transmitted bids will Irr not be considered. ®1997 AIA® 4.4 MODIFICATION OR WITHDRAWAL OF BID AIA DOCUMENT BID - INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS RS 4.4.1 A Bid may not be modified,withdrawn or canceled by the Bidder during the stipulated rrr time period following the time and date designated for the receipt of Bids, and each Bidder so The American Institute of Architects agrees in submitting a Bid. 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 4.4.2 Prior to the time and date designated for receipt of Bids, a Bid submitted may be modified or withdrawn by notice to the party receiving Bids at the place designated for receipt of Bids. Such notice shall be in writing over the signature of the Bidder. Written confirmation © 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987, © 1997 by The American Institute ot Architects. Reproduction of the materia herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United States and will subject he violator to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA.and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. user Document: 0100 aia701.aia -- 7/18/2002.AIA License Number 1133746,which expires on 4/30/2003. 4 irr over the signature of the Bidder shall be received,and date- and time-stamped by the receiving party on or before the date and time set for receipt of Bids. A change shall be so worded as not ar to reveal the amount of the original Bid. 4.4.3 Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the date and time designated for the receipt of Bids provided that they are then fully in conformance with these Instructions to or Bidders. 4.4.4 Bid security,if required,shall be in an amount sufficient for the Bid as resubmitted. tw ARTICLE 5 CONSIDERATION OF BIDS 5.1 OPENING OF BIDS At the discretion of the Owner, if stipulated in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, the THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL VW properly identified Bids received on time will be publicly opened and will be read aloud. An CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH abstract of the Bids may be made available to Bidders. AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR 5.2 REJECTION OF BIDS MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF The Owner shall have the right to reject any or all Bids. A Bid not accompanied by a required THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA bid security or by other data required by the Bidding Documents, or a Bid which is in any way DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA incomplete or irregular is subject to rejection. DOCUMENT D401. 5.3 ACCEPTANCE OF BID (AWARD) 5.3.1 It is the intent of the Owner to award a Contract to the lowest qualified Bidder provided the Bid has been submitted in accordance with the requirements of the Bidding No Documents and does not exceed the funds available. The Owner shall have the right to waive informalities and irregularities in a Bid received and to accept the Bid which, in the Owner's judgment,is in the Owner's own best interests. ow 5.3.2 The Owner shall have the right to accept Alternates in any order or combination, unless otherwise specifically provided in the Bidding Documents, and to determine the low Bidder on the basis of the sum of the Base Bid and Alternates accepted. to ARTICLE 6 POST-BID INFORMATION 6.1 CONTRACTOR'S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT Bidders to whom award of a Contract is under consideration shall submit to the Architect, ON upon request, a properly executed AIA Document A305,Contractor's Qualification Statement, unless such a Statement has been previously required and submitted as a prerequisite to the issuance of Bidding Documents. tw 6.2 OWNER'S FINANCIAL CAPABILITY The Owner shall, at the request of the Bidder to whom award of a Contract is under consideration and no later than seven days prior to the expiration of the time for withdrawal of Bids, furnish to the Bidder reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to 1W fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract. Unless such reasonable evidence is furnished, the Bidder will not be required to execute the Agreement between the Owner and ,.:. 4 Contractor. wo 6.3 SUBMITTALS ®1997 AIA® 6.3.1 The Bidder shall, as soon as practicable or as stipulated in the Bidding Documents, AIA DOCUMENT A701-1997 after notification of selection for the award of a Contract, furnish to the Owner through the INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS rr Architect in writing: .1 a designation of the Work to be performed with the Bidder's own forces; The American Institute of Architects .2 names of the manufacturers, products, and the suppliers of principal items or 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. systems of materials and equipment proposed for the Work;and Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 w` .3 names of persons or entities (including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for the principal portions of the Work. 4W © 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987, © 1997 by The American Institute ot Architects. Reproduction of 1 e materla herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United States and will subject he violator to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document go was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 0100 aia701.aia -- 7/18/2002.AIA License Number 1133746,which expires on 4/30/2003. 5 rr rrr 6.3.2 The Bidder will be required to establish to the satisfaction of the Architect and Owner the reliability and responsibility of the persons or entities proposed to furnish and perform the Work described in the Bidding Documents. 6.3.3 Prior to the execution of the Contract,the Architect will notify the Bidder in writing if either the Owner or Architect,after due investigation,has reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed by the Bidder. If the Owner or Architect has reasonable objection to a proposed person or entity,the Bidder may, at the Bidder's option, (>) withdraw the Bid or (2) submit an acceptable substitute person or entity with an adjustment in the Base Bid or Alternate Bid to cover the difference in cost occasioned by such substitution. The Owner may accept the adjusted bid price or disqualify the Bidder. In the event of either withdrawal or disqualification, bid security will not be forfeited. THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 6.3.4 Persons and entities proposed by the Bidder and to whom the Owner and Architect CONSEOUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH have made no reasonable objection must be used on the Work for which they were proposed AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH OR and shall not be changed except with the written consent of the Owner and Architect. RESPECT ITS COMPLETION g P MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA ARTICLE 7 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA 7.1 BOND REQUIREMENTS DOCUMENT D401. 7.1.1 If stipulated in the Bidding Documents, the Bidder shall furnish bonds covering the r! faithful performance of the Contract and payment of all obligations arising thereunder. Bonds may be secured through the Bidder's usual sources. 7.1.2 If the furnishing of such bonds is stipulated in the Bidding Documents, the cost shall ► be included in the Bid. If the furnishing of such bonds is required after receipt of bids and before execution of the Contract, the cost of such bonds shall be added to the Bid in determining the Contract Sum. 7.1.3 If the Owner requires that bonds be secured from other than the Bidder's usual sources,changes in cost will be adjusted as provided in the Contract Documents. 7.2 TIME OF DELIVERY AND FORM OF BONDS 7.2.1 The Bidder shall deliver the required bonds to the Owner not later than three days following the date of execution of the Contract. If the Work is to be commenced prior thereto in response to a letter of intent,the Bidder shall, prior to commencement of the Work,submit evidence satisfactory to the Owner that such bonds will be furnished and delivered in accordance with this Subparagraph 7.2.1. 7.2.2 Unless otherwise provided, the bonds shall be written on AIA Document A312, ' Performance Bond and Payment Bond. Both bonds shall be written in the amount of the Contract Sum. 7.2.3 The bonds shall be dated on or after the date of the Contract. 7.2.4 The Bidder shall require the attorney-in-fact who executes the required -bonds on behalf of the surety to affix thereto a certified and current copy of the power of attorney. wlr ®1997 AIA® ARTICLE 8 FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR AIA DOCUMENT A701-1997 Unless otherwise required in the Bidding Documents, the Agreement for the Work will be INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS written on AIA Document Aioi,Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor Where the Basis of Payment Is a Stipulated Sum. The American Institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 © 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987, © 1997 by The American Institute ot Architects. Reproduction ot t e materla herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United States and will subject he violator to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S.copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 0100 aia701.aia -- 7/18/2002.AIA License Number 1133746,which expires on 4/30/2003. 6 r Traffic Management Center SECTION 00500 CONTRACT 1.01 STANDARD FORM The Standard Form of Agreement between Owner and Contractor where the basis of payment is a stipulated sum, 1997,AIA Document A101 follows and is included as a part of this contract. The Bidders,Contractor and all Subcontractors shall read and be governed by them. ■r 5 pages of AIA document A101 follows. yr +r aw dW 4W rrr aw Contract 00500.1 w► 1997 Edition -Electronic Format AIA Document A101-1997 Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor .Y where the basis of payment is a STIPULATED SUM AGREEMENT made as of the day of in the year of THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL (In words,indicate day,month and year) CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH BETWEEN the Owner: RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR are (Name,address and otherinformation) MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA DOCUMENT D401. and the Contractor: owl (Name,address and otherinformation) AIA Document A201-1997,General Conditions of the Contract for The Project is: Construction,is adopted in this document J by reference.Do not use with other rrr (Name and location) general conditions unless this document is modified. The Architect is: This document has been approved and Yrrr (Name,address and otherinformation) endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America. The Owner and Contractor agree as follows. ARTICLE 1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement, Conditions of the Contract (General, "w► Supplementary and other Conditions), Drawings, Specifications, Addenda issued prior to execution of this Agreement, other documents listed in this Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement;these form the Contract,and are as fully a part of the Contract as if attached to this Agreement or repeated herein. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. An enumeration of the Contract Documents,other than Modifications,appears in Article 8. w ARTICLE 2 THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT The Contractor shall fully execute the Work described in the Contract Documents, except to the extent specifically indicated in the Contract Documents to be the responsibility of others. ■® ARTICLE 3 DATE OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 3.1 The date of commencement of the Work shall be the date of this Agreement unless a ti different date is stated below or provision is made for the date to be fixed in a notice to proceed fA-, "W issued by the Owner. (Insert the date ofcommencement ifit differs from the date of this Agreement or,i(applicab/e,state that the date 4771 be fixed in a notice to proceed.) 01997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A101-1997 dw OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT If, prior to the commencement of the Work, the Owner requires time to file mortgages, mechanic's liens and other security interests,the Owner's time requirement shall be as follows: The American Institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. VW Washington, D.C.20006-5292 © 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1967, 1974, 1977, 1987, (D 1997 by The American Institute o Architects. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United States and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates US copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 00500 aia101.aia -- 7/18/2002. AIA License Number 1133746, which expires on 4/30/2003. 1 IV 3.2 The Contract Time shall be measured from the date of commencement. 3.3 The Contractor shall achieve Substantial Completion of the entire Work not later than days from the date of commencement,or as follows: (Insert number of calendar days. Alternatively, a calendar date may he used when coordinated with the date of commencement. Unless stated elsewhere in the Contract Documents,insert any requirements for earlier Substantial Completion of certain portions of the Work.) ,subject to adjustments of this Contract Time as provided in the Contract Documents. (Insert provisions,if any,for liquidated damages relating to failure to complete on time or for bonus payments for THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL early completion of the Work.) CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR ARTICLE 4 CONTRACT SUM MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF �r THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 4.1 The Owner shall pay the Contractor the Contract Sum in current funds for the DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA Contractor's performance of the Contract. The Contract Sum shall be Dollars ($ ), subject to DOCUMENT D401. additions and deductions as provided in the Contract Documents. AIA Document A20I-1997,General 4.2 The Contract Sum is based upon the following alternates, if any, which are described Conditions of the Contract for in the Contract Documents and are hereby accepted by the Owner: Construction,is adopted in this document (State the numbers or otheridenti6calion ofaccepted alternates.Ifdecisions on other alternates are to he made by the by reference.Do not use with other Owner subsequent to the execution of this Agreement,attach a schedule ofsuch other alternates showing the amount general conditions unless this document is for each and the date when that amount expires) modified. This document has been approved and 4.3 Unit prices,if any,are as follows: endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America. ARTICLE 5 PAYMENTS 5.1 PROGRESS PAYMENTS 5.1.1 Based upon Applications for Payment submitted to the Architect by the Contractor and Certificates for Payment issued by the Architect,the Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Sum to the Contractor as provided below and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 5.1.2 The period covered by each Application for Payment shall be one calendar month ending on the last day of the month,or as follows: w 5.1.3 Provided that an Application for Payment is received by the Architect not later than the day of a month,the Owner shall make payment to the Contractor not later than the day of the month. If an Application for Payment is received by the Architect after the application date fixed above, payment shall be made by the Owner not later than days after the Architect r receives the Application for Payment. 5.1.4 Each Application for Payment shall be based on the most recent schedule of values f•. . _ .. submitted by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents. The schedule of ' values shall allocate the entire Contract Sum among the various portions of the Work. The schedule of values shall be prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its 01997 AIA® accuracy as the Architect may require. This schedule,unless objected to by the Architect,shall AIA DOCUMENT A101-1997 be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's Applications for Payment. OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT 5.1.5 Applications for Payment shall indicate the percentage of completion of each portion The American Institute of Architects of the Work as of the end of the period covered by the Application for Payment. 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 © 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1967, 1197A, 1977, 1987, 0 1997 by The American Institute o Architects. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United States and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates US copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted r below. User Document: 00500 aial0l.aia -- 7/18/2002. 'AIA License Number 1133746, which expires on 4/30/2003. 2 +rr 5.1.6 Subject to other provisions of the Contract Documents, the amount of each progress payment shall be computed as follows: �tlr .1 Take that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to completed Work as determined by multiplying the percentage completion of each portion of the Work by the share of the Contract Sum allocated to that portion of the Work in the schedule of ww values, less retainage of percent ( %). Pending final determination of cost to the Owner of changes in the Work, amounts not in dispute shall be included as provided in Subparagraph 7.3.8 of AIA Document A201-1997• THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL .2 Add that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to materials and equipment CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the completed AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH construction (or, if approved in advance by the Owner,suitably stored off the site at a RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR location agreed upon in writing),less retainage of percent(%); MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF go THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA .3 Subtract the aggregate of previous payments made by the Owner;and DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA DOCUMENT D401. Aw .4 Subtract amounts, if any, for which the Architect has withheld or nullified a AIA Document A201-1997,General Certificate for Payment as provided in Paragraph 9.5 of AIA Document A201-1997• Conditions of the Contract for Construction,is adopted in this document 5.1.7 The progress payment amount determined in accordance with Subparagraph 5.1.6 by reference.Do not use with other aw shall be further modified under the following circumstances: general conditions unless this document is modified. 1 Add, upon Substantial Completion of the Work, a sum sufficient to increase the total This document has been approved and payments to the full amount of the Contract Sum,less such amounts as the Architect endorsed by The Associated General shall determine for incomplete Work,retainage applicable to such work and unsettled Contractors of America. claims;and (Subparagraph 9.8.5 of AIA Document Awi-i"7 requires release of applicable retainage upon Substantial Completion of Work with consent ofsurety,ifany.) .2 Add, if final completion of the Work is thereafter materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor, any additional amounts payable in accordance with Subparagraph a' 9.10.3 of AIA Document A201-1997• 5.1.8 Reduction or limitation of retainage,if any,shall be as follows: (If it is intended,prior to Substantial Completion of the entire Work, to reduce or limit the retainage resulting from the percentages inserted in Clauses 5.1.6., and 5.t.6.2 above, and this is not explained elsewhere in the Contract Documents,insert here provisions forsuch reduction orlimitation.) dw 5.1.9 Except with the Owner's prior approval, the Contractor shall not make advance payments to suppliers for materials or equipment which have not been delivered and stored at the site. 5.2 FINAL PAYMENT 5.2.1 Final payment, constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, shall be made by the Owner to the Contractor when: '�, `W .1 the Contractor has fully performed the Contract except for the Contractor's responsibility to correct Work as provided in Subparagraph 12.2.2 of AIA Document A201-1997, and to satisfy other requirements, if any, which extend beyond final 01997 AIA® ent;and AIA DOCUMENT Alol-1997 pay m OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT .2 a final Certificate for Payment has been issued by the Architect. The American Institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. 4w 5.2.2 The Owner's final payment to the Contractor shall be made no later than 3o days after Washington, D.C.20006-5292 the issuance of the Architect's final Certificate for Payment,or as follows: © 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 958, 1961, 1963, 1967, 1974, 1977, 1987, 0 1997 by The American Institute of I" Architects. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United States and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates US copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and AW can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 00500 aial0l.aia -- 7/18/2002. AIA License Number 1133746, which expires on 4/30/2003. 3 ow ARTICLE 6 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION 6.1 The Contract may be terminated by the Owner or the Contractor as provided in W Article 14 of AIA Document A2oi-1997. 6.2 The Work may be suspended by the Owner as provided in Article 14 of AIA Document A2o1-1997. ARTICLE 7 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 7.1 Where reference is made in this Agreement to a provision of AIA Document A201-1997 THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL or another Contract Document, the reference refers to that provision as amended or CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH supplemented by other provisions of the Contract Documents. AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR 7.2 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract shall bear interest from the date MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA payment is due at the rate stated below, or in the absence thereof, at the legal rate prevailing DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA from time to time at the place where the Project is located. DOCUMENT D4o7. (Insert rate ofmterest agreed upon,ifany) AIA Document A207-7997,General 1 LLsury)a ws and requirements under the Federal Truth m Lending Act,similar state and local consumer credit laws and Conditions of the Contract for other regulations at the Owner's and Contractor's principal places ofhusiness,the location of the Project and elsewhere Construction,is adopted in this document may affect the validity of this provision. Legal advice should he obtained with respect to deletions or modifications, by reference.Do not use with other and also regarding requirements such as written disclosures or waivers.) general conditions unless this document is modified. 7.3 The Owner's representative is: (Name,address and other information) This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General *W Contractors of America. 7.4 The Contractor's representative is: (Name,address and other information) 7.5 Neither the Owner's nor the Contractor's representative shall be changed without ten days written notice to the other party. 7.6 Other provisions: ARTICLE 8 ENUMERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 8.1 The Contract Documents, except for Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement,are enumerated as follows: 00 8.1.1 The Agreement is this executed 1997 edition of the Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor,AIA Document A101-1997• Vo 8.1.2 The General Conditions are the 1997 edition of the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction,AIA Document A201-1997• -w s'j#y 8.1.3 The Supplementary and other Conditions of the Contract are those contained in the Project Manual dated ,and are as follows: 01997 AIAO AIA DOCUMENT A101-1997 *a Document Title Pages OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT The American Institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. 8.1.4 The Specifications are those contained in the Project Manual dated as in Washington, D.C.20006-5292 w' Subparagraph 8.1.3,and are as follows: © 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1967, 1974, 1977, 1987, © 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United States and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates US copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license with violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 00500 aial0l.aia -- 7/18/2002. AIA License Number 1133746, which expires on 4/30/2003. 4 oar (Either list the Specifications here or refer to an exhibit attached to this Agreement.) Section Title Pages 8.1.5 The Drawings are as follows,and are dated unless a different date is shown below: wr (Either list the Drawings here or refer to an exhibit attached to this Agreement.) Number Title Date THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 4W CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH 8.1.6 The Addenda,if any,are as follows: RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF Number Date Pages THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA DOCUMENT D401. Portions of Addenda relating to bidding requirements are not part of the Contract Documents AIA Document A201-1997,General unless the bidding requirements are also enumerated in this Article 8. Conditions of the Contract for Construction,is adopted in this document 8.1.7 Other documents,if any,forming part of the Contract Documents are as follows: by reference.Do not use with other (List here any additional documents that are intended to form part ofthe Contract Doc u e n t. I A Document A2 o1- general conditions unless this document is 1997 provides that bidding requirements such as advertisement or invitation to bid,Instructions to Bidders,sample modified. forms and the Contractor's bid are not part o£the Contract Documents unless enumerated in this Agreement. They should be listed here onlyifintended to be part ofthe Contract Documents.) This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America. This Agreement is entered into as of the day and year first written above and is executed in at least three original copies, of which one is to be delivered to the Contractor, one to the rrr Architect for use in the administration of the Contract,and the remainder to the Owner. rw OWNER (Signature) CONTRACTOR (signature) (Printed name and title) (Printed name and title) rrlr rrI �f� ®1997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT AIOI-1997 p OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT The American Institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. ow Washington, D.C.20006-5292 © 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1967, 1974, 1977, 1987, © 1997 by The American Institute of ors Architects. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United States and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates US copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and aw can be reproduced in accordance with your license with violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 00500 aial0l.aia -- 7/18/2002. AIA License Number 1133746, which expires on 4/30/2003. 5 wo arr Traffic Management Center SECTION 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS agar 1.01 STANDARD FORM The General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, 1997, AIA Document A201 follows and is included as 1W a part of this contract. The Bidders,Contractor and all Subcontractors shall read and be governed by them. dw 47 pages of AIA document A201 follows. go or do AW aw 60 "W so W Im w rwr General Conditions 00700.1 10 a� 1997 Edition - Electronic Format w AIA Document A201 - 1997 General Conditions of the Contract for Construction TABLE OF ARTICLES 1. GENERAL PROVISIONS 2. OWNER THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN 3. CONTRACTOR ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH +� RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR 4. ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA w 5. SUBCONTRACTORS DOCUMENT D401. 6. CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General 7. CHANGES IN THE WORK Contractors of America. 8. TIME arr 9. PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 10. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY aw 11. INSURANCE AND BONDS .w 12. UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 13. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS we 14. TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT "" INDEX Addenda Acceptance of Nonconforming Work 1.1-1,3.11 Additional Costs,Claims for 9.6.6,9.9.3,12.3 Acceptance of Work 4.3.4,4.3.5,4.3•6,6.1.1,lo.3 6.6 8.2, 10.1, 10. 12. Additional Inspections and Testing 9• �9• 9.9.3 9• 9• 3� 3 Access to Work 9.8.3,12.2.1,13.5 3.16, 6.2.1,12.1 Additional Time,Claims for Accident Prevention 4.3.4,4.3.7,8.3.2 ' 10 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 4•� ®� Acts and Omissions 3.1.3,4,949-5 ®1997 AIA® 3.2,3.3.2,3.12.8,3.18,4.2.3,4.3.8,4.4.1,8.3.1, Advertisement or Invitation to Bid AIA DOCUMENT A201- 1997 aw 9.5.1,10.2.5,13.4.2,13.7,14.1 1.1.1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by the American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects a quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until aw the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 00700 aia201 revised gent conditions.aia 7/18/2002.AIA License Number 1133746,which expires on 4/30/2003. 1 00 win Aesthetic Effect 1.1.2,4.2.3,4.2.4,4.2.6,9.6.3,9.6.4,11.4.7 4.2.13,4.5.1 Architect's Representations Allowances 9.4.2,9.5.1,9.10.1 trM 3,8 Architect's Site Visits All-risk Insurance 4.2.2,4.2.5,4.2.9,4.3.4,9.4.2,9.5.1,9.9.2, 11.4.1.1 9.10.1,13.5 Applications for Payment Asbestos hilt 4.2.5,7.3.8,9.2,9.3,9.4,9.5.1,9.6.3,9.7.1,9.8.5, 10.3.1 9.10,11-1.3,14.2-4,14-4.3 Attorneys'Fees Approvals 3.18.1,9.10.2,10.3.3 2.4,3.1.3,3.5,3.10.2,3.12,4.2.7,9.3.2,13-4.2, Award of Separate Contracts 'rli► 13.5 6.1.1,6.1.2 Arbitration Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for 4.3.3,4.4,4.5.1,4.5.2,4.6,8.3.1,9.7-1,11-4.9, Portions of the Work 11.4.10 5.2 Architect Basic Definitions THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 4.1 1.1 CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN Architect,Definition of Bidding Requirements ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH 4.1.1 1.1.1,1.1.7,5.2.1,11.5.1 RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR Architect,Extent of Authority Boiler and Machinery Insurance MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS 2.4,3.12.7,4.2,4.3.6,4.4,5.2,6.3,7.1.2,7.3.6, 11.4.2 ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA 7.4,9.2,9.3.1,9.4,9.5,9.8.3,9.10.1, 9.10.3,12.1, Bonds,Lien DOCUMENT D401. Will 12.2.1,13.5.1,13.5.2,14.2.2,14.2.4 9.10.2 Architect,Limitations of Authority and Bonds,Performance,and Payment This document has been approved and Responsibility 7-3.6-4,9.6-7,9.10.3,11-4.9,11.5 endorsed by The Associated General 2.1.1,3.3.3,3.12.4,3.12.8,3.12.10,4.1.2,4.2.1, Building Permit Contractors of America. 4.2.2,4.2.3,4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.10,4.2.12,4.2.13, 3.7.1 4.4,5.2.1,7.4,9.4.2,9.6.4,9.6.6 Capitalization Architect's Additional Services and Expenses 1.3 2.4,11.4.1.1,12.2.1,13.5.2,13.5.3,14.2.4 Certificate of Substantial Completion to Architect's Administration of the Contract 9.8.3,9.8.4,9.8.5 3.1.3, 4.2,4.3.4,4.4,9.4,9.5 Certificates for Payment Architect's Approvals 4.2.5,4.2.9,9.3.3,9.41 9.5,9.6.1,9.6.6,9.7-1, 2.4,3.1.3,3.5.1,3.10.2,4.2.7 9.10.1,9.10.3,13.7,14.1.1.3,14.2.4 Architect's Authority to Reject Work Certificates of Inspection,Testing or Approval 3.5.1,4.2.6,12.1.2,12.2.1 13.5.4 Architect's Copyright Certificates of Insurance irr 1.6 9.10.2,11-1.3 Architect's Decisions Change Orders 4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.11,4.2.12,4.2.13,4.3.4,4.4.1, 1.1.1,2.4.1,3.4.2,3.8.2.3,3.11.1,3.12.8,4.2.8, 4.4.5,4.4.6,4.5,6.3,7.3.6,7.3.8,8.1.3,8.3.1,9.2, 4.3.4,4.3.9,5.2.3,7.1,7.2,7.3,8.3.1,9.3.1.1, 1* 9.4,9.5.1,9.8.4,9.9-1,13-5.2,14-2.2,14.2.4 9.10.3,11.4.1.2,11.4.4,11.4.9,12.1.2 Architect's Inspections Change Orders,Definition of 4.2.2,4.2.9,4.3.4,9.4.2,9.8.3,9.9.2,9.10.1,13.5 7.2.1 Architect's Instructions CHANGES IN THE WORK 3.2-3,3.3-1,4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.8,7.4-1,12.1,13-5.2 11, 2.8, 7,8. 1 1 1,11. Architect's Interpretations 3• e 3• >9.3• • 4.9 4.2-11,4.2.12,4.3.6 Claim,Definition of Architect's Project Representative Claims an 4.an �y 4 210 d Disputes Architect's Relationship with Contractor 3.2.3,4.3,4.4,4.5,4.6,6.1.1,6.3,7.3.8,9.3.3, 1.1.2,1.6,3.1.3,3.2.1,3.2.2,3.2.3,3.3.1,3.4.2, 9.10.4,10.3.3 N .may Rvw 3.5.1,3.7.3,3.10,3.11,3.12,3.16,3.18,4.1.2,4.1.3, Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims irr 4.2,4.3.4,4.4.1,4.4.7,5.2,6.2.23 7,8.3.1,9.2, 4.6.5 9.3,9.4,9.5,9.7,9.8,9.9, 10.2.6,10.3,11.3, Claims for Additional Cost 01997 AIA® 11.4.7,12,13.4.2,13.5 3.2.3,4.3.4,4.3.5,4.3.6,6.1.1,7.3.8,10.3.2 AIA DOCUMENT A201- 1997 Architect's Relationship with Subcontractors Claims for Additional Time GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION » opyrig 1 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, © 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Jiver States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 00700 aia201 revised genl conditions.aia -- to 7/18/2002.AIA License Number 1133746,which expires on 4/30/2003. 2 ON ow 3.2.3,4.3.4,4.3.7,6.1.1,8.3.2,10.3.2 1.1.2 Claims for Concealed or Unknown Conditions CONTRACT, TERMINATION OR •w 4.3.4 SUSPENSION OF THE Claims for Damages 5.4.1.1,11.4.9, 14 3.2.3,3.18,4.3.1o,6.1.1,8.3.3,9.5.1,9.6.7,10.3.3, Contract Administration 11.1.1,11-4.5,11-4.7,14-1.3,14.2.4 3.1.3,4,9.4,9.5 Claims Subject to Arbitration Contract Award and Execution,Conditions 4.4.1,4.5.1,4.6•1 Relating to Cleaning Up 3.7.1,3.10,5.2,6.1,11.1.3,11.4.6,11.5.1 +wr 3.15,6.3 Contract Documents,The Commencement of Statutory Limitation Period 1,1,1,2 13.7 Contract Documents,Copies Furnished and Use Commencement of the Work,Conditions of Aw Relating to 1.6,2.2.5,5.3 2.2.1,3.2.1,3.4.1,3.7.1,3.10.1,3.12.6,4.3.5,5.2.1, Contract Documents,Definition of THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 5.2.3,6.2.2,8.1.2,8.2.2,8.3-1,11.1, 11-4.1,11-4.6, 1.1.1 CONSEOUENCES.CONSULTATION WITHAN 11.5.1 Contract Sum ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH im Commencement of the Work,Definition of 3.8,4.3.4,4.3.5,4.4.5,5.2.3,7.2,7.3,7.4,9.1, RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR 8.1.2 9.4.2,9.5.1.4,9.6-7,9.7,10-3.2,11-4.1, 14.2.4, MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF TH15 Communications Facilitating Contract 14,3.2 ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA Administration Contract Sum,Definition of DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA we 3.9.1, 4.2.4 9.1 DOCUMENT D401. Completion,Conditions Relating to Contract Time 1.6.1,3.4.1,3.11,3.15,4.2.2,4.2.9,8.2,9.4.2,9.8, 4.3.4,4.3.7,4.4.5,5.2.3,7.2.1.3,7.3,7.4,8.1.1, This document has been approved and 9.9.1,9.10,12.2,13.7,14.1.2 8.2,8.3.1,9.5.1,9.7,10.3.2,12.1.1, 14.3.2 endorsed by The Associated General COMPLETION, PAYMENTS AND Contract Time,Definition of Contractors of America. 9 8.1.1 Completion,Substantial CONTRACTOR aw 4.2.9,8.1.1,8.1.3,8.2.3,9.4.2,9.8,9.9.1,9.10.3, 3 9.10.4.2,12.2,13.7 Contractor,Definition of Compliance with Laws 3.1,6.1.2 1.6.1,3.2.2,3.6,3.7,3.12.10,3.13,4.1.1,4.4.8, Contractor's Construction Schedules am 4.6.4,4.6.6,9.6.4,10.2.2,11.1,11.4,13.1,13.4, 1.4-1.2,3.10,3.12.1, 12.2, 2,6.1. 4• 3• 4.3.7• 3 13-5.1,13-5.2,13.6,14-1.1,14.2.1.3 Contractor's Employees Concealed or Unknown Conditions 3.3.2,3.4.3,3.8•1,3.9,3•i8•2,4.2.3,4.2.6,10.2, 4.3-4,8-3-1,10.3 10.3,11-1.1,11-4.7,14.1,14.2.1.1, aw Conditions of the Contract Contractor's Liability Insurance 1.1-1,1.1-7,6.1.1,6.1.4 11.1 Consent,Written Contractor's Relationship with Separate wr i•6,3.4.2,3•i2•8,3.14.2,4.1.2,4.3.4,4.6.4,9.3.2, Contractors and Owner's Forces 9.8.5,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3,11.4.1, 13.2,13.4.2 3.12.5,3.14.2,4.2.4,6,11.4.7,12.1.2,12.2.4 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY Contractor's Relationship with Subcontractors SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 1.2.2,3.3.2,3.18.1,3.18.2,5,9.6.2,9.6.7,9.10.2, +w 1.1.4,6 11.4.1.2,11.4.7,11.4.8 Construction Change Directive,Definition of Contractor's Relationship with the Architect 7,3.1 1.1.2,1.6,3.1.3,3.2.1,3.2.2,3.2.3,3.3.1,3.4.2, Construction Change Directives 3.5.1,3.7.3,3.10,3.11,3.12,3.16,3.18, 4.1.2,4.1.3, WA 1.1.1,3.12.8,4.2.8,4.3.9,7.1,7.3,9.3.1.1 4.2,4.3.4,4.4.1,4.4.7,5.2,6.2.2,7,8.3.1,9.2, Construction Schedules,Contractor's 9.3,9.4,9.5,9.7,9.8,9.9, 10.2.6,10.3,11.3, 1.4.1.2,3.10,3.12.1,3.12.2,4.3.7.2,6.1.3 11.4.7,12,13.4.2,13.5 Contingent Assignment of Subcontracts Contractor's Representations f„ y AV 5.4,14.2.2.2 1.5.2,3.5.1,3.12.6,6.2.2,8.2.1,9.3.3,9.8.2 Continuing Contract Performance Contractor's Responsibility for Those 4.3.3 Performing the Work 01997 AIA® rr Contract,Definition of 3.3.2,3.18,4.2.3,4.3.8,5.3.1,6.1.3,6.2,6.3,9.5.1, AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 10 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, © 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 00700 aia201 revised genl conditions.aia -- 7/18/2002.AIA License Number 1133746,which expires on 4/30/2003. 3 rr Contractor's Review of Contract Documents 4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.11,4.2.12,4.2.13,4.3.4,4.4.1, 1.5.2,3.2,3.7.3 4.4.5,4.4.6,4.5,6.3,7.3.6,7.3.8,8.1.3,8.3.1,9.2, Contractor's Right to Stop the Work 9.4,9.5-1,9.8-4,9.9-1,13-5.2,14.2.2,14.2.4 M11 9.7 Decisions to Withhold Certification Contractor's Right to Terminate the Contract 9.4.1,9.5,9.7,14.1-1.3 4.3.10,14.1 Defective or Nonconforming Work,Acceptance, Contractor's Submittals Rejection and Correction of 3.10,3.11,3.12,4.2.7,5.2.1,5.2.3,7.3.6,9.2,9.3, 2.3,2.4,3.5.1,4.2.6,6.2.5,9.5.1,9.5.23 9.6.6, 9.8.2,9.8.3,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3, 11-1.3,11-5.2 9.8.2,9.9.3,9.10.4,12.2.1,13.7.1.3 Contractor's Superintendent Defective Work,Definition of 3.9,10.2.6 3.5.1 rM Contractor's Supervision and Construction Definitions Procedures 1.1,2.1.1,3.1,3.5.1,3.12.1,3.12.2,3.12.3,4.1.1, 1.2.2,3.3,3.4,3.12.10,4.2.2,4.2.7,4.3.3,6.1.3, 4.3.1,5.1,6.1.2,7.2.1,7.3.1,7.3.6,8.1, 9.1,9.8.1 6.2.4,7.1.3,7.3.4,7.3.6,8.2,10,12,14 Delays and Extensions of Time Contractual Liability Insurance 3.2.3,4.3.1,4.3.4,4.3.7,4.4.5,5.2.3,7.2.1,7.3.1, THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 11.1.1.8,11.2,11.3 7.4.1,7.5.1,8.3,9.5.1,9.7.1,10.3.2, 1o.6.1,14.3.2 CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN Coordination and Correlation Disputes ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH 1.2,1.5.2,3.3.1,3.10,3.12.6,6.1.3,6.2.1 4.1.4,4.3,4.4,4.5,4.6,6.3, 8 RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR Copies Furnished of Drawings and 3 7.3• MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS P g Documents and Samples at the Site Specifications 3 11 ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA 1.6,2.2.5,3.11 Drawings,Definition of DOCUMENT D401. Copyrights 1.1.5 1.6,3'17 Drawings and Specifications,Use and This document has been approved and Correction of Work Ownership of endorsed by The Associated General 2.3,2.4,3.7.4,4.2.1,9.4.2,9.8.2,9.8.3,9.9.1, . 1. 1.1.1,1.3,2.2.5,3.11,5.3 Contractors of America. 12.1.2,12.2,1 3 7. 3 Effective Date of Insurance Correlation and Intent of the Contract 8.2.2,11.1.2 Documents Emergencies Cost,Definition of 4.3.5, 10.6,14.1.1.2 4W Employees,Contractor's 7.3.6 Costs 3.3.2,3.4.3,3.8•1>3.9,3.18.2,4.2.3,4.2.63 10.2, 10.3,11-1.1,11.4.7,14.1,14.2.1.1 2.4,3.2.3,3.7.4,3.8.2,3.15.2,4.3,5.4.2,6.1.1, Equipment,Labor,Materials and 6.2.3,7.3.3.3,7.3.6,7.3.7,7.3.8,9.10.2,10.3.2, 1.1-3,1.1.6,3.4,3.5.1,3.8.2,3.8.3,3.12,3.13,3.15.1, 10.5,11.3,11.4,12.1,12.2.1,12.2.4,13.5,14 4• 6,4.2.7>5.2.1,6.2.1,2 7.3.6, 9.3.2,9.3.3, Cutting and Patching 6.2.5,3.14 9.5.1.3,9.10.2,10.2.1,10.2-4,14.2.1.2 so e to Construction of Owner or Separate Execution and Progress of the Work Damage P 1.1.3,1.2.1,1.2.2,2.2.3,2.2.5,3.1>3.3,3.4,3.5>3.7, Contractors 10,3.12,3.14,4.2.2, 2• 3• 4• 3,4.3.3>6.2.2,7.1.3, 3.14.2,6.2.4,9.2.1.5,10.2.1.2,10.2-5)1o.6,11.1, 7-3.4,8.2)9.5,9.9.1,10.2,10.3,12.2,14.2,14.3 wo 11.4,12.2.4 Extensions of Time Damage to the Work 3.2.3,4.3.1,4.3.4,4.3.7,4.4.5,5.2.3,7.2.1,7.3, 3.14.2,9.9.1,10.2.1.2,10.2.5,10.6,11.4,12.2.4 7.4-1,9.5.1,9.7.1,10-3.2,10.6.1,14.3.2 Damages,Claims for Failure of Payment 3.2.3,3-18,4.3.1o,6.1.1,8.3.3,9.5.1,9.6-7,10.3-3) 4.3.6,9.5.1.3,9.7,9.10.2,14.1-1.3,14.2.1.2,13.6 11.1.1,11.4.5,11.4.7,14.1.3,14.2.4 Faulty Work Damages for Delay (See Defective or Nonconforming Work) 6.1.1,8.3.3,9.5.1.6,9.7,10.3.2 Date of Commencement of the Work, Final Completion and Final Payment VMk Definition of 4.2.1,4.2.9r 4.3.2,9.8.2,9.10,11.1.2,11.1.3,11.4.1, 11.4.5,12.3.1,13.7,14.2.4,14.4.3 8.1.2 y,�•rjFti;�,'r Date of Substantial Completion,Definition of Financial Arrangements,Owner's 8.1.3 2.2.1,13.2.2,14.1.1.5 Day,Definition of Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance 01997 AIA® 8.1.4 11.4 AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 Decisions of the Architect GENERAL PROVISIONS GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE to CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, © 1997 y e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 00700 aia201 revised genl conditions.aia -- wir 7/18/2002.AIA License Number 1133746,which expires on 4/30/2003. 4 Yirr rrr 1 13.6 Governing Law Interpretation 13.1 1.2.3, 1.4,4.1.1,4.3.1,5.1,6.1.2,8.1.4 Guarantees(See Warranty) Interpretations,Written Hazardous Materials 4.2.11,4.2.12,4.3.6 10.2.4, 10.3,1o.5 Joinder and Consolidation of Claims Required "" Identification of Contract Documents 4.6.4 1.5.1 Judgment on Final Award Identification of Subcontractors and Suppliers 4.6.6 .r 5.2.1 Labor and Materials,Equipment Indemnification 1.1.3,1.1.6,3.4,3.5.1,3.8.2,3.8.3,3.12,3.13, 3.17,3.18,9.10.2,10.3.3,10.5,11.4.1.2,11.4.7 3.15.1,42.6,4.2.7,5.2.1,6.2.1,7.3.6, 9.3.2,9.3.3, Information and Services Required of the Owner 9.5.1.3,9.10.2,10.2.1,10.2.4,14.2.1.2 2.1.2,2.2,3.2.1,3.12.4,3.12.10,4.2.7,4.3.3,6.1.3, Labor Disputes 6.1.4,6.2.5,9.3.2,9.6•1,9.6.4,9.9.2, 9.10.3, 8.3.1 THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 10.3.3,11.2,11.4,13.5.1,13.5.2,14.1.1.4,14.1.4 Laws and Regulations CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITHAN Injury or Damage to Person or Property 1.6,3.2.2,3.6,3.7,3.12.10,3.13,4.1.1,4.4.8,4.6, ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH 4.3.8,10.2,1o.6 9.6.4,9.9.1,10.2.2,11.1,11.4,13.1, 13-4,13-5.1, RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR Inspections 13.5.2,13.6,14 MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS 3.1.3,3.3.3,3.7.1,4.2.2,4.2.6,4.2.9,9.4.2,9.8.2, Liens ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 9.8.3,9.9.2,9.10.1,12.2.1,13.5 2.1.2,4.4.8,8.2.2,9.3.3,9.10 DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY U51NG AIA VW Instructions to Bidders Limitation on Consolidation or Joinder DOCUMENT D401. 1.1.1 4.6.4 Instructions to the Contractor Limitations,Statutes of This document has been approved and 3.2.3,3.3.1,3.8.1,4.2.8,5.2.1,7,12,8.2.2,13.5.2 4.6.3,12.2.6,13.7 endorsed by The Associated General Insurance Limitations of Liability Contractors of America. 3.18.1,6.1.1,7.3.6,8.2.1,9.3.2,9.8.4,9.9.1, 2.3,3.2.1,3.5.1,3.7.3,3.12.8,3.12.10,3.17,3.18, 9.10.2, 9.10.5,11 4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.12,6.2.2,9.4.2,9.6.4, 9.6.7, VW Insurance,Boiler and Machinery 9.10.4,10-3.3,10.2-5,11.1.2,11.2.1,11-4.7,12.2.5, 11.4.2 13.4.2 Insurance,Contractor's Liability Limitations of Time 11.1 2.1.2,2.2,2.4,3.2.1,3.7.3,3.10,3.11,3.12.5,3.15.1, dw Insurance,Effective Date of 4.2.7,4.3,4.4,4.5,4.6,5.2,5.3, 5.4,6.2.43 7.3, 8.2.2,11.1.2 7.4,8.2,9.2,9.3.1,9.3.3,9.4.1,9.5,9.6,9.7,9.8, Insurance,Loss of Use 9.9,9.10,11.1.3,11.4.1.5,11.4.6,11.4.10,12.2,13.5, 11.4.3 13.7,14 r"r Insurance,Owner's Liability Loss of Use Insurance 11.2 11.4.3 Insurance,Project Management Protective Material Suppliers Liability 1.6,3.12.1,4.2.4,4.2.6,5.2.1,9.3,9.4.2,9.6, .Ir 11.3 9.10.5 Insurance,Property Materials,Hazardous 10.2-5, 11.4 10.2.4,10.3,10.5 „w Insurance,Stored Materials Materials,Labor,Equipment and 9.3.2,11.4-1.4 1.1.3,1.1.6,1.6.1,3.4,3.5.1,3.8.2,3.8.23,3.12,3.13, INSURANCE AND BONDS 3.15.1,4.2.6,4.2.7,5.2.1,6.2.1, 7.3.6,9.3.2,9.3.3, 11 9.5.1.3,9.10.2,10.2.1,10.2-4,14.2.1.2 wna. Insurance Companies,Consent to Partial Means,Methods,Techniques,Sequences and P Procedures of Construction Occupancy 1, 12.10, 2.2, 2. 2 3.3• 3• 4• 4• 7>9.4• 9.9-1,11-4.1.5 Mechanic's Lien T F Insurance Companies,Settlement with 4.4•8 11.4.10 Intent of the Contract Documents Mediation 1.2.f he Contract ,4.2.13,7.4 4.4.1,4.4.5,4.4.6,4.4.8,4.5,4.6.1,4.6.2,8.3.1, 01997 AIA® 10.5 AIA DOCUMENT A201- 1997 Interest rrr Minor Changes in the Work GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION opyng t 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 191961,58, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, O 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects a& quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until ow the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 00700 aia201 revised genl conditions.aia -- 7/18/2002.AIA License Number 1133746,which expires on 4/30/2003. 5 I� 10 1.1.1,3.12.8,4.2.8,4.3.6,7.1,7.4 11.2 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS Owner's Loss of Use Insurance 13 11.4.3 46 Modifications,Definition of Owner's Relationship with Subcontractors 1.1.1 1.1.2,5.2,5.3,5.4,9.6-4,9.10.2,14.2.2 Modifications to the Contract Owner's Right to Carry Out the Work 1.1.1,1.1.2,3.7.3,3.11,4.1.2,4.2.1,5.2.3,7,8.3.13 2.4,12.2-4-14.2.2.2 It 9.7,10,3.2,11.4.1 Owner's Right to Clean Up Mutual Responsibility 6.3 6,2 Owner's Right to Perform Construction and to Nonconforming Work,Acceptance of Award Separate Contracts 9.6.6,9.9.3, 12.3 6.1 Nonconforming Work,Rejection and Owner's Right to Stop the Work Correction of 2.3 to 2.3,2.4,3.5.1,4.2.6,6.2.5,9.5.1,9.8.2,9.9.3, Owner's Right to Suspend the Work THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 9.10.4,12.2.1,13.7-1.3 14.3 CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITHAN Notice Owner's Right to Terminate the Contract ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH 2.2.1,2.3,2.4,3.2.3,3.3.1,3.7.2,3.7.4,3.12.9,4.3, 14.2 RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR 11 4.4.8,4.6.5,5.2.1,8.2.2,.9.7,9.10,10.2.2,11.1.3, Ownership and Use of Drawings,Specifications MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS 11.4.6,12.2.2,12.2.4,13.3,13.5.1,13.5.2,14.1,14.2 and Other Instruments of Service ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA Notice,Written 1.1.1, 1.6,2.2.5,3.2.1,3.11.1,3.17.1,4.2.12,5.3 DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA 2.3,2.4,3.3.1,3.9>3.12.9,3.12.10,4.3,4.4.8, Partial Occupancy or Use DOCUMENT D401. 4.6.5,5.2.1,8.2.2,9.7,9.10,10.2.2,10.3, 11.1.3, 9.6.6,9.9,11.4-1.5 This document has been approved and 11-4.6,12.2.2,12.2-4, 13.3,14 Patching,Cutting and endorsed by The Associated General Notice of Testing and Inspections 3,14,6,2.5 Contractors of America. 13.5.1,13.5.2 Patents Notice to Proceed 3.17 8.2.2 Notices,Permits,Fees and Payment,Applications for 4.2.5,7.3.8,9.2,9.3,9.4,9.5.1,9.6.3,9.7.1, Mrr 2.2.2,3.7,3.13,7.3.6.4,10.2.2 Observations,Contractor's 9.8.5,9.10.1,9.10.3,9.10.5,11.1.3,14.2.4,14.4.3 Payment,Certificates for 1.5.2,3.2,3.7.3,4.3.4 4.2.5,4.2.9,9.3.3,9.4,9.5,9.6.1,9.6.6,9.7-1, +rrt Occupancy 2.2.2,g.6.6,9.8,11.4.1.5 9.10.1,9.10.3,13.7,14.1-1.3,14.2.4 Orders,Written Payment,Failure of 1.1.13 2.3,3.9,4.3.6,7,8.2.2,11.4.9,12.1,12.2, 4.3.6,9.5.1.3, 9.7,9.10.2,14.1.1.3,14.2.1.2,13.6 13.5.2,14.3.1 Payment,Final rr OWNER 4.2.1,4.2.9,4.3.2,9.8.2,9.10,11.1.2,11.1-33 11-4.1, 2 11.4.5,12.3.1,13.7,14.2.4,14.4.3 Owner,Definition of Payment Bond,Performance Bond and 2.1 7.3.6.4,9.6.7,9.10.3,11.4.9, 11.5 Payments,Progress Owner,Information and Services Required of Pa the 4.3-3,9.3,9.6,9.8-5,9-10.3,13.6,14.2.3 2.1.2,2.2,3.2.1,3.12.4,3.12.10,4.2.7,4.3.3,6.1.3, PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 6.1.4,6.2.5,9.3.2,9.6.1,9.6.4,9.9.2,9.10.3, 10.3.3,11.2,11.4,13.5.1,13.5.2,14.1.1.4,14.1.4 Payments to Subcontractors Owner's Authority 5.4.23 9.5-1.3,9.6.2,9.6-3,9.6-4,9.6-7,11-4.83 1.6,2.1.1,2.3,2.4,3.4.2,3.8.1,3.12.10,3.14.2, 14.2.1.2 4.1.2,4.1.3,4.2.43 4.2.9,4.3.6,4.4.7, 5.2.1,5.2.4, PCB 5.4.1,6.1,6.3,7.2.1,7.3.1,8.2.2,8.3.1,9.3.1,9.3.2, 10.3.1 9.5-1,9.9-1,9.10.2, 10.3.2,11.1.3,11.3.1,11.4.3, Performance Bond and Payment Bond ff, : 11.4.10,12.2.2,12.3.1,13.2.2,14.3,14.4 7.3.6.4,9.6.7,9.10-33 11-4.9, 11.5 Owner's Financial Capability Permits,Fees and Notices 2.2.1,13.2.2,14.1.1.5 2.2.2,3.7,3-13,7-3.6-4,10.2.2 01997 AIA® Owner's Liability Insurance PERSONS AND PROPERTY, PROTECTION AIA DOCUMENT A201 - 1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION » opyrig t 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, O 1997 by ThF American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. a States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 00700 aia201 revised genl conditions.aia -- No 7/18/2002,AIA License Number 1133746,which expires on'4/30/2003. 6 NA r OF Review of Shop Drawings,Product Data and 10 Samples by Contractor Polychlorinated Biphenyl 3.12 10.3.1 Rights and Remedies Product Data,Definition of 1.1.2,2.3,2.4,3.5.1,3.15.2,4.2.6,4.3.4,4.5,4.6, 3.12.2 5.3,5.4,6.1,6.3,7.3.1,8.3,9.5.1,9.7, 10.2-5,10.3, Product Data and Samples,Shop Drawings 12.2.2,12.2-4, 13.4,14 3.11,3.12,4.2.7 Royalties,Patents and Copyrights Progress and Completion 3.17 wrr 4.2.2,4.3.3,8.2,9.8,9.9.1,14.1.4 Rules and Notices for Arbitration Progress Payments 4.6.2 4.3.3,9.3,9.6,9.8.5,9.10.3,13.6,14.2.3 Safety of Persons and Property Project,Definition of the 10.2,1o.6 aw 1.1.4 Safety Precautions and Programs Project Management Protective Liability 3.3.1,4.2.2,4.2.7,5.3.1, 10.1,10.2,1o.6 THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL Insurance Samples,Definition of CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN 11.3 3.12.3 ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH 00 Project Manual,Definition of the Samples,Shop Drawings,Product Data and RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR 1.1.7 3.11,3.12,4.2.7 MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS Project Manuals Samples at the Site,Documents and ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA do 2.2,5 3,11 DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA Project Representatives Schedule of Values DOCUMENT D401. 4.2.10 9.2,9.3.1 This document has been approved and Property Insurance Schedules,Construction PP AW 10.2.5, 11.4 1.4-1.2, 10, 12.1,3.12.2, 2,6.1. endorsed by Themeric aced General 4• 3• 3• 4.3.7• 3 Contractors of America. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND Separate Contracts and Contractors PROPERTY 1.1.4,3.12.5,3.14.2,4.2.4,4.2.7,4.6.4,6,8.3.1, 11.4.7, 12.1.2,12.2.5 fm Regulations and Laws Shop Drawings,Definition of 1.6,3.2.2,3.6,3.7,3.12.10,3.13,4.1.1,4.4• ,4•8 6, 3.12.1 9.6.4,9.9.1,10.2.2,11.1,11.4,13.1, 13.4,13.5.1, Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples ow 13.5.2,13.6,14 3.11,3.12,4.2.7 Rejection of Work Site,Use of 3.5.1,4.2.6,12.2.1 3.13,6.1.1,6.2.1 Releases and Waivers of Liens Site Inspections wr 9.10.2 1.2.2,3.2.1,3.3.3,3.7.1,4,2,4.3.4,9.4.2,9.10.1, Representations 13.5 1. .2,3.5.1,3.12.6,6.2.2,8.2.1, 1, Site Visits,Architect's 5 9.3.3 9.4.2 9.5• 9.8.2,9.10.1 4.2.2,4.2.9,4.3.4,9.4.2,9.5.1,9.9.2,9.10.1,13.5 go Representatives Special Inspections and Testing 2.1.1,3.1.1,3.9,4.1.1,4.2.1,4.2.10,5.1.1,5.1.2, 4.2.6,12.2.1,13.5 13.2.1 Specifications,Definition of the Resolution of Claims and Disputes 1.1.6 rrr 4.4,4.5,4.6 Specifications,The Responsibility for Those Performing the Work 1.1.1, 1.1.6,1.1.7,1.2.2,1.6,3.11,3.12.10,3.17 3.3.2,3.18,4.2.3,4.3.8,5.3.1,6.1.3,6.2,6.3,9.5.1, Statute of Limitations ■ 10 4.6-3,12.2.6,13.7 Retainage Stopping the Work 9.3.1,9.6.2,9.8.5,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3 2.3,4.3.6,9.7,10.3,14.1 lmw R eview of Contract Documents and Field Stored Materials . A Conditions by Contractor 6.2.1,9.3.2,10.2.1.2,10.2.4,11.4.1.4 1.5.2,3.2,3.7.3,3.12.7,6.1.3 Subcontractor,Definition of Review of Contractor's Submittals by Owner and 5.1.1 Architect SUBCONTRACTORS 01997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 r 3.10.1,3.10.2,3.11,3.12,4.2,5.2,6.1.3,9.2,9.8.2 5 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION )>Copyrig t 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, O 1997 by T e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects +rr quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until ■In the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 00700 aia201 revised genl conditions.aia -- 7/18/2002.AIA License Number 1133746,which expires on'4/30/2003. 7 �rlr Subcontractors,Work by TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE 1.2.2,3.3.2,3.12.1,4.2.3,5.2.3,5.3,5.4,9.3.1.2, CONTRACT 9.6.7 14 Subcontractual Relations Tests and Inspections 5.3,5.4,9.3.1.2,9.6,9.10 10.2.1,11.4.7,11.4.8, 3.1.3,3-3-3,4.2.2,4.2.6,4.2.9,9.4.2,9.8-3,9.9.2, 14.1,14.2.1,14-3.2 9.10.1,10.3.2,11.4.1.1,12.2.1,13.5 Submittals 1.6,3.10,3.11,3.12,4.2.7,5.2.1,5.2.3,7.3.6,9.2, TIME 9.3,9.8,9.9.1,9.10.21 9.10.3,11.1.3 8 Subrogation,Waivers of Time,Delays and Extensions of 6.1.1,11.4.5, 11.4.7 3.2.3,4.3.1,4.3.4,4.3.7,4.4.5,5.2.3,7.2•1>7.3.1, Substantial Completion 7.4-1,7.5.1,8.3,9.5.1,9.7.1,10-3.2, 1o.6.1,14.3.2 4.2.9,8.1.1,8.1.3,8.2.3,9.4.2,9.8,9.9.1,9.10.3, Time Limits 9.10.4.2,12.2,13.7 2.1.2,2.2,2.4,3.2.1,3.7.3,3.10,3.11,3.12.5,3.15.1, Substantial Completion,Definition of 4.2,4.3,4.4,4.5,4.6,5.2,5.3,5.4, 6.2.4,7.3, 7.4,8.2,9.2,9.3.1,9.3.3,9.4.1,9.5,9.6,9.7,9.8, THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 9.8.1 CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN Substitution of Subcontractors 13.7 9.10,11.1.3,11.4.1.5, 11.4.6,11.4.10,12.2,13.5, ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH ft 5.2.3,5.2.4 13 7'14 RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR Substitution of Architect Time Limits on Claims 4.3.2,4.3.4,4.3.8,4.4,4.5,4.6 MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS 4.1.3 Title to Work ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA Substitutions of Materials DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA to 3-4.2,3.5.1,7.3.7 9.3.2,9.3.3 DOCUMENT D401. Sub-subcontractor,Definition of UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF 5.1.2 WORK This document has been approved and Subsurface Conditions 12 endorsed by The Associated General 4.3.4 Uncovering of Work Contractors of America. Successors and Assigns 12.1 13.2 Unforeseen Conditions Superintendent 4.3.4,8.3.1,10.3 3.9,10.2.6 Unit Prices Supervision and Construction Procedures 4.3.9,7.3.3.2 1.2.2, 3.3, 3.4,3.12.10,4.2.2,4.2.7,4.3.3,6.1.3, Use of Documents 6.2.4,7.1.3,7.3.6,8.2,8.3.1,9.4.2,10, 12,14 1.1a,1.6,2.2.5,3.12.6,5.3 Surety Use of Site 4.4.7,5.4.1.2,9.8.5,9.10.2,9.10.3,14.2.2 3.13,6.1.1,6.2.1 Surety,Consent of Values,Schedule of irr 9.10.2,9.10.3 9.2,51-3.1 Surveys Waiver of Claims by the Architect 2.2.3 13.4.2 Suspension by the Owner for Convenience Waiver of Claims by the Contractor V 14.4 4.3.10,9.10.5,11.4.7,13.4.2 Suspension of the Work Waiver of Claims by the Owner 5.4.2,14.3 4.3.10,9.9.3,9.10.3,9-10.4,11-4.3,11-4.5,11-4.7, Suspension or Termination of the Contract 12.2.2.1,13-4.2,14.2.4 at 4.3.6,5.4.1.1,11.4.9,14 Waiver of Consequential Damages Taxes 4.3.10,14.2.4 3.6,3.8.2.1,7.3.6.4 Waiver of Liens Termination by the Contractor 9.10.2,9.10.4 4.3.10, 14.1 Waivers of Subrogation Termination by the Owner for Cause 6.1.1,11-4.5, 11.4.7 !` . �; 4.3.10,5.4.1.1, 14.2 Warranty �r''+v1r� Termination of the Architect 3.5,4.2.9,4.3.5.3,9.3.3,9.8.4,9.9.1,9.10.4, 4.1.3 12.2.2,13.7-1.3 Termination of the Contractor Weather Delays ®1997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 14.2.2 4.3.7.2 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE No CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 196T-1970, 1976, 1987, © 1997 by e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Ab States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 00700 aia201 revised genl conditions.aia -- ► 7/18/2002.AIA License Number 1133746,which expires on4/30/2003. 8 ON Work,Definition of 4.6.5,5.2.1,8.2.2,9.7,9.10,10.2.2,10.3, 11.1.3, 1.1.3 11.4.6,12.2.2,12.2.4, 13.3,14 M Written Consent Written Orders 1.6,3.4.2,3.12.8,3.14.2,4.1.2,4.3.4,4.6.4,9.3.2, 1.1.1,2.3,3.9,4.3.6,7,8.2.2,11.4.9,12.1,12.2, 9.8-539.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3,11-4.1, 13.2,13.4.2 13.5.2,14.3.1 Written Interpretations me 4.2.11,4.2.12,4.3.6 Written Notice 2.3,2.4,3.3.1,3.91 3.12.9,3.12.10,4.3,4.4.8, r ARTICLE 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS q0 1.1 BASIC DEFINITIONS 1.1.1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL The Contract Documents consist of the Agreement between Owner and Contractor CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN (hereinafter the Agreement), Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH Conditions), Drawings, Specifications, Addenda issued prior to execution of the Contract, RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR other documents listed in the Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of the MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS Contract.A Modification is (1)a written amendment to the Contract signed by both parties,(2) ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA a Change Order, (3) a Construction Change Directive or(4) a written order for a minor change DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY U51NG AIA in the Work issued by the Architect. Unless specifically enumerated in the Agreement, the DOCUMENT D401. Contract Documents do not include other documents such as bidding requirements (advertisement or invitation to bid, Instructions to Bidders,sample forms,the Contractor's bid This document has been approved and sw or portions of Addenda relating to bidding requirements). endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America. 1.1.2 THE CONTRACT The Contract Documents form the Contract for Construction. The Contract represents the ,w entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. The Contract may be amended or modified only by a Modification. The Contract Documents shall not be construed to create a contractual relationship of any kind (1) between the Architect and Contractor, (2)between the 1W Owner and a Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor, (3) between the Owner and Architect or(4) between any persons or entities other than the Owner and Contractor. The Architect shall, however, be entitled to performance and enforcement of obligations under the Contract intended to facilitate performance of the Architect's duties. 1.1.3 THE WORK The term "Work" means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents, whether completed or partially completed, and includes all other labor, materials, equipment and services provided or to be provided by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor's obligations. The Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project. o 1.1.4 THE PROJECT The Project is the total construction of which the Work performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part and which may include construction by the Owner or by separate contractors. Aw 1.1.5 THE DRAWINGS + The Drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents showing the design, location and dimensions of the Work, generally including plans, elevations, sections, details,schedules and diagrams. 1.1.6 THE SPECIFICATIONS 01997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 " GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 11967,966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 y T e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects M, quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until aw the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 00700 aia201 revised genl conditions.aia -- 7/18/2002.AIA License Number 1133746,which expires on 4/30/2003. 9 r wr The Specifications are that portion of the Contract Documents consisting of the written requirements for materials,equipment,systems,standards and workmanship for the Work,and performance of related services. 1.1.7 THE PROJECT MANUAL The Project Manual is a volume assembled for the Work which may include the bidding Ilk requirements,sample forms,Conditions of the Contract and Specifications. 1.2 CORRELATION AND INTENT OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 1.2.1 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work by the Contractor. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by all; performance by the Contractor shall be required only to the extent consistent with the Contract Documents and reasonably inferable from them as being necessary to produce the indicated results. THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN 1.2.2 Organization of the Specifications into divisions, sections and articles, and ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH arrangement of Drawings shall not control the Contractor in dividing the Work among RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of Work to be performed by any trade. MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 1.2.3 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, words which have well-known DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA technical or construction industry meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance DOCUMENT D401. with such recognized meanings. This document has been approved and 1.3 CAPITALIZATION endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America. 1.3.1 Terms capitalized in these General Conditions include those which are (1) specifically defined, (2) the titles of numbered articles and identified references to Paragraphs, Subparagraphs and Clauses in the document or (3) the titles of other documents published by so the American Institute of Architects. 1.4 INTERPRETATION 1.4.1 In the interest of brevity the Contract Documents frequently omit modifying words such as "all" and "any" and articles such as "the" and "an," but the fact that a modifier or an article is absent from one statement and appears in another is not intended to affect the interpretation of either statement. 1.5 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 1.5.1 The Contract Documents shall be signed by the Owner and Contractor. If either the Owner or Contractor or both do not sign all the Contract Documents, the Architect shall identify such unsigned Documents upon request. 1.5.2 Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a representation that the Contractor has visited the site,become generally familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed and correlated personal observations with requirements of the Contract Documents. w� 1.6 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE 1.6.1 The Drawings, Specifications and other documents, including those in electronic ., form, prepared by the Architect and the Architect's consultants are Instruments of Service•rti��: through which the Work to be executed by the Contractor is described. The Contractor may retain one record set. Neither the Contractor nor any Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor or material or equipment supplier shall own or claim a copyright in the Drawings, Specifications 0997 AIA® and other documents prepared by the Architect or the Architect's consultants, and unless AIA DOCUMENT A201 -1997 air otherwise indicated the Architect and the Architect's consultants shall be deemed the authors of GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 9 1, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, @ 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until The date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 00700 aia201 revised genl conditions.aia -- 7/18/2002.AIA License Number 1133746,which expires on 4/30/2003. 10 as them and will retain all common law, statutory and other reserved rights, in addition to the copyrights. All copies of Instruments of Service, except the Contractor's record set, shall be W returned or suitably accounted for to the Architect, on request, upon completion of the Work. The Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect and the Architect's consultants, and copies thereof furnished to the Contractor, are for use solely with respect to this Project. They are not to be used by the Contractor or any Subcontractor, Sub- !W subcontractor or material or equipment supplier on other projects or for additions to this Project outside the scope of the Work without the specific written consent of the Owner, Architect and the Architect's consultants. The Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors and material or equipment suppliers are authorized to use and reproduce applicable portions of dw the Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect and the Architect's consultants appropriate to and for use in the execution of their Work under the Contract Documents. All copies made under this authorization shall bear the statutory copyright notice, if any,shown on the Drawings,Specifications and other documents prepared 40 by the Architect and the Architect's consultants. Submittal or distribution to meet official regulatory requirements or for other purposes in connection with this Project is not to be THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL construed as publication in derogation of the Architect's or Architect's consultants' copyrights CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITHAN or other reserved rights. ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH a RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR ARTICLE 2 OWNER MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS 2.1 GENERAL ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA url 2.1.1 The Owner is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred DOCUMENT D401. to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number.The Owner shall designate in writing a representative who shall have express authority to bind the Owner with respect to all This document has been approved and matters requiring the Owner's approval or authorization. Except as otherwise provided in endorsed by The Associated General Subparagraph 4.2.1, the Architect does not have such authority. The term "Owner" means the Contractors of America. Owner or the Owner's authorized representative. r 2.1.2 The Owner shall furnish to the Contractor within Fifteen days after receipt of a written request, information necessary and relevant for the Contractor to evaluate, give notice of or enforce mechanic's lien rights. Such information shall include a correct statement of the record legal title to the property on which the Project is located, usually referred to as the site, and the Owner's interest therein. 2.2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF THE OWNER 2.2.1 The Owner shall,at the written request of the Contractor,prior to commencement of ow the Work and thereafter, furnish to the Contractor reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract. Furnishing of such evidence shall be a condition precedent to commencement or continuation of the Work. After such evidence has been furnished, the Owner shall not materially vary such "a financial arrangements without prior notice to the Contractor. 2.2.2 Except for permits and fees,including those required under Subparagraph 3.7.1,which aw are the responsibility of the Contractor under the Contract Documents,the Owner shall secure and pay for necessary approvals,easements,assessments and charges required for construction, use or occupancy of permanent structures or for permanent changes in existing facilities. MM dw 2.2.3 The Owner shall furnish surveys describing physical characteristics, legal limitations and utility locations for the site of the Project, and a legal description of the site. The Contractor shall be entitled to rely on the accuracy of information furnished by the Owner but shall exercise proper precautions relating to the safe performance of the Work. 2.2.4 Information or services required of the Owner by the Contract Documents shall be furnished by the Owner with reasonable promptness. Any other information or services 0997 AIA® relevant to the Contractor's performance of the Work under the Owner's control shall be AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 so GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects err quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until go the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 00700 aia201 revised genl conditions.aia - 7/18/2002.AIA License Number 1133746,which expires on 4/30/2003. 11 1W furnished by the Owner after receipt from the Contractor of a written request for such information or services. 2.2.5 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor will be furnished, free of charge, such copies of Drawings and Project Manuals as are reasonably necessary for execution of the Work. 2.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK 2.3.1 If the Contractor fails to correct Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents as required by Paragraph 12.2 or persistently fails to carry out Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner may issue a written order to the Contractor to stop the Work,or any portion thereof,until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, the right of the Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to a duty on the part of the Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of the Contractor or any other person or entity,except to the extent required by Subparagraph 6.1.3. THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN 2.4 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH 2.4.1 If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR Contract Documents and fails within a seven-day period after receipt of written notice from MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS the Owner to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with diligence and ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA promptness, the Owner may after such seven-day period give the Contractor a second written DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA notice to correct such deficiencies within a three-day period. If the Contractor within such DOCUMENT D401. three-day period after receipt of such second notice fails to commence and continue to correct any deficiencies, the Owner may, without prejudice to other remedies the Owner may have, This document has been approved and correct such deficiencies. In such case an appropriate Change Order shall be issued deducting endorsed by The Associated General from payments then or thereafter due the Contractor the reasonable cost of correcting such Contractors of America. so deficiencies, including Owner's expenses and compensation for the Architect's additional services made necessary by such default, neglect or failure. Such action by the Owner and amounts charged to the Contractor are both subject to prior approval of the Architect. If ;o payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amounts, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. ARTICLE 3 CONTRACTOR 3.1 GENERAL 3.1.1 The Contractor is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The term "Contractor"means the Contractor or the Contractor's authorized representative. 3.1.2 The Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3.1.3 The Contractor shall not be relieved of obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents either by activities or duties of the Architect in the Architect's administration of the Contract, or by tests, inspections or approvals required or performed by persons other than the Contractor. 3.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR 3.2.1 Since the Contract Documents are complementary,before starting each portion of the Work, the Contractor shall carefully study and compare the various Drawings and other Contract Documents relative to that portion of the Work,as well as the information furnished , by the Owner pursuant to Subparagraph 2.2.3, shall take field measurements of any existing conditions related to that portion of the Work and shall observe any conditions at the site affecting it.These obligations are for the purpose of facilitating construction by the Contractor 01997 AIA® and are not for the purpose of discovering errors,omissions, or inconsistencies in the Contract AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 Documents; however, any errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered by the Contractor GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, © 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 00700 aia201 revised genl conditions.aia -- Ir>It 7/18/2002.AIA License Number 1133746,which expires on4/30/2003. 12 s shall be reported promptly to the Architect as a request for information in such form as the Architect may require. 10 3.2.2 Any design errors or omissions noted by the Contractor during this review shall be reported promptly to the Architect,but it is recognized that the Contractor's review is made in the Contractor's capacity as a contractor and not as a licensed design professional unless otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. The Contractor is not required to ascertain that the Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable laws, statutes, ordinances,building codes, and rules and regulations, but any nonconformity discovered by or made known to the Contractor shall be reported promptly to the Architect. w 3.2.3 If the Contractor believes that additional cost or time is involved because of clarifications or instructions issued by the Architect in response to the Contractor's notices or requests for information pursuant to Subparagraphs 3.2.1 and 3.2.2, the Contractor shall make Claims as provided in Subparagraphs 4.3.6 and 4.3.7. If the Contractor fails to perform the obligations of Subparagraphs 3.2.1 and 3.2.2,the Contractor shall pay such costs and damages to THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL the Owner as would have been avoided if the Contractor had performed such obligations. The CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITHAN Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner or Architect for damages resulting from errors, ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Documents or for differences between field RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR measurements or conditions and the Contract Documents unless the Contractor recognized MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS such error, inconsistency, omission or difference and knowingly failed to report it to the ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA Brie Architect. DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA DOCUMENT D401. 3.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES This document has been approved and 3.3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using the Contractor's best skill endorsed by The Associated General and attention.The Contractor shall be solely responsible for and have control over construction Contractors of America. means,methods,techniques,sequences and procedures and for coordinating all portions of the Work under the Contract, unless the Contract Documents give other specific instructions me concerning these matters. If the Contract Documents give specific instructions concerning construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, the Contractor shall evaluate the jobsite safety thereof and, except as stated below, shall be fully and solely responsible for the jobsite safety of such means,methods,techniques,sequences or procedures. If the Contractor determines that such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures may not be safe,the Contractor shall give timely written notice to the Owner and Architect and shall not proceed with that portion of the Work without further written instructions from the Architect. If the Contractor is then instructed to proceed with the required means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures without acceptance of changes proposed by the Contractor,the Owner shall be solely responsible for any resulting loss or damage. 3.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the ft Contractor's employees, Subcontractors and their agents and employees, and other persons or entities performing portions of the Work for or on behalf of the Contractor or any of its Subcontractors. 3.3.3 The Contractor shall be responsible for inspection of portions of Work already performed to determine that such portions are in proper condition to receive subsequent Work. 3.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS 3.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide and pay for labor, materials, equipment,tools,construction equipment and machinery,water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution +++� and completion of the Work, whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work. ®1997 AIA® 3.4.2 The Contractor may make substitutions only with the consent of the Owner, after AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 r evaluation by the Architect and in accordance with a Change Order. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION »Copyrig t 11915,911, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, © 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects M quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until M the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 00700 aia201 revised genl conditions.aia -- 7/18/2002.AIA License Number 1133746,which expires on 4/30/2003. 13 3.43 The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among the Contractor's employees and other persons carrying out the Contract. The Contractor shall not permit employment of unfit persons or persons not skilled in tasks assigned to them. 3.5 WARRANTY 3.5.1 The Contractor warrants to the Owner and Architect that materials and equipment furnished under the Contract will be of good quality and new unless otherwise required or permitted by the Contract Documents,that the Work will be free from defects not inherent in the quality required or permitted, and that the Work will conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents. Work not conforming to these requirements,including substitutions not properly approved and authorized, may be considered defective. The Contractor's warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse, modifications not executed by the Contractor, improper or insufficient maintenance, improper operation, or normal wear and so tear and normal usage. If required by the Architect, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH 3.6 TAXES RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR r 3.6.1 The Contractor shall pay sales,consumer,use and similar taxes for the Work provided MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS by the Contractor which are legally enacted when bids are received or negotiations concluded, ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA whether or not yet effective or merely scheduled to go into effect. DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA go Insert A: 3.6.2 Contractor shall submit records of taxes paid to the Department of DOCUMENT D401. Revenue in conformance with State requirements Retainage of final payment will be This document has been approved and released after State Department of Revenue affidavit is received from the State and endorsed by The associated General other contractual requirements are met. Contractors of America. 3.7 PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES 3.7.1 Unless ethenvise pfavided-i*4he Gentraet tsi-the GantFaEt9Fill s - an4-pay 4-of 4he building hermit-and othef �7 permits-arm^` 'tal-fees liEenses�- }�-neee"¢c feF pre eF exerautier`�fitt-E� i't the are .slef n.Fi: ' The Contractor shall apply and pay for all necessary permits or licences required for the execution of the Work except that the Owner shall apply and pay for the building permit demolition permit plan check fee environmental impact statement checklist fees traffic mitigation fees fire mitigation fees parks mitigation fees wetland buffer mitigation fees, and L.I.D. fees. 3.7.2 The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by laws,ordinances,rules, regulations and lawful orders of public authorities applicable to performance of the Work._ The Contractor's Operations shall meet requirements of applicable Federal State law and all safety regulations set forth in "Safety Standards for Construction" and "General Safety Standards," published and in effect at the time of receipt of bids as promulgated by the Department of Labor and Industries. 3.7.3 It is not the Contractor's responsibility to ascertain that the Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, and rules and regulations. However, if the Contractor observes that portions of the Contract Documents are at variance therewith,the Contractor shall promptly notify the Architect and Owner in writing, and necessary changes shall be accomplished by appropriate Modification. f. 3.7.4 If the Contractor performs Work knowing it to be contrary to laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, and rules and regulations without such notice to the Architect and Owner,the Contractor shall assume appropriate responsibility for such Work and shall bear the ®1997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201 - 1997 costs attributable to correction. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 997 y T e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. user Document: 00700 aia201 revised gent conditions.aia -- 7/18/2002.AIA License Number 1133746,which expires on 4/30/2003. 14 rllil im 3.8 ALLOWANCES do 3.8.1 The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the Contract Documents. Items covered by allowances shall be supplied for such amounts and by such persons or entities as the Owner may direct, but the Contractor shall not be required to r employ persons or entities to whom the Contractor has reasonable objection. 3.8.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents: r 1 allowances shall cover the cost to the Contractor of materials and equipment delivered at the site and all required taxes,less applicable trade discounts; .2 Contractor's costs for unloading and handling at the site,labor,installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for stated allowance amounts shall be included in the Contract Sum but not in the allowances; .3 whenever costs are more than or less than allowances, the Contract Sum shall be THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL adjusted accordingly by Change Order. The amount of the Change Order shall CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN reflect (1) the difference between actual costs and the allowances under Clause ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH 3.8.2.1 and(2)changes in Contractor's costs under Clause 3.8.2.2. RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS 3.8.3 Materials and equipment under an allowance shall be selected by the Owner in ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA sufficient time to avoid delay in the Work. DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA DOCUMENT D401. 3.9 SUPERINTENDENT This document has been approved and 3.9.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent and necessary assistants endorsed by The Associated General who shall be in attendance at the Project site during performance of the Work. The Contractors of America. superintendent shall represent the Contractor, and communications given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. Important communications shall be confirmed in writing. Other communications shall be similarly confirmed on written request in each case. 3.10 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES err 3.10.1 The Contractor,promptly after being awarded the Contract,shall prepare and submit for the Owner's and Architect's information a Contractor's construction schedule for the Work. The schedule shall not exceed time limits current under the Contract Documents, shall be revised at appropriate intervals as required by the conditions of the Work and Project,shall be w� related to the entire Project to the extent required by the Contract Documents, and shall provide for expeditious and practicable execution of the Work. 3.10.2 The Contractor shall prepare and keep current, for the Architect's approval, a schedule of submittals which is coordinated with the Contractor's construction schedule and allows the Architect reasonable time to review submittals. Or 3.10.3 The Contractor shall perform the Work in general accordance with the most recent schedules submitted to the Owner and Architect. 3.11 DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AT THE SITE �■ 3.11.1 The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Owner one record copy of the Drawings,Specifications,Addenda,Change Orders and other Modifications,in good order and marked currently to record field changes and selections made during construction, and one record copy of approved Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar required •may submittals. These shall be available to the Architect and shall be delivered to the Architect for submittal to the Owner upon completion of the Work. ®1997 AIA® 3.12 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until am the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 00700 aia201 revised genl conditions.aia -- 7/18/2002.AIA License Number 1133746,which expires on'4/30/2003. 15 �w 3.12.1 Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams, schedules and other data specially prepared for the Work by the Contractor or a Subcontractor,Sub-subcontractor, manufacturer,supplier or distributor to illustrate some portion of the Work. r" 3.12.2 Product Data are illustrations, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams and other information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials ft or equipment for some portion of the Work. 3.12.3 Samples are physical examples which illustrate materials,equipment or workmanship and establish standards by which the Work will be judged. 3.12.4 Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals are not Contract Documents. The purpose of their submittal is to demonstrate for those portions of the Work for which submittals are required by the Contract Documents the way by which the Contractor M proposes to conform to the information given and the design concept expressed in the THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL Contract Documents. Review by the Architect is subject to the limitations of Subparagraph CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN 4.2.7. Informational submittals upon which the Architect is not expected to take responsive ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH action may be so identified in the Contract Documents. Submittals which are not required by RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR the Contract Documents may be returned by the Architect without action. MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 3.12.5 The Contractor shall review for compliance with the Contract Documents, approve DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA and submit to the Architect Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals DOCUMENT D401. required by the Contract Documents with reasonable promptness and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner or of separate contractors. This document has been approved and Submittals which are not marked as reviewed for compliance with the Contract Documents endorsed by The Associated General and approved by the Contractor may be returned by the Architect without action. Contractors of America. 3.12.6 By approving and submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals, the Contractor represents that the Contractor has determined and verified materials, field measurements and field construction criteria related thereto, or will do so, and has checked and coordinated the information contained within such submittals with the requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents. so 3.12.7 The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work for which the Contract Documents require submittal and review of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals until the respective submittal has been approved by the Architect. ro 3.12.8 The Work shall be in accordance with approved submittals except that the Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents by the Architect's approval of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar as submittals unless the Contractor has specifically informed the Architect in writing of such deviation at the time of submittal and (i) the Architect has given written approval to the specific deviation as a minor change in the Work, or (2) a Change Order or Construction Change Directive has been issued authorizing the deviation. The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals by the Architect's approval thereof. 3.12.9 The Contractor shall direct specific attention, in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals,to revisions other than those requested by the Architect on previous submittals. In the absence of such written notice the Architect's , approval of a resubmission shall not apply to such revisions. 3.12.10 The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services which constitute the practice of architecture or engineering unless such services are specifically required by the 01997 AIA® Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless the Contractor needs to provide such AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 services in order to carry out the Contractor's responsibilities for construction means,methods, GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by The The American Institute of Architects American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United Washington, D.C.20006-5292 States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 00700 aia201 revised genl conditions.aia -- 7/18/2002.AIA License Number 1133746,which expires on 4/30/2003. 16 techniques, sequences and procedures. The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services in violation of applicable law. If professional design services or wr certifications by a design professional related to systems,materials or equipment are specifically required of the Contractor by the Contract Documents, the Owner and the Architect will specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. The Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a properly licensed design professional, err whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings,calculations,specifications,certifications, Shop Drawings and other submittals prepared by such professional. Shop Drawings and other submittals related to the Work designed or certified by such professional,if prepared by others, shall bear such professional's written approval when submitted to the Architect. The Owner and the Architect shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy and completeness of the services, certifications or approvals performed by such design professionals, provided the Owner and Architect have specified to the Contractor all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. Pursuant to this Subparagraph 3.12.10, the Architect will review, approve or take other appropriate action on submittals only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract TH15 DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL Documents. The Contractor shall not be responsible for the adequacy of the performance or CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN design criteria required by the Contract Documents. ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR 3.13 USE OF SITE MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS 3.13.1 The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by law, ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA err ordinances,permits and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site DOCUMENT D401. with materials or equipment. This document has been approved and 3.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING endorsed by The Associated General 3.14.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for cutting, fitting or patching required to Contractors of America. complete the Work or to make its parts fit together properly. 3.14.2 The Contractor shall not damage or endanger a portion of the Work or fully or partially completed construction of the Owner or separate contractors by cutting, patching or otherwise altering such construction, or by excavation. The Contractor shall not cut or otherwise alter such construction by the Owner or a separate contractor except with written 40 consent of the Owner and of such separate contractor;such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Contractor shall not unreasonably withhold from the Owner or a separate contractor the Contractor's consent to cutting or otherwise altering the Work. 3.15 CLEANING UP 3.15.1 The Contractor shall keep the premises and surrounding area free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by operations under the Contract. At completion of the Work, the Contractor shall remove from and about the Project waste materials, rubbish, the Contractor's tools,construction equipment,machinery and surplus materials. 3.15.2 If the Contractor fails to clean up as provided in the Contract Documents,the Owner On may do so and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor. 3.16 ACCESS TO WORK 3.16.1 The Contractor shall provide the Owner and Architect access to the Work in ®— preparation and progress wherever located. 3.17 ROYALTIES, PATENTS AND COPYRIGHTS ' . ,: 3.17.1 The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. The Contractor shall defend suits or claims for infringement of copyrights and patent rights and shall hold the Owner and Architect harmless from loss on account thereof, but shall not be responsible for such defense or loss when a particular design, process or product of a particular manufacturer or 01997 AIA® im manufacturers is required by the Contract Documents or where the copyright violations are AIA DOCUMENT AZOI-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE ))Copyright FOR CONSTRUCTION opyrig t 915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, © 99 y T e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until err the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 00700 aia201 revised genl conditions.aia -- 7/18/2002.AIA License Number 1133746,which expires on 4/30/2003. 17 No contained in Drawings,Specifications or other documents prepared by the Owner or Architect. However, if the Contractor has reason to believe that the required design, process or product is an infringement of a copyright or a patent, the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless such information is promptly furnished to the Architect. 3.18 INDEMNIFICATION 3.18.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law and to the extent claims, damages, losses or expenses are not covered by Project Management Protective Liability insurance purchased by the Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 11.3, the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, Architect, Architect's consultants, and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work, provided that such claim, damage, loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property(other than the Work itself),but only to the extent caused by the negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor,a Subcontractor,anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable,regardless of whether THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL or not such claim, damage, loss or expense is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN Such obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge, or reduce other rights or obligations ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to a party or person described in this Paragraph RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS 3.18• ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA 3.18.2 In claims against any person or entity indemnified under this Paragraph 3.18 by an DOCUMENT D401. employee of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, the indemnification obligation under This document has been approved and Subparagraph 3.18.1 shall not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damages, endorsed by The Associated General compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or a Subcontractor under workers' Contractors of America. compensation acts,disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. ARTICLE 4 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 4.1 ARCHITECT 4.1.1 The Architect is the person lawfully licensed to practice architecture or an entity lawfully practicing architecture identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The term "Architect" means the Ire Architect or the Architect's authorized representative. 4.1.2 Duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Architect as set forth in the Contract Documents shall not be restricted, modified or extended without written consent of the Owner,Contractor and Architect.Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. 4.1.3 If the employment of the Architect is terminated, the Owner shall employ a new Architect against whom the Contractor has no reasonable objection and whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former Architect. 4.2 ARCHITECT'S ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 4.2.1 The Architect will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract Documents, and will be an Owner's representative (1) during construction, (2) until final payment is due and (3) with the Owner's concurrence, from time to time during the one-year period for correction of Work described in Paragraph 12.2. The Architect will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents, unless otherwise modified in writing in accordance with other provisions of the Contract. 'as, 4.2.2 The Architect, as a representative of the Owner, will visit the site at intervals appropriate to the stage of the Contractor's operations (1) to become generally familiar with and to keep the Owner informed about the progress and quality of the portion of the Work 111997 AIA® completed, (2) to endeavor to guard the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the Work, AIA DOCUMENT A201 -1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, O 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 00700 aia201 revised gent conditions.aia -- err 7/18/2002.AIA License Number 1133746,which expires on 4/30/2003. 18 go and (3) to determine in general if the Work is being performed in a manner indicating that the Work, when fully completed, will be in accordance with the Contract Documents. However, No the Architect will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. The Architect will neither have control over or charge of, nor be responsible for, the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or for the safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work, since ,r these are solely the Contractor's rights and responsibilities under the Contract Documents, except as provided in Subparagraph 3.3.1. 4.2.3 The Architect will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Architect will not have control over or charge of and will not be responsible for acts or omissions of the Contractor, Subcontractors, or their agents or employees, or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work. 4.2.4 Communications Facilitating Contract Administration. Except as otherwise TH15 DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL provided in the Contract Documents or when direct communications have been specially CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITHAN authorized,the Owner and Contractor shall endeavor to communicate with each other through ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH the Architect about matters arising out of or relating to the Contract. Communications by and RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR with the Architect's consultants shall be through the Architect. Communications by and with MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS Subcontractors and material suppliers shall be through the Contractor. Communications by ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA rr and with separate contractors shall be through the Owner. DOCUMENT D401. 4.2.5 Based on the Architect's evaluations of the Contractor's Applications for Payment,the This document has been approved and Architect will review and certify the amounts due the Contractor and will issue Certificates for endorsed by The Associated General " Payment in such amounts. Contractors of America. 4.2.6 The Architect will have authority to reject Work that does not conform to the arr Contract Documents. Whenever the Architect considers it necessary or advisable,the Architect will have authority to require inspection or testing of the Work in accordance with Subparagraphs 13.5.2 and 13.5.3,Whether or not such Work is fabricated, installed or completed. However, neither this authority of the Architect nor a decision made in good faith either to err exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise to a duty or responsibility of the Architect to the Contractor, Subcontractors, material and equipment suppliers,their agents or employees,or other persons or entities performing portions of the Work. rrr 4.2.7 The Architect will review and approve or take other appropriate action upon the Contractor's submittals such as Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, but only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents.The Architect's action will be taken with such reasonable rr promptness as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner, Contractor or separate contractors,while allowing sufficient time in the Architect's professional judgment to permit adequate review. Review of such submittals is not conducted for the purpose of determining the accuracy and completeness of other details such as dimensions and quantities, or for substantiating instructions for installation or performance of equipment or systems,all of which remain the responsibility of the Contractor as required by the Contract Documents.The Architect's review of the Contractor's submittals shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligations under Paragraphs 3.3, 3.5 and 3.12. The Architect's review shall not constitute approval of safety precautions or, unless otherwise specifically stated by the Architect, of any construction means,methods,techniques,sequences or procedures.The Architect's approval of a specific item shall not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component. � r 4.2.8 The Architect will prepare Change Orders and Construction Change Directives, and may authorize minor changes in the Work as provided in Paragraph 7.4. 01997 A1A® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION » opyrig t 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, © 1997 y T e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects rrr quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until M the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 00700 aia201 revised genl conditions.aia -- 7/18/2002.AIA License Number 1133746,which expires on4/30/2003. 19 no rb 4.2.9 The Architect will conduct inspections to determine the date or dates of Substantial Completion and the date of final completion, will receive and forward to the Owner, for the Owner's review and records,written warranties and related documents required by the Contract and assembled by the Contractor, and will issue a final Certificate for Payment upon compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 4.2.10 If the Owner and Architect agree, the Architect will provide one or more project representatives to assist in carrying out the Architect's responsibilities at the site. The duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of such project representatives shall be as set forth in an exhibit to be incorporated in the Contract Documents. 4.2.11 The Architect will interpret and decide matters concerning performance under and requirements of, the Contract Documents on written request of either the Owner or Contractor. The Architect's response to such requests will be made in writing within any time rlr limits agreed upon or otherwise with reasonable promptness. If no agreement is made THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL concerning the time within which interpretations required of the Architect shall be furnished in CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN compliance with this Paragraph 4.2,then delay shall not be recognized on account of failure by ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH the Architect to furnish such interpretations until 15 days after written request is made for RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR them. MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 4.2.12 Interpretations and decisions of the Architect will be consistent with the intent of and DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the form of DOCUMENT D401. drawings. When making such interpretations and initial decisions, the Architect will endeavor to secure faithful performance by both Owner and Contractor,will not show partiality to either This document has been approved and and will not be liable for results of interpretations or decisions so rendered in good faith. endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America. 4.2.13 The Architect's decisions on matters relating to aesthetic effect will be final if consistent with the intent expressed in the Contract Documents. Ir 4.3 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES 4.3.1 Definition. A Claim is a demand or assertion by one of the parties seeking, as a matter of right, adjustment or interpretation of Contract terms, payment of money, extension of time or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract.The term"Claim"also includes other disputes and matters in question between the Owner and Contractor arising out of or relating to the Contract. Claims must be initiated by written notice. The responsibility to substantiate Claims shall rest with the party making the Claim. rrw 4.3.2 Time Limits on Claims. Claims by either party must be initiated within 21 days after occurrence of the event giving rise to such Claim or within 21 days after the claimant first recognizes the condition giving rise to the Claim,whichever is later.Claims must be initiated by written notice to the Architect and the other party. 4.3.3 Continuing Contract Performance. Pending final resolution of a Claim except as otherwise agreed in writing or as provided in Subparagraph 9.7.1 and Article 14,the Contractor ■ shall proceed diligently with performance of the Contract and the Owner shall continue to make payments in accordance with the Contract Documents. MW 4.3.4 Claims for Concealed or Unknown Conditions.If conditions are encountered at the site which are (i) subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions which differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or (2) unknown physical T-, conditions of an unusual nature, which differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in construction activities of the character provided for in the Contract Documents, then notice by the observing party shall be given to the other party promptly before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than 21 days after first 01997 AIA® observance of the conditions. The Architect will promptly investigate such conditions and, if AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor's cost of, or time GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937,1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, © 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 00700 aia201 revised gent conditions.aia -- 7/18/2002.AIA License Number 1133746,which expires on 4/30/2003. 20 w required for,performance of any part of the Work,will recommend an equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time,or both. If the Architect determines that the conditions at ..� the site are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified,the Architect shall so notify the Owner and Contractor in writing, stating the reasons. Claims by either party in opposition to such determination must be made within 21 days after the Architect has given notice of the decision. r If the conditions encountered are materially different, the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be equitably adjusted, but if the Owner and Contractor cannot agree on an adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time,the adjustment shall be referred to the Architect for initial determination,subject to further proceedings pursuant to Paragraph 4.4• r 4.3.5 Claims for Additional Cost. If the Contractor wishes to make Claim for an increase in the Contract Sum, written notice as provided herein shall be given before proceeding to execute the Work. Prior notice is not required for Claims relating to an emergency endangering life or property arising under Paragraph io.6. THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL Insert B: 4.3.5.1 When extra work is performed under an approved Change Order CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITHAN and paid for by acceptable lump sum or mutually agreed prices, the Contractor will be ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH limited to a markup of 10% overhead and profit including employment taxes. fringe RESPECTT0 ITS COMPLETION OR benefits related labor costs on materials to be entered into the work and on the MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA ownership or rental costs of construction plant and equipment employed during the DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA time of the extra work. The markup does not apply to cost of materials. DOCUMENT D40I. Insert C: When extra work is performed as above by a subcontractor to the General This document has been approved and Contractor, the General Contractor shall be limited to a 10% markup on the endorsed by The Associated General subcontractor's work. Contractors of America. Insert D: No further markup shall be permitted to cover the Contractor's costs for bonding, insurance and the like. 4.3.6 If the Contractor believes additional cost is involved for reasons including but not limited to (i) a written interpretation from the Architect, (2) an order by the Owner to stop the +� Work where the Contractor was not at fault, (3) a written order for a minor change in the Work issued by the Architect, (4) failure of payment by the Owner,(5)termination of the Contract by the Owner, (6) Owner's suspension or (7) other reasonable grounds, Claim shall be filed in accordance with this Paragraph 4.3• rrr 4.3.7 Claims for Additional Time 4.3.7.1 If the Contractor wishes to make Claim for an increase in the Contract Time,written notice as provided herein shall be given. The Contractor's Claim shall include an estimate of cost and of probable effect of delay on progress of the Work. In the case of a continuing delay only one Claim is necessary. +� 4.3.7.2 If adverse weather conditions are the basis for a Claim for additional time,such Claim shall be documented by data substantiating that weather conditions were abnormal for the period of time, could not have been reasonably anticipated and had an adverse effect on the �® scheduled construction. wo 4.3.8 Injury or Damage to Person or Property. If either party to the Contract suffers tit, injury or damage to person or property because of an act or omission of the other party, or of ;.`,'�'r 4 .•. • - r others for whose acts such party is legally responsible,written notice of such injury or damage, +r=M whether or not insured,shall be given to the other party within a reasonable time not exceeding u days after discovery. The notice shall provide sufficient detail to enable the other party to investigate the matter. ®1997 Ai"® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 +� GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by T e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects arr quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 00700 aia201 revised genl conditions.aia -- 7/18/2002.AIA License Number 1133746,which expires on4/30/2003. 21 �n wr11 4.3.9 If unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon,and if quantities originally contemplated are materially changed in a proposed Change Order or Construction Change Directive so that application of such unit prices to quantities of Work No proposed will cause substantial inequity to the Owner or Contractor,the applicable unit prices shall be equitably adjusted. 4.3.10 Claims for Consequential Damages. The Contractor and Owner waive Claims 'o against each other for consequential damages arising out of or relating to this Contract. This mutual waiver includes: .1 damages incurred by the Owner for rental expenses, for losses of use, income, profit, financing, business and reputation, and for loss of management or employee productivity or of the services of such persons;and .2 damages incurred by the Contractor for principal office expenses including the compensation of personnel stationed there, for losses of financing, business and reputation, and for loss of profit except anticipated profit arising directly from THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL the Work. CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITHAN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH This mutual waiver is applicable,without limitation,to all consequential damages due to either RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR party's termination in accordance with Article 14.Nothing contained in this Subparagraph 4.3.10 MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS shall be deemed to preclude an award of liquidated direct damages, when applicable, in ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA DOCUMENT D401. 4.4 RESOLUTION OF CLAIMS AND DISPUTES 4.4.1 Decision of Architect. Claims,including those alleging an error or omission by the This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General Architect but excluding those arising under Paragraphs 10.3 through 10.5, shall be referred rrr Contractors of America. initially to the Architect for decision. An initial decision by the Architect shall be required as a condition precedent to mediation,arbitration or litigation of all Claims between the Contractor and Owner arising prior to the date final payment is due, unless 3o days have passed after the Claim has been referred to the Architect with no decision having been rendered by the rrlrr Architect. The Architect will not decide disputes between the Contractor and persons or entities other than the Owner. 4.4.2 The Architect will review Claims and within ten days of the receipt of the Claim take one or more of the following actions: (1) request additional supporting data from the claimant or a response with supporting data from the other party, (2) reject the Claim in whole or in Part, (3) approve the Claim, (4) suggest a compromise, or (5) advise the parties that the No Architect is unable to resolve the Claim if the Architect lacks sufficient information to evaluate the merits of the Claim or if the Architect concludes that, in the Architect's sole discretion, it would be inappropriate for the Architect to resolve the Claim. r1r 4.4.3 In evaluating Claims,the Architect may,but shall not be obligated to, consult with or seek information from either party or from persons with special knowledge or expertise who may assist the Architect in rendering a decision. The Architect may request the Owner to authorize retention of such persons at the Owner's expense. go 4.4.4 If the Architect requests a party to provide a response to a Claim or to furnish additional supporting data, such party shall respond, within ten days after receipt of such request, and shall either provide a response on the requested supporting data, advise the r' Architect when the response or supporting data will be furnished or advise the Architect that no supporting data will be furnished. Upon receipt of the response or supporting data, if any,the � ,, Architect will either reject or approve the Claim in whole or in part. �,� �,; so 4.4.5 The Architect will approve or reject Claims by written decision, which shall state the reasons therefor and which shall notify the parties of any change in the Contract Sum or 01997 AIA® Contract Time or both.The approval or rejection of a Claim by the Architect shall be final and AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 binding on the parties but subject to mediation and arbitration. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION >)Copyrig t 191T, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, © 1997 y e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects rr quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 00700 aia201 revised gent conditions.aia -- 7/18/2002.AIA License Number 1133746,which expires on 4/30/2003. 22 4.4.6 When a written decision of the Architect states that(1)the decision is final but subject r to mediation and arbitration and (2) a demand for arbitration of a Claim covered by such decision must be made within 3o days after the date on which the party making the demand receives the final written decision, then failure to demand arbitration within said 3o days' period shall result in the Architect's decision becoming final and binding upon the Owner and r Contractor. If the Architect renders a decision after arbitration proceedings have been initiated, such decision may be entered as evidence, but shall not supersede arbitration proceedings unless the decision is acceptable to all parties concerned. " 4.4.7 Upon receipt of a Claim against the Contractor or at any time thereafter, the Architect or the Owner may,but is not obligated to,notify the surety, if any,of the nature and amount of the Claim. If the Claim relates to a possibility of a Contractor's default,the Architect or the Owner may,but is not obligated to, notify the surety and request the surety's assistance in resolving the controversy. THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 4.4.8 If a Claim relates to or is the subject of a mechanic's lien, the party asserting such CONSEQUENCES. TTORN Y IS ENCOUR CONSULTATION ED WITH WITH AN AW Claim may proceed in accordance with applicable law to comply with the lien notice or filing ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH Y P PP P Y g RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR deadlines prior to resolution of the Claim by the Architect,by mediation or by arbitration. MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 4.5 MEDIATION DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA 4.5.1 Any Claim arising out of or related to the Contract,except Claims relating to aesthetic DOCUMENT D401. effect and except those waived as provided for in Subparagraphs 4.3.10, 9.10.4 and 9.10.5 shall, after initial decision by the Architect or 3o days after submission of the Claim to the Architect, This document has been approved and be subject to mediation as a condition precedent to arbitration or the institution of legal or endorsed by The Associated General + equitable proceedings by either party. Contractors of America. 4.5.2 The parties shall endeavor to resolve their Claims by mediation which, unless the rrr parties mutually agree otherwise, shall be in accordance with the Construction Industry Mediation Rules of the American Arbitration Association currently in effect. Request for mediation shall be filed in writing with the other party to the Contract and with the American Arbitration Association.The request may be made concurrently with the filing of a demand for w arbitration but, in such event, mediation shall proceed in advance of arbitration or legal or equitable proceedings, which shall be stayed pending mediation for a period of 6o days from the date of filing,unless stayed for a longer period by agreement of the parties or court order. on 4.5.3 The parties shall share the mediator's fee and any filing fees equally. The mediation shall be held in the place where the Project is located, unless another location is mutually agreed upon. Agreements reached in mediation shall be enforceable as settlement agreements err in any court having jurisdiction thereof. 4.6 ARBITRATION 4.6.1 Any Claim arising out of or related to the Contract,except Claims relating to aesthetic to effect and except those waived as provided for in Subparagraphs 4.3.10, 9.10.4 and 9.10.5, shall, after decision by the Architect or 3o days after submission of the Claim to the Architect, be subject to arbitration. Prior to arbitration, the parties shall endeavor to resolve disputes by mediation in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 4.5• r Insert E: If a dispute arises out of or relates to this contract or the breach thereof. and ' if said dispute cannot be resolved through administrative procedures and mediation. the Contractor shall advise the Architect in writing that arbitration is desired according " to the mediation rules of the American Arbitration Association. Insert F• The costs of such arbitration shall be borne equally by all parties unless it is 01991 AIA® the board's majority opinion that the Contractor's filing of the protest or action is AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION »Copyrig t 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, © 1997 by e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects to quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until err the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 00700 aia201 revised genl conditions.aia -- 7/18/2002.AIA License Number 1133746,which expires on 4/30/2003. 23 �r capricious or without reasonable foundation In the latter case all costs shall be borne by the Contractor. 4.6.2 Claims not resolved by mediation shall be decided by arbitration which, unless the parties mutually agree otherwise, shall be in accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association currently in effect. The demand for arbitration shall be filed in writing with the other party to the Contract and with the American Arbitration Association,and a copy shall be filed with the Architect. 4.6.3 A demand for arbitration shall be made within the time limits specified in Subparagraphs 4.4.6 and 4.6.1 as applicable,and in other cases within a reasonable time after the Claim has arisen, and in no event shall it be made after the date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on such Claim would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations as determined pursuant to Paragraph 13.7. wr 4.6.4 Limitation on Consolidation or Joinder. No arbitration arising ut of latin THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL g or re g CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN to the Contract shall include,by consolidation or joinder or in any other manner,the Architect, ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH the Architect's employees or consultants, except by written consent containing specific RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR reference to the Agreement and signed by the Architect, Owner, Contractor and any other MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS person or entity sought to be joined.No arbitration shall include,by consolidation or joinder or ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA in any other manner, parties other than the Owner, Contractor, a separate contractor as DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA described in Article 6 and other persons substantially involved in a common question of fact or DOCUMENT D401. rr law whose presence is required if complete relief is to be accorded in arbitration. No person or entity other than the Owner, Contractor or a separate contractor as described in Article 6 shall This document has been approved and be included as an original third party or additional third party to an arbitration whose interest endorsed by The Associated General or responsibility is insubstantial. Consent to arbitration involving an additional person or entity Contractors of America. shall not constitute consent to arbitration of a Claim not described therein or with a person or entity not named or described therein. The foregoing agreement to arbitrate and other agreements to arbitrate with an additional person or entity duly consented to by parties to the Agreement shall be specifically enforceable under applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. 4.6.5 Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims. The party filing a notice of demand for ryr arbitration must assert in the demand all Claims then known to that party on which arbitration is permitted to be demanded. 4.6.6 Judgment on Final Award. The award rendered by the arbitrator or arbitrators ' shall be final, and judgment may be entered upon it in accordance with applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. rw ARTICLE 5 SUBCONTRACTORS 5.1 DEFINITIONS 5.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract with the Contractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site. The term "Subcontractor" is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Subcontractor. The term "Subcontractor" does not include a separate contractor or subcontractors of a separate contractor. rir 5.1.2 A Sub-subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site. The term "Sub-subcontractor" is :t„ ' . referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Sub- subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Sub-subcontractor. 5.2 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF 01997 AIA(D AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 THE WORK GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, (D 1997 by e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. user Document: 00700 aia201 revised genl conditions.aia -- r 7/18/2002.AIA License Number 1133746,which expires on 4/30/2003. 24 w 5.2.1 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents or the bidding requirements, the Contractor, as soon as practicable after award of the Contract, shall furnish in writing to the wr Owner through the Architect the names of persons or entities (including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for each principal portion of the Work. The Architect will promptly reply to the Contractor in writing stating whether or not the Owner or the Architect, after due investigation,has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity. Failure of the Owner or Architect to reply promptly shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection. 5.2.2 The Contractor shall not contract with a proposed person or entity to whom the Owner or Architect has made reasonable and timely objection. The Contractor shall not be required to contract with anyone to whom the Contractor has made reasonable objection. 5.2.3 If the Owner or Architect has reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed by the Contractor, the Contractor shall propose another to whom the Owner or Architect has no reasonable objection. If the proposed but rejected Subcontractor was reasonably capable of THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL performing the Work,the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be increased or decreased b CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN rn he difference, if any, occasioned by such change, and an appropriate Change Order shall be ATTORNEY I5 ENCOURAGED WITH OR issued before commencement of the substitute Subcontractor's Work. However,no increase in RESPECT TI ITS COMPLETION IO MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS the Contract Sum or Contract Time shall be allowed for such change unless the Contractor has ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA acted promptly and responsively in submitting naives as required. DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA trr DOCUMENT D401. 5.2.4 The Contractor shall not change a Subcontractor, person or entity previously selected if the Owner or Architect makes reasonable objection to such substitute. This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General 5.3 SUBCONTRACTUAL RELATIONS Contractors of America. 5.3.1 By appropriate agreement, written where legally required for validity, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor, to be bound to the Contractor by terms of the Contract Documents, and to assume toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities, including the responsibility for safety of the Subcontractor's Work, which the Contractor, by these Documents, assumes toward the Owner and Architect. Each subcontract agreement shall AN preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and Architect under the Contract Documents with respect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights, and shall allow to the Subcontractor, unless specifically provided otherwise in the subcontract agreement, the benefit of all rights, remedies and redress against *w the Contractor that the Contractor,by the Contract Documents,has against the Owner.Where appropriate, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with Sub-subcontractors.The Contractor shall make available to each proposed Subcontractor, prior to the execution of the subcontract agreement, copies of the Contract Documents to 10 which the Subcontractor will be bound, and, upon written request of the Subcontractor, identify to the Subcontractor terms and conditions of the proposed subcontract agreement which may be at variance with the Contract Documents. Subcontractors will similarly make copies of applicable portions of such documents available to their respective proposed Sub- subcontractors. 5.4 CONTINGENT ASSIGNMENT OF SUBCONTRACTS w 5.4.1 Each subcontract agreement for a portion of the Work is assigned by the Contractor to the Owner provided that: 1 assignment is effective only after termination of the Contract by the Owner for cause pursuant to Paragraph 14.2 and only for those subcontract agreements •, ;4: ++� which the Owner accepts by notifying the Subcontractor and Contractor in �® writing;and .2 assignment is subject to the prior rights of the surety,if any,obligated under bond 01997 AIA® relating to the Contract. AIA DOCUMENT A201•1997 wl GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION )>Copyrig t 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects a" quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until 'o the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 00700 aia201 revised genl conditions.aia -- 7/18/2002.AIA License Number 1133746,which expires on 4/30/2003. 25 go 5.4.2 Upon such assignment, if the Work has been suspended for more than 3o days, the Subcontractor's compensation shall be equitably adjusted for increases in cost resulting from the suspension. ARTICLE 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 6.1 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM CONSTRUCTION AND TO AWARD SEPARATE CONTRACTS 6.1.1 The Owner reserves the right to perform construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces, and to award separate contracts in connection with other portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site under Conditions of the iii Contract identical or substantially similar to these including those portions related to insurance and waiver of subrogation. If the Contractor claims that delay or additional cost is involved because of such action by the Owner, the Contractor shall make such Claim as provided in Paragraph 4.3• THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 6.1.2 When separate contracts are awarded for different portions of the Project or other CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN construction or operations on the site, the term "Contractor" in the Contract Documents in ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH each case shall mean the Contractor who executes each separate Owner-Contractor Agreement. RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS 6.1.3 The Owner shall provide for coordination of the activities of the Owner's own forces ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA and of each separate contractor with the Work of the Contractor, who shall cooperate with DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA them. The Contractor shall participate with other separate contractors and the Owner in DOCUMENT D401. ow reviewing their construction schedules when directed to do so. The Contractor shall make any This document has been approved and revisions to the construction schedule deemed necessary after a joint review and mutual endorsed by The Associated General agreement. The construction schedules shall then constitute the schedules to be used by the Contractors of America. Contractor,separate contractors and the Other until subsequently revised. 6.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, when the Owner performs construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces,the Owner shall be deemed to be subject to the same obligations and to have the same rights which apply to the Contractor under the Conditions of the Contract, including, without excluding others, those stated in Article 3,this Article 6 and Articles>o,a and 12. rir 6.2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY 6.2.1 The Contractor shall afford the Owner and separate contractors reasonable opportunity for introduction and storage of their materials and equipment and performance of their activities, and shall connect and coordinate the Contractor's construction and operations with theirs as required by the Contract Documents. 6.2.2 If part of the Contractor's Work depends for proper execution or results upon construction or operations by the Owner or a separate contractor,the Contractor shall,prior to proceeding with that portion of the Work, promptly report to the Architect apparent discrepancies or defects in such other construction that would render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. Failure of the Contractor so to report shall constitute an acknowledgment that the Owner's or separate contractor's completed or partially completed construction is fit and proper to receive the Contractor's Work, except as to defects not then reasonably discoverable. rrr 6.2.3 The Owner shall be reimbursed by the Contractor for costs incurred by the Owner which are payable to a separate contractor because of delays, improperly timed activities or 3 + defective construction of the Contractor. The Owner shall be responsible to the Contractor for costs incurred by the Contractor because of delays, improperly timed activities, damage to the Work or defective construction of a separate contractor. ®1997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201- 1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 191987,76, © 1997 y T e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 00700 aia201 revised genl conditions.aia -- IN 7/18/2002.AIA License Number 1133746,which expires on'4/30/2003. 26 go .w 6.2.4 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage wrongfully caused by the Contractor to completed or partially completed construction or to property of the Owner or separate to contractors as provided in Subparagraph 10.2.5. 6.2.5 The Owner and each separate contractor shall have the same responsibilities for ,rr cutting and patching as are described for the Contractor in Subparagraph 3.14. 6.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CLEAN UP 6.3.1 If a dispute arises among the Contractor,separate contractors and the Owner as to the rrr responsibility under their respective contracts for maintaining the premises and surrounding area free from waste materials and rubbish, the Owner may clean up and the Architect will allocate the cost among those responsible. ARTICLE 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK 7.1 GENERAL THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 7.1.1 Changes in the Work may be accomplished after execution of the Contract, and CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITHAN +� without invalidating the Contract, by Change Order, Construction Change Directive or order ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH for a minor change in the Work,subject to the limitations stated in this Article 7 and elsewhere RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR in the Contract Documents. MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA ON 7.1.2 A Change Order shall be based upon agreement among the Owner, Contractor and DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA Architect; a Construction Change Directive requires agreement by the Owner and Architect DOCUMENT D401. and may or may not be agreed to by the Contractor; an order for a minor change in the Work This document has been approved and may be issued by the Architect alone. endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America. 7.1.3 Changes in the Work shall be performed under applicable provisions of the Contract Documents, and the Contractor shall proceed promptly, unless otherwise provided in the Change Order,Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work. 7.2 CHANGE ORDERS 7.2.1 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the Architect and signed by the air Owner,Contractor and Architect,stating their agreement upon all of the following: .1 change in the Work; .2 the amount of the adjustment,if any,in the Contract Sum;and "W .3 the extent of the adjustment,if any,in the Contract Time. 7.2.2 Methods used in determining adjustments to the Contract Sum may include those go listed in Subparagraph 7.3.3• 7.3 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES 7.3.1 A Construction Change Directive is a written order prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner and Architect, directing a change in the Work prior to agreement on adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. The Owner may by Construction Change Directive,without invalidating the Contract, order changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, the Contract Sum and Contract Time being adjusted accordingly. 7.3.2 A Construction Change Directive shall be used in the absence of total agreement on k 4 the terms of a Change Order. ' ' 7.3.3 If the Construction Change Directive provides for an adjustment to the Contract Sum, 01997 AIA® the adjustment shall be based on one of the following methods: AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, © 1997 by T e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects • quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until +� the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 00700 aia201 revised genl conditions.aia -- 7/18/2002.AIA License Number 1133746,which expires on 4/30/2003. 27 do .1 mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to permit evaluation; .2 unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon; .3 cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon by the parties and a mutually acceptable fixed or percentage fee;or .4 as provided in Subparagraph 7.3.6. 7.3.4 Upon receipt of a Construction Change Directive, the Contractor shall promptly proceed with the change in the Work involved and advise the Architect of the Contractor's agreement or disagreement with the method, if any, provided in the Construction Change go Directive for determining the proposed adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. 7.3.5 A Construction Change Directive signed by the Contractor indicates the agreement of the Contractor therewith, including adjustment in Contract Sum and Contract Time or the 'ft method for determining them. Such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL recorded as a Change Order. CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH 7.3.6 If the Contractor does not respond promptly or disagrees with the method for RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR adjustment in the Contract Sum, the method and the adjustment shall be determined by the MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS Architect on the basis of reasonable expenditures and savings of those performing the Work ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA attributable to the change, including, in case of an increase in the Contract Sum, a reasonable DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA allowance for overhead and profit. In such case, and also under Clause 7.3.3.3, the Contractor DOCUMENT D401. VW shall keep and present, in such form as the Architect may prescribe, an itemized accounting This document has been approved and together with appropriate supporting data. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract endorsed by The Associated General Documents,costs for the purposes of this Subparagraph 7.3.6 shall be limited to the following: Contractors of America. of 1 costs of labor, including social security, old age and unemployment insurance, fringe benefits required by agreement or custom, and workers' compensation insurance; .2 costs of materials, supplies and equipment, including cost of transportation, whether incorporated or consumed; .3 rental costs of machinery and equipment,exclusive of hand tools,whether rented from the Contractor or others; .4 costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance, permit fees, and sales, use or similar taxes related to the Work;and .5 additional costs of supervision and field office personnel directly attributable to the change. 7.3.7 The amount of credit to be allowed by the Contractor to the Owner for a deletion or change which results in a net decrease in the Contract Sum shall be actual net cost as confirmed WN by the Architect. When both additions and credits covering related Work or substitutions are involved in a change,the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of net increase,if any,with respect to that change. rrr 7.3.8 Pending final determination of the total cost of a Construction Change Directive to the Owner, amounts not in dispute for such changes in the Work shall be included in Applications for Payment accompanied by a Change Order indicating the parties' agreement i�— with part or all of such costs. For any portion of such cost that remains in dispute,the Architect will make an interim determination for purposes of monthly certification for payment for those costs. That determination of cost shall adjust the Contract Sum on the same basis as a Change � Order, subject to the right of either party to disagree and assert a claim in accordance with Article 4. 7.3.9 When the Owner and Contractor agree with the determination made by the Architect 01997 AIA® concerning the adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time, or otherwise reach AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE ft CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION opyrig t 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by T e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. err States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 00700 aia201 revised genl conditions.aia -- No 7/18/2002.AIA License Number 1133746,which expires on'4/30/2003. 28 10 +rr agreement upon the adjustments, such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be recorded by preparation and execution of an appropriate Change Order. 7.4 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK 7.4.1 The Architect will have authority to order minor changes in the Work not involving adjustment in the Contract Sum or extension of the Contract Time and not inconsistent with "r" the intent of the Contract Documents. Such changes shall be effected by written order and shall be binding on the Owner and Contractor. The Contractor shall carry out such written orders promptly. 'o ARTICLE 8 TIME 8.1 DEFINITIONS 8.1.1 Unless otherwise provided, Contract Time is the period of time, including authorized to adjustments,allotted in the Contract Documents for Substantial Completion of the Work. THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 8.1.2 The date of commencement of the Work is the date established in the Agreement. CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH nr 8.1.3 The date of Substantial Completion is the date certified by the Architect in accordance RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR with Paragraph 9.8. MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA No 8.1.4 The term "day" as used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar day unless DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA otherwise specifically defined. DOCUMENT D401. This document has been approved and 8.2 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION endorsed by The Associated General r'" 8.2.1 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. By Contractors of America. executing the Agreement the Contractor confirms that the Contract Time is a reasonable period for performing the Work. to Insert G: Liquidated Damages: Work shall begin when the Contractor receives a formal "Notice to Proceed" and shall proceed with promptness and dispatch and shall be completed within Eighty (80) calendar days. Notice to Proceed shall not be given go until the building permit is approved, the City Council, City Attorney. Risk Manager approve, and the Contractor provides Certificates of Insurance acceptable to the Owner in accordance with the requirements of Section 00810 and the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction - AIA Form A201, and construction 'm schedule in accordance with Section 01310 and signed construction Contract with firm price. +Iw Insert H: For each calendar day after date established by the above allowed time that any portion of the work remains incomplete and any portion of the building that remains unavailable for occupancy (in the Owner's sole judgment), the sum of One Hundred ($100.00) Dollars, not to be construed in any sense a penalty, but as fixed, agreed, liquidated damages occurred by the Owner for failure of the Contractor to meet the schedule completion dates. 8.2.2 The Contractor shall not knowingly, except by agreement or instruction of the Owner in writing, prematurely commence operations on the site or elsewhere prior to the effective date of insurance required by Article ii to be furnished by the Contractor and Owner.The date of commencement of the Work shall not be changed by the effective date of such insurance. A. �Iw Unless the date of commencement is established by the Contract Documents or a notice to proceed given by the Owner,the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing not less than five days or other agreed period before commencing the Work to permit the timely filing of 01997 AIAO mortgages,mechanic's liens and other security interests. AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects No quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until M the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 00700 aia201 revised genl conditions.aia -- 7/18/2002.AIA License Number 1133746,which expires on 4/30/2003. 29 rw wn 8.2.3 The Contractor shall proceed expeditiously with adequate forces and shall achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract Time. w 8.3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME 8.3.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in the commencement or progress of the Work by an act or neglect of the Owner or Architect, or of an employee of either, or of a separate contractor employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the Work, or by labor disputes, fire,unusual delay in deliveries, unavoidable casualties or other causes beyond the Contractor's control, or by delay authorized by the Owner pending mediation and arbitration, or by other causes which the Architect determines may justify delay, then the Contract Time shall be extended by Change Order for such reasonable time as the Architect may determine. 8.3.2 Claims relating to time shall be made in accordance with applicable provisions of Paragraph 4.3• THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 8.3.3 This Paragraph 8.3 does not preclude recovery of damages for delay by either party CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN under other provisions of the Contract Documents. ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR ARTICLE 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS 9.1 CONTRACT SUM ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 9.1.1 The Contract Sum is stated in the Agreement and, including authorized adjustments, DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA DOCUMENT D401. is the total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General 9.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES Contractors of America. aw 9.2.1 Before the first Application for Payment,the Contractor shall submit to the Architect a schedule of values allocated to various portions of the Work, prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Architect may require.This schedule, unless objected to by the Architecti shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's Applications for Payment. 9.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 9.3.1 At least ten days before the date established for each progress payment,the Contractor shall submit to the Architect an itemized Application for Payment for operations completed in accordance with the schedule of values. Such application shall be notarized, if required, and supported by such data substantiating the Contractor's right to payment as the Owner or Architect may require, such as copies of requisitions from Subcontractors and material suppliers, and reflecting retainage if provided for in the Contract Documents. Applications made after the day of the month or the time period established as the final day for acceptance will be considered in the next payment period Application shall be made on AIA Form G702 and G703 breakdown of work delineated_ on Form G703 shall be detailed on Schedule of Values. �rw Insert is a The Owner shall retain a sum equal to five percent (5%) of the amount earned by the Contractor, as a trust fund for the protection and payment of any person or persons mechanics subcontractor, or material suppliers who shall perform any labor upon this Contract and all persons who shall supply such person or 1W persons of Subcontractors with provisions and supplies for carrying on of such workARW A and the State of Washington with respect to taxes imposed pursuant to RCW Title 82 which may be due from same Contractor. 1r+ Insert J: b In accordance with the provisions of Chapter 60.28 RCW above trust ®1997 AIA® fund shall be retained fora minimum period of sixty (60) days following Final elA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE to CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 1911, 915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, D 1997 y T Fe — American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. fft States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 00700 aia201 revised genl conditions.aia -- an 7/18/2002.AIA License Number 1133746,which expires on 4/30/2003. 30 rww Completion and when the requirements of the Contract and requirements in Section 01700 - Project Administration and Closeout have been fulfilled. wwr Insert K: In the event these requirements are not met, the Owner may pay a percentage of the retainage, holding back that quantity of money reasonable to complete the unfinished items. Retainage held may cover costs including, but shall " not be limited to, the following: material suppliers and laborer's liens, tax liens, cost and attorney's fees to defray the cost of foreclosing all of the liens, costs, and Architect's fees to defray cost of additional Construction Administration services. .�w Refer to Specifications Section 01700, Project Administration and Closeout, for additional provisions on this subject. 9.3.1.1 As provided in Subparagraph 7.3.8, such applications may include requests for payment on account of changes in the Work which have been properly authorized by Construction Change Directives, or by interim determinations of the Architect, but not yet THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL included in Change Orders. CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH wrr 9.3.1.2 Such applications may not include requests for payment for portions of the Work for RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR which the Contractor does not intend to pay to a Subcontractor or material supplier, unless MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS such Work has been performed by others whom the Contractor intends to pay. ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA DOCUMENT D401. 9.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, payments shall be made on account of materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent This document has been approved and incorporation in the Work. If approved in advance by the Owner, payment may similarly be endorsed by The Associated General made for materials and equipment suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in Contractors of America. writing. Payment for materials and equipment stored on or off the site shall be conditioned upon compliance by the Contractor with procedures satisfactory to the Owner to establish the Owner's title to such materials and equipment or otherwise protect the Owner's interest, and go shall include the costs of applicable insurance, storage and transportation to the site for such materials and equipment stored off the site. ,awe 9.3.3 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work covered by an Application for Payment will pass to the Owner no later than the time of payment. The Contractor further warrants that upon submittal of an Application for Payment all Work for which Certificates for Payment have been previously issued and payments received from the Owner shall, to the best of the Im Contractor's knowledge, information and belief, be free and clear of liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances in favor of the Contractor, Subcontractors, material suppliers, or other persons or entities making a claim by reason of having provided labor, materials and equipment relating to the Work. ON 9.4 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT 9.4.1 The Architect will,within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment,either issue to the Owner a Certificate for Payment,with a copy to the Contractor,for go such amount as the Architect determines is properly due, or notify the Contractor and Owner in writing of the Architect's reasons for withholding certification in whole or in part as provided in Subparagraph 9.5.1. so 9.4.2 9.4.2 The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will constitute a representation by the Architect to the Owner, based on the Architect's evaluation of the Work and the data comprising the Application for Payment, that the Work has progressed to the point indicated .W •may � 10 and that, to the best of the Architect's knowledge, information and belief, the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents.The foregoing representations are subject to an evaluation of the Work for conformance with the Contract Documents upon Substantial 01997 AIA® Completion, to results of subsequent tests and inspections, to correction of minor deviations AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 No from the Contract Documents prior to completion and to specific qualifications expressed by GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 1911, 1915 1 91 , 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, © 1997 by T e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects 1W quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until Iwwl the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 00700 aia201 revised genl conditions.aia -- 7/18/2002.AIA License Number 1133746,which expires on 4/30/2003. 31 www the Architect.The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will further constitute a representation that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount certified. However, the issuance of a Certificate for Payment will not be a representation that the Architect has (i) made exhaustive Mrt or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work, (2) reviewed construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, (3) reviewed copies of requisitions received from Subcontractors and material suppliers and other data requested by the Owner to substantiate the Contractor's right to payment, or (4) made examination to ascertain how or for what purpose the Contractor has used money previously paid on account of the Contract Sum. 9.5 DECISIONS TO WITHHOLD CERTIFICATION 9.5.1 The Architect may withhold a Certificate for Payment in whole or in part, to the extent reasonably necessary to protect the Owner, if in the Architect's opinion the representations to the Owner required by Subparagraph 9.4.2 cannot be made. If the Architect is unable to certify payment in the amount of the Application, the Architect will notify the Contractor and Owner as provided in Subparagraph 9.4.1. If the Contractor and Architect THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL cannot agree on a revised amount, the Architect will promptly issue a Certificate for Payment CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITHAN for the amount for which the Architect is able to make such representations to the Owner.The ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH Architect may also withhold a Certificate for Payment or, because of subsequently discovered RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR evidence,may nullify the whole or a part of a Certificate for Payment previously issued,to such MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS extent as may be necessary in the Architect's opinion to protect the Owner from loss for which ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA y ry P P DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA the Contractor is responsible, including loss resulting from acts and omissions described in DOCUMENT D401. " Subparagraph 3.3.2,because of: .1 defective Work not remedied; This document has been approved and .2 third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such endorsed by The Associated General claims unless security acceptable to the Owner is provided by the Contractor; Contractors of America. .3 failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors or for labor,materials or equipment; .4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum; .5 damage to the Owner or another contractor; .6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time, and that the unpaid balance would not be adequate to cover actual or liquidated damages for the anticipated delay;or .7 persistent failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9.5.2 When the above reasons for withholding certification are removed, certification will be made for amounts previously withheld. ww 9.6 PROGRESS PAYMENTS 9.6.1 After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment, the Owner shall make payment in the manner and within the time provided in the Contract Documents,and shall so notify the Architect. 9.6.2 The Contractor shall promptly pay each Subcontractor, upon receipt of payment ■._ from the Owner,out of the amount paid to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's portion of the Work,the amount to which said Subcontractor is entitled,reflecting percentages actually retained from payments to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's portion ,kv- - of the Work.The Contractor shall,by appropriate agreement with each Subcontractor, require _i each Subcontractor to make payments to Sub-subcontractors in a similar manner. 9.6.3 The Architect will, on request, furnish to a Subcontractor, if practicable, information 01997 AIA® regarding percentages of completion or amounts applied for by the Contractor and action AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, © 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 00700 aia201 revised genl conditions.aia -- 7/18/2002.AIA License Number 1133746,which expires on 4/30/2003. 32 IN *W taken thereon by the Architect and Owner on account of portions of the Work done by such Subcontractor. im 9.6.4 Neither the Owner nor Architect shall have an obligation to pay or to see to the payment of money to a Subcontractor except as may otherwise be required by law. 10 9.6.5 Payment to material suppliers shall be treated in a manner similar to that provided in Subparagraphs 9.6.2,9.6.3 and 9.6.4. ,da 9.6.6 A Certificate for Payment,a progress payment,or partial or entire use or occupancy of the Project by the Owner shall not constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents. as 9.6.7 Unless the Contractor provides the Owner with a payment bond in the full penal sum of the Contract Sum, payments received by the Contractor for Work properly performed by THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL Subcontractors and suppliers shall be held by the Contractor for those Subcontractors or CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITHAN suppliers who performed Work or furnished materials, or both, under contract with the ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH aw Contractor for which payment was made by the Owner.Nothing contained herein shall require RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR money to be placed in a separate account and not commingled with money of the Contractor, MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS shall create any fiduciary liability or tort liability on the part of the Contractor for breach of ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA trust or shall entitle any person or entity to an award of punitive damages against the DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA *0 Contractor for breach of the requirements of this provision. DOCUMENT D401. 9.7 FAILURE OF PAYMENT This document has been approved and ON 9.7.1 If the Architect does not issue a Certificate for Payment, through no fault of the endorsed by The Associated General Contractor, within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment, or if Contractors of America. the Owner does not pay the Contractor within seven days after the date established in the Contract Documents the amount certified by the Architect or awarded by arbitration,then the to Contractor may, upon seven additional days' written notice to the Owner and Architect, stop the Work until payment of the amount owing has been received. The Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Contractor's reasonable costs of shut-down,delay and start-up, plus interest as provided for in • the Contract Documents. 9.8 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 9.8.1 Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress of the Work when the Work or ' designated portion thereof is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use. 9.8.2 When the Contractor considers that the Work, or a portion thereof which the Owner agrees to accept separately, is substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Architect a comprehensive list of items to be completed or corrected prior to final payment. Failure to include an item on such list does not alter the responsibility of the wo Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9.8.3 Upon receipt of the Contractor's list, the Architect will make an inspection to determine whether the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete. If the — • Architect's inspection discloses any item, whether or not included on the Contractor's list, which is not sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work or designated portion thereof for its intended use, the '} Contractor shall, before issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion, complete or �" correct such item upon notification by the Architect. In such case, the Contractor shall then submit a request for another inspection by the Architect to determine Substantial Completion. ®1997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201 -1997 rill GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 91 , 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, © 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects • quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until an the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 00700 aia201 revised gent conditions.aia -- 7/18/2002.AIA License Number 1133746,which expires on 4/30/2003. 33 r 9.8.4 When the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete,the Architect will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion which shall establish the date of Substantial Completion, shall establish responsibilities of the Owner and Contractor for security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and insurance, and shall fix the time within which the Contractor shall finish all items on the list accompanying the Certificate.Warranties required by the Contract Documents shall commence on the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of " Substantial Completion. 9.8.5 The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be submitted to the Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance of responsibilities assigned to them in such Certificate. Upon such acceptance and consent of surety, if any, the Owner shall make payment of retainage applying to such Work or designated portion thereof.Such payment shall be adjusted for Work that is incomplete or not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 9.9 PARTIAL OCCUPANCY OR USE CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITHAN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH 9.9.1 The Owner may occupy or use any completed or partially completed portion of the RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR Work at any stage when such portion is designated by separate agreement with the Contractor, MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS provided such occupancy or use is consented to by the insurer as required under Clause 11.4.1.5 ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA and authorized by public authorities having jurisdiction over the Work. Such partial occupancy DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA or use may commence whether or not the portion is substantially complete, provided the DOCUMENT D401. Owner and Contractor have accepted in writing the responsibilities assigned to each of them for payments, retainage, if any, security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and This document has been approved and insurance, and have agreed in writing concerning the period for correction of the Work and endorsed by The Associated General commencement of warranties required by the Contract Documents. When the Contractor Contractors of America. considers a portion substantially complete,the Contractor shall prepare and submit a list to the Architect as provided under Subparagraph 9.8.2. Consent of the Contractor to partial occupancy or use shall not be unreasonably withheld. The stage of the progress of the Work ow shall be determined by written agreement between the Owner and Contractor or, if no agreement is reached,by decision of the Architect. 9.9.2 Immediately prior to such partial occupancy or use, the Owner, Contractor and i Architect shall jointly inspect the area to be occupied or portion of the Work to be used in order to determine and record the condition of the Work. 9.9.3 Unless otherwise agreed upon, partial occupancy or use of a portion or portions of the Work shall not constitute acceptance of Work not complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents. rrr 9.10 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT 9.10.1 Upon receipt of written notice that the Work is ready for final inspection and acceptance and upon receipt of a final Application for Payment, the Architect will promptly make such inspection and, when the Architect finds the Work acceptable under the Contract urr+ Documents and the Contract fully performed, the Architect will promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment stating that to the best of the Architect's knowledge, information and belief, and on the basis of the Architect's on-site visits and inspections, the Work has been '" completed in accordance with terms and conditions of the Contract Documents and that the + ► entire balance found to be due the Contractor and noted in the final Certificate is due and payable. The Architect's final Certificate for Payment will constitute a further representation that conditions listed in Subparagraph 9.10.2 as precedent to the Contractor's being entitled to final payment have been fulfilled. 9.10.2 Neither final payment nor any remaining retained percentage shall become due until 0 997 AIA® the Contractor submits to the Architect (1) an affidavit that payrolls, bills for materials and AIA DOCUMENT A201 -1997 equipment, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or the GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION >)Copyrig t 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967; 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 00700 aia201 revised genl conditions.aia -- 7/18/2002.AIA License Number 1133746,which expires on 4/30/2003. 34 .r Owner's property might be responsible or encumbered(less amounts withheld by Owner) have been paid or otherwise satisfied, (2) a certificate evidencing that insurance required by the ,M Contract Documents to remain in force after final payment is currently in effect and will not be canceled or allowed to expire until at least 3o days' prior written notice has been given to the Owner, (3) a written statement that the Contractor knows of no substantial reason that the insurance will not be renewable to cover the period required by the Contract Documents, (4) o consent of surety, if any, to final payment and (5), if required by the Owner, other data establishing payment or satisfaction of obligations, such as receipts, releases and waivers of liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract, to the extent and in such form as may be designated by the Owner. If a Subcontractor refuses to furnish a release 40 or waiver required by the Owner,the Contractor may furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against such lien. If such lien remains unsatisfied after payments are made,the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all money that the Owner may be compelled to go pay in discharging such lien,including all costs and reasonable attorneys'fees. 9.10.3 If, after Substantial Completion of the Work, final completion thereof is materially THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL delayed through no fault of the Contractor or by issuance of Change Orders affecting final CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN ar completion, and the Architect so confirms, the Owner shall, upon application by the ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH Contractor and certification by the Architect, and without terminating the Contract, make RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS remaining balance for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than retainage stipulated in ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA ow the Contract Documents, and if bonds have been furnished, the written consent of surety to DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be DOCUMENT D401. submitted by the Contractor to the Architect prior to certification of such payment. Such This document has been approved and payment shall be made under terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it endorsed by The Associated General wo shall not constitute a waiver of claims. Contractors of America. 9.10.4 The making of final payment shall constitute a waiver of Claims by the Owner except those arising from: VW 1 liens, Claims, security interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract and unsettled; .2 failure of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents; „w, or .3 terms of special warranties required by the Contract Documents. 9.10.5 Acceptance of final payment by the Contractor, a Subcontractor or material supplier shall constitute a waiver of claims by that payee except those previously made in writing and identified by that payee as unsettled at the time of final Application for Payment. ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS 10.1.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the performance of the Contract. wr 10.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10.2.1 The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for safety of, and shall provide ..® r reasonable protection to prevent damage,injury or loss to: .1 employees on the Work and other persons who may be affected thereby; .2 the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site, under care, custody or control of the Contractor or the Contractor's Subcontractors or Sub-subcontractors;and .3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto, such as trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures and utilities not designated for removal, 01997 AIA® relocation or replacement in the course of construction. AIA DOCUMENT A201- 1997 '! GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION <opyng t 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until do the date of .expiration as noted below. User Document: 00700 aia201 revised genl conditions.aia -- 7/18/2002.AIA License Number 1133746,which expires on 4/30/2003. 35 40 Insert L: 4 Other property at the site or adiacent thereto, including occupants of said property, customers visitors and passersby from in*uryand discomfort. " 10.2.2 The Contractor shall give notices and comply with applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful orders of public authorities bearing on safety of persons or property or ow their protection from damage,injury or loss. Insert M: It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to comply with all requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1971 (OSHA) and the Io Laws of Washington Relative to Industrial Safety and Health. The methods of compliance with safety and health precautions are the responsibility of the Contractor and are not shown on the Contract Drawing or described in the Technical 46 Specification,. THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 10.2.3 The Contractor shall erect and maintain, as required by existing conditions and CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITHAN performance of the Contract,reasonable safeguards for safety and protection,including posting ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH err danger signs and other warnings against hazards,promulgating safety regulations and notifying RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR owners and users of adjacent sites and utilities. MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA 10.2.4 When use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment or DOCUMENT D407. to unusual methods are necessary for execution of the Work,the Contractor shall exercise utmost care and carry on such activities under supervision of properly qualified personnel. This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General 10.2.5 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and loss (other than damage or loss Contractors of America. ' insured under property insurance required by the Contract Documents) to property referred to in Clauses 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3 caused in whole or in part by the Contractor, a Subcontractor, a Sub-subcontractor,or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them,or by anyone for 00 whose acts they may be liable and for which the Contractor is responsible under Clauses 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3,except damage or loss attributable to acts or omissions of the Owner or Architect or anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them,or by anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable, and not attributable to the fault or negligence of the Contractor. The so foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in addition to the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.18. 10.2.6 The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of the Contractor's organization Ilw at the site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents.This person shall be the Contractor's superintendent unless otherwise designated by the Contractor in writing to the Owner and Architect. no 10.2.7 The Contractor shall not load or permit any part of the construction or site to be loaded so as to endanger its safety. + 10.3 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS 10.3.1 If reasonable precautions will be inadequate to prevent foreseeable bodily injury or death to persons resulting from a material or substance,including but not limited to asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB), encountered on the site by the Contractor, the Contractorrlt shall, upon recognizing the condition, immediately stop Work in the affected area and report the condition to the Owner and Architect in writing. �"40� 10.3.2 The Owner shall obtain the services of a licensed laboratory to verify the presence or �� ► absence of the material or substance reported by the Contractor and,in the event such material or substance is found to be present, to verify that it has been rendered harmless. Unless 01997 AIA® otherwise required by the Contract Documents, the Owner shall furnish in writing to the AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 Contractor and Architect the names and qualifications of persons or entities who are to GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 00700 aia201 revised genl conditions.aia -- IN 7/18/2002.AIA License Number 1133746,which expires on 4/30/2003. 36 40 perform tests verifying the presence or absence of such material or substance or who are to perform the task of removal or safe containment of such material or substance.The Contractor nwr and the Architect will promptly reply to the Owner in writing stating whether or not either has reasonable objection to the persons or entities proposed by the Owner. If either the Contractor or Architect has an objection to a person or entity proposed by the Owner, the Owner shall propose another to whom the Contractor and the Architect have no reasonable objection. rw When the material or substance has been rendered harmless, Work in the affected area shall resume upon written agreement of the Owner and Contractor. The Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased in the amount of the Contractor's reasonable additional costs of shut-down, delay and start-up, which adjustments shall be accomplished as provided in Article 7. 10.3.3 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor, Subcontractors,Architect,Architect's consultants and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work in the affected area THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL if in fact the material or substance presents the risk of bodily injury or death as described in CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN ,dw Subparagraph 10.3.1 and has not been rendered harmless,provided that such claim,damage,loss ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself) and provided that such damage, MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF TH15 loss or expense is not due to the sole negligence of a party seeking indemnity. ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY U51NG AIA VV 10.4 The Owner shall not be responsible under Paragraph 10.3 for materials and substances DOCUMENT D401. brought to the site by the Contractor unless such materials or substances were required by the This document has been approved and Contract Documents. endorsed by The Associated General r� Contractors of America. 10.5 If, without negligence on the part of the Contractor, the Contractor is held liable for the cost of remediation of a hazardous material or substance solely by reason of performing Work as required by the Contract Documents,the Owner shall indemnify the Contractor for all cost and expense thereby incurred. 10.6 EMERGENCIES +.r 10.6.1 In an emergency affecting safety of persons or property, the Contractor shall act, at the Contractor's discretion, to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. Additional compensation or extension of time claimed by the Contractor on account of an emergency shall be determined as provided in Paragraph 4.3 and Article 7. rr_t ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS 11.1 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE on 11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase from and maintain in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located such insurance as will protect the Contractor from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from the Contractor's operations under the Contract and for which the Contractor may to be legally liable, whether such operations be by the Contractor or by a Subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: 1 claims under workers' compensation, disability benefit and other similar up employee benefit acts which are applicable to the Work to be performed; .2 claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of the Contractor's employees; +" , .3 claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any so person other than the Contractor's employees; .4 claims for damages insured by usual personal injury liability coverage; ®1997 AIA® .5 claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or AIA DOCUMENT A201 -1997 rr destruction of tangible property,including loss of use resulting therefrom; GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, O 1997 by T e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects to quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until up the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 00700 aia201 revised genl conditions.aia -- 7/18/2002.AIA License Number 1133746,which expires on4/30/2003. 37 ow .6 claims for damages because of bodily injury, death of a person or property damage arising out of ownership,maintenance or use of a motor vehicle; .7 claims for bodily injury or property damage arising out of completed operations; and .8 claims involving contractual liability insurance applicable to the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.18. r> 11.1.2 The insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1 shall be written for not less than limits of liability specified in the Contract Documents or required by law, whichever coverage is greater. Coverages,whether written on an occurrence or claims-made basis,shall be maintained rliw without interruption from date of commencement of the Work until date of final payment and termination of any coverage required to be maintained after final payment. 11.1.3 Certificates of insurance acceptable to the Owner shall be filed with the Owner prior to commencement of the Work. These certificates and the insurance policies required by this THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL Paragraph 11.1 shall contain a provision that coverages afforded under the policies will not be CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN canceled or allowed to expire until at least 3o days' prior written notice has been given to the ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH Owner. If any of the foregoing insurance coverages are required to remain in force after final RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR payment and are reasonably available,an additional certificate evidencing continuation of such MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS coverage shall be submitted with the final Application for Payment as required by ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA Subparagraph 9.1o.2. Information concerning reduction of coverage on account of revised DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA limits or claims paid under the General Aggregate,or both,shall be furnished by the Contractor DOCUMENT D401. with reasonable promptness in accordance with the Contractor's information and belief. This document has been approved and 11.2 OWNER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE ContrsedbyThAmericiatedGeneral No Contractors of America. 11.2.1 The Owner shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining the Owner's usual liability insurance. 11.3 PROJECT MANAGEMENT PROTECTIVE LIABILITY INSURANCE 11.3.1 Optionally, the Owner may require the Contractor to purchase and maintain Project Management Protective Liability insurance from the Contractor's usual sources as primary coverage for the Owner's, Contractor's and Architect's vicarious liability for construction operations under the Contract. Unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, the Owner shall reimburse the Contractor by increasing the Contract Sum to pay the cost of purchasing and maintaining such optional insurance coverage,and the Contractor shall not be responsible for purchasing any other liability insurance on behalf of the Owner.The minimum limits of liability purchased with such coverage shall be equal to the aggregate of the limits required for Contractor's Liability Insurance under Clauses 11.1.1.2 through 11.1.1.5. 11.3.2 To the extent damages are covered by Project Management Protective Liability insurance,the Owner,Contractor and Architect waive all rights against each other for damages, except such rights as they may have to the proceeds of such insurance.The policy shall provide for such waivers of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. rMw 11.3.3 The Owner shall not require the Contractor to include the Owner,Architect or other persons or entities as additional insureds on the Contractor's Liability Insurance coverage under Paragraph 11.1. 410 11.4 PROPERTY INSURANCE 11.4.1 Unless otherwise provided, the Owner shall purchase and maintain, in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located, iw property insurance written on a builder's risk"all-risk"or equivalent policy form in the amount of the initial Contract Sum, plus value of subsequent Contract modifications and cost of 01997 AIA® materials supplied or installed by others,comprising total value for the entire Project at the site AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 on a replacement cost basis without optional deductibles. Such property insurance shall be GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE ON CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 95 , 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. No States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 00700 aia201 revised genl conditions.aia -- 7/18/2002.AIA License Number 1133746,which expires on 4/30/2003. 38 111 r maintained, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or otherwise agreed in writing by all persons and entities who are beneficiaries of such insurance, until final payment has been made as provided in Paragraph 9.10 or until no person or entity other than the Owner has an insurable interest in the property required by this Paragraph 11.4 to be covered, whichever is later. This insurance shall include interests of the Owner, the Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in the Project. rlr Insert N: Parties initiating claims against the Owner-provided insurance shall be financially responsible for the deductible portion of the adjustment 11.4.1.1 Property insurance shall be on an "all-risk" or equivalent policy form and shall include, without limitation, insurance against the perils of fire (with extended coverage) and physical loss or damage including,without duplication of coverage,theft,vandalism,malicious war mischief, collapse, earthquake, flood, windstorm, falsework, testing and startup, temporary buildings and debris removal including demolition occasioned by enforcement of any applicable legal requirements, and shall cover reasonable compensation for Architect's and THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL Contractor's services and expenses required as a result of such insured loss. CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN wo ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH 11.4.1.2 If the Owner does not intend to purchase such property insurance required by the RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS Contract and with all of the coverages in the amount described above, the Owner shall so ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA inform the Contractor in writing prior to commencement of the Work. The Contractor may DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA wr then effect insurance which will protect the interests of the Contractor, Subcontractors and DOCUMENT D401. Sub-subcontractors in the Work, and by appropriate Change Order the cost thereof shall be charged to the Owner. If the Contractor is damaged by the failure or neglect of the Owner to This document has been approved and purchase or maintain insurance as described above, without so notifying the Contractor in endorsed by The Associated General +� writing,then the Owner shall bear all reasonable costs properly attributable thereto. Contractors of America. 11.4.1.3 If the property insurance requires deductibles, the Owner shall pay costs not covered because of such deductibles. 11.4.1.4 This property insurance shall cover portions of the Work stored off the site,and also portions of the Work in transit. No 11.4.1.5 Partial occupancy or use in accordance with Paragraph 9.9 shall not commence until the insurance company or companies providing property insurance have consented to such partial occupancy or use by endorsement or otherwise. The Owner and the Contractor 10 shall take reasonable steps to obtain consent of the insurance company or companies and shall, without mutual written consent, take no action with respect to partial occupancy or use that would cause cancellation,lapse or reduction of insurance. 11.4.2 Boiler and Machinery Insurance. The Owner shall purchase and maintain boiler and machinery insurance required by the Contract Documents or by law, which shall specifically cover such insured objects during installation and until final acceptance by the war Owner; this insurance shall include interests of the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in the Work,and the Owner and Contractor shall be named insureds. 11.4.3 Loss of Use Insurance. The Owner, at the Owner's option, may purchase and ! � maintain such insurance as will insure the Owner against loss of use of the Owner's property due to fire or other hazards,however caused.The Ownef Nvaives +igkts-ofaction ..,,airs' the latheF hazards however-caused. 11.4.4 If the Contractor requests in writing that insurance for risks other than those described herein or other special causes of loss be included in the property insurance policy, the Owner 01997 AIA® shall,if possible,include such insurance,and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 by appropriate Change Order. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, © 1997 by e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until a* the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 00700 aia201 revised genl conditions.aia -- 7/18/2002.AIA License Number 1133746,which expires on 4/30/2003. 39 4W 11.4.5 If during the Project construction period the Owner insures properties, real or personal or both, at or adjacent to the site by property insurance under policies separate from those insuring the Project, or if after final payment property insurance is to be provided on the completed Project through a policy or policies other than those insuring the Project during the construction period, the Owner shall waive all rights in accordance with the terms of Subparagraph 11.4.7 for damages caused by fire or other causes of loss covered by this separate property insurance. All separate policies shall provide this waiver of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. 11.4.6 Before an exposure to loss may occur,the Owner shall file with the Contractor a copy of each policy that includes insurance coverages required by this Paragraph 11.4. Each policy shall contain all generally applicable conditions, definitions, exclusions and endorsements related to this Project. Each policy shall contain a provision that the policy will not be canceled so or allowed to expire; and that its limits will not be reduced, until at least 3o days' prior written THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL notice has been given to the Contractor. CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN 11.4.7 Waivers of g Subrogation. The Owner and Contractor waive all rights against (1) ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH $ RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR each other and any of their subcontractors,sub-subcontractors, agents and employees, each of MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS the other, and (2) the Architect, Architect's consultants, separate contractors described in ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA Article 6,if any,and any of their subcontractors,sub-subcontractors,agents and employees, for DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA damages caused by fire or other causes of loss to the extent covered by property insurance DOCUMENT D401. obtained pursuant to this Paragraph 11.4 or other property insurance applicable to the Work, except such rights as they have to proceeds of such insurance held by the Owner as fiduciary. This document has been approved and The Owner or Contractor,as appropriate,shall require of the Architect,Architect's consultants, endorsed by The Associated General separate contractors described in Article 6, if any, and the subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, Contractors of America. agents and employees of any of them, by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, similar waivers each in favor of other parties enumerated herein. The policies shall provide such waivers of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. A waiver of subrogation shall be effective as to a person or entity even though that person or entity would otherwise have a duty of indemnification, contractual or otherwise, did not pay the insurance premium directly or indirectly, and whether or not the person or entity had an insurable interest in the property damaged. iw 11.4.8 A loss insured under Owner's property insurance shall be adjusted by the Owner as fiduciary and made payable to the Owner as fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may appear,subject to requirements of any applicable mortgagee clause and of Subparagraph 11.4.10. The Contractor shall pay Subcontractors their just shares of insurance proceeds received by the Contractor, and by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, shall require Subcontractors to make payments to their Sub-subcontractors in similar manner. 11.4.9 If required in writing by a party in interest, the Owner as fiduciary shall, upon occurrence of an insured loss, give bond for proper performance of the Owner's duties. The cost of required bonds shall be charged against proceeds received as fiduciary.The Owner shall deposit in a separate account proceeds so received, which the Owner shall distribute in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach, or in accordance with an arbitration award in which case the procedure shall be as provided in Paragraph 4.6. If after such loss no other special agreement is made and unless the Owner terminates the Contract for convenience, replacement of damaged property shall be performed by the Contractor after notification of a Change in the Work in accordance with Article 7. "'Vim 11.4.10 The Owner as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle a loss with insurers unless ■=� one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within five days after occurrence of loss to the Owner's exercise of this power; if such objection is made, the dispute shall be resolved as 111997 AIA® provided in Paragraphs 4.5 and 4.6. The Owner as fiduciary shall, in the case of arbitration, AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937,1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, O 1997 by TV American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 00700 aia201 revised genl conditions.aia -- 0 7/18/2002.AIA License Number 1133746,which expires on 4/30/2003. 40 40 make settlement with insurers in accordance with directions of the arbitrators.If distribution of insurance proceeds by arbitration is required,the arbitrators will direct such distribution. .rA 11.5 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND 11.5.1 The Owner shall have the right to require the Contractor to furnish bonds covering faithful performance of the Contract and payment of obligations arising thereunder as stipulated in bidding requirements or specifically required in the Contract Documents on the date of execution of the Contract. No Insert O: Performance Bond and Labor and Materials Payment Bond - The Contractor agrees to comply with all requirements of Chapter 39.08 RCW. The Contractor shall secure and pay for a Performance Bond and a Labor and Materials Payment Bond issued by a bonding company licensed to transact business in the r locality of the project, on the City Bond Form "Bond to the City of Renton," attached and executed in pursuance to Chapter 39.08 Revised Code of Washington and any THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL amendments thereto. The Bond Form must comply with all requirements of the City CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN it Attorney. ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR Insert P: The surety bond shall be In the following penal sums: MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS Insert Q: Performance Bond: 100% of agreement sum plus Washington State Sales ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA IV Tax DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA Insert R: Labor and Material Payment: 100% of agreement sum plus Washington DOCUMENT D401. State Sales Tax This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General "" Insert S: The Contractor guarantees the excellence of both quality of work and Contractors of America. materal, and the payment of all obligations incurred until the provisions of the Contract Document are fulfilled. Insert T: In lieu of furnishing a Material and Payment Bond on contracts of twenty-five thousand dollars or less, at the option of the Contractor. the City may in lieu of the bond, retain fifty percent of the contract amount for a period of sixty days after date of final acceptance, or until receipt of all necessary releases from the Department of Revenue and the Department of Labor and Industries and settlement of any liens filed under Chapter 60.28 RCW, whichever is later. r .11.5.2 Upon the request of any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of bonds covering payment of obligations arising under the Contract, the Contractor shall promptly furnish a copy of the bonds or shall permit a copy to be made. ow ARTICLE 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 12.1 UNCOVERING OF WORK 12.1.1 If a portion of the Work is covered contrary to the Architect's request or to requirements specifically expressed in the Contract Documents, it must, if required in writing by the Architect, be uncovered for the Architect's examination and be replaced at the Contractor's expense without change in the Contract Time. rrw 12.1.2 If a portion of the Work has been covered which the Architect has not specifically requested to examine prior to its being covered, the Architect may request to see such Work and it shall be uncovered by the Contractor. If such Work is in accordance with the Contract rr Documents,costs of uncovering and replacement shall,by appropriate Change Order,be at the o Owner's expense. If such Work is not in accordance with the Contract Documents,correction shall be at the Contractor's expense unless the condition was caused by the Owner or a separate 01997 AIA® contractor in which event the Owner shall be responsible for payment of such costs. AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by T e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until rrr the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 00700 aia201 revised genl conditions.aia -- 7/18/2002.AIA License Number 1133746,which expires on 4/30/2003. 41 we to 12.2 CORRECTION OF WORK 12.2.1 BEFORE OR AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION to 12.2.1.1 The Contractor shall promptly correct Work rejected by the Architect or failing to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents, whether discovered before or after Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated, installed or completed. Costs of correcting such rejected Work, including additional testing and inspections and compensation so for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby, shall be at the Contractor's expense. 12.2.2 AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION as 12.2.2.1 In addition to the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.5, if,within one year after the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof or after the date for commencement of warranties established under Subparagraph 9.9.1, or by terms of an applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents, any of the Work is found to 06 be not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL correct it promptly after receipt of written notice from the Owner to do so unless the Owner CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN has previously given the Contractor a written acceptance of such condition. The Owner shall ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH give such notice promptly after discovery of the condition. During the one-year period for RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR correction of Work, if the Owner fails to notify the Contractor and give the Contractor an MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS opportunity to make the correction, the Owner waives the rights to require correction by the ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA Contractor and to make a claim for breach of warranty. If the Contractor fails to correct DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA nonconforming Work within a reasonable time during that period after receipt of notice from DOCUMENT D401. the Owner or Architect,the Owner may correct it in accordance with Paragraph 2.4. This document has been approved and 12.2.2.2 The one-year period for correction of Work shall be extended with respect to endorsed by The Associated General portions of Work first performed after Substantial Completion by the period of time between Contractors of America. Substantial Completion and the actual performance of the Work. Insert U: Where items on the Architect's "Punch List" have not been corrected priorIr to expiration of the guarantee period it shall nevertheless be the responsibility of the Contractor to permanently correct items and the Contract shall not be fully performed until such permanent corrections are made. All corrective work performed by the Contractor in remedying defective work shall be subject to the same guarantee ` requirements of the original work for a period of one year from the date of completion of the corrective work. r>Ir► Insert V: As directed by Architect replace entirely, at no additional cost to Owner, any work requiring repeated service other than normal maintenance during guarantee period. wr 12.2.2.3 The one-year period for correction of Work shall not be extended by corrective Work performed by the Contractor pursuant to this Paragraph 12.2. rr[ 12.2.3 The Contractor shall remove from the site portions of the Work which are not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and are neither corrected by the Contractor nor accepted by the Owner. 12.2.4 The Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting destroyed or damaged construction, whether completed or partially completed, of the Owner or separate contractors caused by the "V .-W Contractor's correction or removal of Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. �■� 12.2.5 Nothing contained in this Paragraph 12.2 shall be construed to establish a period of 01997 AIA® limitation with respect to other obligations which the Contractor might have under the AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 Contract Documents.Establishment of the one-year period for correction of Work as described GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION -))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, © 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 00700 aia201 revised genl conditions.aia -- to 7/18/2002.AIA License Number 1133746,which expires on 4/30/2003. 42 go go in Subparagraph 12.2.2 relates only to the specific obligation of the Contractor to correct the Work, and has no relationship to the time within which the obligation to comply with the V0 Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced, nor to the time within which proceedings may be commenced to establish the Contractor's liability with respect to the Contractor's obligations other than specifically to correct the Work. 12.3 ACCEPTANCE OF NONCONFORMING WORK 12.3.1 If the Owner prefers to accept Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Owner may do so instead of requiring its removal and correction, in which case the Contract Sum will be reduced as appropriate and equitable. Such �r adjustment shall be effected whether or not final payment has been made. ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 13.1 GOVERNING LAW 13.1.1 The Contract shall be governed by the law of the place where the Project is located. THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITHAN 13.2 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH err 13.2.1 The Owner and Contractor respectively bind themselves, their partners, successors, RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto and to partners, successors, assigns MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS and legal representatives of such other party in respect to covenants, agreements and ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA obligations contained in the Contract Documents. Except as provided in Subparagraph 13.2.2, DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract as a whole without written consent of DOCUMENT D401. the other.If either party attempts to make such an assignment without such consent,that party This document has been approved and shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all obligations under the Contract. endorsed by The Associated General 13.2.2 The Owner may, without consent of the Contractor, assign the Contract to an Contractors of America. institutional lender providing construction financing for the Project. In such event, the lender shall assume the Owner's rights and obligations under the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall execute all consents reasonably required to facilitate such assignment. 13.3 WRITTEN NOTICE 13.3.1 Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or a member of the firm or entity or to an officer of the corporation for which it was intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail to the last business address known to the party giving notice. �Ir 13.4 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES 13.4.1 Duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and rights and remedies available thereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law. 13.4.2 No action or failure to act by the Owner, Architect or Contractor shall constitute a �► waiver of a right or duty afforded them under the Contract, nor shall such action or failure to act constitute approval of or acquiescence in a breach thereunder, except as may be specifically agreed in writing. nw, 13.5 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 13.5.1 Tests, inspections and approvals of portions of the Work required by the Contract ' Documents or by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of public authorities having �, A jurisdiction shall be made at an appropriate time. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor f• ; : shall make arrangements for such tests, inspections and approvals with an independent testing laboratory or entity acceptable to the Owner,or with the appropriate public authority,and shall bear all related costs of tests,inspections and approvals.The Contractor shall give the Architect 01997 AIA® timely notice of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that the Architect may AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, © 199 y e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until ar the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 00700 aia201 revised genl conditions.aia -- 7/18/2002.AIA License Number 1133746,which expires on 4/30/2003. 43 iW �w be present for such procedures. The Owner shall bear costs of tests, inspections or approvals which do not become requirements until after bids are received or negotiations concluded. 13.5.2 If the Architect, Owner or public authorities having jurisdiction determine that portions of the Work require additional testing, inspection or approval not included under Subparagraph 13.5.1,theArchitect will,upon written authorization from the Owner,instruct the Contractor to make arrangements for such additional testing, inspection or approval by an entity acceptable to the Owner, and the Contractor shall give timely notice to the Architect of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that the Architect may be present for such procedures. Such costs, except as provided in Subparagraph 13.5.3,shall be at the Owner's expense. 13.5.3 If such procedures for testing, inspection or approval under Subparagraphs 13.5.1 and 13.5.2 reveal failure of the portions of the Work to comply with requirements established by the Contract Documents, all costs made necessary by such failure including those of repeated procedures and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses shall be at the THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN Contractor's expense. ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR 13.5.4 Required certificates of testing,inspection or approval shall, unless otherwise required MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS by the Contract Documents, be secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA Architect. DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA "V DOCUMENT D401. 13.5.5 If the Architect is to observe tests, inspections or approvals required by the Contract Documents, the Architect will do so promptly and, where practicable, at the normal place of This document has been approved and testin endorsed by The Associated General g• Contractors of America. 13.5.6 Tests or inspections conducted pursuant to the Contract Documents shall be made promptly to avoid unreasonable delay in the Work. rw► 13.6 INTEREST 13.6.1 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Documents shall bear interest from the date payment is due at such rate as the parties may agree upon in writing or, in the absence 16 thereof,at the legal rate prevailing from time to time at the place where the Project is located. 13.7 COMMENCEMENT OF STATUTORY LIMITATION PERIOD 13.7.1 As between the Owner and Contractor: rw 1 Before Substantial Completion. As to acts or failures to act occurring prior to the relevant date of Substantial Completion, any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than such date of Substantial Completion; .2 Between Substantial Completion and Final Certificate for Payment. As to acts or failures to act occurring subsequent to the relevant date of Substantial Completion and prior to issuance of the final Certificate for Payment, any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than the date of issuance of the final Certificate for Payment;and .3 After Final Certificate for Payment. As to acts or failures to act occurring after the relevant date of issuance of the final Certificate for Payment, any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of �. action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than the +- ow date of any act or failure to act by the Contractor pursuant to any Warranty provided under Paragraph 3.5,the date of any correction of the Work or failure to ®1997 AIA® correct the Work by the Contractor under Paragraph 12.2, or the date of actual AIA DOCUMENT A201- 1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958-,-1961, 1963, 19 1967, 1970, 976, 1987, 0 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 00700 aia201 revised genl conditions.aia -- go 7/18/2002.AIA License Number 1133746,which expires on 4/30/2003. 44 40 commission of any other act or failure to perform any duty or obligation by the Contractor or Owner,whichever occurs last. w ARTICLE 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT 14.1 TERMINATION BY THE CONTRACTOR �r 14.1.1 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if the Work is stopped for a period of 30 consecutive days through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub- subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work under direct or indirect contract with the Contractor, for any of the following ,w reasons: 1 issuance of an order of a court or other public authority having jurisdiction which requires all Work to be stopped; .2 an act of government,such as a declaration of national emergency which requires all Work to be stopped; .3 because the Architect has not issued a Certificate for Payment and has not THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL notified the Contractor of the reason for withholding certification as provided in CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITHAN aw Subparagraph 9.4.1, or because the Owner has not made payment on a Certificate ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH for Payment within the time stated in the Contract Documents;or RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR .4 the Owner has failed to furnish to the Contractor promptly, upon the MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS Contractor's request,reasonable evidence as required by Subparagraph 2.2.1. ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA aw 14.1.2 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if, through no act or fault of the DOCUMENT D401. Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other This document has been approved and persons or entities performing portions of the Work under direct or indirect contract with the endorsed by The Associated General am Contractor, repeated suspensions, delays or interruptions of the entire Work by the Owner as Contractors of America. described in Paragraph 14.3 constitute in the aggregate more than loo percent of the total number of days scheduled for completion,or 12o days in any 365-day period,whichever is less. 14.1.3 If one of the reasons described in Subparagraph 14.1.1 or 14.1.2 exists, the Contractor may, upon seven days' written notice to the Owner and Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner payment for Work executed and for proven loss with respect to materials, equipment,tools, and construction equipment and machinery, including reasonable overhead,profit and damages. 14.1.4 If the Work is stopped for a period of 6o consecutive days through no act or fault of ,w the Contractor or a Subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons performing portions of the Work under contract with the Contractor because the Owner has persistently failed to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to matters important to the progress of the Work, the Contractor may, upon seven additional days' aw written notice to the Owner and the Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner as provided in Subparagraph 14.1.3. 14.2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CAUSE ow 14.2.1 The Owner may terminate the Contract if the Contractor: .1 persistently or repeatedly refuses or fails to supply enough properly skilled workers or proper materials; .2 fails to make payment to Subcontractors for materials or labor in accordance with the respective agreements between the Contractor and the Subcontractors; .3 persistently disregards laws, ordinances, or rules, regulations or orders of a public ,. authority having jurisdiction;or : •, ; � .4 otherwise is guilty of substantial breach of a provision of the Contract �- Documents. 01997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 to GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION <opyrlg t 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects wr quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until rrw the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 00700 aia201 revised gent conditions.aia -- 7/18/2002.AIA License Number 1133746,which expires on 4/30/2003. 45 +w 14.2.2 When any of the above reasons exist, the Owner,upon certification by the Architect that sufficient cause exists to justify such action, may without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of the Owner and after giving the Contractor and the Contractor's surety, if any, ► seven days' written notice, terminate employment of the Contractor and may, subject to any prior rights of the surety: 1 take possession of the site and of all materials,equipment,tools,and construction we equipment and machinery thereon owned by the Contractor; .2 accept assignment of subcontracts pursuant to Paragraph 5.4;and .3 finish the Work by whatever reasonable method the Owner may deem expedient. Upon request of the Contractor, the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor a rrrr detailed accounting of the costs incurred by the Owner in finishing the Work. 14.2.3 When the Owner terminates the Contract for one of the reasons stated in Subparagraph 14.2.1, the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive further payment until the Work is finished. THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN 14.2.4 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds costs of finishing the Work, ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH including compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby, and RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR other damages incurred by the Owner and not expressly waived,such excess shall be paid to the MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS Contractor. If such costs and damages exceed the unpaid balance,the Contractor shall pay the ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA difference to the Owner. The amount to be paid to the Contractor or Owner, as the case may DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA be, shall be certified by the Architect, upon application, and this obligation for payment shall DOCUMENT D401. survive termination of the Contract. This document has been approved and L ndorsed by The Associated General Insert W: 14.2.5. In the event of termination of the Contract because of Contractors Contractors of America. ot failure to carry out the work the Contractor shall have no claim against the Owner for profits or damages. 14.3 SUSPENSION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE ` 14.3.1 The Owner may,without cause, order the Contractor in writing to suspend,delay or interrupt the Work in whole or in part for such period of time as the Owner may determine. 14.3.2 The Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be adjusted for increases in the cost and time caused by suspension, delay or interruption as described in Subparagraph 14.3.1. Adjustment of the Contract Sum shall include profit. No adjustment shall be made to the extent: � 1 that performance is,was or would have been so suspended,delayed or interrupted by another cause for which the Contractor is responsible;or .2 that an equitable adjustment is made or denied under another provision of the Contract. 14.4 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE 14.4.1 The Owner may,at any time,terminate the Contract for the Owner's convenience and rlw without cause. 14.4.2 Upon receipt of written notice from the Owner of such termination for the Owner's convenience,the Contractor shall: .1 cease operations as directed by the Owner in the notice; ►'! .2 take actions necessary, or that the Owner may direct, for the protection and preservation of the Work;and .3 except for Work directed to be performed prior to the effective date of termination stated in the notice,terminate all existing subcontracts and purchase 01997 AIA® orders and enter into no further subcontracts and purchase orders. AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 1911,-V915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1558, 1961, 1963, T966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, © 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. rMi States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 00700 aia201 revised genl conditions.aia -- +Mit 7/18/2002.AIA License Number 1133746,which expires on 4/30/2003. 46 MM ow Insert X: .4 The "proven loss" shall be limited to the time period up to the notification of contract termination. VW 14.4.3 In case of such termination for the Owner's convenience, the Contractor shall be entitled to receive payment for Work executed, and costs incurred by reason of such or termination,along with reasonable overhead and profit on the Work not executed. THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA �r DOCUMENT D401. This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General w Contractors of America. arr vir +�r �n�nw rlr ®1997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201 -1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects 4" quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until or the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 00700 aia201 revised gent conditions.aia -- 7/18/2002.AIA License Number 1133746,which expires on'4/30/2003. 47 rw SECTION 00800-SPECIAL CONDITIONS ARTICLE 1 -COMPLIANCE WITH WAGE RATES AND FILING OF "INTENT TO PAY PREVAILING WAGES" HEREINAFTER CALLED "INTENT" AND "AFFIDAVIT OF WAGES PAID" r,. 2.1 "Prevailing Wages on Public Works"-The Contractor and Subcontractors shall comply with 39.12 RCW and amendments "Prevailing Wages on Public Works."The prevailing rate wages to be paid to all workers, laborers, or mechanics employed in the performance of any part of this �► Contract shall be in accordance therewith. 2.2 Current prevailing wage data will be furnished by the Industrial Statistician upon request. Requests shall be made to the State of Washington Department of Labor and Industries. Wage data is also available at http://www.Ini.wa.gov/prevailingwage/prey wage rates.htm The Contractor is responsible for paying the appropriate wage rates. 2.3 The Contractor, and all Subcontractors, on or before the date of commencement of work, shall file a statement under oath with the City and with the Director of Labor and Industries certifying the rate of hourly wages paid to each classification of laborers, workers, or mechanics employed to perform work under this Contract shall not be less than the prevailing rate of wages determined by the Washington State Labor and Industries. Such statement and any supplemental statements which may be necessary shall be filed in accordance with the practices and procedures required by the Department of Labor and Industries. 2.4 Copies of all "Intents" shall be on file with the Contractor, the Industrial Statistician, and the City. 2.5 "Affidavits of Wages Paid"- upon completion of project, the Contractor shall fully execute and file "Affidavit of Wages Paid"with the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries "' and any other agencies required by law. Sample copy enclosed herein. Copies shall be provided to the City prior to Final Completion, Final Payment and release of Retainage. Each affidavit of wages paid must be certified by the Industrial Statistician of the Department of Labor and Industries before it is submitted. ` 2.6 All costs and fees for and associated with the "Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages" and "Affidavits of Wages Paid"are to be paid by the Contractor. +r ARTICLE 2 - STATE LICENSING LAW w The Contractor agrees to comply with all requirements of Chapter 18.27 RCW. The Contractor agrees and covenants to furnish unto the Owner proper evidence that the Contractor has fully IN complied with the State Licensing Law of the State of Washington, Chapter 18.27 RCW, and a Contractor's Certificate of Registration shall be in full force and effect throughout the work project herein above enumerated, prior to starting work. t 00800-1 TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT CENTER SPECIAL CONDITIONS do is to ARTICLE 3 - NON-DISCRIMINATION The Contractor shall offer equal opportunity to all qualified employees and applicants for " employment without regard to the race, creed, color, sex, national origin, age, or disability. w► ARTICLE 4- CITY OF RENTON BUSINESS LICENSE Prior to signing a contract the contractor agrees to purchase a City of Renton Business License to and maintain the license in full force and effect throughout the work of the project. License may be purchased from the City Finance Department located on the First Floor of the City Hall Building, 1055 South Grady Way, Renton, WA. 'k wr► END OF SECTION �r rrV wr w 00800-2 TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT CENTER SPECIAL CONDITIONS rIM Traffic Management Center err SECTION 00801 SUPPLEMENTARY SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1. EIGHT HOUR LAW AND PAYMENT FOR LABOR: The Contractor agrees to comply with all requirements of Chapter 49.28 RCW providing that no laborer, worker,or mechanic in the employ of the Contractor,Sub-contractor,or other person doing or contracting to do the whole or any part of the work contemplated by this Contract,shall be permitted or required to work more than eight(8)hours in any one calendar day,provided that,in cases of extraordinary emergency,such as danger to life or property,the hours of work may be extended,but in such cases the rate of pay for time employed in excess of eight(8) hours of each calendar day shall not be less than one and one-half times the rate allowed for this same amount of time during eight(8)hours'service. Any work necessary to be performed after regular working hours,or Sunday or legal holidays shall be performed without additional expense to the Owner. 2. COMPLIANCE WITH WAGE RATES AND FILING OF "INTENT TO PAY PREVAILING WAGES" HEREINAFTER CALLED "INTENT"AND "AFFIDAVIT OF WAGES PAID" +rr The Contractor and Subcontractors shall comply with 39.12 RCW and amendments "Prevailing Wages on Public Works." 2.1 The prevailing rate wages to be paid to all workers,laborers,or mechanics employed in the performance of any part of this Contract shall be in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 39.12 RCW,as amended. The rules and regulations of the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries and the Schedule of Prevailing Wage Rates determined by the Industrial Statistician of the Department of labor and Industries,are enclosed herein. wr 2.2 In case any wage dispute arises as to what are the prevailing rates of wages for work of a similar nature,and such dispute cannot be adjusted by the parties in interest,including labor and management representatives,the matter shall be referred for dispute resolution to the Department 1r of Labor and Industries. The findings shall be final and conclusive and binding on all parties involved in the dispute as provided for by RCW 39.12.060 as amended. Current prevailing wage data will be furnished by the Industrial Statistician upon request. Requests shall be made to the State of Washington Department of Labor and Industries. The Contractor is responsible for paying ow the appropriate wage rates. 2.3 The Contractor,and all Subcontractors,on or before the date of commencement of work,shall file ON a statement under oath with the Owner and with the Director of Labor and Industries certifying the rate of hourly wages paid to each classification of laborers, workers,or mechanics employed to perform work under this Contract shall not be less than the prevailing rate of wages determined by im the Washington State Labor and Industries. Such statement and any supplemental statements which may be necessary shall be filed in accordance with the practices and procedures required by the Department of Labor and Industries. 40 2.4 Prior to commencing work,the Contractor and each and every Subcontractor shall file a sworn statement of"Intent to Pay the Prevailing Wages," including fringe benefits for each job classification to be utilized. Sample copy enclosed herein. d` 2.5 Copies of all "Intents" shall be on file with the Contractor,the Industrial Statistician,the Owner, the Architect. we 2.6 Affidavits of Wages Paid,upon completion of project, the Contractor shall fully execute and file "Affidavit of Wages Paid" with the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries and any other agencies required by law. Sample copy enclosed herein. Copies shall be provided to the w City prior to Final Completion,Final Payment and release of Retainage. Each affidavit of wages Supplementary Special Conditions 00801. 1 Traffic Management Center paid must be certified by the Industrial Statistician of the Department of Labor and Industries before it is submitted. 2.7 All costs and fees for and associated with the "Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages" and "Affidavits of Wages Paid" are to be paid by the Contractor. 3. NON-DISCRIMINATION: The contractor shall offer equal opportunity to all qualified employees and applicants for employment without regard to the race,creed,color,sex,national origin,age,or disability. Successful designated bidder shall fill out and complete the AFFIDAVIT OF COMPLIANCE FROM included herein and submit with signed Contract. + 4. LICENSING: The Contractor agrees to comply with all requirements of Chapter 18.27 RCW. The Contractor agrees and covenants to furnish unto the Owner proper evidence that the Contractor has fully complied with the State Licensing Law of the State of Washington,Chapter 18.27 RCW,and a Contractor's Vt Certificate of Registration shall be in full force and effect throughout the work project herein above enumerated,prior to starting work. Prior to signing a contract the contractor agrees to purchase a City of Renton Business License and maintain the license in full force and effect throughout the work of the project. License may be purchased from the City Finance Department located on the First Floor of the City Hall rr�r Building, 1055 South Grady Way,Renton,WA. 5. ENVIRONMENTAL LEGISLATION +wr The following list represents those federal,state,and local statutes,ordinances,regulations and orders dealing with preservation of public natural resources and prevention of environmental pollution currently know to the Owner and that may effect or are effected by the proposed work. Bidders shall review such materials prior to submittal of sealed bids. Federal: Title 42,Section 4321,et. seq.,of the United States Code. w State: Water Pollution Act,Chapter 90.58 RCW State Environmental Policy Act of 1971,Chapter 43.21 C RCW and WAC Chapter 197-1I/Title 38 RCW and Chapter 60.28 RCW. Regional: Regulations I and II-Puget Sound Air Pollution Control Agency. Local: Applicable city ordinance and regulations. The successful Bidder shall comply with applicable portions of the listed statutes,ordinances,regulations, conditions,and such other regulatory measures dealing with the prevention of environmental pollution and the preservation of public natural resources. See"Permits",included herein for additional information. 6. RECYCLED PRODUCTS 5.1 The City of Renton requires the use of recycled products and recyclable products whenever 1* practicable. 5.2 "Practicable" means sufficient in performance,available at a reasonable price,and with sufficient service provided. 5.3 Contractors shall: a. Use recycled paper for proposals and for any printed or photo copied materials created pursuant to a contract with the City whenever practicable. wiw b. Use both sides of paper sheets for reports submitted to the City whenever practicable. ow Supplementary Special Conditions 00801.2 a Traffic Management Center "~ 5.4 Contractor shall provide certification of the content and amount of recycled products used where practicable. Contractor shall maintain records of recycled products purchased,on an on-going basis. w 5.5 Typical Recycled Products are as follows: sw a. Paper and paper products b. Compost products; C. Cement and asphalt concrete containing glass cullet,recycled fiber or plastic,tire rubber, or fly ash; d. Re-crushed cement concrete aggregate and asphalt; e. Lubricating oil and hydraulic oil with re-refined oil content; f. Antifreeze; g. Outdoor-wood product substitutes made from recycled plastic; h Remanufactured or retread tires and products made from recycled tire rubber; i. Paint; j. Remanufactured laser printer toner cartridges; ■rr 5.6 Source of Information on Recycled Products: a. Lists,catalogs,and directories of Recycled Content Building and Construction Products is available from the CLEAN WASHINGTON CENTER a division of the Department of Trade and Economic Development,2001 6th Avenue,Suite 2700,Seattle, WA 98121, Phone(206)587-5520 FAX(206)464-6902 ATTN: Kathy Silva. b. A source of overall information concerning the recycle program;King County Commission for Marketing Recyclable Materials,400 Yester,Suite 200,Seattle,WA 98104,Attn: Joyce Gagnon. rrr C. Assembly of"Construction Notebooks" with information on a wide variety of recycled materials utilized locally:Recycle Marketing Commission,Julie Dodobara,Phone(206) 296-4439. wrr d. List of recycled products: The Harris Directory. 5.7 Product Criteria ow The proposed use of recycled construction products is encouraged where the product has: a. History of being utilized in construction in this geographic area for a minimum of five ,r years. b. The experience with this product used in construction,is favorable and without problems. C. Meets ASTM testing requirements where applicable. d. Meets ICBO Certificate requirements where applicable. Aw e. Meets the specific specification requirements included herein. 7. TEMPORARY REPAIRS: VO The Owner reserves the right to make temporary repairs as necessary to keep the utilities in operating condition. The exercise of this right by the Owner shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibilities under the terms of the "Guarantee" as herein specified. The cost of such repairs,required as a result of the Contractor's work,shall be deducted from the Contract amount. +r rrA Supplementary Special Conditions 00801. 3 w Traffic Management Center �rw 8. TELEPHONE: The Contractor shall maintain a local telephone where he/she or a qualified assistant may normally be reached during business hours. The Contractor shall also maintain a 24 hour telephone number where he/she may be reached in the case of an emergency. Failure to answer this telephone,failure to respond to calls,or negligence in carrying out the provisions of this contract may result in cancellation of the contract, or forfeiture of remaining contract payments. 9. SITE AND STREET CLEANING: Contractors working dump trucks and/or other equipment on paved streets and roadways will be required to clean said streets at the conclusion of each day's operation or as directed by the City. If the area is not properly cleaned or the condition of the excavation warrants or if required by other City or State ordinances or requirements,the Owner shall direct the Contractor to provide facilities to remove clay or other deposits from the tires or between dual wheels before trucks and/or other equipment will be allowed to travel beyond the construction site. Any violation of the above requirements shall be sufficient ground for the Owner to order the area in question cleaned by others,the cost of the operation to be deducted from the Contract amount. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to control dust at the construction site by watering as required or as directed ► by the Owner. All costs in connection with the above work shall be considered as incidental to the construction,and payment shall be considered to be included in the prices bid for the various items comprising this improvement. 14. PERFORMANCE BOND(CONTRACTOR'S CONTRACT BOND): The Contractor shall execute and deliver to the Owner a bond on the form included in this bid package,with an approved surety company,as surety in the sum of the full amount of the contract price including the Washington State Sales Tax,in compliance with the Revised Codes of Washington,and any amendments thereto.The bond shall also guarantee the Contractor's material and workmanship on the project for a period of one(1)year from the date of the issuance of his Certificate of Substantial Completion by the Architect. we 11. TAXES: A. Sales Taxes: The Revenue Act of 1935,as amended,requires the Owner to pay the Contractor for transmittal to the State,a Retail Sales Tax on the total charge made for the construction. Payment for the tax shall be included in the price bid for the items as indicated on the bid forms. B. Other Taxes: The Contract sum,and any agreed variations thereof,shall include all taxes,except sales taxes imposed by law and taxes upon the real property comprising the site of the project. 12. PROVISIONS FOR WATER COURSE,SEWERS OR DRAINS: The Contractor shall provide for the flow of all watercourses including drains and combined sewers intercepted during the progress of the work and shall completely restore the same in as good condition as he/she found them or shall make such final provisions for them as the Owner directs. The Contractor shall not obstruct the gutter of any street but shall use all proper measures to provide for the free passage of surface water. The Contractor shall make provisions to take care of all surplus water,mud,silt,or other run-off from excavations or other operations and shall be responsible for any damage,whatever nature, resulting from his failure to provide for the adequate control of run-off.Contractor shall clean and/or restore any erosion control,storm system,lakes or bioswale systems existing on site prior to the completion of the contract,or as required for the continual operation of the system. No additional payment shall be made for the above work. Payment for the cost thereof shall be included in the price bid for the various items which comprise this improvement. Supplementary Special Conditions 00801.4 NO Traffic Management Center 13. SURVEYS: Contractor shall provide for and shall be responsible for the layout of the work and shall verify all grades, lines, levels,and dimensions as shown on the drawings,and shall report any errors or inconsistencies to the Architect before commencing work. Maintain all reference points,if they are disturbed or destroyed, replaced as directed. Contractor shall be responsible for the verification of grades at the completion of work. Contractor will be held responsible for the correctness of all work. 14. CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE: aw a. Schedule: Prior to commencing the project,the Contractor shall submit a detailed computer generated Critical Path Method(CPM)Construction Schedule for approval. It shall include all elements of the work and establish milestones for completion of major elements of the work with emphasis on completing weather sensitive portions of the project. The Schedule shall be updated monthly to reflect the actual progress of the work and adjustments to the projected construction schedule. b. Access: The Contractor shall maintain access from the existing west entrance to the lower level parking garage(P-1)to Grady Way throughout the construction of the project. 15. TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION AND FACILITIES: a. Temporary Water: Non-potable water for construction will be furnished by the Owner. Ascertain where these services will be available,make temporary connections as required,and remove on completion of work. b. Temporary Power:Power for construction will be furnished by the Owner.Contractor shall ascertain where these services are available,make temporary connections as required,and remove on completion of work. arr C. Security: The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining any desired or required site security. 16. TRAFFIC SAFETY AND STREET USE: The Contractor shall be responsible for the provision of we barricades and the safety guards and any other structures of improvement necessary for the complete protection of the public or workers including traffic study requirements as directed by the City in consultation with the Public Works and Police Departments. The Contractor shall further abide by all rules awwr and regulations of OSHA as amended or supplemented by WISHA.Contractor shall be responsible for any permits required due to construction activity or staging in the public right-of-way including,but not limited to, traffic control and flaggers as required by City Public Works Department. All costs in connection with the above work shall be considered as incidental to the construction,and payment shall be considered to be am included in the prices bid for the various items comprising this improvement. 17. ACCESS TO PARKING GARAGE: The Contractor shall maintain access from the existing west 00 entrance at the lower level parking garage(P-1)to Grady Way throughout the construction of the project. However,certain phases of the construction may require the Contractor to close the access to accomplish the work. The contractor shall be responsible for notifying the City 72 hours in advance of any required closures and the anticipated length of such closures. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing go barriers and signage notifying City employees of such closures and anticipated length. City employees will be required to use the north entry into P-1 during closures of the west entry. The Contractor shall provide barriers and flaggers as required to maintain access for City Employees to and from Grady Way and the r parking garage during construction. The Contractor shall provide barriers as necessary in the parking garage and on the upper parking plaza to w keep employees and vehicles from construction work in these areas. Supplementary Special Conditions 00801. 5 w Ili► Traffic Management Center 18. PERMITS: The Owner will pay directly for the Building Permit. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to apply for and pay for the plumbing,mechanical,and electrical permits and to secure all other Municipal, County,or State permits and licenses necessary or incident to the actual performance of the work under this ply Contract that have not been addressed in the contract documents,and shall, during the work progress, comply with all laws,ordinances,and governmental regulations pertaining to carrying out of the work. 19. HOLD OWNER HARMLESS: The Contractor agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from all claims for damages by third parties,including costs and reasonable attorney's fees in the defense of claims for damages,arising from performance of the Contractor's express or implied obligations under this contract. Contractor waives any right of contribution against the Owner. For the purposes of applying no RCW 4.24.115 to this contract,Contractor and Owner agree that the term"damages" applies only to the finding in a judicial proceeding and it is exclusive of third party claims for damages preliminary thereto. It is agreed and mutually negotiated that in any and all claims against the Owner or any of its agents or V employees by any employee of the Contractor,any subcontractor,anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable,the indemnification obligation hereunder shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages,compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or any subcontractor under Workman's Compensation Acts, disability benefits acts or other employee's benefit acts. Owner and Contractor agree that all third party claims for damages against the Owner for which Contractor's insurance carrier does not accept defense of the Owner may be tendered by the Owner to the Contractor who shall,if so tendered by the Owner,accept to and undertake to defend or settle with the Claimant. The Owner retains the right to approve claims investigation and legal counsel assigned to said claim and all investigation and legal work product regarding said claim shall be performed under a fiduciary relationship to the Owner. In the event that the Owner agrees or a court finds that the claim arises from the sole negligence of the Owner,this indemnification shall ow be void and the Owner shall be responsible for all damages payable to the third party claimant. In the event that the Owner and Contractor agrees or a court finds that the claims arise from or include negligence of both the Contractor and the Owner,the Contractor shall be responsible for all damages payable by the VA Contractor to the third party claimant under the court findings,and,in addition thereto,the Contractor shall hereunder indemnify the Owner for all damages paid or payable by the Owner under the court findings in an amount not to exceed the percentage of total fault attributable to the Contractor. For example,where the to Contractor is 25%negligent,the Contractor shall not be required to indemnify the Owner for any amount in excess of 25%of the claimant's total damages. The Contractor specifically and expressly waives any immunity that may be granted it under the err Washington State Industrial Act,Title 51,RCW. 20. STATEMENT OF COMPLETION:The Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing when he/she considers the work completed in all particulars. The Architect shall make a final inspection,with such tests of workmanship as the Architect deems necessary,and shall advise the Contractor of any deficiencies or any work remaining to be done,and the Contractor shall at once correct,repair and complete the work in conformity to the Architect's instructions. Upon re-inspection,should the Architect find that the work has not been completed in accordance with his/her previous correction instructions,the Contractor shall be charged for any and all costs of any further re-inspection,including hourly Architect's and Engineer's fees, testing labs expenses,or fees of any other inspection service. Such fees will be paid through a deductive change order with the Owner. Upon full completion in conformity to the plans and specifications,the Architect shall prepare a statement of completion. The obtaining of such statement of completion shall be a condition precedent to the right of the Contractor to receive final payment. As a further condition of final payment to the Contractor and payment of the retained percentage,he shall execute and deliver to the Owner in form and substance as submitted by the Owner,a receipt,release and waiver of all claims against the Owner,growing out of or connected with the Contract. In addition the Contractor shall also provide The Owner with an affidavit stating that all subcontractors and material men have been paid in full. END OF SUPPLEMENTARY SPECIAL CONDITIONS Supplementary Special Conditions 00801.6 rw wr Traffic Management Center r CITY OF RENTON rr AFFIDAVIT OF COMPLIANCE +ww hereby confirms and declares that: w 1. It is the company policy to offer equal opportunity to all qualified employees and applicants for employment without regard to the race,creed,color,sex,national origin, age,or disability. II. The company complies with al applicable federal,state, and local laws governing non-discrimination in employment. aw IIl. When applicable,the company will seek out and negotiate with minority and women contractors for the award of subcontracts. go 'wr Print Representative Name and Title Representative's Signature www M wrr (Successful contractor shall submit this signed form with signed contract) rw 40 so Aw aw Supplementary Special Conditions 00801.7 w BOND TO THE CITY OF RENTON .rr KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: .r That we, the undersigned as principal, and corporation V ' organized and existing under the laws of the State of as a surety corporation, and qualified under the laws of the State of Washington to become surety upon bonds aw of contractors with municipal corporations, as surety are jointly and severally held and firmly bound to the City of Renton in the penal sum of$ for the payment of which sum on demand we bind ourselves and our successors, heirs, administrators wr or person representatives, as the case may be. „w. This obligation is entered into in pursuance of the statutes of the State of Washington, the Ordinance of the City of Renton. Dated at , Washington, this day of 19 •r Nevertheless, the conditions of the above obligation are such that: r„ WHEREAS, under and pursuant to Public Works Construction Contract CAG- providing for the the principal rw is required to furnish a bond for the faithful performance of the contract; and WHEREAS, the principal has accepted, or is about to accept, the contract, and undertake to perform the work therein provided for in the manner and within the time set forth; NOW, THEREFORE, if the principal shall faithfully perform all of the provisions of said contract in "' the manner and within the time therein set forth, or within such extenisons of time as may be granted under said contract, and shall pay all laborers, mechanics, subcontractors and materialmen, and all persons who shall supply said principal or subcontractors with provisions and supplies for the carrying on of said work, and shall hold said City of Renton harmless from any loss or damage occasioned to any person or property by reason of any carelessness or negligence on the part of said principal, or any subcontractor in the performance of said work, and shall indemnify and hold the City of Renton harmless from any damage or expense by reason of failure of performance as specified in the contract or from defects appearing or developing in the material or workmanship provided or performed under the contract within a period of one year after its acceptance thereof by the City of Renton, then and in that event this obligation shall be void; but WW otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect. Principal Surety Signature Signature Title Title 4W Approved by Larry Warren 2/14/92 +* �r "" SECTION 00920 - INSURANCE PROVISIONS WW Part 1 MINIMUM INSURANCE COVERAGES AND REQUIREMENTS 1.01 The Contractor shall obtain and maintain the minimum insurance coverages set forth below. by requiring such minimum insurance, City of Renton shall not be deemed or construed to have assessed the risks that may be applicable to the Contractor under Contract Number CAG- The Contractor shall assess its own risks and if it deems appropriate and/or prudent, maintain higher limits and/or broader coverages. 1.02 COVERAGES ow (1) Commercial General Liability- ISO 1993 Form or equivalent. Coverage to include: wr • Premises and Operations • Explosion, Collapse and Underground Hazards °•' 0 Products/Completed Operations • Contractual Liability (including Amendatory Endorsement CG 0043, which includes defense coverage assumed under contract) • Broad Form Property Damage • Independent Contractors • Personal/Advertising Injury • Stop Gap Liability 1W (2) Automobile Liability including all ,,w • Owned Vehicles • Non-Owned Vehicles • Hired Vehicles V (3) Worker's Compensation • Statutory Benefits (Coverage A) Show WA L&I Number (4) Umbrella Liability • Excess of commercial General Liability and Automobile Liability. Coverage should be as broad as primary. w (5) Professional Liability- Whenever the work under this Contract includes Professional Liability, including Advertising activities, the Contractor shall maintain professional liability covering wrongful acts, errors and/or omissions of the Contractor for damage sustained by reason of or in the course of operations under this Contract. , (6) Pollution Liability- The City may require this coverage whenever work under this Contract involves pollution risk to the environment. This coverage is to include sudden and gradual coverage for third- party liability, including defense costs and completed operations. Part 2 LIMITS REQUIRED The Contractor shall carry the following limits of liability as required below: Commercial General Liability General Aggregate* $ 2,000,000 Products/Completed Operations Aggregate $ 2,000,000 Each Occurrence Limit $ 1 ,000,000 Personal/Advertising Injury $ 1,000,000 Fire Damage (Any One Fire) $ 50,000 Medical Payments (Any One Person) $ 5,000 Stop Gap Liability $ 1,000,000 *General Aggregate to apply per project (ISO Form CG 2503 or equivalent) w► Automobile Liability Bodily Injury/Property Damage $ 1,000,000 (Each Accident) Worker's Compensation Coverage A (Worker's Compensation) - Show WA L&I Number Umbrella Liability ire Each Occurrence Limit $ 1 ,000,000 General Aggregate Limit $ 1,000,000 Products/Completed Operations Aggregate $ 1,000,000 rr Part 3 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS 3.01 Contractor shall name City of Renton and its officers, officials, agents, employees and volunteers as Additional Insureds (ISO Form CG 2010 or equivalent). Contractor shall provide City of Renton Certificates of Insurance and copies of policies, if requested, prior to commencement of work. Further, all policies of insurance described above shall: 1) Be on a primary basis not contributory with any other insurance coverages and/or self-insurance carried by City of Renton. 2) Include a Waiver of Subrogation Clause. 3) Include a Severability of Interest Clause (Cross Liability). 4) May not be non-renewed, canceled or materially changed or altered unless forty-five (45) days' prior written notice is provided to City of Renton. Notification shall be provided to City of Renton by certified mail. An example of an acceptable cancellation clause is as follows: "Should any of the above described policies be canceled before the expiration date thereof, the issuing company will endeaver tG mail + r 45 days written notice to the certificate holder named to the left.. 3.02 The Contractor shall promptly advise the City of Renton in the event any general aggregates are reduced for any reason, and shall reinstate the aggregate and the Contractor's expense to comply with the minimum limits and requirements as stated above and shall furnish to the City of Renton a new certificate of insurance showing such coverage is in force. 3.03 The City of Renton may require the Contractor to keep Professional Liability coverage in effect for two (2) years after completion of the project. 3.04 On all Certificates of Insurance, the Certificate Holder shall be listed as ow "City of Renton, Washington, Attention: " Corm" and omit it with the n....a:r:__a_ Of 1.-_.. 3.06 The GGRtFaGtGF shall full out the Gity Gf ReRtGR n u form and r11L submit it with the GeFtifir. + t ' n alx we City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 01731 Renton,WA SELECTIVE DEMOLITION aw July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle, WA Page 1 PART GENERAL rw 1.1 SUMMARY 1 Requirements Included: .1 Removal of designated existing building appurtenances and fixtures. .2 Capping of mechanical and electrical components to be reused. +� .3 Disposal or recycling of discarded materials. .4 Identification of active utilities. .2 Related Requirements: 1 Section 01000-General Requirements: .1 Work sequence and Owner's continued occupancy in existing spaces. .2 Coordination and meetings. .3 Temporary enclosures, dust control and barricades. .4 Security at Owner occupied areas, and cleanup during construction. .5 Contract closeout; project record documents. 1.2 SUBMITTALS +rr► 1 Per requirements of Article 3.12 AIA Document A201 — 1997. 1 Shop Drawings: Indicate selective demolition and removal sequence and location of salvageable items; location and construction of temporary work. .2 Operation and Maintenance Data: Procedures for close-out submittals. .3 Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual locations and inverts of capped utilities that remain and subsurface obstructions. +�c 1.3 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS aw .1 Conform to applicable code for demolition work, dust control, Products requiring mechanical and electrical disconnection and re-connection. w .2 Obtain required permits from authorities. .3 Do not close or obstruct egress width to any building or site exit. ow .4 Do not disable or disrupt building fire or life safety systems without seven (7) days prior written notice to Owner. as 1.4 SCHEDULING .1 Section 01000: Submittals, work schedule. .2 Schedule Work to coincide with new construction and the approved schedule. w` .3 Describe demolition removal procedures and schedule. .4 Perform noisy, malodorous, or dusty work between the hours of 1800 and 0700 hours, or "'�` as specifically permitted by the Owner for each instance or request. City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 01731 to SELECTIVE DEMOLITION Renton,WA Page 2 July 22,2002-IBI Group, Seattle,WA . 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS .1 Conduct minor demolition to minimize interference with adjacent and occupied building wr areas. .2 Cease operations immediately if structure appears to be in danger and notify Consultant. ►► Do not resume operations until directed. .3 Monitor existing construction materials for evidence of hazardous materials. 1.6 EXISTING CONDITIONS .1 Visit and examine the site and note characteristics and irregularities affecting work of this section. .2 Cease operations and notify Consultant immediately for special protective and disposal instructions when asbestos materials are uncovered during work of this section. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used +! PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION 1 Provide, erect, and maintain temporary barriers. Provide sound-insulated partitions at locations indicated. .2 Erect and maintain weatherproof closures for openings to the exterior. wr .3 Erect and maintain temporary partitions to prevent spread of dust, odors, and noise to permit continued Owner occupancy. .4 Protect existing materials which are not to be demolished or altered. .5 Notify affected utility companies before starting work and comply with their requirements. .6 Mark location and termination of utilities. .7 Provide appropriate temporary signage including signage for exit or building egress. 3.2 EXISTING SERVICES .l Disconnect and cap services to requirements of local authority having jurisdiction. .2 Building Services: Maintain all building services during demolition/removal of existing services. 3.3 DEMOLITION .1 Disconnect remove or cap and identify designated utilities within demolition areas as rirr City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 01731 Renton, WA SELECTIVE DEMOLITION July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle, WA Page 3 indicated. .2 Demolish in an orderly and careful manner. Protect existing supporting structural members and permanent work that remains. .3 Remove demolished materials from site except where specifically noted otherwise. Do not burn or bury materials on site. +•■ .4 Remove materials as Work progresses. Upon completion of Work, leave areas in clean condition. .5 Remove temporary Work. 3.4 SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS +wr 1 Salvageable materials from area of demolition to become the property of the Owner at their discretion. wrr .2 Remove material not accepted by the Owner or that scheduled for removal from the site under this Contract. .3 Remove from site and dispose as required by applicable disposal regulations. END OF SECTION *W WW r Wrr rra go City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 05500 Renton WA METAL FABRICATIONS 00 July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 1 PART1 GENERAL ■. 1.1 SUMMARY r� .1 Section Includes: 1 Shop fabricated ferrous metal items,galvanized and prime painted. .w .2 Related Sections: 1 Section 06114-Wood Blocking and Accessories 1.2 REFERENCES �w .1 ASTM A500 -Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Round and Shapes. irw .2 AWS D1.1 -Structural Welding Code. .r 1.3 DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE 1 Construct and erect fabricated items to Seismic Zone 3 and code requirements. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE .1 Fabricator: Company specializing in welded structural building components with five (5) years documented experience. 1.5 SUBMITTALS w 1 Per requirements of Article 3.12 AIA Document A201 — 1997. +► .2 Indicate on shop drawings,profiles, sizes, connection attachments,reinforcing, anchorage, size and type of fasteners, and accessories. ,w PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS WV 1 Bolts,Nuts, and Washers: 1 ASTM A325 for ferrous metal, as 2 stainless steel for aluminum items. .2 Welding Materials: AWS D1.1, type required for materials being welded. V .3 Primer: SPCC - 15 Type 1, Red, for shop application and field touch-up. .4 Touch-up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: Zinc rich type. .r� .5 Stainless Steel Bars: 1"x 3/8"mirror finish on all exposed surfaces 2.2 FABRICATION .1 Fit and shop assemble in largest practical sections, for delivery to site. rr City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 05500 1W METAL FABRICATIONS Renton WA Page 2 July 22, 2002 -I131 Group, Seattle WA to .2 Grind exposed welds flush and smooth with adjacent finish surface. .3 Make exposed joints butt tight,flush, and hairline. .4 Supply components required for anchorage of metal fabrications. `rr 2.3 FINISHES .1 Do not prime surfaces in direct contact bond with concrete or where field welding is required. .2 Prime paint items with one coat. we PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION .1 Make provisions for erection loads with temporary bracing. 3.2 INSTALLATION .1 Install items plumb and level, accurately fitted,free from distortion or defects. „ .2 Perform field welding to AWS D1.1. .3 After installation, touch-up field welds scratched or damaged surfaces with primer. 3.3 SCHEDULE w .1 The following Schedule is a list of principal items only. Refer to Drawing details for items not specifically scheduled. 1 Miscellaneous ledge angles, shelf angles, and plates not attached to structural framing for support of components: refer to Section 09910. END OF SECTION r City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 06114 Renton WA WOOD BLOCKING AND ACCESSORIES July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 1 rr PART1 GENERAL wr 1.1 SUMMARY .rr .1 Requirements Included: 1 Blocking within wall and wall openings. 2 Concealed wood blocking for support of wall cabinets. ,rr 3 Back boards for telephone and electrical panels. 4 Preservative treatment of wood. 5 Wood blocking within walls or partitions for wall mounted equipment. 6 Fire retardant treated plywood within designated wall assemblies .2 Related Requirements: 1 Section 09260- Gypsum Board Assemblies: Gypsum board facing. 1.2 REFERENCES 1 APA (American Plywood Association). .2 AWPA (American Wood Preservers Association) C1 -All Timber Products Preservative wr Treatment by Pressure Process. 1.3 SUBMITTALS .1 Per requirements of Article 3.12 AIA Document A201 — 1997. wrr .2 Product Data: Provide technical data on wood preservative materials. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE .1 Perform Work in accordance with the following agencies: 1 Lumber Grading Agency: Certified by NFPA. 2 Plywood Grading Agency: Certified by APA. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS 1 Lumber Grading Rules: NFPA. .2 Miscellaneous Framing: Stress Group D, S/P/F species, 12 percent maximum moisture content, pressure preservative treat. .3 Plywood: APA Rated Sheathing, Grade C-D;Exposure Durability l; sanded; pressure preservative treat. 2.2 ACCESSORIES I Fasteners and Anchors: aw 1 Fasteners: Hot dipped or electro galvanized steel for high humidity and treated wood locations, unfinished steel elsewhere. City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 06114 � Renton WA WOOD BLOCKING AND ACCESSORIES July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 2 2 Anchors: Toggle bolt type for anchorage to hollow masonry; expansion shield and lag bolt type for anchorage to solid masonry or concrete;bolt or ballistic fastener for anchorages to steel. 2.3 FACTORY WOOD TREATMENT No .1 Wood Preservative(Pressure Treatment): AWPA Treatment C1 using water borne preservative with 0.25 percent retainage. .2 Wood Preservative(Surface Application): Colored penetrating type. PART 3 EXECUTION as 3.1 FRAMING .I Set members level and plumb, in correct position. .2 Place horizontal wood members, crown side up. ow .3 Construct members of single pieces. .4 Space framing and furring 16 inches on center. + 3.2 SHEATHING 1 Secure sheathing to framing members with ends over firm bearing and staggered. .2 Telephone and Electrical Component Panel Back Boards: 1 plywood sheathing material, 2 fire retardant treated, 3 size backboard 12 inches beyond size of panel or component that it supports. w 3.3 SITE APPLIED WOOD TREATMENT .l Apply preservative treatment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. .2 Brush apply two coats of preservative treatment on wood in contact with cementitious materials. Treat site-sawn cuts. .3 Allow preservative to dry prior to erecting members. END OF SECTION at ft rr City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 06405 Renton WA CABINET WORK July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 1 PART1 GENERAL r 1.1 SUMMARY err .1 Section Includes: 1 Shop prefabricated casework. 2 Wood and metal trim. ,r 3 Fabric-wrapped monitor frames. 4 Cabinets and countertops, trim, attachment accessories. 5 Finish hardware. .2 Related Sections: 1 Section 06114-Wood Blocking and Accessories: Wood blocking and curbing. 2 Section 09910-Site finishing of finish carpentry items. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1 Fabricator: Company specializing in custom carpentry work with three (3)years documented experience. it .2 Perform work to AWI Quality Standards - Custom. 1.3 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS ,r. 1 Conform to applicable code for fire retardant requirements. 1.4 SUBMITTALS .1 Per requirements of Article 3.12 AIA Document A201 — 1997. 40 .2 Indicate on shop drawings,materials, component profiles, fastening methods,jointing details, finishes. ow PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS err .1 Softwood Lumber: AWI Custom grade; maximum moisture content of 6 percent,White Birch species. aw .2 Softwood Plywood: APA grade; core materials of veneer or lumber;Fir species. 3 Plastic Laminate: NEMA LD-3, 0.05 inch General Purpose; color,pattern, and surface finish as selected. .4 Plastic Laminate Backing: NEMA LD-3,high-pressure paper base laminate without a J decorative finish; 0.02 inch thick, smooth surface finish. .5 Stainless Steel Sheet: 18 gauge, Type 430,#4 satin brush finish r .r � City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 06405 CABINET WORK Renton WA Page 2 July 22, 2002 -113 Group, Seattle WA .6 Melamine Interiors: Plastic laminate,thin application. .1 Video wall cabinetry: black color melamine .2 All other cabinetry interiors: white color melamine 2.2 ACCESSORIES 1 Contact Adhesives: Water base type. .2 Bolts,Nuts,Washers,Blind fasteners,Lags, and Screws: Size and type to suit application; plain finish. .3 Primer: Alkyd primer sealer type. .4 Plastic Edge Trim: Extruded convex shaped; smooth finish; self-locking serrated tongue; of width to match plywood thickness; same color as finish. .5 Metal Trim: Metal angles, various sizes, 16 gauge brushed#4 stainless steel finish. 2.3 HARDWARE r .1 Shelf Standards,Brackets, and Rests: Manufactured by Roll-it or KV. .2 Drawer and Door Pulls: Chrome, solid steel type, 1/4 inch diameter rod. .3 Catches: Magnetic. .4 Drawer Slides: Manufactured by Roll-it or KV. .5 Hinges: Steel, chrome finish, invisible,retracting,flush type. 2.4 FABRICATION .1 Fabricate cabinets to AWI "Custom" Quality. Line inside of cabinets with Melamine. 2.5 SHOP FINISHING .1 Shop finish work to AWI Plastic Laminate,factory finish. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION .1 Verify that site conditions are ready to receive work. .2 Beginning of installation means acceptance of site conditions. 0L 3.2 INSTALLATION ft .1 Install work in accordance with AWI "Custom" Quality standard. r City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 06405 Renton WA CABINET WORK err July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 3 .2 Floor slabs throughout the building are post-tensioned concrete. These concrete slabs MUST be X-rayed at locations where fasteners are required to penetrate more than 112' �" into the concrete PRIOR TO any fastening taking place. .3 Set and secure materials and components in place,plumb and level. r■ .4 Install components and trim, with screws and bolts with blind fasteners. ,r .5 Cover exposed edges of shelving and site made casework with plastic edging. Width of edging to match shelving. .6 Apply plastic laminate finishes where indicated. 1 Cap exposed edges with plastic laminate of same finish and pattern. 2 Apply laminate backing sheet on reverse side of plastic laminate finished surfaces. ar .7 Apply stainless steel finishes where indicated. 1 Cap exposed edges with stainless steel angle of same finish and pattern. rrr END OF SECTION r arr do M .r rr; ■ ■r City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 07213 Renton, WA BATT INSULATION July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle, WA Page 1 r PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY .1 Section Includes: .1 Batt insulation for acoustic purposes. .2 Related Sections: err .1 Section 09260 -Gypsum Board Assemblies. .2 Section 09535—Curved Suspended Ceilings. .3 Division 15 -Mechanical 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 1 Materials of this section shall provide an acoustic separation at building elements in conjunction with other materials. ar 1.3 SUBMITTALS .1 Per requirements of Article 3.12 AIA Document A201 — 1997. .2 Provide product data on insulation materials. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS 1 Batt Insulation: ASTM C665, preformed glass fiber batt; manufactured by Owens- Corning. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION w+ 1 Verify that site conditions are ready to receive work. .2 Beginning of installation means acceptance of site conditions. 3.2 INSTALLATION 1 Install batt insulation at walls, curved suspended ceilings, and between framing spaces, without gaps or voids. Yr. END OF SECTION rr r. City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 07840 Renton, WA FIRESTOPPING July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle, WA Page 1 PART1 GENERAL �+ 1.1 SUMMARY .1 Requirements Included: 1 Fireproof firestopping,firesafing, and smoke seal materials and accessories. .2 Firestopping,firesafing, and smoke seals for mechanical and electrical work. 1.2 REFERENCES 1 ASTM E84 -Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. ,r. .2 ASTM E119 -Method for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. .3 ASTM E814 -Test Method of Fire Tests of Through Penetration Firestops. .4 FM(Factory Mutual) -Fire Hazard Classifications. ' .5 UL-Fire Hazard Classifications. .6 UL 263 -Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. .7 UL 723 -Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. .8 UL 1479 -Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Firestops. .9 WH(Warnock Hersey) - Certification Listings. 1.3 DEFINITION :.r 1 Firestopping: A sealing or stuffing material or assembly placed in spaces between building materials to arrest the movement of smoke, heat, gases, or fire through wall or floor openings, whether rated or non-rated. 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .1 Firestopping Materials: To achieve a fire rating conforming to UL requirements and applicable code. .2 Surface Burning: ASTM E84 with a flame spread/smoke developed rating of 0/0. .3 Firestop all interruptions to un-rated and fire rated assemblies, materials, and components where penetrations to adjacent spaces occur. 1.5 SUBMITTALS .1 Product Data: Provide data on product characteristics, performance and limitation criteria. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1 Conform to ASTM E119,ASTME814, UL 263, UL 1479, and test to UL. wir City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 07840 FIRESTOPPING Renton,WA Page 2 July 22,2002 -IBI Group, Seattle,WA M, 1.7 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS .1 Conform to applicable code,UL, or WH for fire resistance ratings and surface burning characteristics. .2 Firestop penetrations at non-rated floor and wall assemblies to 20 minutes. .3 Provide certificate of compliance from authority having jurisdiction indicating approval of materials used. 1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS so 1 Provide ventilation in areas to receive solvent cured materials. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 FIRE BARRIER COMPOUND 1 Manufacturers: .1 3M,Fire Barrier Caulk, latex base. .2 A/D Fire Protection Systems Inc.,Fire barrier Seal, water base .3 Section 01000: Product options and substitutions. Substitutions permitted with permission by Architect. .2 Material: Single component compound and compatible sealant; intumescent,fire-resistant Wa to suit ratings required,non-sag characteristics,endothermic to minimize odour during installation. Color: As selected by Consultant. 2.2 ACCESSORIES .I Primer: Type recommended by firestopping manufacturer for specific substrate surfaces. r .2 Installation Accessories: Clips,collars, fasteners, temporary stops or dams, and other devices required to position and retain materials in place. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION .1 Clean substrate surfaces of dirt, dust, grease, oil, loose material, or other matter which may affect bond of firestopping material. Remove incompatible materials which may affect bond. ur .2 Install backing or damming materials to arrest liquid material leakage. .3 Apply primer and materials to manufacturer's instructions. ar 3.2 APPLICATION .1 Install material at wall or partition openings which contain penetrating sleeves,piping, ductwork, conduit and other items, and requiring firestopping. City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 07840 Renton, WA FIRESTOPPING July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle, WA Page 3 .2 Apply firestopping material in sufficient thickness to achieve rating and to uniform density and texture. .3 Place foamed material in layers to ensure homogenous density, filling cavities and spaces. Place sealant to completely seal junctions with adjacent dissimilar materials. .ir .4 Remove dam material after firestopping material has cured. .5 Clean adjacent surfaces of firestopping materials. .6 Protect adjacent surfaces from damage by material installation. �r 3.3 SCHEDULE rw 1 Non-Rated and Fire Rated Walls: 1 hour. .2 Floor Construction Above and Below: 2 hours. END OF SECTION rrr .r r irr rr r r r City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 07900 Renton WA JOINT SEALERS July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 1 PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY .1 Section Includes: 1 Preparing sealant substrate surfaces. 2 Sealant and backing. irr .2 Related Sections: 1 Section 07840-Firestopping: Sealants used in conjunction with fire and smoke seal continuity. 2 Section 08800-Glazing: Sealants used in conjunction with glazing methods. 3 Section 09260 -Gypsum Board Assemblies: Acoustic sealing of gypsum board wr junctions and joints. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE .1 Applicator: Company specializing in applying the work of this section with three (3) years documented experience. wr .2 Conform to SWRI(Sealant, Waterproofing and Restoration Institute)requirements. 1.3 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 1 Do not install solvent curing sealants in enclosed building spaces. .2 Maintain temperature and humidity recommended by the sealant manufacturer during and after installation. 1.4 COORDINATION 1 Coordinate the work of this section with all sections referencing this section. •r PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 SEALANTS 1 Butyl Sealant(Concealed): ASTM C920, single component, solvent release, non- skinning,non-sagging, butyl-polyisobutylene compound,black color, manufactured by Tremco. .2 Polyurethane Sealant(Interior Exposed): ASTM C920, single component,chemical curing,non-staining,non-bleeding, capable of continuous water immersion, non-sagging (vertical), self levelling(horizontal) type, color as selected,manufactured by Tremco. 2.2 ACCESSORIES r 1 Primer: Non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. r .2 Joint Cleaner: Non-corrosive and non-staining type,recommended by sealant manufacturer; compatible with joint forming materials. .r � City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 07900 JOINT SEALERS Renton WA Page 2 July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA .3 Joint Backing: Round, closed cell polyethylene foam rod; oversized 30 to 50 percent larger than joint width;Ethafoam manufactured by Dow. .4 Bond Breaker: Pressure sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION 1 Verify that site conditions are ready to receive work. .2 Beginning of installation means acceptance of site conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION „ .1 Clean and prime joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. .2 Remove loose materials and foreign matter which might impair adhesion of sealant. 3.3 INSTALLATION as 1 Install sealant to manufacturer's instructions. .2 Measure joint dimensions and size materials to achieve required width/depth ratios. .3 Install joint backing to achieve a neck dimension no greater than 1/3 the joint width. .4 Install bond breaker where joint backing is not used. .5 Tool joints concave. 3.4 CLEANING AND REPAIRING 1 Clean adjacent soiled surfaces. Repair or replace defaced or disfigured finishes caused by work of this section. r END OF SECTION r as City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 08111 Renton, WA STANDARD STEEL FRAMES July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle,WA Page 1 PART GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY .1 Requirements Included: aw .1 Fire rated steel frames. .2 Non fire rated steel frames .2 Related Requirements: .1 Section 08210 -Wood Doors. .2 Section 08710 -Door Hardware: Hardware, silencers, and weatherstripping. rr .3 Division 16: Wiring in steel frames for electric operating hardware. 1.2 REFERENCES .r 1 ASTM A653/A653M-Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated(Galvanized)or Zinc- Iron Alloy-Coated(Galvannealed)by the Hot-Dip Process. .2 ASTM E152-Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. .3 NFPA 80-Fire Doors and Windows. +�r .4 NFPA 252 -Fire Tests for Door Assemblies. .5 UL 10B -Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. 1.3 SUBMITTALS 1 Per requirements of Article 3.12 AIA Document A201 — 1997. +r .2 Product Data: Indicate frame configuration and finishes. .3 Shop Drawings: Indicate frame elevations, reinforcement, anchor types and spacings, location of cut-outs for hardware, and finish. .4 Samples: Submit two samples of frame, 300 mm long, illustrating factory finished frame colors and surface texture. .5 Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that Products meet or exceed specified requirements. �w 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE .1 Conform to code requirements for handicapped access. rr .2 Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum five(5)years documented experience. .r 1.5 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 1 Fire Rated Frame Construction: Conform to ASTM E152,NFPA 252, and UL IOB. .2 Installed Frame Assembly: Conform to NFPA 80 for fire rated class same as fire door. City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 08111 Renton,WA STANDARD STEEL FRAMES July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle,WA Page 2 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS .1 Coordinate the work with frame opening construction, door, and hardware installation. .2 Sequence installation to ensure wire connections are achieved in an orderly and expeditious manner. PART 2 PRODUCTS r 2.1 FRAME MANUFACTURERS 1 Timely. .2 Product options and substitutions. Not permitted. 2.2 FRAMES AND ACCESSORIES .1 Frames: 16 ga. core thickness, rolled steel. .2 Silencers: Resilient rubber set into drilled hole. wr .3 Acoustic Seals: Specified in Section 08710. 2.3 FABRICATION .1 Fabricate frames as welded unit. wrr .2 Fabricate frames with hardware reinforcement plates welded in place. Provide metal guard boxes surrounding areas of electronic hardware attachment. err .3 Prepare frames for three (3) single silencers for each door leaf, on strike side. .4 Attach fire rated label to each fire rated unit. .5 Where required, accommodate conduit/wiring for electric operated hardware. .6 Fabricate and attach box enclosures within door stiles scheduled to receive security go devices and wiring. Attach boxes so not to affect surface finish. Size and configuration of boxes to be determined in coordination with security equipment supplier. 2.4 FINISH .1 Steel Sheet: Galvanized to ASTM A653M Z275. "o .2 Factory Finish: Pre-finished door frames, with "Western White" standard finish. so PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION 40 City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 08111 Renton,WA STANDARD STEEL FRAMES July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle,WA Page 3 4M 1 Verify that opening sizes and tolerances are acceptable. .. 3.2 INSTALLATION .1 Install frames in accordance with DHI. +r. .2 Floor slabs throughout the building are post-tensioned concrete. These concrete slabs MUST be X-rayed at locations where fasteners are required to penetrate more than 1/z" into the concrete PRIOR TO any fastening taking place. .3 Coordinate with gypsum board and other wall construction for anchor placement. .4 Install roll formed steel reinforcement channels between two abutting frames. Anchor to structure and floor. rrr 3.3 ERECTION TOLERANCES 1 Maximum Diagonal Distortion: 1.5 mm measured with straight edges, crossed comer to comer. END OF SECTION r err r wry City Of Renton Traffic Management 08210 Renton,WA WOOD DOORS July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle,WA Page 1 ar PART1 GENERAL .r 1.1 SUMMARY .1 Section Includes: 000 .1 Flush wood doors,fire rated and non fire rated. .2 Related Sections: g„ .1 Section 08111 -Standard Steel Frames: Steel door frames. .2 Section 08710-Door Hardware. .3 Section 09910 -Paints and Coatings: Site finishing doors. 40 1.2 SUBMITTALS 1 Per requirements of Article 3.12 AIA Document A201 — 1997. .2 Shop Drawings: Illustrate door opening criteria, elevations, sizes, types, swings, special blocking for hardware, identify cutouts required. to .3 Product Data: Indicate door core materials and construction; veneer species, type and characteristics;factory machining criteria,factory finishing criteria. so 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE to .I Perform work in accordance with AWI Quality Standard, Premium Grade. .2 Fire Door Construction: Conform to ASTM E152,NFPA 252, and UL IOB. .r .3 Finish doors in accordance with AWI Quality Standard, to grades identified in schedule. 010 1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 1 Installed Door and Frame Assembly: Conform to NFPA 80 for fire rated class required. ww 1.5 WARRANTY w. .1 Provide a five (5)year warranty on wood doors to requirements of Section 01000. .2 Include coverage for delamination of veneer, warping beyond specified installation tolerances, defective materials, telegraphing core construction. .rr PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS 1 Weyerhauser Door. .2 Substitutions: Not permitted. w City Of Renton Traffic Management 08210 Renton, WA WOOD DOORS July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle, WA Page 2 2.2 DOORS 1 Flush Interior Doors: Solid core construction, 20 minute fire rated or non-rated where required, as follows: 1 Swing Doors: 1-3/4 inch thick. .2 Wood Veneer: AWI Premium grade; Oak species wood, rotary sliced with random match grain,for transparent finish. rrr .3 Facing Adhesive: Contact type. 2.3 FABRICATION .1 Fabricate non-rated doors to AWI requirements. .2 Fabricate fire rated doors in accordance with AWI standards and to UL or Warnock- Hersey requirements. .3 Sound Rating For Single Door Leaf and Frame Assemblies: ASTM E413, minimum STC 35. .4 Provide lock blocks at lock edge and top of door for closer for hardware reinforcement. .5 Vertical Exposed Edge of Stiles: Oak hardwood for transparent finish. .6 Bond edge banding to cores. .7 Factory machine doors for finish hardware in accordance with hardware requirements and dimensions. Do not machine for surface hardware. Provide solid blocking for through bolted hardware. .8 Factory pre-fit doors for frame opening dimensions identified on shop drawings. 2.4 FINISH .1 Factory finish doors in accordance with Architect approved sample. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION .1 Install doors to manufacturer's instructions. .2 Trim door height by cutting bottom edges to a maximum of 3/4 inch. .3 Machine cut for hardware. Core for handsets and cylinders. w .4 Adjust door for smooth and balanced door movement. rrr City Of Renton Traffic Management 08210 Renton, WA WOOD DOORS July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle,WA Page 3 �r 3.2 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES WX 1 Maximum Diagonal Distortion: 1/4 inch measured with straight edge, corner to corner. tw END OF SECTION to WW ON ON s r ww air Ww 10 to +w wr to City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 08415 Renton WA ALUMINUM FRAMES AND GLAZING July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 1 wr PART1 GENERAL «. 1.1 SUMMARY *W .1 Section Includes: 1 Aluminum glazed frames. 2 Vision glass. ON .2 Related Sections: 1 Section 07900-Joint Sealers: System perimeter sealant and back-up materials. 2 Section 08710 -Door Hardware: Door hardware and reinforcement requirements affecting framing members. 3 Section 08800 -Glazing 1.2 REFERENCES .1 ASTM 13209/13209M-Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate. .2 ASTM 13221/13221M-Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars,Rods, Wire, Shapes, and Tubes. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 1 Interior glazed openings including tubular aluminum sections,factory pre-finished, vision glass, anchorage and attachment devices. .2 Glass: Panes fabricated and glazed, of consistent thickness. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 1 Glass Deflection: Limit mullion deflection to flexure limit of glass or L/175 with full recovery of glazing materials and continuity of air seal without damage. +�. .2 System Assembly: Accommodate without damage, movement within assembly, movement between assembly and perimeter framing components, dynamic loading and release of loads,deflection of structural support framing, tolerance of supporting components. 1.5 SUBMITTALS wr .1 Per requirements of Article 3.12 AIA Document A201 — 1997. .2 Shop Drawings: Indicate assembly dimensions, framed opening requirements and tolerances, affected related Work,joint and junction locations and details. .3 Product Data: Provide component dimensions, describe components within assembly, anchorage and fasteners, glass and infill.. 1.6 SAMPLES • 1 Submit samples to requirements of Section 01000. w City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 08415 Renton WA ALUMINUM FRAMES AND GLAZING July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 2 .2 Submit two(2) samples 24 x 24 inch size illustrating pre-finished aluminum surface, corner construction, glazing materials. so 1.7 COORDINATION 1 Coordinate the Work with installation of firestopping, and related or adjacent components Kr or materials. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS rw 1 Same as Existing related Work, color and finish to existing Work. 2.2 MATERIALS .1 Extruded Aluminum: ASTM B221B221M, 6063 alloy,T5 temper. .2 Sheet Aluminum: ASTM B209B209M, 6061 alloy,T5 temper. .3 Internal Steel Sections: Shaped to suit mullion sections. .4 Fasteners: Stainless or galvanized steel. .5 Touch-Up Primer: SPCC#20, zinc rich type. 2.3 COMPONENTS wr 1 Frame: 1 Same dimensions as existing related Work, 2 glazing stops. rr 2.4 GLASS AND GLAZING MATERIALS .1 Glass Unit Configuration: 1 Pane: Clear, tempered safety type glass. 2 Pane: Clear,tempered safety type glass. 3 Space: Air or gas filled. rr .2 Door Glazing: 1 Clear single pane tempered safety type. .3 Glazing Materials: As specified in Section 08800. Glazing Gaskets: High quality, permanently resilient compound, applies full pressure to glass unit for permanent seal, one piece per side,corners sealed with sealant. 2.5 SEALANT MATERIALS .1 Sealant and Backing Materials: 1 Perimeter Sealant: Polyurethane type, specified in Section 07900. 2 Sealant Used Within System(Not Used for Glazing): Butyl type. "o City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 08415 Renton WA ALUMINUM FRAMES AND GLAZING July 22, 2002 -1131 Group, Seattle WA Page 3 ww 2.6 FABRICATION 4W 1 Fabricate components with minimum clearances and shim spacing around perimeter of assembly. .2 Make joints flush, hairline, and weatherproof. .3 Arrange fasteners and attachments to conceal from view. .4 Prepare components with internal reinforcement for door hardware. 2.7 FINISHES �rw 1 Exposed Aluminum Surfaces: Finish and color to match existing perimeter glazing frames. +�r PART 3 EXECUTION r 3.1 INSTALLATION 1 Install glazed openings and door assemblies to manufacturer's instructions. wo .2 Permanently fasten assembly to building structure. 3 Align assembly plumb and level,free of warp or twist. Maintain assembly dimensional "`� tolerances, aligning with adjacent work. .4 Install hardware using templates provided. w .5 Install glass in accordance with Section 08800, to exterior wet/dry method of glazing. VW .6 Install perimeter sealant, backing materials, and installation criteria in accordance with Section 07900. war END OF SECTION wry wo �r .w r .0 City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 08710 Renton,WA DOOR HARDWARE July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle,WA Page 1 aw PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY w .1 Requirements Included: .1 Installation of hardware for wood doors and hollow metal frames. .2 Related Requirements: .1 Section 08111 -Standard Steel Frames. .2 Section 08210-Wood Doors. .3 Section 08800—Glazing 1.2 REFERENCES r .1 AHC -Association of Hardware Consultants. .2 BHMA -Builders Hardware Manufacturing Association. 1.3 COORDINATION .1 Coordinate work of this section with other directly affected sections: .1 involving manufacturer of and internal reinforcement for door hardware, and .2 including security hardware and sensors. .2 Supply templates to manufacturers of components affected by hardware. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE .1 Manufacturers: Companies specializing in manufacturing door hardware with three years .r minimum experience and registered with the BHMA. .2 Hardware Supplier: Company specializing in supplying commercial door hardware with 10 years documented experience. .3 Hardware Supplier Personnel: Employ an AHC (Architectural Hardware Consultant)to .r supervise the work of this section. 1.5 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 1 Conform to applicable code for requirements applicable to fire rated doors, frames, and hardware. 1.6 CERTIFICATIONS 1 Architectural Hardware Consultant to inspect complete installation and certify that hardware and installation has been provided and installed in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions and specified herein. 1.7 SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA 1 Per requirements of Article 3.12 AIA Document A201 — 1997. City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 08710 Renton,WA DOOR HARDWARE July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle,WA Page 2 �r .2 Indicate on shop drawings, locations and mounting heights of each type of hardware. No .3 Supply templates to door and frame manufacturer to enable accurate sizes, locations of cut outs, and reinforcement for hardware. ow .4 Provide product data on specified hardware. 1.8 EXTRA STOCK AND SPARE PARTS to 1 Provide three extra key lock cylinders for each master keyed group. err► PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS r .1 Hinges:Hager, Stanley, McKinney. .2 Locks: Best as specified. .3 Closers: LCN as specified. .4 Stops: Hager, Ives,Trimco. .5 Strikes: Von Duprin as specified .6 Kick Plates: Hager,Ives,Trimco. 2.2 ACCEPTABLE SUPPLIERS wrw .1 Firms having AHC qualified personnel on staff, to manage and direct this project for the Work of this section. �w 2.3 KEYING .l Door Locks: Keyed in like-groups; each group master keyed. +++ .2 Supply 2 keys for each lock. .3 Supply 2 master keys for each keyed group,2 grand-master keys. PART 3 EXECUTION ,r�r 3.1 EXAMINATION 1 Verify that door and frame components are ready to receive work and dimensions are as rr► indicated on shop drawings. w 3.2 INSTALLATION 1 Install hardware in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and requirements of wr BHMA. .2 Use the templates provided by hardware item manufacturer. wr am City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 08710 Renton, WA DOOR HARDWARE July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle,WA Page 3 3.3 SCHEDULE DOOR INDEX Dr.# Set# ar D535 01 D536A 02 D536B 01A rrr D537 03 D511 04 Hardware Set 01 3 Ea. Hinges Stanley CB-168-4.5"x 4"x NRP 626 1 Ea. Lock Set Best 35H-7-G-15-H 626 1 Ea. Mort/Rim Cyl. Best Type to suit less core 626 1 Ea. Elect. Strike Von Duprin 6211 x 24VDC 630 1 Ea. Power Supply Von Duprin PS861 Note: -Power,readers,junction boxes, wiring,conduits and all hookups by others. �r 1 Ea. Closer LCN 4041-Reg-TB 689 1 Ea. W/F Stop Trimco 1276CCS/1210/1212 626 1 Ea. Kick Plate Trimco K0050-10"x width less 1.5" 630 1 Ea. Threshold Pemko 271A-width Hardware Set 0 1 A 3 Ea. Hinges Stanley CB-168-4.5"x 4"x NRP 626 1 Ea. Lock Set Best 35H-7-G-15-H 626 1 Ea. Mort/Rim Cyl. Best Type to suit less core 626 " 1 Ea. Elect. Strike Von Duprin 6211 x 24VDC 630 1 Ea. Power Supply Von Duprin PS861 Note: -Power,readers,junction boxes, wiring, conduits and all hookups by others. �r+ 1 Ea. Closer LCN 4041-Reg-TB 689 1 Ea. W/F Stop Trimco 1276CCS/1210/1212 626 1 Ea. Kick Plate Trimco K0050-10"x width less 1.5" 630 r 1 Ea. Threshold Pemko 271A-width Hardware Set 02 ta 3 Ea. Hinges Stanley CB-168-4.5"x 4"x NRP 626 1 Ea. Lock Set Best 35H-7-EW-15-H 626 1 Ea. Mort/Rim Cyl. Best Type to suit less core 626 err 1 Ea. Closer LCN 4041-Reg-TB 689 1 Ea. W/F Stop Trimco 1276CCS/1210/1212 626 1 Ea. Kick Plate Trimco K0050-10"x width less 1.5" 630 1 Ea. Threshold Pemko 271A-width it ow to City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 08710 � Renton,WA DOOR HARDWARE July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle,WA Page 4 Hardware Set 03 3 Ea. Hinges Stanley CB-168-4.5"x 4" x NRP 626 1 Ea. Lock Set Best 35H-7-E-15-H 626 1 Ea. Mort/Rim Cyl. Best Type to suit less core 626 1 Ea. W/F Stop Trimco 1276CCS/1210/1212 626 Hardware Set 04 Existing hardware " so END OF SECTION to err Nw wr No rwr as City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 08800 Renton WA GLAZING July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 1 dw PART1 GENERAL Aw 1.1 SUMMARY 4W .1 Section Includes: 1 Glass and glazing. ON .2 Related Sections: 1 Section 08111 -Standard Steel Frames. *W 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 1 Limit glass deflection to flexure limit of glass with full recovery of glazing materials, whichever is less. ON 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE ow .1 Perform Work in accordance with FGMA Glazing Manual,for glazing installation methods. .2 Select glazing compounds and sealants to glass manufacturers instructions. ON PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 FLAT GLASS MATERIALS 'w .l Float Glass: 1 Clear, 1/4 inch thick minimum. .2 Safety Glass: 1 Clear,fully tempered, with full horizontal tempering, 3/8 inch thick minimum. ow .3 Wired Glass: 1 Clear, polished both sides, square mesh of woven stainless steel wire of 1/2"grid size, 1/4 inch thick minimum. am .4 Acrylic Sealant: ASTM C920, single component, solvent curing, cured Shore A hardness of 15 to 25;non-bleeding. w .5 Setting Blocks: Neoprene, 80 to 90 Shore A durometer hardness. .6 Glazing Tape: Preformed butyl compound with integral resilient tube spacing device. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION 1 Verify that openings for glazing are correctly sized, within tolerance and clean. .w City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 08800 ' Renton WA GLAZING July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 2 3.2 PREPARATION 1 Clean contact surfaces with solvent and wipe dry. .2 Seal porous glazing channels or recesses with substrate compatible primer or sealer. so .3 Prime surfaces scheduled to receive sealant. 3.3 INTERIOR -DRY METHOD (TAPE AND TAPE) 1 Cut glazing tape to length and set against permanent stops, projecting 1/16 inch above sight line. .2 Place setting blocks at 1/4 points with edge block no more than 6 inches from corners. .3 Rest glazing on setting blocks and push against tape for full contact at perimeter of pane or unit. .4 Place glazing tape on free perimeter of glazing in same manner described above. w�a .5 Install removable stop without displacement of tape. Exert pressure on tape for full continuous contact. Orr .6 Knife trim protruding tape. 3.4 CLEANING .1 Remove glazing materials from finish surfaces. it .2 Remove labels after Work is complete. .3 Clean glass. ` END OF SECTION of irr iwr j1° City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 09260 Renton WA GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 1 PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY aw 1 Section Includes: 1 Metal channel framing. 2 Walls and bulkheads. to 3 Gypsum board finish. .2 Related Sections: we 1 Section 06114 -Wood Blocking and Accessories 2 Section 08111 -Standard Steel Frames. 3 Section 09910-Paints and Coatings. 00 1.2 REFERENCES .1 ASTM C36 -Standard Specification for Gypsum Wallboard. err .2 ASTM C475 - Standard Specification for Joint Compound and Joint Tape for Finishing Gypsum Board. VW .3 ASTM C557 - Standard Specification for Adhesives for Fastening Gypsum Wallboard to Wood Framing. to .4 ASTM C645 -Standard Specification for Non-Load (Axial)Bearing Steel Studs,Runners (Track), and Rigid Furring Channels for Screw Application of Gypsum Board. "' .5 ASTM E90-Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne-Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions. .6 GA-201 -Using Gypsum Board for Walls and Ceilings. .7 GA-216 -Recommended Specifications for the Application and Finishing of Gypsum v,. Board. .8 GA-600 -Fire Resistance Design Manual. .9 UL-Fire Resistance Directory. .10 WH(Warnock Hersey) -Certification Listings. rrw 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .1 Acoustic Attenuation for Interior Partitions: 48 STC in accordance with ASTM E90. 1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 1 Conform to applicable code for fire rated assemblies. 1.5 SUBMITTALS 1 Per requirements of Article 3.12 AIA Document A201 — 1997. City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 09260 10 Renton WA GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 2 .2 Provide product data on metal framing, gypsum board. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 FRAMING MATERIALS rwr 1 Studding,Furring,Framing, and Accessories: ASTM C645, GA 216 and GA 600, galvanized steel. .2 Fasteners: Hardened steel. .3 Adhesive: ASTM C557. nr 2.2 MATERIALS .1 Standard and Fire Rated Gypsum Board: ASTM C36, 5/8 inch thick, tapered edges. ' .2 Acoustic Insulation: Glass fiber type, 3-1/2 inches thick. .3 Acoustic Sealant: Non-hardening,non-skinning,for use in conjunction with gypsum board. .4 Corner Beads and Edge Trim: Galvanized metal. .5 Joint Materials: ASTM C475,reinforcing tape,joint compound, adhesive, water, fasteners. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION .1 Verify that site conditions are ready to receive work. .2 Floor slabs throughout the building are post-tensioned concrete.These concrete slabs MUST be X-rayed at locations where fasteners are required to penetrate more than 112' into the concrete PRIOR TO any fastening taking place. 3.2 METAL STUD INSTALLATION �r 1 Install studs to ASTM C754. GA-201, GA-216, and GA-600 and manufacturer's instructions. .2 Metal Stud Spacing: 16 inches on center, unless noted otherwise. .3 Install acoustic sealant to manufacturer's instructions. a* 1 Under stud tracks, 2 beads continuous. 2 Above stud tracks where adjoining flat surfaces, 2 beads continuous. Wo .4 Refer to Drawings for indication of partitions extending stud framing to ceiling and through the ceiling to the structure above. 1 Maintain clearance under structural building members to avoid deflection transfer 00 to studs. 2 Provide extended leg ceiling runners. ON ou City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 09260 Renton WA GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 3 w .5 Door Opening Framing: 1 Install double studs at door frame jambs. d 2 Install stud tracks on each side of opening, at frame head height, and between studs to adjacent studs. dw .6 Install triple studs at internal and external corners. .7 Blocking: to 1 Bolt or screw steel channels to studs. 2 Install blocking for wall cabinets, hardware. AM 3.3 FURRING INSTALLATION I Erect wall furring for direct attachment to existing walls or partitions. .2 Erect furring channels horizontally or vertically; space maximum 16 inches on center, not more than 4 inches from floor and ceiling lines or abutting walls. .3 Install acoustic insulation between studs and furring channels. .4 Erect metal framing tight to existing walls, attached by adjustable furring brackets. �rw .5 Install furring as required for fire resistance rating requirements. 3.4 ACOUSTIC ACCESSORIES INSTALLATION .1 Place acoustic insulation: 1 in partitions tight within spaces, 2 around cut openings, 3 behind and around electrical and mechanical items within or behind partitions, and 4 tight to items passing through partitions. .2 Install acoustic sealant within partitions to manufacturer's instructions. w. 3.5 GYPSUM BOARD INSTALLATION 1 Install gypsum board to GA 201, 216, and 600. .2 Use screws when fastening gypsum board to furring or framing. .3 Erect single layer standard and fire rated gypsum board vertically, with edges and ends occurring over firm bearing. .4 Treat cut edges and holes in moisture resistant gypsum board and exterior gypsum soffit board with sealant. w .5 Place one-piece corner beads at external corners as indicated. 1 Use longest practical length. 2 Place edge trim where gypsum board abuts dissimilar materials as indicated. err .6 Place corner beads at external corners. Place edge trim where gypsum board abuts dissimilar materials. City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 09260 Renton WA GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 4 .7 Caulk junction of gypsum board with concrete floor and other terminations with acoustic sealant to achieve a continuous air seal. 40 3.6 INTERIOR JOINT TREATMENT l Tape,fill, and sand exposed joints, edges, and corners to produce smooth surface ready to Wo receive finishes. .2 Finish to ASTM C840 to produce smooth surface ready to receive finishes. END OF SECTION rrr �r it to +rr City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 09510 Renton WA SUSPENDED ACOUSTIC CEILINGS July 22, 2002 -1BI Group, Seattle WA Page 1 rr PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY +�+r .l Section Includes: .1 Suspended metal grid ceiling system. a. .2 Related Sections: .1 Mechanical: Sprinkler heads and air diffusion devices in ceiling system. .2 Electrical: Light fixtures in ceiling system. r 1.2 REFERENCES �r 1 ASTM C635 -Manufacture, Performance, and Testing of Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-In Panel Ceilings. ow 2 ASTM C636 -Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-In Panels. .3 ASTM E580-Application of Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in %W Panels in Areas Requiring Seismic Restraint. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 1 System: Preformed metal sections with sub-girt beam framing grid; steel suspension system, anchored to structure. w 1.4 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS arr .1 Design components to ensure light fixtures, installed accessories, will not induce eccentric loads. .2 Where components may induce rotation of ceiling system components,provide stabilizing reinforcement. .. .3 Design,fabricate, and install suspension system to accommodate Seismic Zone 3 loads and in accordance with applicable code. w 4 Installed Ceiling System: .1 Exhibit maximum deflection of 1/360 of span. .2 Place suspension wires at a spacing to accomplish this criteria. " 1.5 SUBMITTALS 1 Per requirements of Article 3.12 AIA Document A201 — 1997. err .2 Provide product data on metal grid system components, acoustic units. r City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 09510 Renton WA SUSPENDED ACOUSTIC CEILINGS July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 2 1.6 SAMPLES .1 Submit samples to requirements of Section 01000. .2 Submit two(2) samples 24 x 24 inch in size illustrating material and finish of acoustic units. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 SUSPENSION SYSTEM MATERIALS .1 Grid: ASTM C635,Intermediate duty non-fire rated exposed Tee components die cut and interlocking. .2 Accessories: Stabilizer bars, clips, splices, edge moldings, hold down clips, required for so suspended grid system. .3 Grid Materials: Commercial quality cold rolled steel with galvanized coating. .4 Grid Finish: White color. .5 Support Channels and Wire Hangers: Galvanized steel, to rigidly secure ceiling system ` with maximum deflection anywhere in the assembly of 1:360. 2.2 ACOUSTIC UNIT MATERIALS 1 Acoustic Panels: Conforming to the following: .l Manufacturer: USG Omni Panel#345. .2 Class A fire resistant. .3 Size: 24 x 48 inch. .4 Thickness: 5/8 inch. ► .5 Composition: Mineral. .6 NRC: 0.5 to 0.6 .7 Edge: Square. iw .8 Surface Finish: Pin perforated or fissured, as selected by Architect. .9 Board Finish: White. .2 Substitutes: Tiles are to match existing. Substitutes will not be accepted. 2.3 ACCESSORIES .1 Gypsum Board: UL or WH fire rated type; 5/8 inch thick, ends and edges square, paper faced. .2 Hold-Down Clips: Spring steel, configured to snap-on to grid suspension assembly to retain ceiling boards in place. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION w` 1 Verify that layout of hangers will not interfere with other work. wr City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 09510 Renton WA SUSPENDED ACOUSTIC CEILINGS July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 3 rw wr 3.2 INSTALLATION- SUSPENSION SYSTEM 1 Install system in accordance with ASTM C636 and manufacturer's instructions. .2 Floor slabs throughout the building are post-tensioned concrete. These concrete slabs MUST be X-rayed at locations where fasteners are required to penetrate more than 112' into the concrete PRIOR TO any fastening taking place. .3 Install system to ASTM E580 for seismic restraint. Laterally brace for horizontal sway as required. .4 Use laser light to achieve level positioning. .5 Coordinate the location of hangers with other work. Where components prevent the regular spacing of hangers,reinforce the system to span the extra distance. 1" .6 Hang system independent of walls, columns, ducts,pipes and conduit. .7 Locate system on room axis leaving equal border units. ww .8 Install edge molding at intersection of ceiling and vertical surfaces, using longest practical lengths. .9 Variation from Flat and Level Surface: 1/8 inch in 10 feet measured at any position in room, tolerance non-cumulative. 3.3 INSTALLATION-ACOUSTIC UNITS 1 Install acoustic units level, free from damage, twist, warp or dents. .2 Lay directional patterned units in basket weave pattern. orr .3 Fit acoustic units carefully into place, free from damaged edges. Replaced damaged units. .4 Install hold-down clips to retain all panels tight to grid system. Install four(4)clips on opposite corners,per panel. 3.4 ERECTION TOLERANCES .1 Maximum Variation from Plumb of Grid Members Caused by Eccentric Loads: 2 degrees. war .2 Maximum Variation From Dimensioned Position: '/a". END OF SECTION wrr City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 09535 Renton WA CURVED SUSPENDED CEILING July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 1 PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES 1 Suspended curva-linear(undulating) metal grid ceiling system and edge trim. .2 Formed metal ceiling panels,perforated for air circulation. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS 1 Section 09510—Suspended Acoustic Ceilings ++rr 1.3 REFERENCES +rr 1 ASTM C635 -Manufacture, Performance, and Testing of Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-In Panel Ceilings. .2 ASTM C636 -Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-In Panels. r .3 ASTM E580 -Application of Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panels in Areas Requiring Seismic Restraint. 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION wry I System: Preformed metal sections with sub-girt beam framing grid; steel suspension system, anchored to structure. 1.5 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS so .1 Design components to ensure light fixtures, installed accessories, will not induce eccentric loads. va .2 Where components may induce rotation of ceiling system components, provide stabilizing reinforcement. ift 3 Design, fabricate, and install suspension system to accommodate Seismic Zone 3 loads and in accordance with applicable code. .4 Installed Ceiling System: 1 Exhibit maximum deflection of 1/360 of span. 2 Place suspension wires at a spacing to accomplish this criteria. rr 1.6 SUBMITTALS .1 Per requirements of Article 3.12 AIA Document A201 — 1997. Y+r .2 Shop Drawings: Indicate ceiling and soffit system reflected plan, location of mechanical and electrical components, details of junction with dissimilar materials, and points of suspension. City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 09535 Renton WA CURVED SUSPENDED CEILING July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 2 .3 Product Data: Provide component profiles,materials,perimeter and integral trim, and space closures. +rr .4 Submit two samples illustrating color and finish of exposed to view components. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE err 1 Installer: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum three (3) years documented experience and approved by manufacturer. .2 Design suspension system for seismic considerations under direct supervision of a Professional Structural Engineer experienced in design of this Work. .3 Ceiling patterns to be placed to drawing plans and details, and to the direct instructions of the Architect. 1.8 COORDINATION .1 Coordinate work to Section 01000. .2 Coordinate the work with installation of mechanical and electrical components. to 1.9 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS .1 Provide maintenance materials to Section 01000. .2 Provide five (5) standard length linear ceiling panels. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS .1 Manufacturer: USG Interiors Inc., "Curvature 31)". 2.2 SUSPENSION COMPONENTS AND ACCESSORIES err .1 Suspension Members: Formed sections, with integral attachment tongue and slots; size and type to suit application and loads. to 1 Steel: ASTM C635, commercial quality,cold rolled steel, 2 formed main tees 1-1/2 inches high, vault tees, and cross tees, with 1 inch nominal face dimension, 3 formed to curve profile and structurally rigid to resist imposed loads, 4 shaped to provide attachment for the finish panels and other accessories. 5 finished with spray enamel on all surfaces to color selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard range. .2 Suspension Cable From Structure: 1 Stainless steel, multi-strand aircraft cable, one piece length per location, 2 stainless steel end loops and cable clamps, 3 stainless steel turnbuckles for tensioning and adjusting, 4 configure diagonal cables for achieving Seismic Zone criteria, wr 5 cable diameter to suit application and loads. City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 09535 Renton WA CURVED SUSPENDED CEILING July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 3 .3 Accessories: Stabilizer bars, clips, splices, hold down clips, as required for suspended grid system. r 2.3 PANEL MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS wrr 1 Panels: 1 Aluminum sheet to ASTM B209, with surface finish. 2 Size: Perforated with 1/16 inch diameter holes, spaced to produce 6% open area, for air circulation. 3 Surface: Smooth, flat, and perforated. 4 Shop cut to accommodate mechanical and electrical items. ar .2 Acoustic Insulation: 1 Glass fiber batt, semi-flexible density for acoustic purposes, aw 2 Vinyl plastic wrapped,fire retardant plastic, 3 Sized to suit panels. 2.4 FINISHES +r 1 Suspension Components: Matte black rr. .2 Flexible Infill: "Perforated Aluminum" natural metallic finish,Pattern A062. .3 Accessories: Exposed to view items of same color and finish as suspension components. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION 1 Verify site conditions to Section 01000. .2 Verify that layout of hangers will not interfere with other work. .3 Verify that required utilities are available, in proper location, and ready for use. +wr 3.2 INSTALLATION "a .1 Install suspended grid system to manufacturer's instructions and ASTM C636. .2 Floor slabs throughout the building are post-tensioned concrete. These concrete slabs MUST be X-rayed at locations where fasteners are required to penetrate more than 112' into the concrete PRIOR TO any fastening taking place. .3 Install system to ASTM E580. Use suspension cable to achieve seismic cross-bracing and lateral sway requirements. .4 Use laser light to achieve relative positioning. •r .5 Provide hanger clips and attach direct to structural members above. wr .6 Because hanger wire is exposed to view,establish in plumb and vertical plane. rr City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 09535 Renton WA CURVED SUSPENDED CEILING July 22, 2002 -IBI Group,Seattle WA Page 4 .7 Install work after above ceiling work is complete. Coordinate location of hangers with other work. Do not support hangers from mechanical or electrical work. .8 Where ducts or other equipment prevent regular spacing of hangers, reinforce nearest adjacent hangers to span the required distance. .9 Hang suspension system independent of walls,columns, ducts, light fixtures,pipe, and conduit. Where carrying members are spliced, avoid visible displacement of face panels with adjacent panels. rrr .10 Install panel members to pattern determined by Architect. .11 Locate panel direction and configuration according to reflected plans. .12 Butt end joints tight. .13 Exercise care when site cutting exposed finished components to ensure surface finish is not defaced. .14 Install edge moldings at intersection of ceiling and vertical surfaces,using maximum lengths. err .15 Provide end caps for panels exposed-to-view. .16 Provide expansion and control joints to accommodate plus or minus 1/4 inch movement and maintain visual closure. 3.3 ERECTION TOLERANCES .1 Maximum Variation from Flat and Level Surface: 1/8" in 10'-0". .2 Maximum Variation from Plumb of Grid Members Caused by Eccentric Loads: 2 degrees. .3 Maximum Variation From Dimensioned Position: 1/a". err END OF SECTION rw w rw City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 09650 Renton, WA RESILIENT FLOORING July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 1 PART GENERAL .w 1.1 SUMMARY •. .1 Section Includes: .1 Resilient tile flooring, anti-static type. .2 Resilient base. r 1.2 SUBMITTALS 1 Per requirements of Article 3.12 AIA Document A201 — 1997. .2 Provide product data on specified products, describing physical and performance .r characteristics; sizes,patterns and colors available. 1.3 SAMPLES 1 Submit samples to requirements of Section 01000. .2 Submit two(2) samples 12 x 12 inch size illustrating color and pattern for each floor material specified. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE wr 1 Floor Materials: Conform to applicable code for flame/smoke rating requirements. +�+ PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 TILE FLOORING MATERIALS 1 Anti-Static Vinyl Composition Tile(Drawing Schedule Code VCT): .1 ASTM F1066, 12 x 12 inch size, 1/8 inch thick; „r, .2 Static dissipative type exhibiting 1.0 x 105 ohms design, .3 Metallic Conducting Strips: Copper, 0.003 inches thick, 2 inches wide, 72 inches long, for use under tile joints. rr .4 Manufactured by Armstrong Excelon SDT. 2.2 BASE MATERIALS r 1 Base: ASTM F1861 Type TS -Vulcanized Rubber,4 inch high; 1/8 thick; top set coved. .2 Base Accessories: Pre-molded end stops, of same material, size, and color as base. 2.3 ACCESSORIES .1 Sub-Floor Filler: White premix latex type. rr .rr City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 09650 Renton,WA RESILIENT FLOORING July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 2 .2 Primers and Adhesives: .1 Waterproof types. .2 Armstrong Type 5202 Static Dissipative Tile Adhesive for use with anti-static floor tile and metallic strips. .3 Edge Strips: Aluminum, grounded with anti-static flooring. .4 Sealer and Wax: Types recommended by flooring manufacturer. 2.4 FINISHES .1 Colors and patterns selected by Architect. „ PART 3 EXECUTION rw► 3.1 EXAMINATION 1 Verify that site conditions are ready to receive work. �Ir .2 Beginning of installation means acceptance of site conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION .1 Remove sub-floor ridges and bumps. Fill low spots, cracks,joints, holes, and other defects with sub-floor filler. ` .2 Apply primer to substrate surfaces. 3.3 INSTALLATION -TILE MATERIAL .1 Install to manufacturer's instructions. + .2 Spread only enough adhesive to permit installation of materials before initial set. .3 Cut the 72 inch strips into three equal lengths. Set metallic conducting strips in place with adhesive for tile to achieve a continuous grounding network. wr .4 Set flooring in place,press with heavy roller to attain full adhesion. .5 Lay flooring with joints and seams parallel to building lines to produce symmetrical tile �w patterns. .6 Terminate flooring at centerline of door openings where adjacent floor finish is dissimilar. .7 Scribe flooring to walls,columns, cabinets,floor outlets, and other appurtenances to produce tight joints. .8 Ground anti-static flooring to earth ground rod, concealed from view. Test ground network to confirm required electrical resistance of 1.0 x 105 ohms. 3.4 INSTALLATION-BASE MATERIAL City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 09650 Renton, WA RESILIENT FLOORING July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 3 1 Install base on solid backing. Bond tight to wall and floor surfaces. + .2 Miter internal corners. At external corners, 'V' cut back of base strip to 2/3 of its thickness and fold. At exposed ends, use pre-molded units. .w .3 Scribe and fit to door frames and other interruptions. 3.5 CLEANING rw 1 Clean and acrylic seal floor and base surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. .2 Do not neutralize anti-static flooring with tile surface sealer. .r END OF SECTION +Mrr �w+ aw wr r 1W w �r wr ON City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 09690 Renton,WA CARPET TILE July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle,WA Page 1 ow PART1 GENERAL w 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES ,.. 1 Carpet tile .2 Installation .�r 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS 1 Section 09650-Resilient Flooring. 1.3 REFERENCES �r► 1 ASTM D2859 -Test Method for Flammability of Finished Textile Floor Covering Materials. ,wr .2 ASTM E84-Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 1.4 SUBMITTALS ror 1 Per requirements of Article 3.12 AIA Document A201 — 1997. do 2 Shop Drawings: Indicate seaming plan, direction of carpet, and cutout locations. .3 Product Data: Provide data on specified products, describing physical and performance characteristics; sizes,patterns, colors available, and method of installation. VW .4 Samples: Submit two samples of carpet illustrating color and pattern for each carpet material specified. tv .5 Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures,perimeter conditions requiring special attention. w .6 Manufacturer's Carpet Warranty. 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS 1 Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing specified carpet with minimum three(3)years documented experience. rr .2 Installer: Company specializing in installing carpet with minimum three(3) years documented experience and approved by manufacturer. 1.6 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 1 Conform to applicable code for flame/smoke rating requirements to code and in accordance with ASTM E84. .2 Conform to ASTM D2859 for surface flammability ignition test. r City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 09690 Renton,WA CARPET TILE July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle,WA Page 2 1.7 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 1 Store materials for three(3)days prior to installation in area of installation to achieve temperature stability. .2 Maintain minimum 70 degrees F ambient temperature one (1)days prior to, during and 24 wr hours after installation. 1.8 MAINTENANCE DATA .1 Maintenance Data: Include maintenance procedures,recommended maintenance materials, and suggested schedule for cleaning. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS - CARPET ` .1 Manufacturer: Collins&Aikman Floorcoverings, "Rio"Powerbond RS ER3 Modular Tile. Color: Paraguay, to match existing. % 1 Construction: Accuweave Patterned Loop .2 Pile Units Per Inch: 9.0 .3 Tuft Density: 108.0 tufts/sq.in. to .4 Pile Height Average: 0.187 inch .5 Pile Thickness: 0.084 inch .6 Pile Yarn Weight: 24 oz/sq.yd. W .7 Density Factor: 10,286 oz/cu.yd. .8 Fiber System: DuPont Antron Legacy Nylon (100% Type 6.6 Nylon) .9 Dye Method: 75% Solution Dyed/25% Yarn Dyed .10 Soil/Stain Protection: Ensure 2.2 ACCESSORIES I Sub-Floor Filler: White premix latex; type recommended by adhesive material manufacturer. wr .2 Adhesive: Compatible with carpet material and recommended by carpet manufacturer. .3 Edge Strips: Aluminum type,clear finish. .4 Base Gripper: With special lipped edge, clear finish. .5 Base Cap: Aluminum type, clear finish, color as selected. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION .1 Verify that surfaces are smooth and flat with maximum variation of in 10'-0", and are ready to receive work. .2 Verify concrete floors are dry to a maximum moisture content of 7 percent; and exhibit negative alkalinity, carbonization, or dusting. wY �r City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 09690 Renton, WA CARPET TILE July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle,WA Page 3 3.2 PREPARATION 1 Remove sub-floor ridges and bumps. Fill minor or local low spots, cracks,joints, holes, and other defects with sub-floor filler. a. .2 Apply, trowel, and float filler to achieve smooth, flat, hard surface. Prohibit traffic until filler is cured. .3 Vacuum clean substrate. 3.3 INSTALLATION 1W 1 Apply 1 carpet and adhesive in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. .2 Verify carpet match before cutting to ensure minimal variation between dye lots. Um .3 Double cut carpet, to allow intended seam and pattern match. Make cuts straight, true, and unfrayed. .4 Lay carpet tight and flat on subfloor, well fastened at edges, with a uniform appearance. Provide monolithic color,pattern, and texture match within any one area. r.r .5 Do not change run of pile in any room where carpet is continuous through a wall opening into another room. Locate change of color or pattern between rooms under door 11W centerline. .6 Cut and fit carpet around interruptions. .7 Fit carpet tight to intersection with vertical surfaces without gaps. .8 Where wall bases are scheduled, cut carpet tight to walls. Fit carpet tight to vertical 9W interruptions, leaving no gaps. .9 Where a carpet base is scheduled, extend carpet as base finish up vertical surfaces to form +w base. Terminate top of base cap strip. .10 Roll with appropriate roller for complete contact of carpet with mill-applied adhesive to sub-floor. Carpet to be securely adhered in accordance with ADA requirements (Section 4.5.3) 3.4 CLEANING 1 Remove excess adhesive without damage, from floor, base, and wall surfaces. +r+ .2 Clean and vacuum carpet surfaces. "s END OF SECTION r rrr City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 09910 Renton WA PAINTS AND COATINGS ow July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 1 PART1 GENERAL o• 1.1 SUMMARY aw .1 Section Includes: 1 Surface preparation. 2 Surface finish schedule at end of section. on .2 Related Sections: 1 Specification Sections Referencing This Section: Shop primed items. ar 2 Mechanical: Mechanical Identification. 3 Electrical: Electrical Identification. WW 1.2 REFERENCES .1 NACE (National Association of Corrosion Engineers) -Industrial Maintenance Painting. ON .2 MPI (Master Painters Institute) -Architectural Painting Specifications Manual. .3 SPCC -Society for Protective Coatings (formerly Steel Structures Painting Council) - aw Steel Structures Painting Manual. 1.3 DEFINITIONS 09 .1 Conform to MPI Manual for interpretation of terms used in this section. 1.4 SUBMITTALS to .1 Per requirements of Article 3.12 AIA Document A201 — 1997. 10 .2 Product Data: Provide data on all finishing products. .3 Samples: Submit two samples, 12 x 12 inches in size illustrating selected colors and dw textures for each color selected. .4 Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate special surface preparation procedures, substrate we conditions requiring special attention. 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS `fir .l Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum ten (10)years documented experience. to .2 Applicator: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum five(5)years documented experience and a member of Master Painters Institute or their affiliate members. 1.6 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS ,,,r .1 Conform to applicable code for flame and smoke rating requirements for finishes. City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 09910 Renton WA PAINTS AND COATINGS July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 2 1.7 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING .1 Deliver, store,protect and handle products to site to Section 01000. m' .2 Deliver products to site in sealed and labeled containers; inspect to verify acceptability. or .3 Container label to include manufacturer's name, type of paint,brand name, lot number, brand code, coverage, surface preparation, drying time, cleanup requirements, color designation, and instructions for mixing and reducing. , .4 Store paint materials at minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F and a maximum of 90 degrees F, in ventilated area, and as required by manufacturer's instructions. 1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS .1 Conform to requirements of MPI Manual. .2 Do not apply materials when surface and ambient temperatures are outside the temperature ranges required by the paint product manufacturer. 1W .3 Do not apply exterior coatings during rain or snow, or when relative humidity is outside the humidity ranges required by the paint product manufacturer. 10 .4 Minimum Application Temperatures for Latex Paints: 45 degrees F for interiors; 50 degrees F for exterior; unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. maintain vo these minimum temperatures for 24 hours prior, during, and 24 hours after, application of latex paint. .5 Provide adequate lighting levels at substrate surface to assure adequate coverage. go 1.9 EXTRA MATERIALS .1 Provide 2 quarts of each color,type, and surface texture to Owner. .2 Label each container with color, type, texture, room locations, in addition to the rt manufacturer's label. 1.10 QUALITY ASSURANCE .1 Provide the Master Painters Institute (MPI)Quality Accredited Assurance Association executed by the local affiliate association or institute for this project. , .2 Provide a two (2)year guarantee on materials and quality of installation. .3 Provide inspections and reports according to MPI Quality Assurance program. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS .1 Paint Material Manufacturers: Listed by SCHEDULE at end of this section and their as equivalents listed by MPI. rw� City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 09910 Renton WA PAINTS AND COATINGS July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 3 ..r 2.2 MATERIALS OW 1 Coatings: 1 Ready mixed, except field catalyzed coatings. 2 Process pigments to a soft paste consistency, capable of being readily and ow uniformly dispersed to a homogeneous coating; good flow and brushing properties; capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags. A .2 Accessory Materials: Linseed oil, shellac, turpentine, paint thinners and other materials not specifically indicated but required to achieve the finishes specified, of commercial quality. ar .3 Patching Materials: Latex filler. .4 Fastener Head Cover Materials: Latex filler. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION 1 Verify that surfaces and substrate conditions are ready to receive work as instructed by r MPI and the product manufacturer. .2 Examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencement of work. Report any condition that may potentially affect proper application. .3 Test shop applied primer for compatibility with subsequent cover materials. dr .4 Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter. Do not apply finishes unless moisture content of surfaces are below the following maximums: 1 Cement Plaster and Gypsum Wallboard: 12 percent. 2 Concrete and Concrete Masonry Units: 12 percent. 3 Interior Wood: 15 percent,measured to ASTM D2016. 4 Concrete Floors: 8 percent. 3.2 PREPARATION wr .1 Remove or mask electrical plates,hardware, light fixture trim,escutcheons, and fittings prior to preparing surfaces or finishing. .2 DO NOT remove fire rating labels or seals; mask around them. .3 Correct defects and clean surfaces which affect work of this section. Remove existing coatings that exhibit loose surface defects. .4 Seal substrate with shellac and seal marks which may bleed through surface finishes. .5 Impervious Surfaces: Remove mildew by scrubbing with solution of tri-sodium phosphate and bleach. Rinse with clean water and allow surface to dry. + "� .6 Conform to MPI Manual for substrate surface preparation. City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 09910 � Renton WA PAINTS AND COATINGS July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 4 3.3 APPLICATION 1 Apply products to MPI and manufacturer's instructions. .2 Do not apply finishes to surfaces that are not dry. .3 Apply each coat to uniform finish. .4 Apply each coat of paint slightly darker than preceding coat unless otherwise approved. .5 Sand wood and metal lightly between coats to achieve required finish. .6 Vacuum clean surfaces free of loose particles. Use tack cloth just prior to applying next 161 coat. .7 Allow applied coat to dry before next coat is applied. 1# .8 Where clear finishes are required, tint fillers to match wood. Work fillers into the grain before set. Wipe excess from surface. 1' .9 Prime concealed surfaces of interior woodwork with primer paint. to .10 Prime concealed surfaces of interior woodwork scheduled to receive stain or varnish finish with gloss varnish reduced 25 percent with mineral spirits. 3.4 FINISHING MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT .1 Refer to Divisions 15 and 16 for schedule of color coding and identification banding of equipment, duct work, piping, and conduit. .2 Paint shop primed equipment. .3 Remove unfinished louvers, grilles, covers, and access panels on mechanical and electrical components and paint separately. as .4 Prime and paint insulated and exposed pipes, conduit,boxes, insulated and exposed ducts, hangers,brackets,collars and supports,except where items are pre-finished. �i .5 Paint interior surfaces of air ducts, and convector and baseboard heating cabinets that are visible through grilles and louvers with one coat of flat black paint, to visible surfaces. Paint dampers exposed behind louvers, grilles, and convector and baseboard cabinets to match face panels. .6 Paint exposed conduit and electrical equipment occurring in finished areas. .7 Paint both sides and edges of plywood backboards for electrical and telephone equipment before installing equipment. �w .8 Color code equipment,piping,conduit, and exposed duct work to color schedule. Color band and identify with flow arrows, names, and numbering. w .9 Reinstall electrical cover plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings removed prior to finishing. 16 City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 09910 Renton WA PAINTS AND COATINGS July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 5 3.5 CLEANING �.. 1 Collect waste material which may constitute a fire hazard,place in closed metal containers and remove daily from site. SW 3.6 SCHEDULE - SHOP PREPARED ITEMS FOR SITE FINISHING 1 Metal Fabrications: Exposed surfaces of structural steel. 1 General Paint 06-154, quick dry primer. 2 Glidden 4130 Devshield primer. wr .2 Metal Doors and Frames: Galvanized, oil alkyd primed. 1 General Paint 06-154, quick dry primer. 2 Glidden 4130 Devshield primer. ow 3.7 SCHEDULE - INTERIOR SURFACES 1 Wood-Painted-MPI INT 6.3: 1 One coat of alkyd prime sealer. .1 General Paint 02-220 Premium undercoat. .2 Glidden 9431-0 Ultra interior undercoat. .3 Cloverdale 15100 Interior alkyd enamel undercoat. 2 Two coats of latex enamel, semi-gloss. .4 General Paint 15-line Enduroguard. rw .5 Glidden 4208 Devguard waterbase acrylic. .2 Wood -Transparent-MPI INT 6.3: 1 Filler coat(for open grained wood only). .6 General Paint 96-line Duralock. .7 Benjamin Moore 288-05 Paste wood filler. �r .8 Glidden Mumby. 2 One coat of stain. .9 General Paint 18-line Woodcraft S.T. stain. .10 Benjamin Moore 234 Interior stain. .11 Glidden 39000-line Professional transparent. 3 One coat sealer. .12 General Paint 25-050 Interior quick dry wood sealer. .13 Benjamin Moore 411 Sanding sealer. .14 Glidden 5035 ICI alkyd sanding sealer. 4 Two coats of varnish, satin. dw .15 General Paint 25-line Woodcraft interior urathane. .16 Benjamin Moore 428 Urethane. .17 Glidden 90332 Ultra urethane. r .3 Miscellaneous Steel- Shop Primed and Exposed Steel Above Suspended Ceiling: 1 One coat with zinc chromate primer. .18 General Paint 06-154 quick dry anti-corrosive primer. .19 Glidden 55083 Glid Guard zinc chromate. 2 Two coats of aliphatic urethane enamel, flat. .20 General Paint 96-line Amercoat 450 H.S. .21 Cloverdale Paints 834 series Clovathane. 3 Color: Dark blue, exact tint selected by Architect. City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 09910 Renton WA PAINTS AND COATINGS July 22, 2002-IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 6 .4 Gypsum Board -MPI INT 9.2: 1 One coat of latex primer sealer. .22 General Paint 51-087 Interior super sealer. .23 Glidden 36600 Ultra interior super sealer. .24 Cloverdale 05220 Interior latex sealer. 2 Two coats of latex enamel,eggshell. .25 Parker Paint, Klean-Air Coating 4350: color 8711W,Misty Mica .5 Fire Retardant Finish on Wood-MPI INT 6.4: rr 1 One coat of fire retardant primer. .26 General Paint#6 Flame control .27 Glidden Safecoat. .28 Cloverdale FR40C Firestop. 2 Two coats of fire retardant finish, semi-gloss. .29 General Paint 130/167 Flame control , .30 Glidden Safecoat topcoat. .31 Cloverdale FR40 Firestop. 3 Flame and smoke rating of 25/25. .6 Insulated Coverings-Canvas and Cotton -MPI INT 10.1: 1 One coat of alkyd primer sealer. .32 General Paint 02-220 Premium undercoat. .33 Glidden 9431-0 Ultra enamel undercoat. .34 Cloverdale 15100 Alkyd enamel undercoat. 2 Two coats of alkyd enamel, gloss. .35 General Paint 10-054 Marine enamel. .36 Benjamin Moore 114 Pentaflex. .37 Glidden 4308-line Devguard alkyd enamel. No END OF SECTION ,rat r City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 11969 Renton,WA EQUIPMENT RACKS an July 24, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle,WA Page 1 PART1 GENERAL we 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES r .1 Equipment Racks. .2 Optional hardware. 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION - .1 44 rack unit(RU)by 36"deep equipment racks for the mounting of computer and ..r communications hardware. .2 Optional hardware required for the mounting of equipment, ganging of equipment racks and powering of equipment. 1.3 SUBMITTALS 1 Per requirements of Article 3.12 AIA Document A201 — 1997. .2 Shop Drawings: Indicate opening sizes, tolerances required, method of attachment, clearances, and operation. err .3 Product Data: Provide data indicating physical and dimensional characteristics,operating features. .4 Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures,perimeter conditions requiring special attention. 1.4 COORDINATION err 1 Coordinate the work with electrical work, cable rack installation, structural seismic bracing installation and x-ray penetration tests of floor slab. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS .1 Manufacturer: Middle Atlantic Products, Inc., or approved alternate. .2 Each of the six (6)equipment rack shall include the following components: 1 Equipment Rack: part no. MRK-4436 2 Seismic Mounting Kit: part no. MRK-Z4 3 Plexiglas Front Door: part no. PFD-44 4 Isolated Ground Plug Strip: part no. PD-1220J-IG 5 Plug Strip Power Cord: 4 ft. rubber jacket, 3 conductor cord with NEMA L5-20P plug. .3 Additional Hardware: w 1 Equipment Mounting Screws: part no. HP-500 2 Side Panel: part no. SPN-44-36. Only one(1) set required for installation on ends of equipment rack row. City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 11969 � Renton,WA EQUIPMENT RACKS July 24, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle,WA Page 2 3 Ganging Hardware: part no. GANG-10 2.2 FINISHES IN 1 Equipment Racks: Black textured powder coat finish. No PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION so 1 Verify that equipment racks, optional components and hardware are free damage which may have occurred during shipping. ■r 3.2 INSTALLATION .l Locate equipment rack mounting locations in accordance with manufacturer's instructions No and in coordination with architectural and structural documentation. .2 Floor slabs throughout the building are post-tensioned concrete. These concrete slabs rrr MUST be X-rayed at locations where fasteners are required to penetrate more than 112' into the concrete PRIOR TO any fastening taking place. .3 Connect plug strip power cord to isolated ground plug strip junction box. .4 Gang equipment racks in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. .5 Install equipment rack hardware in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. �r .6 Clean equipment rack surfaces prior to occupancy. END OF SECTION wr ,rr City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 11970 Renton,WA BUILDING ENTRANCE TERMINAL July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle, WA Page 1 +rr PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES rrr 1 Building Entrance Terminal .2 Optional hardware. .rr 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 1 Protects up to 50 telecommunication lines with a 66-block input and output. Internal fuse +rr link provided and the external ground connectors accept a 6-14 AWG ground wire. Accommodates an industry standard 5-pin protection module. .2 Optional hardware required for the mounting, grounding and protecting equipment. 1.3 SUBMITTALS 1 Submit to Section 01000. .2 Shop Drawings: Indicate opening sizes, tolerances required, method of attachment, clearances, and operation. .3 Product Data: Provide data indicating physical and dimensional characteristics, operating features. .4 Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures,perimeter conditions requiring special attention. 1.4 COORDINATION .rr 1 Coordinate work to Section 01000. ,rrr .2 Coordinate the work with installation of wall-mounted fiber optic patch panels. .3 Coordinate with the City Engineer for the location and height of the building entrance terminal to be installed in the PBX telecommunication room. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS .1 Manufacturer: Circa Enterprise Inc., or approved alternate. +w .2 The following protected building entrance terminal shall include the following components: 1 Building Entrance Terminal: Model no. 1890ECT1/NSC-50 .3 Additional Hardware: 1 Surge Protection Module: Model no. C413 1S 2 #6 AWG Insulated copper ground wire (with green insulation) City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 11970 � Renton,WA BUILDING ENTRANCE TERMINAL July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle,WA Page 2 �r 2.2 FINISHES 1 Building Entrance Terminals: Olive Green. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION 1 Verify that the building entrance terminal, optional components and hardware are free from damage, which may have occurred during shipping. 3.2 INSTALLATION rr 1 Check with the City Engineer for the location and height of the building entrance terminal to be installed in the PBX telecommunication room. wr .2 Follow manufacturers instruction for installation, termination and grounding the building entrance terminal. .3 Install the surge protector modules. END OF SECTION �r so �r r City Of Renton Traffic Management Center . 11971 Renton, WA WALL-MOUNTED FIBER OPTIC PATCH PANEL July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle, WA Page 1 PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES „r .1 Wall-Mounted Fiber Optic Patch Panel .2 SC Adapter Panel ww 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 1 Wall-mounted enclosures shall be constructed of steel material with pre-assembled patch cable bend radius control panels. Enclosures shall provide patch cable protection without having to install an attachment. Enclosures shall maintain discrete locking capability between installer and user segments. SC adapters shall be installed within the patch panel(s). 1.3 SUBMITTALS r .1 Submit to Section 01000. .2 Shop Drawings: Indicate opening sizes, tolerances required, method of attachment, clearances, and operation. .3 Product Data: Provide data indicating physical and dimensional characteristics, operating features. .4 Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures, perimeter conditions requiring special attention. 1.4 COORDINATION err .1 Coordinate work to Section 01000. r .2 Coordinate the work with installation of wall-mounted building entrance terminal(s). .3 Coordinate with the City Engineer for the location and height of the wall-mounted fiber optic patch panel to be installed in the PBX telecommunication room. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS 1 Manufacturer: Panduit Opticom Wall Mount Enclosures, model no. FWME48EBL or ow approved alternate. .2 Manufacturer: Panduit Opticom 6-port SC adapter panel, model no. FAP6WSC or + approved alternate. .3 The wall-mounted fiber optic patch panel shall: rrr 1 Provide 48 ports for connection of fiber optic patch cables. 2 Protect cable to meet minimum bend radius. 3 Manage and organize fiber slack City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 11971 Renton,WA WALL-MOUNTED FIBER OPTIC PATCH PANEL July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle,WA Page 2 4 Provide compatibility with SC adapter modules 5 Provide locking mechanism. .4 The SC adapter panel shall accept a male connection at each end. 2.2 FINISHES .1 Coordinate with City Engineer to match existing equipment. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION 1 Verify that the fiber optic patch panels, adapters, and hardware are free from damage, which may have occurred during shipping. w 3.2 INSTALLATION 1 Check with the City Engineer for the location and height of the wall-mounted fiber optic ft patch panel to be installed in the PBX telecommunication room. .2 Follow manufacturers instruction for patch panel installation. .3 Install SC adapter panels to fill each patch panel per manufacturer instructions. Subsequent to installation, all patch panels shall be ready to accept 48 fiber optic jumper cables. END OF SECTION r City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 11972 Renton,WA WALL-MOUNTED S66 BLOCK CONNECTION TERMINAL July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle,WA Page 1 «r. PART1 GENERAL .,r 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES 1 Wall-Mounted S66 Block Connection Terminal .2 Optional Accessories ww 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 1 Standard S66 block terminals shall be manufactured to terminate 50 twisted copper pairs (25 pairs in and 25 pairs out). Four(4)S66 blocks will be installed on the plywood communications wallboard in the TMC equipment room to accommodate the cross- connection of 100 twisted copper pairs. .2 Optional standoff brackets may be provided to accommodate cable routing behind blocks. Additional accessories as required by the City Engineer. 1.3 SUBMITTALS .1 Submit to Section 01000. .2 Shop Drawings: Indicate opening sizes, tolerances required, method of attachment, clearances, and operation. .3 Product Data: Provide data indicating physical and dimensional characteristics, operating features. air .4 Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures, perimeter conditions requiring special attention. err 1.4 COORDINATION .r 1 Coordinate work to Section 01000. .2 Coordinate the work with installation of plywood communications wallboard. �r .3 Coordinate with the City Engineer for the location and height of the S66 block terminals to be installed in the TMC equipment room. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS do .1 Manufacturer: Siemons Wall Mount S66 Block, model no. S66M1-50 or approved alternate. +rr .2 S66 blocks shall terminate 22-26 AWG solid insulated cable or 18-19 AWG solid stripped cable. +r. .3 S66 blocks shall be manufactured of flame-resistant material. City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 11972 Renton,WA WALL-MOUNTED S66 BLOCK CONNECTION TERMINAL July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle,WA Page 2 Ift .4 S66 blocks shall be compatible with all industry standards accessories for assembly and connection. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION l Verify that the S66 blocks and all optional accessories are free from damage, which may have occurred during shipping. rrr 3.2 INSTALLATION .1 Check with the City Engineer for the location and height of the S66 blocks to be installed ft in the TMC equipment room. .2 Follow manufacturers instruction for S66 block installation. .3 Follow manufacturers instruction installation of standoff brackets and additional accessories. END OF SECTION , r 06 No go so City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 12490 Renton WA VERTICAL WINDOW BLINDS July 22, 2002 -IBI Group,Renton WA Page 1 PART1 GENERAL .w 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES .1 Vertical window blinds and hardware. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS +rr 1 Section 06114 -Wood Blocking and Accessories. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION w. 1 Vertical blinds to act as a privacy and lighting control device. .2 Vertical blinds installed at new window openings. .3 Controls: 1 Manual control for opening and closing blinds. 1.4 SUBMITTALS err 1 Per requirements of Article 3.12 AIA Document A201 — 1997. .2 Shop Drawings: Indicate opening sizes,tolerances required,method of attachment, rw clearances, and operation. .3 Product Data: Provide data indicating physical and dimensional characteristics, operating features. .4 Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures, perimeter conditions rr requiring special attention. 1.5 COORDINATION r .1 Coordinate the work with window installation and placement of concealed blocking to support blinds. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS rr 1 Manufacturer: Silent Gliss, or approved alternate. .2 Track: 1 Silent Gliss#2400 cord drawn 2 6063-T6 aluminum with clear anodized finish. �. 3 Exterior dimensions of 1"height and 1-3/a" width. .3 Louvers: 1 5" vertical louvers City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 12490 Renton WA VERTICAL WINDOW BLINDS July 22, 2002 -IBI Group,Renton WA Page 2 +err .4 Parts: 1 All parts shall be made of Polyamid 6.6,Delrin, stainless steel, or galvanized steel. 2 System shall include appropriate quantities of wheeled rotation elements for system length and selected louver width. ■r .5 Accessory Hardware: Type recommended by blind manufacturer. 2.2 FINISHES 1 Vertical louvers: Solar Reflect 4000 room darkening louvers. Color as selected. 2.3 FABRICATION .1 Fabricate blinds to fit openings with uniform edge clearance. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION o' 1 Verify that openings are ready to receive the work. .2 Ensure structural blocking and supports are correctly placed. 3.2 INSTALLATION .1 Install blinds in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. .2 Secure in place with flush countersunk or concealed fasteners. ' .3 Place intermediate head supports to minimize downward deflection. .4 Adjust blinds for smooth operation. .5 Clean blind surfaces just prior to occupancy. W END OF SECTION n .r City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 12510 Renton WA OFFICE FURNITURE July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Renton WA Page 1 r PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES ., 1 Desk chairs .2 Table .rr 1.2 SUBMITTALS 1 Per requirements of Article 3.12 AIA Document A201 — 1997. .r .2 Product Data: Provide data indicating physical and dimensional characteristics, operating features. PART 2 PRODUCTS .r 2.1 MATERIALS 1 Chair Manufacturer: Herman Miller, or approved alternate. �rw .2 Chair Style: 1 Aeron Chair. Color: Black Quantity: 1 2 Ergon 3 Chair. Color: Black �w Quantity: 3 .3 Table Manufacturer: Desalto s.r .4 Table Style: "Helsinki"table 1 Top: American cherry r 2 Base: Arctic grey 3 Size: 118w x 78d x 74h (cm) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION .1 Assemble furniture if necessary and ensure it is in working order. .2 Clean chairs and table just prior to occupancy. +rw END OF SECTION err City Of Renton Traffic Management 12566 Renton,WA CONSOLE July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle, WA Page 1 wr PART1 GENERAL aw 1.1 SUMMARY .1 Section Includes: am .1 Control console. .2 Related Sections: ON .1 Section 06405—Cabinet Work 1.2 SUBMITTALS wr .1 Per requirements of Article 3.12 AIA Document A201 — 1997. 40 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS Im .1 Evans Model: Strategy Desk 2, or equivalent from approved alternate manufacturer. wr 2 Dimensions: Depth: Reduced depth 391/4"to accommodate flat panel displays Length: 72" me .3 Rear Slatwall: Rear wall with fabric wrapped acoustic panel to .4 Monitor Support Deck Plastic laminate finish monitor deck Q0 .5 Exterior Finish Custom powder coat finish on metal cladding rr Soft urethane waterfall nosing .6 Equipment Access Front access doors—Plastic laminate hinged Rear access doors—Plastic laminate hinged Slide out processor shelf +1w 2.2 FABRICATION rrr 1 Dimensions: Depth: Reduced depth 391/4"to accommodate flat panel displays Length: 72" .r .2 Wire and Cable Management: l Options: .1 2"x 2 " continuous wire cable tray err .2 Convenience duplex receptacle with cover plate. City Of Renton Traffic Management 12566 W Renton,WA CONSOLE July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle,WA Page 2 r .3 Height Adjustable Worksurface: 1 Height adjustable worksurface with manual handcrank. The manually operated crank mechanism allows for height adjustment operation through a 5" adjustment range from 2'/z"below and 2 '/z" above the standard 28 1/2" work surface height. .4 Structural Components and Materials .1 Extrusions 1 Lower beam,frame and door columns, and rear stringers to be fabricated from 6063-T54 aluminum alloy with yield strengths and ultimate strengths of 33Ksi. .2 Sheet Metal Parts 1" .1 All sheet metal used for structural components is to be cold-rolled steel: .2 Frame inserts, rear wall post, and rear wall horizontal stringers: 12 gauge .3 Rear door columns: 14 gauge err .4 Corner modules: 12 and 14 gauge .3 Metal Finishes rr .1 Extrusions to have natural aluminum finish. .2 Metal clad end gables are to be finished with electrostatic powder coating. .3 All other structural components to be finished with electrostatic powder so coating. .4 Panels .1 End Panels: Metal clad 3/4" particle board with electrostatic powder coat finish .2 Front Hinged Doors: 3/4" particle board with plastic laminate finish .3 Lower Access Panels: 3/4" particle board with plastic laminate finish .5 Particle Board .1 Density: 45lb/cu lb .2 Screw holding capacity face: 247 lb. so .3 Screw Holding capacity edge: 191 lb. .4 Linear Expansion: 0.39% at 90% relative humidity r .6 Electrical Devices: Power Bar .l Quantity and Outlets: 6 .2 Rating: 15A @ 125Vac ft .3 EMI/RFI Attenuation: -5dB to-4OdB @ 100kHz to 30MHz .4 Certification: UL Listed(UL1449), CSA certified .5 Surge Protection: Metal Oxide Varistor no .6 Clamping Voltage: (L-N,L-G,N-G)400 Vac 2.3 FINISH rrti .1 Rear Slatwall: .1 Rear wall with fabric wrapped acoustic panel .2 Monitor Support Deck .l Plastic laminate finish monitor deck rr .3 Exterior Finish .1 Plastic laminate finish r �w City Of Renton Traffic Management 12566 Renton, WA CONSOLE July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle, WA Page 3 .2 Soft urethane waterfall nosing .4 Equipment Access .1 Front access doors—Plastic laminate hinged .2 Rear access doors—Plastic laminate hinged .3 Slide out processor shelf PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION on 1 Install console to manufacturer's instructions. am END OF SECTION to IN ON ow r r ar +rw as .r .w RENTON CITY HALL - TMC IBI GROUP 2002-0030 July 22, 2002 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 15 BID DOCUMENTS ow o go rw .r� TABLE OF CONTENTS 15010 Basic Mechanical Requirements 15050 Basic Materials and Methods 15250 Insulation rr 15500 Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning 15950 Controls rrr 15990 Testing, Adjusting and Balancing yr. r,rr y yr� r. r yr rrr to City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 15010 Renton,WA BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 1 fm PART GENERAL .r 1.1 SUMMARY 1 Work Included: Work included in 15010 applies to Division 15 work to provide materials, labor, tools,permits and incidentals to provide and make ready for Owner's use heating, ventilation or air conditioning systems for proposed project. .2 Related Work Specified Elsewhere: .1 Contents of Section applies to Division 15 specifications. .2 Requirements of Section are a minimum for Division 15 Sections, unless otherwise stated in each Section, in which case that Section's requirements take precedence. 1.2 DEFINITIONS .rr 1 Following is a list of abbreviations generally used in Division 15: .1 ADA Americans with Disabilities Act +rw .2 AGA American Gas Association .3 AHJ Authority Having Jurisdiction .4 ASHRAE American Society of Heating,Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers .5 AWWA American Water Works Association .6 CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute «rr .7 ETL Electric Testing Laboratories .8 FM Factory Mutual .9 HI Hydraulic Institute Standards tires 10 HVAC Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning .11 MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society .12 NEC National Electric Code .13 NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association as .14 NFPA National Fire Protection Association .15 OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration .16 SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors'National Association, Inc. .17 TEMA Tubular Exchanger Manufacturers Association .18 TIMA Thermal Insulation Manufacturers Association .19 UBC Uniform Building Code .20 UFC Uniform Fire Code .21 UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc. err .22 UMC Uniform Mechanical Code .23 UPC Uniform Plumbing Code .2 Provide: To furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use. .3 Furnish: Supply and deliver to the project site,ready for unpacking, assembly and >rr installation. .4 Install: Includes unloading, unpacking, assembling, erecting, installation, applying, finishing,protecting, cleaning and similar operations at the project site as required to `w complete items of work furnished by others. City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 15010 ` Renton,WA BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 2 wr 1.3 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS TO DIVISION 1 1 Operation and Maintenance Documentation: Copies of certificates of code authority w acceptance, test data,parts lists,maintenance information for equipment, valves,balancing reports, and other special guarantees, certificates of warranties, and the like, specified elsewhere herein or indicated on Drawings. �rw .2 Shop Drawings: When requested by individual Sections provide shop drawings which include physical characteristics, electrical characteristics, device layout plans,wiring diagrams, and the like. Refer to individual Specification Sections for additional requirements for the shop drawings. .3 Close-out Documentation: Submit mechanical code authority certification of inspection. .4 Record Drawings: .1 Show changes and deviations from the Drawings. Include written Addendum and change order items. .2 Make changes to the Drawings in a neat, clean, and legible manner. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 ASBESTOS ' I Do not use products containing asbestos. ww 2.2 MATERIALS 1 Base contract upon furnishing materials as specified. Materials, equipment, and fixtures used for construction are to be new,the latest products as listed in manufacturer's printed catalog data and are to be UL or AGA approved or acceptable by state, county, and city authorities. Equipment supplier is responsible for obtaining state, county, and city acceptance on equipment not UL approved or not listed for installation. ` .2 Articles, fixtures, and equipment of a kind to be standard product of one manufacturer. so .3 Names and manufacturer's names denote character and quality of equipment desired and are not to be construed as limiting competition. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 MUTILATION rr 1 Repair mutilation of building around pipes, ducts, fixtures, and the like. 1W 3.2 EQUIPMENT SELECTION AND SERVICEABILITY 1 Replace or reposition equipment which is too large or located incorrectly to permit servicing, at no additional cost to Owner. ' .2 Maintain design intent where equipment other than as shown in Contract Documents is provided. Where equipment requires piping arrangement, control diagrams, or sequencing rr �r go City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 15010 Renton, WA BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 3 r different from that indicated in Contract Documents, provide electrical motors, wiring, controls, or other required electrical components at no additional cost to Owner. 4W 3.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING .1 Deliver, store and handle materials and equipment in a manner to prevent damage and deterioration. Store in original container which identifies manufacturer's name,brand and model number. Do not store indoor equipment outdoors unless provided with a VW waterproof protective cover. .2 Replacement: In event of damage, immediately make repairs and replacements necessary. go 3.4 CLEANING .1 Upon completion of installation,thoroughly clean exposed portions of equipment, rr removing temporary labels and traces of foreign substances. Throughout work,remove construction debris and surplus materials accumulated by this work. +w. 3.5 INSTALLATION 1 Install equipment and fixtures in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions, plumb and level, firmly anchored to vibration isolators. Maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances. rrr .2 Start up equipment, in accordance with manufacturer's start-up instructions, and in presence of manufacturer's representative. Test controls and demonstrate compliance with requirements. Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls and equipment. 1 Do not place equipment in sustained operation prior to initial balancing of err mechanical systems. .2 Furnish sufficient refrigerant and dry nitrogen for pressure testing under manufacturer's supervision. to .3 Provide and install additional fan sheaves to obtain design capacities. Coordinate exact requirements with balancing firm. ow 3.6 ACCEPTANCE .1 System can not be considered for acceptance until work is completed and demonstrated to to Architect that installation is in strict compliance with Specifications,Drawings and manufacturer's installation instructions,particularly in reference to following: .1 Testing. *W .2 Cleaning. .3 System balancing and balancing logs. .4 Instruction and operating manuals. .■ .5 Training of operating personnel. .6 Record Drawings. .7 Guaranty certificates. .8 Start-up and test document. we END OF SECTION +r No City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 15050 Renton, WA BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS so July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 1 PART GENERAL 00 1.1 SUMMARY 1 Work Included: .1 Materials, installation and testing of pipe, tubing and fittings, and valves. .2 Refer to Specification Sections for each system medium(i.e.,plumbing, hydronics, gas, and the like) for pipe application. r 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1 Manufacturer's Inspection: Inspect flanges, fittings and field applied welds in accordance with manufacturer's standard written quality control procedure in accordance with the following techniques: .1 Visual Method: Comply with MSS SP-55 except as otherwise indicated. low .2 Radiographic (X-Ray)Method: Employ wherever recommended or required for pressurized piping systems. wr .2 Welding Qualification: Qualify welding procedures,welders and operators in accordance with ANSI B31.9 for shop and project site welding of piping work. rr+ 1.3 SUBMITTALS 1 Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data, installation instructions, and dimensioned drawings for: .1 Each type of valve. .2 Access panels. r .3 Provide a listing of products and materials proposed for use on this project for products covered in this Section under Part 2 Products. 2 Piping Materials List: Provide a typewritten list which schedules the piping materials to ow be used for each system as a function of applicable nominal pipe size ranges. Arrange schedule in outline form for each specific piping system, e.g., "Chilled Water System," "Soil, Waste, and Vent Piping System," and the like. Include ASTM, ANSI or other numbers and other data as necessary to demonstrate compliance with requirements. .3 Test Procedure: Submit a typewritten checklist type of testing procedure indicating testing +w medium(i.e., water, air,nitrogen, and the like), pipe service,pipe and fitting type and classification,test pressure,pass/fail criteria and any other pertinent data. .4 Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts list for each type valve. Include this data,product data, and certifications in maintenance manual. w. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCT STANDARDS .1 References to product Specifications for materials are listed according to accepted base standards. All materials to meet latest approved versions of these standards. dw dw City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 15050 Renton,WA BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 2 .2 See Section 15010, Basic Mechanical Requirements where piping materials are approved for use. wr 2.2 STEEL PIPE 1 ASTM A135, Electric Resistance Welded, Grade B: Black, unless otherwise indicated, a* schedule as specified. 2.3 COPPER TUBE , .1 Temper: Annealed(hard drawn). .2 Water Service: ASTM B88, Type as indicated for each service. .3 Drain, Waste, and Vent(DWV): ASTM B306. 2.4 FITTINGS FOR STEEL PIPE 1 General: Flanges, fittings,unions and other products, mark in accordance with MSS ,o SP-25. .2 Welding Fittings: Wrought carbon steel fittings, ASTM A234, ANSI B 16.9,B 16.28. Butt-welding type unless otherwise indicated to be socket welding type. .3 Branch Connections: From mains or headers 2-1/2-inch or larger,welded tees or forged welding outlets. .4 Welding Outlets: "Weldolets" or"Threadolets" equivalent to Bonney Forge. Use forged welding outlets wherever branch line is at least 1 nominal pipe size smaller than local ' main or header. .5 Threaded Fittings: ANSI B2.1, ASTM A47, 150 PSI rating, except where otherwise so specified, prevailing codes or requirements or Specifications dictate use of 300 PSI rating. Fabricate from standard malleable iron with dimensions conforming to ANSI B 16.3. 1 Fitting requirements for galvanized steel piping systems to be the same as for black steel pipe except each to have galvanized coating. .2 Fittings for waste, vent and drainage piping to be drainage pattern type. wr .6 Flanges: Carbon steel conforming to ASTM A105, ANSI B16.5, and factory forged in the USA. Flanges which have been machined,remade,painted, or are nondomestic origin are not acceptable. Provide raised or full face ends wherever indicated or required. .7 Unions: ANSI B16.39, ASTM A47, and be fabricated from malleable iron with bronze- to-iron ground joints rated at 150 percent design operating pressure. Threads: ANSI irr B2.1. .8 Fasteners: Semi-finished carbon steel bolts and hex nuts conforming to ASTM A307. Threads and Dimensions: ANSI B 1.1 and B 18.2. .9 Threaded Pipe Plugs: ANSI B 16.14. .10 Thread Lubricant: RectorSeal No. 5 or Slic-tite Teflon Paste. wr City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 15050 Renton, WA BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 3 .11 Mechanical Couplings: up .1 Coupling Housings: Malleable iron ASTM A47 or ductile iron ASTM A536. .2 Coupling Housing Description: Grooved or rolled mechanical type, which engages grooved or rolled shouldered pipe ends, encasing an elastomeric gasket r„ which bridges pipe ends to create seal. Cast in two or more parts, secured together during assembly with nuts and bolts. Permit degree of contraction and expansion as specified in manufacturer's published literature. .3 Gaskets: Mechanical grooved or rolled coupling design,pressure responsive so that internal pressure serves to increase seal's tightness, constructed of elastomers having properties as designated by ASTM D2000. Water Services: EDPM Grade E, with green color code identification. .4 Bolts and Nuts: Heat-treated carbon steel, ASTM A183, minimum tensile 110,000 PSI. +w .5 Branch Stub-Ins: Upper housing with full locating collar for rigid positioning engaging machine-cut hole in pipe, encasing elastomeric gasket conforming to pipe outside diameter around hole, and lower housing with positioning lugs, secured together during assembly with nuts and bolts. .6 Fittings: Grooved or rolled shouldered end design to accept grooved or rolled mechanical couplings. .1 Malleable Iron: ASTM A47. .2 Ductile Iron: ASTM A536. .3 Fabricated Steel: ASTM A53, Type F for 3/4-inch to 1-1/2-inch; Type E or S, Grade B for 2 to 20-inch. 1W .4 Steel: ASTM A234. .7 Flanges: Class 125 cast iron and Class 150 steel bolt hole alignment. .1 Malleable Iron: ASTM A47. aw .2 Ductile Iron: ASTM A536. .8 Pipe/Grooved: Carbon steel,A-53B/A-106B/A135 Schedule 40. Roll or cut grooved-ends as appropriate to pipe material, wall thickness, pressures, size and 4W method of joining. Pipe ends to be grooved or rolled in accordance with current listed standards conforming to ANSFAWWA C-606. .9 Manufacturers: Victaulic, Gruvlock, or approved. Yrr .12 Pressfit System: Carbon steel Pressfit system for 2-inch and under Schedule 5, 0.065 wall pipe conforming to ASTM A235,A795 or A53, having a maximum yield strength of 45,000 PSI and a maximum hardness of Rb70. Water, air, chemical, oil and vacuum systems with working pressures to 300 PSI. UL/FM approved to 175 PSI. Victaulic or approved. r 2.5 UNIONS .l Steel Pipe Union: 150 PSI malleable iron,brass to iron seat, ground joint,black or ► galvanized to match pipe. .2 Copper Pipe Union: 200 PSI working pressure. Bronze body, solder or grooved ends. ,r Pipes 2-inch and under use ground joint,pipes 2-1/2-inch and larger use flanged face or grooved ends. +w City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 15050 Renton, WA BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 4 �wr .3 Insulating Unions: 250 PSI working pressure. Pipe ends and material to match piping. Electric current below 1 percent of galvanic current. Gasket material as recommended by manufacturer. Epco or approved. 10 2.6 ESCUTCHEONS rr 1 Brass material, chrome plated finish. Size sufficient to cover all pipe openings through wall, floor or ceiling. Set screw or spring to secure to pipe. Coordinate all opening sizes. 2.7 VALVES- GENERAL 1 General: .1 Sizes: Unless otherwise indicated,provide valves of same size as upstream pipe size. .2 Operators: Provide handwheels, fastened to valve stem, for valves other than quarter-turn. Provide lever handle for quarter-turn valves 6-inch and smaller, " other than plug valves. Provide gear operators for quarter-turn valves 8-inch and larger. Provide chain-operated sheaves and chains for overhead valves. .3 End Connections: Mate with pipe,tube and equipment connections. Where more than one type is indicated, selection is installer's option. .2 Manufacturers: Crane,Fairbanks, ITT Grinnell, Jenkins,Kennedy,Walworth,Red/White 4W (commercial grade),Mueller, Lunkenheimer, Conbraco,Nibco,DeZurik,Hays,Powell, Stockham, Hammond, Watts,Milwaukee, Victaulic, or approved. Note: See individual sections for specialty valves (balancing valves,pressure regulators,relief valves, earthquake valves, gas valves). 2.8 BALANCING VALVES 1W .1 Bronze with a machined orifice flow restriction, globe-type valve, internal O-rings,rated working pressure of at least 300 PSIG, flow setting indicating pointer and calibrated nameplate,memory stops, and pressure readout port with integral check valve on each side of the orifice. Bell&Gossett,Armstrong,Nibco,Wheatley,Tour&Anderson,or Illinois. .2 Combination check valve/balancing valve not allowed, 1/4-turn plug type allowed on 8-inch and larger pipe only. Victaulic through service assembly of Vic300 and VIC779 check valve with flow pots is acceptable with minimum inlet and outlet piping. .3 Ball valve type style balancing valves not allowed. 2.9 BALL VALVES 1 3-Inch and Smaller: 150 PSI,bronze body, full port,bronze trim, 2-piece construction, TFE seats and seals. Nibco 585-70. 40 .2 Victaulic Series 721 Standard Port Ball Valve: 1-1/2 to 6-inch ductile iron,ASTM A536, micro finish steel chrome plated or stainless steel ball and stem. TFE seats, 600 PSI. 2.10 MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS No City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 15050 Renton, WA BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 5 r 1 General: Manufacturer's standard products of categories and types required for each application as referenced in other Division 15 sections. Where more than a single type is specified for application,provide single selection for each product category. .2 Manufacturers: Allen Systems, Inc., W. H.Brady Co., Signmark Division, Industrial Safety Supply Co., Inc., Seton Name Plate Corporation, or approved. 2.11 PLASTIC PIPE MARKERS 1 Provide one of the following: .1 Snap-on Type: Manufacturer's standard preprinted, semi-rigid snap-on, color coded pipe markers. ' .2 Pressure-Sensitive Type: Manufacturer's standard preprinted,permanent adhesive, color coded,pressure sensitive vinyl pipe markers. .2 Small Pipes: For external diameters less than 6-inch(including insulation, if any),provide full-band pipe markers, extending 360 degrees around pipe at each location, fastened by one of the following methods: +rw .1 Snap-on application of pretensioned semi-rigid plastic pipe marker. .2 Adhesive lap joint in pipe marker overlap. .3 Laminated or bonded application of pipe marker to pipe (or insulation). rrtir .4 Taped to pipe (or insulation)with color coded plastic adhesive tape,not less than 3/4-inch wide; full circle at both ends of pipe marker, tape lapped 1-1/2-inches. 1W .3 Large Pipes: For external diameters of 6-inch and larger(including insulation, if any), provide either full-band or strip-type pipe markers,but not narrower than three times letter height(and of required length), fastened by one of the following methods: rr .1 Laminated or bonded application of pipe marker to pipe (or insulation). .2 Taped to pipe(or insulation)with color coded plastic adhesive tape, not less than 1-1/2-inch wide; full circle at both ends of pipe marker, tape lapped 3-inches. .3 Strapped-to-pipe(or insulation) application of semi-rigid type, with manufacturer's standard stainless steel bands. .4 Lettering: Comply with piping system nomenclature as specified, scheduled or shown, and abbreviate only as necessary for each application length. .5 Arrows: Print each pipe marker with arrows indicating direction of flow, either integrally w with piping system service lettering(to accommodate both directions), or as separate unit of plastic. 2.12 VALVE TAGS 1 Brass Valve Tags: Polished brass valve tags with stamp-engraved piping system abbreviation in 1/4-inch high letters and sequenced valve numbers 1/2-inch high, and with hole for fastener. 1-1/2-inch diameter tags, except as otherwise indicated. Valve designations to be coordinated with all existing valve identifications to ensure no repetitive designations are utilized. .2 Valve Tag Fasteners: Solid brass chain(wire link or beaded type), or solid brass S-hooks. .w City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 15050 Wk Renton,WA BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 6 to .3 Access Panel Markers: Manufacturer's standard 1/16-inch thick engraved plastic laminate access panel markers, with abbreviations and numbers corresponding to concealed valve. Include center hole to allow attachment. No to wr 66 1W to go W UN go ■o ww wr City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 15050 Renton, WA BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 7 +rw 2.13 PLASTIC EQUIPMENT MARKERS ww 1 General: Manufacturer's standard laminated plastic, color coded equipment markers. Conform to the following color code: 4W .1 Green: Cooling equipment and components. .2 Yellow: Heating equipment and components. .2 Nomenclature: Match terminology used on drawing schedules as closely as possible. .3 Size: Provide approximate 2-1/2 by 4-inch markers for control devices, dampers, and valves; and 4-1/2 by 6-inch for equipment. �+w 2.14 PIPING AND DUCTWORK 1 Use the document "Seismic Restraints Manual Guidelines for Mechanical Systems." Secure piping, ductwork, and the like to withstand a force in any direction. ar. .2 Sway bracing is not required for pipes that are installed on very short hangers(12-inch or less). .3 Secure all HVAC and Plumbing piping bracing at every fourth hanger transversely and every eighth hanger longitudinally. .4 As approved by code authority, use a bracing system manufactured by Superstrut,Mason, r.r or Pipe Shields Inc., or approved. 2.15 EQUIPMENT r 1 Provide a means to prohibit excessive motion of all mechanical equipment during an earthquake. awr .2 Provide all mechanical equipment,both hanging and base mounted, with mounting connection points of sufficient strength to resist lateral seismic forces equal to 0.5 of .rr equipment operating weight. .3 Rooftop Seismic Straps: Provide 8-inch wide by 8-inch long 16 gauge straps fastened from rooftop mounted equipment to curb at minimum of one or more locations per side as determined by calculations performed. Curb seismically attached to structure. Provide engineered calculations where required. 2.16 HANGER SPRING AND NEOPRENE OR GLASS FIBER(HSN) 1 Freestanding, laterally stable steel spring and a neoprene or a glass fiber element in series, contained within a steel housing. Provide a neoprene neck bushing(or other means) where the hanger rod passes through the hanger housing to prevent the rod from contacting the hanger housing. Provide spring diameters and hanger housing lower hole sizes large enough to permit the hanger rod to swing through a 30 degree arc before contacting the housing. Neoprene Element: 0.3-inch minimum static deflection. *W .2 HSN Isolators: Amber/Booth type DWWR-A. r City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 15050 Renton,WA BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 8 r .3 Manufacturers: Supply all vibration isolation mounts by a single manufacturer. Acceptable suppliers are as follows: .1 Amber/Booth Co. -A.B. w .2 Korfund Dynamics-K.D. .3 Mason Industries, Inc. -M.I. .4 Peabody Noise Control Inc. -P.N.C. ► .5 Vibration Mountings&Controls, Inc. -V.M.&C. .6 IAC. .7 Koppers. .8 Vibrex. 2.17 FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS (FDC) 1 Neoprene loaded vinyl material or neoprene loaded canvas with vapor barrier. Flame spread rating of 25 or less, and a smoke spread rating of 50 or less,per ASTM E84. Not affected by temperatures as low as minus l OF, or as high as 200F. ` .2 Flexible Connections: Ventglas manufactured by Ventfabrics, Amatex, or approved. wr 2.18 FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTIONS (FPC) .1 Straight, double sphere shape fabricated of multiple plies of nylon cord, fabric and ow neoprene,vulcanized so as to become inseparable and homogenous. Able to accept compressive, elongative, transverse and angular movements. +Nw► .2 Select and fit to suit the system temperature,pressure and fluid type. Do not use rods or cables to control extension of the connector. .3 Pipe Sizes 2-Inch or Smaller: Threaded female union couplings on each end. Larger rwr sizes: Metallic flange couplings. .4 FPC: Mason MFTNC, MFTFU and MFNEC. go .5 Manufacturers: Supply all vibration isolation mounts by a single manufacturer. Acceptable suppliers are as follows: so .1 Amber/Booth Co. -A.B. .2 Korfund Dynamics-K.D. .3 Mason Industries, Inc. -M.I. .4 Peabody Noise Control Inc. -P.N.C. .5 Vibration Mountings&Controls, Inc. -V.M.&C. .6 Metraflex. .7 Vibrex. .6 Heat Pump Connectors: General Rubber(Dacron reinforced neoprene hose), minimum 24-inch live length. Contractor's Option: Griswold automatic balancing, flame retardant hose kit No. 4. .7 Connections to match piping system. wr to City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 15050 Renton, WA BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 9 r .8 Three Flexible Grooved Couplings Option: Where grooved systems are used, three *W Victaulic Style 77 couplings may be used in lieu of double sphere or metallic type flexible pipe connectors. See Victaulic publication "Vibration Attenuation Characteristics of Victaulic Couplings 26.04" for additional details. wn PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS .1 Conform with applicable codes and industry standards. .2 Install uninsulated piping so that unrestrained direct contact with the structure or other system installations is avoided. Where contact with or passage through building or structural features cannot be avoided; firmly anchor piping to, or isolated from, the +" structure to prevent noise transmission and occurrence of physical damage. Install piping to be insulated with adequate clearance around piping to allow for placement of full thickness insulating material. rrir .3 Expansion and Flexibility: Install all work with due regard for expansion and contraction to prevent damage to the piping, ductwork, equipment,building and its contents. Provide .p„ piping offsets, loops, approved type expansion joints, anchors or other means to control pipe movement and to minimize pipe forces. 3.2 ESCUTCHEONS 1 Install on all exposed pipes passing through walls or floors, and on fixture stops and waste ar connections to wall, except not required in stockrooms. 3.3 PIPING AND EQUIPMENT REMOVAL 4W .1 Piping and equipment removed as salvage by Owner to remain property of the Owner. .2 Remove as shown on drawings,piping and ductwork to be reused where shown. Dispose 40 and remove excess piping, ductwork and equipment(and not identified by Owner as salvage). 00 3.4 ACCESSIBILITY 1 Installation of valves, gauges and equipment conveniently and accessibly located with an reference to finished building for repairs,removal and service. 3.5 ACCESS PANELS 1 Install ceiling or wall access panels to provide access to all concealed valves, fans,motors, shock arrestors, fire dampers,terminal units, coils and all other mechanical items needing service. Provide access panels at all locations required or as specified herein. All locations/sizes of access panels with Architect prior to work. .2 Where access panels are for service of fire, fire/smoke, or smoke dampers, stencil the rw words "Fire Damper," "Fire/Smoke Damper," or "Smoke Damper" in 1/2-inch high capital letters on the outside of the panels. City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 15050 IN Renton,WA BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 10 to 3.6 FIRESTOPPING PENETRATIONS IN FIRE-RATED WALL/FLOOR ASSEMBLIES .1 Provide proper sizing when providing sleeves or core-drilled holes to accommodate the no penetration. Firestop all voids between sleeve or core-drilled hole and pipe passing through to meet the requirements of ASTM E814. rr 3.7 VALVE INSTALLATION 1 Install valves where required for proper operation of piping and equipment, including valves in branch lines where necessary to isolate sections of piping. Locate valves so as to be accessible and so that separate support can be provided when necessary. .2 Install valves with stems pointed up, in vertical position where possible,but in no case with stems pointed downward from horizontal plane unless unavoidable. Install valve drains with hose-end adapter for each valve that must be installed with stem below horizontal plane. ` .3 Insulation: Where insulation is indicated, install extended-stem valves, arranged in proper manner to receive insulation. ' .4 Mechanical Actuators: Install with chain operators where indicated. Extend chains to 5-feet above floor and hook to clips to clear aisle passage. W .5 Stem Selection: Outside screw and yoke stems, except provide inside screw,nonrising stem where space prevents full opening of OS&Y valves. aliv .6 Seats: Renewable seats, except where otherwise indicated. 3.8 VALVE ADJUSTING AND CLEANING or 1 Inspect valves for leaks. Adjust or replace packing to stop leaks. Replace valve if leak persists. .2 Valve Identification. Tag valves. w► 3.9 VALVE IDENTIFICATION .1 General: Provide valve tag on every valve, cock and control device in each piping system. Exclude check valves, valves within factory fabricated equipment units,plumbing fixture faucets, convenience and lawn-watering hose bibbs, shutoff valves at plumbing fixtures, and similar rough-in connections of end-use fixtures. List each tagged valve in valve schedule for each piping system. .2 Install mounted valve schedule in each mechanical room. rwr 3.10 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION 1 General: Install engraved plastic laminate sign or plastic equipment marker on or near each item of mechanical equipment and each operational device, as specified herein if not otherwise specified for each item or device. Provide signs for the following general categories of equipment and operational devices: terminal units, coils, fans, water heaters, to blowers, unitary HVAC equipment, similar equipment. to City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 15050 Renton, WA BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 11 rw 3.11 PIPING SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION aw .1 Install pipe markers on each system and include arrows to show normal direction of flow. .2 Locate pipe markers and color bands wherever piping is exposed to view in occupied Im spaces,machine rooms, accessible maintenance spaces(shafts, tunnels and plenums), and exterior nonconcealed locations, in locations as follows: .1 Near each valve and control device. me .2 Near each branch, excluding short take-offs for fixtures and terminal units; mark each pipe at branch, where there could be question of flow pattern. .3 Near locations where pipes pass through walls or floors/ceilings, or enter nonaccessible enclosures. ON .4 At access doors,manholes and similar access points which permit view of concealed piping. .5 Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination. ow .6 Spaced intermediately at maximum spacing of 50-feet along each piping run, except reduce spacing to 25-feet in congested areas of piping and equipment, i.e., mechanical rooms. low 3.12 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING �. 1 Adjusting: Relocate any mechanical identification device which has become visually blocked. .2 Cleaning: Clean face of identification devices, and glass frames of valve charts. 3.13 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING 1 Prior to connection of piping and ductwork to existing as illustrated on Mechanical Drawings, field verify all existing conditions and exact sizes and locations of existing piping and ductwork. Provide additional offsets, transitions,joints, cut-ins, and replace portions of existing as required to facilitate connections of new as shown on Documents. 3.14 CAULKING .l Provide Geocel Corporation, (800) 348-7615, Construction 2000 Caulking Sealant. Standard color to match as close as possible to surrounding surface. Application rr standards,ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, ICBO approved, Report No. 3680. Apply per manufacturer's recommendations. +rr END OF SECTION +.r +rw City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 15250 Renton, WA INSULATION July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 1 aw PART GENERAL 48W 1.1 SUMMARY 1 Ductwork Insulation: Materials and installation of duct insulation including the following low applications: .1 Air conditioning and heating ductwork. .2 Outside air ductwork. 40 .3 Equipment related to air handling systems. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1 Qualification of Workers: Use proficient journeyman insulators and supervisors in the execution of this portion of the work to ensure proper and adequate installation of insulation throughout. A firm with at least 5 years successful installation experience on projects with installations similar to that required for this project. .2 Compliance with Specifications: sr .1 Whenever required during progress of the work, furnish proof acceptable to the Owner that items installed are equal to or exceed all requirements specified for this work. 40 .2 In the event such proof is not available, or is not acceptable to the Owner, the Owner may require the Contractor to remove the item or items and replace with material meeting the specified requirements and to repair all damage caused in the go removal and replacement, all at no additional cost to the Owner. .3 Install per manufacturer's written instructions. .4 As a minimum, comply with appropriate state energy code or other applicable codes. 1.3 SUBMITTALS 1 Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical data and installation instructions for each type of insulation,jacket, glue, paint, fitting cover, and accessory. Submit schedule showing manufacturer's product number, thickness, and furnished accessories for each "' equipment and duct system requiring insulation. PART2 PRODUCTS .r 2.1 TYPE 11,FLEXIBLE FIBERGLASS BLANKET 1 ASTM C553, Type 1, Class B-2; flexible blanket. .2 'K'Value: 0.27 at 75F installed. .3 Density: 0.75 lb./cu.ft. .4 Vapor Barrier Jacket: FSK aluminum foil reinforced with fiberglass yarn and laminated to *" fire resistant Kraft, secured with UL listed pressure sensitive tape or outward clinched expanded staples and vapor barrier mastic as needed. d' 2.2 TYPE 12,DUCT LINER r City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 15250 Renton, WA INSULATION July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 2 .1 ASTM C1071; flexible blanket. .2 'K'Value: ASTM C518, 0.25 at 75F. .3 Noise Reduction Coefficient: 0.65 or higher based on "Type A mounting." .4 Maximum Velocity on Mat or Coated Air Side: 5,000 FPM .5 Adhesive: UL listed waterproof type. .6 Fasteners: Duct liner galvanized steel pins, welded or mechanically fastened. .7 Mold-,Humidity-, and Erosion-Resistant Surfaces: UL 181. ` PART 3 EXECUTION wr 3.1 VERIFICATION OF CONDITIONS 1 Do not apply insulation until all pressure testing of the ducts has been completed. Do not rw, apply insulation until the duct has been inspected. .2 Examine areas and conditions under which duct insulation will be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION 40 .l Clean and dry surfaces to be insulated. 3.3 INSTALLATION wr 1 Insulation: Continuous through walls, floors,partitions except where noted otherwise. to .2 Ductwork: .1 Install insulation in conformance with the manufacturer's recommendations to completely cover the duct. ► .2 Butt insulation joints firmly together and install jackets and tapes smoothly and securely. .3 Apply duct insulation continuously through sleeves and prepared openings, except as otherwise specified. Apply vapor barrier materials to form a complete unbroken vapor seal over the insulation. .4 Coat staples and seals with vapor barrier coating. .5 Cover breaks in the jacket material with patches of the same material as the vapor barrier. Extend the patches not less than 2-inch beyond the break or penetration in all directions and secure with adhesive and staples. Seal staples and joints with brush coat of vapor barrier coating. .6 Fill jacket penetrations, i.e.,hangers, thermometers and damper operating rods, and other voids in the insulation with vapor barrier coating. Seal the penetration with a brush coat of vapor barrier coating. .7 Seal and flash insulation terminations and pin punctures with a reinforced vapor barrier coating. IN! City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 15250 Renton, WA INSULATION July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 3 _ .8 Continue insulation at fire dampers up to and including those portions of the fire damper frame which are visible at the outside of the rated fire barrier. Insulation + terminations at fire dampers in accordance with the above. .9 Do not conceal duct access doors with insulation. Install insulation terminations at access doors in accordance with the above. r .10 Duct Liners: Install mat finish surface on air stream side. Secure insulation to cleaned sheet metal duct with a continuous 100 percent coat of adhesive. For widths over 20-inch, additionally secure the liner with mechanical fasteners 15-inch on center. Accurately cut liner and thoroughly coat ends with adhesive. Butt joints tightly. Top and bottom sections of insulation overlap sides. Keep duct liner clean and free from dust. At completion of project, vacuum duct liner if it is dirty or dusty. Cut studs off near washers. Do not use small pieces. If insulation is installed without horizontal, longitudinal, and end joints butted together, installation will be rejected and work removed and replaced with work that conforms to this Specification. .11 Duct Wrap: Cover supply air ducts except ducts internally lined. Wrap tightly Y with all circumferential joints butted and longitudinal joints overlapped minimum of 2-inch. Adhere insulation with 4-inch strips of insulating bending adhesive at 8-inch on center. On ducts over 24-inch wide, additionally secure insulation with suitable mechanical fasteners at 18-inch on center. Circumferential and longitudinal joints stapled with flare staples 6-inch on center and covered with 3-inch wide foil reinforced tape. 3.4 PROTECTION AND REPLACEMENT 1 Protect installed insulation during construction. Replace damaged insulation which cannot be repaired satisfactorily, including units with vapor barrier damage and moisture ,.� saturated units. 3.5 DU ................._......_........................................._.............................._....-............................................................................................................................................................................................._............................................................................_.................__................ . w Item to be Insulated: System Insulation ' Duct Size: Insulation Type................................................. _.. ................. . ........_...._ Supply and return ductwork(where 11 all 1" air duct is not specified to be lined or where ductboard is not utilized). _._...._... - ..................._..._____..._____________..........._________.........._....................._...................._.........._...........____________..................____.........._________.................._........._............ _....._.................................. Outside air ducts. 12 all 2 ..................................._..... ._......................................................._............................................... ......_;................................_. ......................._..._...........................,.............................._.......................................................,.........._.............................._................_.._..._; HVAC plenums and unit housings not 12 all rr 2" preinsulated. ...... ........................................_...._....._...._................................................................._........................................................................................._._.............................................:............_.................................._................................._J..............__._..................._..........................._ wr END OF SECTION W .r ow City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 15500 Renton, WA HEATING,VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 1 .. PART1 GENERAL +w� 1.1 SUMMARY .1 Work includes but is not limited to the following major items: .1 All air distribution,heating, cooling, and ventilation. .2 Equipment used for distribution of air, including fans, motors, controls, control wiring, filters, ductwork, air supply outlets, air return. .3 Fire dampers, sleeves, frames, smoke/fire dampers, and all control devices. .2 Installation and startup instructions. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE I Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in the manufacture of HVAC equipment, of the types and capacities required. .2 Regulatory Requirements;UL and AGA Compliance: Provide units which are UL and «w AGA listed. .3 Unless otherwise noted,where the Specification refers to SMACNA in reference to sheet ,w. metal or flexible ductwork accessories, this refers to HVAC Duct Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible, latest edition, as published by SMACNA . .r» .4 Unless otherwise noted, where the Specification refers to SMACNA in reference to fibrous glass ductwork accessories,this refers to Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standard. .5 Regulatory Requirements-Packaged Air Conditioning Units: .1 ARI 20: Unitary Air Conditioning Equipment. .2 ARI 240: Air Source Unitary Heat Pump Equipment. w 1.3 SUBMITTALS aw 1 Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data, including rated capacities of selected n3 del c4early indicated,weights(shipping, installed and operating), furnished specialties and accessories, and installation and start-up instructions. ON .2 Shop Drawings: Submit manufacturer's assembly type shop drawings indicating dimensions, weight loadings, required clearances,methods of assembly of components, location and size of each field connection, arrangement and construction including bussing, and number and type of contactors employed. Submit manufacturer's catalog data on sealer, flexible ducting,vent piping, factory fabricated devices, and factory fabricated duct and fittings. .3 Wiring Diagrams: Submit manufacturer's electrical requirements for power supply to HVAC equipment. Submit manufacturer's ladder type wiring diagrams for interlock and control wiring. Clearly differentiate between portions of wiring that are factory installed and portions to be field installed. w. .r City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 15500 ib Renton,WA HEATING,VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 2 ww► .4 Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts list for equipment including control, accessory, and "troubleshooting" maintenance guide. Include this data and product data in maintenance manual. .5 For Zone 3 or Greater Seismic Requirements: For all equipment that is roof mounted or hung from structure, equipment manufacturer to provide, as a shop drawing submittal, all details, devices, and the like,required for appropriate equipment mounting. All details and drawings to be stamped by a registered structural engineer in the state of Washington. .6 Record Drawings: At project closeout, submit Record Drawings of installed ductwork, duct accessories, and outlets and inlets. 1.4 AIR DISTRIBUTION DUCT SYSTEM 1 General: All ductwork, including collars,register boxes, fire dampers, exhaust fans, ventilation louvers,roof vents and screens, as well as all dampers and any other miscellaneous items not specifically mentioned but necessary for a complete installation. Apply the latest standards of SMACNA and ASHRAE with respect to sheet metal gauge and general construction for round and rectangular ducts. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING ' 1 Comply with manufacturer's rigging and installation instructions for unloading and installing HVAC equipment. err .2 Protect accessories from damage during shipping, storage and handling. 1.6 GUARANTY 1 General: Provide written guaranty on HVAC work, agreeing to replace/repair inadequate and defective materials and quality of work, including leakage,breakage, improper assembly and failure to perform as required for a period of 1 year from date of Owner's acceptance. Include separate product warranties as indicated(if any) for specific parts or products in the work. Provide guaranty signed by both the installer and Contractor. ► .2 Include manufacturer's standard product warranty, covering HVAC equipment operation under normal conditions and use,where installed, operated and maintained in accordance iwr with manufacturer's instructions. Provide product warranty period terminating 12 months after start-up of equipment. w PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPE AND FITTINGS rlr 1 General: Provide pipe,tube and fittings of the type, fitting requirements, grade, class, size and weight indicated or required for each service. Where type, grade, or class is not indicated,provide proper selection as determined by installer for installation requirements, and comply with governing regulations and industry standards. All piping in a given size range of same type. City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 15500 Renton, WA HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 3 .2 Service: ww .1 Drain Pipe: .1 Steel,black, Schedule 40, threaded fittings. .2 Copper tubing,M, soldered fittings (95/5 solder). wrr .2 Condenser Water(Above Grade): 1 Pipe Sizes 2-1/2-Inch and Larger: 1 Steel, galvanized, Schedule 40 with welded, flanged, or grooved Victaulic. .2 Copper tubing, Type K or L, with brazed fittings or grooved Victaulic. r .2 Pipe Sizes 2-Inch and Smaller: .1 Steel, galvanized, Schedule 40 with welded or threaded fittings. .2 Copper tubing, Type K or L, with soldered fittings (95/5 solder). +rr .3 Pressfit system. .3 Steel Drain Pipe: ASTM A53, Schedule 40, Galvanized or black. .4 Copper Tube-Temper: Provide Type "K" hard drawn temper unless otherwise directed. 2.2 VALVES 1 General: Provide end connections which properly mate with pipe, tube and equipment connections. Where more than one type is indicated, selection is installer's option. .2 Sizes: Unless otherwise indicated,provide valves of same size as upstream pipe size. 2.3 STRAINERS 1 General: Full line size strainers with ends matching connecting piping materials, machined screen seats, gasketed cap,blow off outlet, minimum 2-1/2 to 1 open area ratio, ' and Type 304 stainless steel screens with 1/16-inch diameter holes. .2 Y-Strainers: �r 1 Copper Pipe Installations: Mueller 352-1/2. .2 Steel Pipe Installations: Mueller 11. rr� .3 Manufacturers: Mueller,Armstrong, Keckley, Hoffman,Hayward, Wheatley,Victaulic, or approved. 2.4 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCHES 1 Sensing Range: 0 to 1.0-inch water column. Diaphragm operated with switching accomplished by photocell controlled relays, adjustable switch setpoints that close contacts on the relay if the differential pressure sensed raised above the setpoint, incorporate a pointer type gauge with divisions of 0.02-inch W.C. .2 Manufacturers: Dwyer Instruments, or approved. +w r City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 15500 Renton,WA HEATING,VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 4 wr 2.5 INSTRUMENT PROBE FITTINGS .1 Brass or stainless steel body and cap,high pressure rated,valve material neoprene-nordel or Viton to suit temperature range, 1/4-inch or 1/2-inch N.P.T. tailpiece. Pete's Plug, or approved. or 2.6 HEAT PUMPS 1 Unit to contain a sealed refrigerant circuit, consisting of a hermetic motor-compressor, air- to-air refrigerant finned tube coil,refrigerant flow metering device, water-to-refrigerant +coaxial tube type heat exchanger,high pressure and low pressure safety cutouts, fusible go pressure relief plug factory installed on the refrigerant circuit and a pilot operated refrigerant reversing valve. .2 The refrigerant flow metering device to be a capillary tube on conditioners up to nominal vo capacity of 52,000 BTUH (ARI cooling rated). Use an electric expansion valve with control to provide for essentially zero degrees superheat, at all operating points within the normal application range, on all larger conditioners. Thermal expansion valves not 'o permitted. .3 Wire high and low pressure safety switches and pilot duty compressor thermal or current switches through a latching lockout circuit to hold the conditioner off until it is reset electrically by interrupting the power supply to the conditioner. Manual reset at the unit or by any means of thermostat cycling or switching will not be allowed. .4 Conditioner control logic to provide for heating or cooling as required by the setpoints and switch positions of the remote, field installed, low voltage wall thermostat. Internally,the conditioner control logic to provide for cycled fan operation simultaneous with compressor operation, to prevent compressor damage, conditioner control logic to permit user selection of continuous fan operation. Where the specified thermostat switching provides this feature, compressor control logic to provide anti-short cycle and random start and to suspend compressor operation in the event of excess condensate accumulation in the drain pan, to prevent overflow from a plugged or slow draining condensate line. .5 Heat pump conditioner control logic to provide for delayed deenergization of reversing valve solenoid to permit some high to low side pressure equalization, at the completion of each heating cycle. .6 Conditioner to separate the air handling section from the compressor and control section with an insulated divider panel. + .7 All blower motors to have a normal 2 year lubrication capacity and initially lubricated at the factory. Provide external, factory installed,boiler tubes to permit maintenance lubrication without removal of any panels. .8 1-inch thick, throwaway type fiberglass filter arranged for"side-pull." Remount the frame to accommodate up or down pull, as required, to ensure that the completed installation is serviceable. Locate piping and electrical connections to eliminate any interference with removal and replacement of the filter. Allow space to pull entire filter straight out. wr cur go City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 15500 Renton,WA HEATING,VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 5 we .9 Flexible Hose: Connect supply and return water piping to unit with flexible hoses furnished by heat pump manufacturer. Connect condensate drain with 3/4-inch low vp pressure industrial hose. Minimum hose length 2-feet. .10 Furnish conditioners for the specific voltage and phase shown on the Schedule and war guarantee the conditioner for operation at plus or minus 10 percent of the data plate voltage. wr .11 Provide a 1 year warranty for furnishing parts and labor for replacing any part of the conditioner which becomes defective in normal operation from the date of original installation. .12 The hermetically sealed motor compressor assembly and all components of the refrigerating circuit not readily separable therefrom warranted to the original Owner for use for an additional 4-years. ww .13 Control: All controls to be furnished by heat pump supplier for installation in accordance with Section 15950, Controls. +rr .14 Manufacturers: Trane, Carrier, Command Aire, or approved. r 2.7 GALVANIZED SHEET-METAL DUCTWORK 1 General: UMC, Duct Construction Standards, latest edition or latest edition of ASHRAE va Guide Table. 2-inch pressure class. 2.8 FLEXIBLE DUCTS or .1 General: Comply with UMC, latest edition, Class 0 or Class 1. .2 Standard factory fabricated product, construct an inner wall of impervious vinyl or "" chlorinated polyethylene,permanently bonded to a vinyl or zinc-coated spring steel helix. Cover the assembly with fiberglass blanket insulation covered by an outer wall of vinyl or fiberglass-reinforced metalized vapor barrier. UL 181 listed Class 1 flexible air duct +rw material. Overall thermal transmission no more than 0.25 (BTU/in)/(hr/sq.ft./deg. F)at 75F differential,per ASTM C335. Vapor transmission value no more than 0.10 perm,per ASTM E96. Rated for a minimum of 4-inch w.g. positive pressure and 1-inch w.g. .rr negative pressure. .3 Air friction correction factor of 1.3 maximum at 1000 FPM. Working air velocity of at least 2000 FPM. Flame spread rating no more than 25. Smoke development rating no more than 50 as tested per ASTM E84. Must have cataloged data on insertion loss characteristics, minimum attenuation of 29 DB for 10-foot straight length at 8-inch diameter and 500 Hz. .4 Manufacturers: J. P. Lamborn Co.,Norflex, Clevaflex, Genflex, Atco, Flexmaster, Thermaflex, or approved. �+r wr City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 15500 Renton,WA HEATING,VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING July 22, 2002 -1BI Group, Seattle WA Page 6 2.9 SHEET-METAL DUCT SEALER .1 Hardcast"Duct-Seal 321" or United. Indoor/outdoor low VOC (<20 GPL),water based with fiber reinforcement. 2.10 GRILLES,REGISTERS,DIFFUSERS .1 Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products of one of the following. .2 Provide 1-, 2-, 3-, or 4-way deflection as indicated. .3 Coordinate mounting frames with construction types per finish schedule. ' .4 Performance: Provide components that have velocity, throw and drop, and noise criteria ratings for each size device as listed in manufacturer's current standard literature, which are plus or minus 10 percent of the components as listed in the Diffuser,Register and Grille Schedule, or as specified herein. wr .5 Manufacturers: Agitaire, Air Concepts,Anemostat, Carnes,Connor,Environmental Air Products,Hart&Cooley, J&J Register,Krueger, Metal-Aire,Nailor, Price Co, Shoemaker,Titus, Tuttle&Bailey, Seiho. r PART 3 EXECUTION .irk+ 3.1 HYDRONICS SPECIALTIES INSTALLATION .1 Manual Vent Valves: Install on each hydronic terminal at highest point, and on each hydronic piping drop in direction of flow for mains, branches, and runouts, and elsewhere as indicated. Provide manual vents of 1/8-inch in size in pipes through 2-inch in diameter, and vents of 1/4-inch size in pipes 2-1/2-inch and larger. .2 Installation of Pressure Gauges: .1 General: Install pressure gauges in piping tee with pressure gauge cock, located on pipe at most readable position. .2 Locations: Install in the following locations, and elsewhere as indicated: .1 At each pump inlet and outlet. .2 At inlet and discharge of each pressure reducing valve. .3 At make up water service outlets. .4 At inlet and outlet of condenser water and chilled water at chillers. .5 At inlet and outlet of boilers and heat exchangers. .6 Provide Pete's Plug at inlet and outlet of each hydronic coil. .3 Expansion Joints: Provide where required to allow pipe expansion due to thermal stresses. Provide locations per manufacturer's recommendations. Provide a pipe guide on each side of each expansion joint, located per manufacturer's recommendations. Provide guides in addition to all other pipe supports and hangers. Do not use guides in lieu of supports or hangers required per Section 15050,Basic Materials and Methods. 1rr so City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 15500 Renton, WA HEATING,VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING do July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 7 3.2 PIPE TEST +ww .1 General: .1 Make all tests in presence of Architect or authorized representative. .2 Make test before pipes are concealed. .3 Fill system and remove air from system at least 24 hours before test beings. .4 Correct leaks in screwed fittings by remaking the joint. Cut out and reweld leaks in welded joints; caulking is not permitted. .2 Water Piping: Apply test pressure 125 PSI and maintain for 1 hour with no visible leaks and no appreciable drops after the test pump has been disconnected. ,rrr 3.3 INSPECTION 1 Examine areas and conditions under which HVAC equipment is to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. wr+ 3.4 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION 1 Install control valves and devices in piping system as required per Section 15950, Controls. .2 Avoid interference with structure and with work of other trades,preserving adequate W# headroom and clearing all doors and passageways to the acceptance by Architect. Check each piece of equipment in the system for defects, verifying that all items function properly, and that all adjustments have been made(see structural). ow 3.5 CLEANING 1 Prior to acceptance, thoroughly clean exposed portions of the heating equipment, removing all shipping labels and traces of foreign substance. 3.6 VERIFICATION OF CONDITIONS .w .1 Examine areas and conditions under which equipment and air terminals are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.7 DUCTWORK INSTALLATION 1 Install all ductwork in strict conformance with SMACNA standards and comply with UMC requirements. .2 Erect all ductwork true to dimensions indicated, straight and smooth on inside with neatly law finished joints lapped in direction of air travel. Properly brace and reinforce all ducts with steel angles or members. or .3 Elbows: Standard centerline radius to equal 1-1/2 times width of duct. .4 Install single thickness turning vanes in square throat rectangular elbows and in tees. w Provide 3/4-inch trailing edge on turning vanes, turned slightly past parallel to the duct. rw City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 15500 Renton,WA HEATING,VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 8 .5 Duct sizes shown on Drawings are net inside dimensions. .6 Locate access doors in ductwork as required for service of fire dampers, automatic dampers and other items requiring maintenance or inspection. w .7 Duct Hangers and Supports: .1 Hang rectangular sheet metal ducts with a cross sectional area of less than 7 sq.ft. with galvanized strips of No. 16 USS gauge steel 1-inch wide, and all larger ducts with steel angles and adjustable hanger rods similar to piping hangers. Support at 8-feet on center, as detailed. .2 Anchor all ducts securely to building in such a manner as to prevent transmission of vibration to structure. Do not connect duct hanger straps to roof deck. Do not support ducts from other ducts or piping. .3 For round sheet metal ducts,provide duct support in accordance with SMACNA Guidelines. Verify type of building construction. .4 Attach strap hangers installed flush with end of sheet metal duct run to duct with sheet metal screws. .8 Joints: .1 Seal all joints in sheet metal ducts in concealed locations(i.e., enclosed ceiling spaces)with Hardcast joint sealant system applied in accordance with 06 manufacturer's recommendations, or use Ductmate type joints. .2 To Connect Sheet Metal Ductwork to Fiberglass Ductboard: Hardcast only. .3 Standard Gray Duct Tape: Not allowed. 40 .9 Do not install duct stiffeners on interior(air side)of unlined ductwork; install on exterior only or on interior of ductwork with duct liner. VW .10 Flexible Duct Installation: .1 Provide round neck grilles/diffusers or square-to-round transitions. No flex duct Ut connections directly to square neck allowed. .2 Flex duct allowed only for vertical drops to diffusers. Maximum offset angle from vertical: 30 degrees. .3 Approved for use on supply ducts only;not allowed for return or exhaust. ` .4 Minimum length 2-feet, maximum length 5-feet, unless noted otherwise. .5 Flex duct allowed in concealed spaces only. .6 Install with bend radius no less than three duct diameters. .11 Paint inside surface of all bare ductwork which is visible through face of grilles with flat black paint for all ceilings 12-feet and lower. .12 Standby Generator Connections: Provide complete discharge air ductwork system as shown on Drawings, including flexible duct boot. Connect full size to louvers in exterior wall. Verify exact generator connection size with equipment supplier. .13 Mounting for Sidewall Grilles and Registers: 0 1 All mounting heights indicated on Drawings from finish floor to lower edge of grille or register. Exception: If note on Drawings states for example "Down 6-inches," this indicates measurement from ceiling to top edge of grille or register. an City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 15500 Renton, WA HEATING,VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 9 +rr .2 Install all sidewall return air grilles for"sight-tight" visibility at eye level(position blades to obscure visibility from floor level). .14 Transitions: Where transitions are required in metal or fiberglass ductwork,horizontal and vertical angles forming transition not to exceed 30 degrees. Provide supply and return arr air transitions at AC unit connections. Plenum connections not allowed at AC unit inlet and outlet. ow .15 Grille and Exposed Duct Cleaning: .1 After completion of ductwork installation, operate each fan system(excluding exhaust fans) for a minimum of 30 minutes prior to installation of ceiling grilles aw and diffusers. After grilles and diffusers are installed, clean out all accumulation of particles from grilles and diffusers prior to acceptance. .2 Clean exterior surface of all ducts exposed to public view of chalk, pencil and pen marks, labels, sizing tags, dirt, dust, and the like, so that upon completion of r installation, ducts are left in clean and unblemished manufactured condition. .16 Seismic Restraint: Brace all ductwork and HVAC equipment against lateral movement as detailed in document "Seismic Restraint Manual Guidelines for Mechanical Systems" as published by SMACNA. r .17 Limitations: Do not run ductwork within confines of electrical rooms, elevator shafts or elevator equipment rooms except those ducts specifically serving only such rooms. .18 Duct Access Doors: .1 Install where shown and required by SMACNA. Provide on the reset side of all fire dampers and adjacent to duct mounted automatic dampers. Install per rr manufacturer's recommendations. .2 Where access doors are for service of fire or smoke dampers, stencil the words "Fire Damper" or"Smoke Damper" in 1/2-inch high capital letters on the outside trw of the door. .19 Volume Dampers: Provide in main duct branches where shown and in branch ducts serving air inlets and outlets. .20 Fire Dampers: .1 Install in accordance with SMACNA,the manufacturer's recommendations, 'r' UL 555, and NFPA 90A. .2 Install where indicated on the Drawings and as required by NFPA 90, UL 555, and the UBC. .21 Fire/Smoke Dampers: .1 Install smoke damper and/or fire/smoke dampers per manufacturer's instructions. .2 If installed within a duct,provide a smoke detector within 5-feet of damper with no air inlets or outlets between the damper and detector. Detector to be approved by code. Detector to operate fire/smoke or smoke damper. .3 If installed in an unducted opening or in a ceiling,provide a smoke detector located within a 5-foot radius of the damper to control the damper. .4 Provide all wiring, transformers and power connections for an operable detection +r system. City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 15500 M` Renton, WA HEATING,VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 10 .22 Air Outlets and Inlets: .1 Install grilles,registers, and diffusers per manufacturer's instructions. Locate and +r size openings through finished surfaces to provide complete coverage of rough openings by integral device flanges or auxiliary frames. .2 Paint exterior of all devices per color selected by Architect. so .3 Coordinate duct connections with device final dimensions. Provide square to round adapters where required for connection to round ducts. .4 Adjust the throws of air outlets to eliminate drafts. W6 3.8 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION 'A* .1 Terminal Units: .1 General: Install air terminals in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. tiir .2 Location: Install each unit level and accurately in position indicated in relation to other work; and maintain sufficient clearance for normal service and maintenance, but in no case less than that recommended by manufacturer. .3 Duct Connections: Connect ductwork to air terminals as indicated. .2 Equipment: .1 General: Install in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions,plumb and level, firmly anchored to vibration isolators. Maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances. .2 Controls: Furnish field installed automatic temperature control requirements as indicated. .3 Manufacturer's Supervision: Equipment manufacturer supervises field assembly (if any)and installation of equipment work,with factory trained technical service ow representative. Prepare manufacturer's written report of installation and testing, signed by representative. 1 Include leak testing, evacuation, dehydration, vacuum pumping, and charging in scope of supervision by manufacturer's representative. .2 Include lubrication, including filling of reservoirs, and confirm that lubricant is of quantity and type recommended by manufacturer in scope 1r of supervision by manufacturer's representative. .3 Paint damaged or abraded factory finish with touch up paint matching factory finish. .4 Grounding: Provide positive electrical equipment ground for HVAC equipment and components where indicated. .4 Start up equipment,in accordance with manufacturer's start-up instructions, and in presence of manufacturer's representative. Test controls and demonstrate compliance with requirements. Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls and equipment. 1 Do not place equipment in sustained operation prior to initial balancing of rr mechanical systems. .2 Furnish sufficient refrigerant and dry nitrogen for pressure testing under manufacturer's supervision. rr► City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 15500 Renton, WA HEATING,VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 11 ■s 3.9 TRAINING OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL 1 Provide services of manufacturer's technical representative for 8 hours to instruct Owner's personnel in operation and maintenance of equipment provided under this Section. Schedule training with Owner; provide at least a 7 day notice to Owner and Architect of training date. +rr 3.10 CLEANING .1 Clean exposed factory finished surfaces. 3.11 FILTERS I Install complete sets of filters before operation of the supply fans. Do not operate fans without filters installed. Remove coils from units and clean if units are run without filters. .2 Provide two sets of filter cartridges for each supply fan. Clean filters to be installed prior r to system balancing. 3.12 FIRESTOPPING PENETRATIONS IN FIRE-RATED WALL/FLOOR ASSEMBLIES ar 1 Provide proper sizing when providing sleeves or core-drilled holes to accommodate the penetration. Firestop all voids between sleeve or core-drilled hole and pipe passing we through to meet the requirements of ASTM E814. 3.13 VERIFICATION OF CONDITIONS 1W .1 Examine areas and conditions under which equipment is to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. to 3.14 FACTORY TESTING .1 Test equipment at the factory prior to shipping. 3.15 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL orr 1 Terminal Units: Upon completion of installation and prior to initial operation, test and demonstrate that air terminals and duct connection to air terminals are leaktight. Repair or replace air terminals and duct connections as required to eliminate leaks, and retest to demonstrate compliance. �w END OF SECTION �r .r r err City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 15950 Renton, WA CONTROLS July 22,2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 1 PART1 GENERAL .rr 1.1 SUMMARY 1 Complete Alerton designed temperature control system as specified herein. For integration with the existing control system, furnish and install direct digital control (DDC) for energy management, equipment monitoring and control, graphics, and subsystems such that new systems match the existing control structure. �r .2 All materials and equipment used to be standard components, regularly manufactured for this and other systems and not custom designed specially for this project. All systems and components thoroughly tested and proven in actual use for at least two years. .3 BAS Manufacturers: Responsible for all BAS and temperature control wiring for a complete and operable system. All wiring in accordance with all local and national codes. .4 Provide controllers for all equipment unless specifically specified otherwise. Coordinate with equipment suppliers. .5 System to be capable of handling all equipment scheduled and shown on Drawings as future. +w 1.2 RELATED WORK r�tr 1 Install all wells, valves, taps, dampers, flow stations, and the like, furnished by BAS manufacturer. .2 Division 16 Provides: .1 Wiring of all power feeds through all disconnect starters to electrical motors. .2 Wiring of the automatic motor speed control devices furnished by BAS manufacturer. *W .3 Refer to Part 3 this Section. 1.3 SUBMITTALS 1 Submit six complete sets of documentation in the following phased delivery schedule: .1 Equipment data cut sheets. .2 System schematics, including: .1 sequence of operations. .2 point names. .3 point addresses. .4 interface wiring diagrams. .5 panel layouts. .6 system riser diagrams. .3 AutoCAD compatible Record Drawings. 2 Upon project completion, submit O&M manuals, consisting of the following: "�` .1 Index sheet, listing contents in alphabetical order. .2 Manufacturer's equipment parts list of all functional components of the system, AutoCAD disk of system schematics, including wiring diagrams. �' .3 Description of sequence of operations. City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 15950 � Renton,WA CONTROLS July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 2 .4 Record interconnection wiring diagrams. .5 Operator's Manual. to .6 Trunk cable schematic showing remote electronic panel locations, and all trunk data. .7 List of connected data points, including panels to which they are connected and input device(ionization detector, sensors, and the like). .8 Conduit routing diagrams. 1.4 WARRANTY 1 Provide all services, materials and equipment necessary for the successful operation of the entire BAS system for a period of one year after beneficial use. .2 The adjustment,required testing, and repair of the system includes all computer equipment,transmission, equipment and all sensors and control devices. .3 The on-line support services to allow the local BAS supplier to dial out over telephone lines to monitor and control the facility's building automation system. This remote connection to the facility to be within two hours of the time that the problem is reported. Extend this coverage to include normal business hours, after business hours,weekends and holidays. �w .4 If the problem cannot be resolved on-line by local office, the national office of the building automation system manufacturer to have the same capabilities for remote connection to the facility. If the problem cannot be resolved with on-line support services, the BAS supplier dispatches the appropriate personnel to the job site to resolve the problem within three hours of the time that the problem is reported. to PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS .1 Alerton. 2.2 WORKSTATION OPERATOR INTERFACE .1 Basic Interface Description .1 Provide multiple level password access protection to allow the user/manager to limit workstation control, display and data base manipulation capabilities as deemed appropriate for each user,based upon an assigned password. Support a minimum of 3 levels of access and 10 passwords. .2 Generate reports and direct to either CRT displays,printers or disk. As a minimum,the system to allow the user to easily obtain the following types of reports: .1 A general listing of all points in the network. .2 List of all points currently in alarm. .3 List of all points currently in override status. 4 List of all disabled points. .5 List of all points currently locked out. .6 DDC controller trend overflow warning. .7 List all,weekly schedules. City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 15950 Renton, WA CONTROLS July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 3 .rr .8 List of holiday programming. ar wr �wr .ir irr err �r rr .r City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 15950 � Renton,WA CONTROLS July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 4 to .9 List of limits and deadbands. .10 Excel reports. .11 Scheduling: Provide a graphical spreadsheet type format for simplification of time-of-day scheduling and overrides of building operations. .3 Collection and Analysis of Historical Data: f► 1 Provide trending capabilities that allow the user to easily monitor and preserve records of system activity over an extended period of time. Any system point may be trended automatically at time based intervals or changes of value,both of which user definable. Trend data may be stored on hard disk for future diagnostics and reporting. .2 Provide trend data reports to allow the user to view all trended point data. Reports may be customized to include individual points or predefined groups of at least six points. Provide additional functionality to allow predefined groups of up to 250 trended points to be easily transferred on- line to Microsoft Excel. Provide custom designed spreadsheet reports for use by Owner to track energy usage and cost, equipment run times, equipment efficiency, and building environmental conditions. .3 Provide additional functionality that allows the user to view trended data on trend graph displays. Dynamic graphs represent real-time point data. Any point or group of points may be graphed,regardless of whether they us have been predefined for trending. The graphs continuously update point values. At any time the user may redefine sampling times or range scales for any point. In addition, the user may pause the graph and take "snapshots" of screens to be stored on the workstation disk for future 'K recall and analysis. Exact point values may be viewed and the graphs may be printed. go .2 Dynamic Color Graphic Displays. .1 Create dynamic color graphic floor plan displays and system schematics for each piece of mechanical equipment,provided by the BAS as indicated in the point UO summary of this Specification to optimize system performance analysis and speed alarm recognition. .2 The operator interface to allow users to access the various system schematics and No floor plans via a graphical penetration scheme, menu selection or text based commands. Graphics software to permit the importing of AutoCAD Drawings for use in the system. .3 Dynamic temperature values,humidity values, flow values and status indication shown in their actual respective locations automatically updates to represent current conditions without operator intervention. .3 System Configuration and Definition: Provide automatic backup and restore of all system databases on the workstation hard disk. In addition,perform all database changes while the workstation is on line without disrupting other system operations. Automatically record and download changes to the appropriate DDC controller. Automatically upload changes made at the DDC controllers to the workstation, ensuring system continuity. 2.3 APPLICATION SPECIFIC CONTROLLERS (ASC) 1 Each DDC controller able to extend its performance and capacity through the use of remote application specific controllers(ASCs)through LAN Device Networks. rig City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 15950 Renton, WA CONTROLS July 22, 2002 -1BI Group, Seattle WA Page 5 .2 Each ASC to operate as a stand-alone controller capable of performing its specified control responsibilities independently of other controllers in the network. Each ASC to be a microprocessor based, multitasking,real-time digital control processor. Provide the following types of ASCs as a minimum: .1 Terminal equipment controllers. we .3 Each ASC capable of control of the terminal device independent of the manufacturer of the terminal device. rrr .4 Terminal Equipment Controllers: .1 Provide for control of each piece of equipment, including,but not limited to, the following: .1 Variable Air Volume (VAV)boxes. .2 Water Source Heat Pumps. .2 Controllers to include all point inputs and outputs necessary to perform the specified control sequences. Analog outputs to be industry standard signals such as 24V floating control. Terminal controllers utilizing proprietary control signals and actuators not to be acceptable. As an alternative,provide DDC controllers or other ASCs with industry standard outputs for control of all terminal equipment. 2.4 FIELD DEVICES r .1 Temperature Sensors: With accuracy of plus 5F at 77F. .2 Low Temperature Detection Stat. .3 Differential Pressure Switch. 2.5 FREEZESTATS 1 Heavy duty temperature controls that incorporate a vapor charge sensing element. .2 The low temperature cut-out must be adjustable. .3 The sensor to have a 4-wire, 2 circuit contact that is designed to close when the main contact opens. rr .4 Must be wired in series with the fan. 2.6 TEMPERATURE SENSORS .1 Thermistor Temperature Sensors: 10,000 ohm at 77F with Precon type 3 material. Accuracy: Plus or minus 0.36F between the range of 32.OF to 158.OF. .r� 1 Room Sensors: 1 The room sensor to incorporate an on-board IOK thermistor for room temperature sensing. .2 The room sensor to provide a 5-position slide switch to allow the occupant to offset the programmed temperature setpoint of the unit controller by a programmable amount. r. City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 15950 � Renton, WA CONTROLS July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 6 .3 Monitor a push-button switch located on the room sensor by unit controller. The status of the switch usable in a supervisory control logic or algorithm or to override to an occupied mode for a programmable amount of time. .4 The room sensor to include an override LED which illuminates when an override has been requested. Under normal scheduled operation,the LED to flash periodically indicating proper operation of the unit controller. .5 Provide the room sensor with a 2-position slide switch to allow the occupant of the space to override the fan output to be energized or operate in automatic mode. .6 Provide the room sensor cover with tamper resistant screws. Removal of the room sensor cover to provide access to the EIA-485 network via an RJ-11 connector for connecting a POT. .7 Provide screw terminals and pluggable RJ-11 type connectors for wiring terminations between the controller and the room sensor.' .2 Duct Sensors: .1 Single point duct-mounted sensors to have a minimum 9-inch rigid probe and be used when the duct size is less than 24-inches. .2 Averaging duct-mounted sensors to have a minimum 12.5-feet long averaging element and be used when the duct size is greater than 24- inches. .3 Well Sensors: Liquid immersion sensors to have a stainless steel probe and a " stainless steel well. Select length of the sensor well based on the diameter of the pipe to provide accurate,reliable sensing of the liquid temperature. .4 Outside Sensors: Sheath the sensing element in a stainless steel tube and mounted inside a ventilated,treated, PVC sun shield to minimize the radiant energy and wind effects. rtt PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 WIRING 1 Unless noted otherwise, furnish and install all electrical wiring required to interconnect the components of the control system by this Section. Perform all wiring in accordance with the requirement listed below, code requirements and Division 16. .2 Furnish and install power wiring required for controllers and control panels by this Section. Power for these components to be dedicated power circuits for the express use of the individual controller or control panel. Furnish and designate circuits by Division 16. All circuit breakers and other electrical components required to provide this dedicated circuit to be the responsibility of the Contractor. .3 Power wiring required for the Host Control Panel to be dedicated as specified above, and No if available in the building, .4 Power wiring,if required, for the Host PC Workstation to be through a wall receptacle. .5 Install all line voltage wiring within EMT conduit. Adequately support conduit in accordance with local codes and Division 16. City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 15950 Renton, WA CONTROLS July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 7 .6 Install all low voltage wiring within EMT conduit, except when ran in ceiling spaces. +® Low voltage wiring installed in ceiling spaces must be plenum rated wiring in accordance with local codes. All wiring in ceiling spaces must be properly supported to the building so as not to droop. Install wiring as close to the deck as possible to avoid damage from .�, other trades or materials. .7 Install all conduit and wiring in parallel lines to the building structure, corridors, and „r hallways. .8 Install communication wiring using shielded cable. Clearly mark the communication network wiring with a specific color code. Communication wiring not to be installed near r. noise producing equipment, such as ballasts magnetic starters, and the like. .9 Wire all analog inputs and analog outputs using shielded cable. .r .10 Wire all digital outputs using 18 gauge stranded wire. .11 Install all wiring in mechanical rooms, walls in EMT conduit. Concealed conduit and wiring is required in all finished spaces. 3.2 DDC EQUIPMENT 1 Install all components in protective enclosures. All wiring within the DDC enclosure to r be either number coded or color coded. Properly ground both the enclosure and the controller in accordance with manufacturer's recommendation. Firmly attach documentation to the enclosure within a plastic envelope. Documentation to state point- to-point termination detail, description of each individual point, location of power source .r for the controller and ID number or address within the network. 3.3 SENSING DEVICE INSTALLATION do 1 Freezestats: Provide where indicated in the sequences on discharge side of the first coil, downstream of the filter section. Serpentine the element across the face of the coil and r fasten using support rods. .2 Space Sensors/Transmitters: Provide as required by the sequences and shown on the ,rr drawings. Mount at 60-inches above finished floor. Wire to respective PUC or ASC to provide stand-alone control. .3 Duct-Mounted Sensors/Transmitters: Provide as required by the sequences. Supply averaging type sensors for all mixed air and discharge air locations. Serpentine across the duct opening at even increments and provide proper fastening. .rt � City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 15950 CONTROLS Renton,WA July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 8 rrt 3.4 POINTS LIST .l Air Conditioning Units: SYSTEM ANALOG DIGITAL ALARMS HP-503: IN OUT IN OUT Discharge air temperature. X X Hi, Lo Return air temperature. X Supply fan start/stop. X Supply fan status. X Fail Compressor status. X Fail Unit status. X ft Filter status. X Mixed air temperature. X Hi, Lo Space tem erature. X ab -Reversing valve. X Condensate sensor. X X Sr .2 Air Conditioning Units: SYSTEM ANALOG DIGITAL ALARMS HP-504: IN OUT IN OUT vi Discharge air temperature. X X Hi, Lo Supply fan start/stop.. X Supply fan status. X Fail IN Compressor status. X Fail Unit status. X Filter status. X w Mixed air temperature. X Hi, Lo Space temperature. X Reversing valve. X Condensate sensor. X X .3 Air Conditioning Units: SYSTEM ANALOG DIGITAL ALARMS HP-505: IN OUT IN OUT Discharge air temperature. X X Hi, Lo Supply fan start/sto p. X Supply fan status. X Fail Compressor status. X Fail Unit status. X Filter status. X Mixed air temperature. X Hi, Lo Space temperature. X Reversing valve. X Condensate sensor. X X City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 15950 Renton, WA CONTROLS July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 9 w 3.5 START-UP AND COMMISSIONING +.r I When installation of the system is complete, calibrate equipment and verify operation before the system is placed on-line. All testing, calibrating, adjusting and final field tests nr, shall be completed by the installer. Verify that all systems are operable from local controls in the specified failure mode upon panel failure or loss of power. .2 Provide any recommendation for system modification in writing to Architect. Do not make any system modification, including operating parameters and control settings, without prior approval of Architect. .r .3 Upon completion of the calibration, contractor shall startup the system and perform all necessary testing and run diagnostic tests to ensure proper operation. Contractor shall be responsible for generating all software and entering all database necessary to perform the sequence of control and specified software routines. An acceptance test in the presence of the engineer shall be performed after balancing is complete(approximately 4 hours in duration). Contact Engineer to schedule time. .rr 3.6 EXISTING CONTROL rrr 1 Base the bid for the control work on the premise that existing control devices are operational and are not in need of repair or replacement, unless otherwise noted. .2 Provide any recommendation for system modification in writing to Owner. Do not make any system modification, including operating parameters and control settings, without prior approval of Owner. +rr .3 Remove and decommission controls for VAV-S 13. 3.7 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION 1 HP-503,HP-504 and HP-505: To operate in occupied mode 24 hours per day. Fan to operate intermittently on call for heating or cooling. Compressor to operate on a call for heating or cooling, to maintain space setpoint temperature. Reversing valve to energize/deenergize as necessary to provide heating mode or cooling mode,per space demand. Freezestat to shut down heat pump if air temperature leaving coil drops below ++ 35F. END OF SECTION �r rr ar " City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 15990 Renton, WA TESTING,ADJUSTING AND BALANCING July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 1 PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY .1 Work Included: Materials, equipment and labor required for testing, adjusting, and .� balancing work required by this Section, including air,plumbing, hydronic systems, and associated equipment and apparatus. The work consists of setting speed and volume (flow) adjustments,recording data, conducting tests,preparing and submitting reports, and recommending modifications to work as required. 1.2 QUALIFICATIONS 1 Perform work of this Section by a firm certified by National Environmental Balancing Bureau(NEBB) or Associated Air Balance Council (AABC). .2 Do work of this Section under the direct supervision of a person who has passed written and practical NEBB or AABC examinations for testing, adjusting, and balancing of air and hydronic systems. r 1.3 SUBMITTALS .w 1 Procedures: Submit certified test reports, signed by Test and Balance(TAB) supervisor who performed TAB work. �w .2 Report Forms: 1 Submit copies of report forms to Architect within 30 days of award of the Contract by Owner prior to commencement of testing and balancing work at the ,.r site. .2 Provide 8-1/2-by 11-inch paper for looseleaf binding, with blanks for listing the required test ratings and for certification of report. .3 Submit reports on forms similar in content to standard AABC or NEBB test +r� forms. .4 Submit final test and balance report. Include Record Drawings with terminal codes for cross-reference with the Submittal, such that terminals referenced in the Submittal are easily located on the Drawings. .5 Include identification and types of instruments used, and their most recent calibration date. .6 Submit resume data on person who is to directly supervise testing, adjusting and balancing work. .rr .3 Maintenance Data: Include copies of balancing report and identification of instruments in maintenance manuals. .4 NEBB or AABC Certificate: At time of submittal of forms, submit NEBB or AABC certification form for review. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 PATCHING MATERIALS "' 1 Ductwork and Housings: Use plastic plugs with retainers to patch drilled holes. City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 15990 Renton,WA TESTING,ADJUSTING AND BALANCING July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 2 .2 Insulation: Refer to Section 15250, Insulation, for patching. 2.2 INSTRUMENTS .l Utilize test instruments and equipment as recommended in the following: .1 NEBB's Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting and Balancing of rrr Environmental Systems. .2 AABC's Manual MN-1, "AABC National Standards." PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 TEST HOLE LOCATIONS .1 Install test holes at the inlet and outlet of all air handling unit fans, exhaust fans,utility fans, and the like, and elsewhere as required to facilitate traverses and to test the air systems. Plug holes when finished. 3.2 AIR SYSTEM PROCEDURE ilr .1 Adjust air handling and distribution systems to provide required or design supply,return, and exhaust air quantities. .2 Make air quantity measurements in ducts by Pitot tube traverse of entire cross sectional area of duct. .3 Measure air quantities at air inlets and outlets. Log shall show each successive test. .4 Adjust distribution system to obtain uniform space temperatures free from objectionable drafts and noise. .5 Use volume control devices to regulate air quantities only to the extent that adjustments do not create objectionable air motion or sound levels. Effect volume control by duct internal devices such as dampers and splitters. .6 Vary total system air quantities by adjustment of fan speeds. Vary branch air quantities by No damper regulation. .7 Adjust fans to deliver within 5 percent of specified flow. Adjust air outlets and inlets to Mm within 10 percent of specified flow. .8 Adjust fan and inlet vanes for variable air volume systems with sufficient number of 00 terminal units at full cooling to achieve fan flow specified. Close other units. .9 Adjust outside air to all fans as scheduled. Measure at outside air for variable air volume 06 fans at full flow and with all terminal units at minimum position. Set outside air with all terminal units at minimum position. rr 3.3 AIR MOVING EQUIPMENT TESTING 1 Location. .2 Manufacturer. City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 15990 Renton, WA TESTING,ADJUSTING AND BALANCING July 22,2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 3 r .3 Model. +++ .4 Supply airflow, specified and actual. .5 Return airflow, specified and actual. aiw .6 Outside airflow, specified and actual. �. .7 Total external static pressure, specified and actual. .8 Inlet pressure. .9 Discharge pressure. .10 Fan RPM. 3.4 DUCT TRAVERSE TESTING 4w .1 System zoneibranch. .2 Duct size. an .3 Area. do .4 Design velocity. .5 Design airflow. .6 Test velocity. .7 Test airflow. war .8 Duct static pressure. .9 Air temperature. .10 Air correction factor. 3.5 AIR DISTRIBUTION TESTING 1 Air terminal number. wrr .2 Room number/location. err .3 Terminal type. .4 Terminal size. .5 Design velocity. .6 Design airflow. City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 15990 Renton,WA TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 4 .7 Test(final)velocity. .8 Test(final)airflow. .9 Percent of design airflow. 3.6 WATER SYSTEM PROCEDURES I Adjust water systems to provide required or design quantities. Use calibrated orifices, or other metered fittings and pressure gauges to determine flow rates for system balance. Where flow metering devices are not installed,base flow balance on temperature difference across various heat transfer elements in the system. .2 Adjust systems to provide specified pressure drops and flows through heat transfer elements prior to thermal testing. Perform balancing by measurement of temperature differential in conjunction with air balancing. .3 Effect adjustment of water distribution systems by means of balancing cocks, valves, and fitt ings. Do not use service or shutoff valves for balancing unless indexed for balance it point. 3.7 REFRIGERANT SYSTEM HEAT PUMP WATER-AIR irrr .1 Ambient temperature. so .2 Head pressure. .3 Suction pressure. .4 Compressor electrical data,phase,voltage, amperage;nameplate, actual,no load. Record voltage and amperage on all phases of 3-phase motors. .5 Copy of unit manufacturer's test start-up,test report. wr END OF SECTION ift to nw RENTON CITY HALL - TMC IBI GROUP 2002-0030 July 22, 2002 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 16 BID DOCUMENTS .. ow ,rr +r .rr rw TABLE OF CONTENTS wr 16010 Basic Electrical Requirements 16050 Basic Materials and Methods 16400 Service and Distribution 16500 Lighting 16610 Static Interruptible Power Supply(UPS)System 16721 Fire Alarm and Detection System 16740 Telephone/Data Raceway System 16741 Backbone and Horizontal Communications Systems wr w to 1W rw me .w +w r w City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 16010 Renton, WA BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 1 w PART GENERAL wr 1.1 SUMMARY 1 Section Includes: rr .1 Electrical systems required for this work includes labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary to complete installation of electrical work shown on Drawings, specified herein or required for a complete operable facility and not specifically w described in other Sections of these Specifications. Among the items required are: 1 Service and distribution equipment shown on Drawings. .2 Feeders to, distribution panels, HVAC equipment, Owner provided equipment and other equipment as detailed. .3 Branch circuit wiring from the distribution panels for lighting, r receptacles,motors, signal systems and other detailed circuit wiring. .4 Luminaires, control switches,receptacles,relays, supports and other accessory items. .5 Wiring and power connections for motors installed for heating, cooling wr and ventilation. .6 Modifications to the existing fire alarm system to add devices to the TMC and office addition. .7 Low voltage systems as detailed. wr 1.2 DEFINITIONS I Following is a list of abbreviations generally used in Division 16: w 1 ADA Americans With Disabilities Act w .2 AHJ Authority Having Jurisdiction .3 ANSI American National Standards Institute .4 APWA American Public Works Association .5 ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials +r .6 FCC Federal Communications Commission 40 .7 HVAC Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning .8 IEC International Electrotechnical Commission .r .9 IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers. +w City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 16010 Renton,WA BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 2 w .10 IETA International Electrical Testing Association .11 FM Factory Mutual 46 .12 NEC National Electric Code. .13 NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association .14 NFPA National Fire Protection Association .15 OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration .16 UBC Uniform Building Code .17 UFC Uniform Fire Code .18 UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc. .2 Provide: To furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use. .3 Furnish: Supply and deliver to the project site,ready for unpacking, assembly and installation. rr .4 Install: Includes unloading, unpacking, assembling, erecting, installation, applying, finishing,protecting, cleaning and similar operations at the project site as required to complete items of work furnished by others. 1.3 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS TO DIVISION 1 .1 Operation and Maintenance Documentation: Provide copies of certificates of code authority acceptance, test data,product data, guarantees, warranties, and the like. .2 Shop Drawings: When requested by individual Sections provide shop drawings which include physical characteristics, electrical characteristics, device layout plans,wiring diagrams, and the like. Refer to individual Specification Sections for additional requirements for the shop drawings. .3 Closeout Documentation: Submit electrical code authority certification of inspection. Include documentation of on-site electrical testing that was performed. .4 Record Drawings: .1 Show changes and deviations from the Drawings. Include written Addendum and change order items. .2 Show exact routes of feeders 100 amp and larger, cable tray and conduits for signal systems 2-inches in diameter and larger, and service entrance conduits. wr .3 Show exact location of distribution panelboards, safety disconnects, motor controllers, and the like. go City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 16010 Renton, WA BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 3 .4 Make changes to drawings in electronic format. Obtain electronic copy from Architect, use the same version of AutoCAD to prepare record drawings as was used by the Architect. Provide electronic copy and hard copy to Architect for review. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1 Conform to requirements of the NEC, latest adopted version with amendments by local ,,,o AHJs. .2 Conform to latest adopted version of the UBC with amendments by local AHJs. `o .3 Obtain and pay for electrical permits,plan review, and inspections from local AHJs. .4 Furnish products listed by UL or other testing firm acceptable to AHJ. .r 1.5 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING do .1 For the proper execution of the work cooperate with other crafts and contracts as needed. .2 To avoid installation conflicts, thoroughly examine the complete set of Contract Documents. Resolve conflicts with Architect prior to installation. .3 Prior to installation of feeders to equipment requiring electrical connections, examine the manufacturer's shop drawings, wiring diagrams,product data, and installation instructions. Verify that the electrical characteristics detailed in the Contract Documents are consistent with the electrical characteristics of the actual equipment being installed. When inconsistencies occur request clarification from Architect . 1.6 COORDINATION DOCUMENTS 1 Prepare and submit layout drawings to coordinate installation and location of lighting, electrical and signal systems. Prepare composite drawings showing all equipment on a single sheet. The architectural floor plans,reflected ceiling plans, and access floor layout +• plan shall form the base for the coordination drawings. Prior to completion of Drawings, coordinate proposed installation with the Architect, structural requirements, and other trades (including HVAC,plumbing, fire protection and ceiling systems), and provide required maintenance access. Systems shall include, although not limited to, the following: .1 Luminaires. .2 Occupancy sensors. `w .3 Electrical equipment enclosures. .4 Control equipment enclosures. to .5 Route of feeders 100A and larger. +r .6 Route of cable tray systems. City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 16010 to Renton,WA BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 4 .7 Conduit rack supports. .8 Fire alarm devices. .9 Security system alarm devices. .10 Route of telephone and data raceways 2-inch and larger. .2 Prepare Drawings as follows: .1 Prepare Drawings,to accurate scale, in latest AutoCad graphics format printed to media as directed by Architect. Construction document drawing files from the Architect, or Engineer, at cost plus. Drawings are to be same size as Contract Drawings and shall indicate location, size and elevation above finished floor of all wall mounted and suspended devices and equipment. .2 Plans are to incorporate all addenda items and change orders. .3 Distribute plans to all trades and provide additional coordination as needed. r .3 Advise Architect, in event a conflict occurs in location of equipment. Bear all costs for relocation of equipment,resulting from failure to properly coordinate installation or failure to advise Architect of conflict. .4 Provide means of access to all junction and pull boxes and concealed equipment which ift may require access, adjustment or servicing. .5 Final coordination drawings,with as-constructed information added, are to be submitted as record drawings at completion of project. PART PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS 1 Provide like items from one manufacturer; such as,luminaire types, switches,receptacles, wt breakers,panels, and the like. 2.2 MATERIALS va 1 Provide new electrical materials of the type and quality detailed, listed by UL,bearing their label wherever standards have been established. Indicated brand names and catalog numbers are used to establish standards of performance and quality. The description of materials listed herein governs in the event that catalog numbers do not correspond to materials described herein. .2 Provide material and equipment that is acceptable to AHJ as suitable for the use indicated. For example,provide wet labeled equipment in locations that are wet. w .3 Include special features, finishes, accessories, and other requirements as described in the Contract Documents regardless of the item's listed catalog number. City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 16010 Renton, WA BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 5 .4 Provide incidentals not specifically mentioned herein or noted on Drawings,but needed to complete the system or systems, in a safe and satisfactory working condition. rr 2.3 FIRESTOPPING 1 For additional requirements see Division 7 "Firestopping." .2 Foam Sealant: Foam sealant for use around conduit penetrations to prevent passage of smoke, fire, toxic gas or water. Maintain seal before, during and after fire. In and around conduit for thermal break at penetration of barrier between heated and unheated spaces. Chase Technology Corporation, Fire Foam,Thomas&Betts, or approved. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION .r 1 Construction Documents: r .1 Drawings are diagrammatic with symbols representing electrical equipment, outlets, luminaires, and wiring. .2 Electrical symbols indicating wiring and equipment shown in the Contract Documents are included in the Contract unless specifically noted otherwise. .3 Examine the entire set of Drawings to avoid conflicts with other systems. Determine exact route and installation of electrical wiring and equipment with conditions of construction. .2 Clarification: 1 The Drawings govern in matters of quantity, the Specification in matters of +� quality. In event of conflict on Drawings or in the Specifications, the greater quantity and the higher quality apply. .2 Should the Electrical Documents indicate a condition conflicting with the governing codes and regulations,refrain from installing that portion of the work until clarified by Architect. W. 3.2 INSTALLATION 1 Install electrical equipment complete as directed by manufacturer's installation instructions. Obtain installation instructions from manufacturer prior to rough-in of the electrical equipment, examine the instructions thoroughly. When requirements of the installation instructions conflict with the Contract Documents,request clarification from Architect prior to proceeding with the installation. .2 Do not install electrical equipment in obvious passages, doorways, scuttles or crawl spaces which would impede or block the area passage's intended usage. .3 Noise Control: .1 Do not install outlet boxes back to back. Do not use straight through boxes. City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 16010 � Renton,WA BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 6 .2 Do not place contactors,transformers, starters and similar noise producing devices on walls which are common to occupied spaces unless specifically called for on Drawings. Where such devices must be mounted on walls common to occupied spaces,mount or isolate in such a manner as to effectively prevent the transmission of their inherent noise to the occupied space. to .4 Firestopping: .1 Coordinate with the Drawings the location of fire rated walls, ceilings, floors and ft the like. When these assemblies are penetrated by electrical equipment, seal around the equipment with approved firestopping material. .2 Install firestopping material complete as directed by the manufacturer's installation instructions. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 1 Tests: ,rr .1 Conduct tests of equipment and systems to demonstrate compliance with requirements specified in Division 16. Refer to individual Specification Sections for required tests. Document tests and include in Closeout Documents. ■r .2 During site evaluations by Architect provide an electrician with tools to remove and replace trims, covers, devices, and the like, so that a proper evaluation of the installation can be performed. 3.4 CLEANING .1 Remove dirt and debris caused by the execution of the electrical work. .2 Leave the entire electrical system installed under this Contract in clean, dust-free and proper working order. .3 Vacuum clean interiors of all new and modified electrical equipment enclosures. 3.5 DEMOLITION .1 Scope: .1 Coordinate with Owner so that work can be scheduled not to interrupt operations, normal activities,building access, access to different areas. The Owner will cooperate to the best of their ability to assist in a coordinated schedule,but will remain the final authority as to time of work permitted. .2 Existing Conditions: Determine the exact location of existing utilities and equipment before commencing work, compensate the Owner for damages caused by the failure to locate and preserve underground utilities. Replace damaged items with new material to match existing. Promptly notify Owner if utilities are found which are not shown on Drawings. ft "" City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 16050 Renton, WA BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS do July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 7 .3 Connect motor branch circuits complete from panel to motor as required by code and manner herein described. aw .4 Motor starter, control devices and control wiring provided by other Divisions unless noted on Drawings. wn 3.3 APPLIANCEIUTILIZATION EQUIPMENT so 1 Provide appropriate cable and cord cap for final connection unless equipment is provided with same. Verify special purpose outlet NEMA configuration and ampere rating with equipment supplier prior to ordering devices and coverplates. aw 3.4 INSTALLATION 1 Conduit: .1 Conduit Joints: Assemble conduits continuous and secure to boxes, panels, luminaires and equipment with fittings to maintain continuity. Provide watertight joints where embedded in concrete,below grade or in damp locations. Seal PVC conduit joints with solvent cement and metal conduit with metal thread primer. All rigid conduit connections to be threaded, clean and tight(metal to metal). .2 Conduit Placement: err 1 Install continuous conduit and raceways for electrical power wiring and signal systems wiring. .2 Conceal all conduits. Exposed conduits are permitted only in the following areas: 1 Mechanical rooms, electrical rooms or spaces where walls, ceilings and floors will not be covered with finished materials. .2 Existing walls that are concrete or block construction. .3 Where specifically noted on the Drawings. .3 Where exposed conduits are permitted install parallel or at right angles to building lines, tight to finished surfaces and neatly offset into boxes. .4 Do not install conduits or other electrical equipment in obvious passages, doorways, scuttles or crawl spaces which would impede or block the area passage's intended usage. .� .5 Do not install conduits on surface of building exterior, across roof, on top of parapet walls, or across floors. .3 Below Grade Conduit and Cables: Place a minimum 3-inch cover of sand or clean earth fill around the cable or conduit on a leveled trench bottom. Lay conduit on a smooth level trench bottom, so that contact is made for its entire length. Remove water from trench before electrical conduit is installed. We .4 Maximum Bends: Install code sized pull boxes to limit sum of bends in a run of conduit to 270 degrees. .5 Flexible Conduit: Install 12-inch minimum slack loop on flexible metallic we conduit and PVC coated flexible metallic conduit. .6 Conduit Size: Size as indicated on Drawings. Where size is not indicated, provide conduit in minimum code permitted size for THW conductors of quantity required for complete operation. Minimum trade size 1/2-inch. .7 Provide pull cord in all empty conduits that exceed 10-feet in length or the total sum of bends exceed 90 degree radius. .8 Conduit Use Locations: .. City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 16050 � Renton,WA BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 8 .1 Dry,Protected: GRC, IMC, EMT. .2 Sharp Bends and Elbows: GRC, EMT use factory elbows. .3 Install pull wire or nylon cord in empty raceways provided for other systems. Secure wire or cord at each end. .4 Elbow for Low Energy Signal Systems: Use long radius factory ells where linking sections of raceway for installation of signal cable. rw .5 Motors,recessed luminaires and equipment connections subject to movement or vibration, use flexible metallic conduit. .6 Motors and equipment connections subject to movement or vibration and rr subjected to any of the following conditions; exterior location,moist or humid atmosphere, water spray, oil or grease use PVC coated liquid tight flexible metallic conduit. rlr .9 Branch Circuits: Do not change the intent of the branch circuits or controls without approval. Homeruns for 20 amp branch circuits may be combined to a maximum of six current carrying conductors in a homerun. Apply derating factors as required by NEC 310. Increase conductor size as needed. .10 Feeders: Do not combine or change feeder runs. .11 Unless otherwise indicated,provide raceway systems for lighting,power and Class 1 remote-control and signaling circuits and Class 2 and 3 remote-control signaling and communication circuits. wu .2 Conduit Fittings: .1 Use set screw type fittings only in dry locations. When set screw fittings are utilized provide insulated continuous equipment ground conductor in conduit, from over current protection device to outlet. .2 Use compression fittings in dry locations, damp and rain-exposed locations. Maximum size permitted in damp locations and locations exposed to rain is 2-inch diameter. .3 Use PVC coated rigid steel conduit ells for underground power and telephone service entrance conduits. Use 36-inch radius ells for power service conduits and 48-inch radius ells for telephone service conduits. ow .4 Use ground bushings at panelboards, safety disconnect switches,junction boxes and the like that have feeders 100 amperes and greater. .5 Provide bushing or EMT connector for conduits that do not terminate in box, enclosure, or the like. .6 Provide conduit expansion fittings at building expansion joints and at locations were conduit is exposed to thermal expansion and contraction. 10 .7 Condulets and Conduit Bodies: Condulets and conduit bodies are not allowed. .3 Surface Metal Receptacle/Signal Raceway System: Install per manufacturer's installation instructions. Install perpendicular and parallel to building lines. .4 Sleeves and Chases: Provide necessary rigid conduit sleeves, openings and chases where conduits or cables are required to pass through floors, ceiling or walls. Maintain integrity of fire-rated assemblies at penetrations of walls, ceilings or floors. .5 Wires and Cables: 10 1 Conductor Installation: Install conductors with care to avoid damage to insulation. Do not apply greater tension on conductors than recommended by manufacturer during installation. Use of pulling compounds is permitted. Clean Am residue from exposed conductors and raceway entrances after conductor ON City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 16010 Renton, WA BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS July 22, 2002 -1BI Group, Seattle WA Page 7 .2 Equipment: Unless otherwise directed, luminaires being removed as part of the demolition process are the Owner's property. Remove other equipment not scheduled to be reused or relocated from the job site as directed by Owner. .3 Execution: s .1 Remove existing luminaires, switches,receptacles, and other electrical equipment and devices and associated wiring from walls, ceilings, floors, and other surfaces scheduled for remodeling,relocation, or demolition unless specifically shown as retained or relocated on Drawings. .2 Maintain electrical continuity of existing systems. Remove or relocate.electrical boxes, conduit, wiring, equipment, luminaires, and the like, as may be encountered in removed or remodeled areas in the existing construction affected by this work. Remove and restore wiring which serves usable existing outlets clear of the construction or demolition. If existing junction boxes will be made inaccessible, or if abandoned outlets serve as feed through boxes for other existing electrical equipment which is being retained,provide new conduit and wire to bypass the abandoned outlets. If existing conduits pass through partitions or ceiling which are being removed or remodeled,provide new conduit and wire to reroute clear of the construction or demolition and maintain service to the existing load. .3 Extend circuiting and devices in existing walls to be furred out. +r. .4 Remove abandoned wiring to leave site clean. .5 Keep outages to occupied areas to a minimum and prearrange all outages with the Owner. Requests for outages shall state the specific dates and hours and the maximum durations, with the outages kept to these specific dates and hours and w the maximum durations. Compensate the Owner for any damages resulting from unscheduled outages or for those not confined to the preapproved times. .6 Verify a location for storage of materials, supplies, tools,rubbish, and the like, prior to start of work. .7 If any existing electrical equipment contains PCBs (polychlorinated biphenyl), �+ replace with new. .8 Properly dispose of all removed/replaced equipment(fluorescent lamps, ..r fluorescent lamp ballasts, transformers, and the like)containing hazardous materials. 3.6 CONTINUITY OF SERVICE 1 No interruption of services to any part of existing facilities will be permitted without express permission in each instance from the Owner. Obtain written permission from the �w Owner for any interruption of power, lighting or signal circuits and systems. .2 If overtime is necessary, there will be no allowance made by Owner for extra expense for """ such overtime or shift work, due to maintaining continuity of service herein required. City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 16010 � Renton,WA BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 8 err .3 Organize work to minimize duration of power interruption. END OF SECTION err rr ob ru wu City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 16050 Renton, WA BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 1 PART1 GENERAL ar 1.1 SUMMARY • .1 Section Includes: .1 Raceways. .2 Wires, cables and connectors. .3 Outlet boxes. .4 Devices and plates. .5 Safety disconnect switches. .6 Identification. .7 Cable tray. 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 1 Provide raceways, wires, cables, connector,boxes, devices, finish plates and the like for a complete and operational electrical system. .2 Electrical Connections: Connect equipment, whether furnished by Owner or other Divisions of the Contract, electrically complete. do .3 Supporting Devices: Safety factor of 4 required for every fastening device or support for electrical equipment installed. Support to withstand four times weight of equipment it ,rr supports. Bracing to comply with Seismic Zone 3 requirements. .4 Provide a cable tray system as shown on drawings. do 1.3 SUBMITTALS 1 Provide shop drawings and product data for the following equipment: .1 Raceways. .2 Wires, cables and connectors. .3 Outlet,junction, and pull boxes .4 Devices and plates. .5 Safety disconnect switches. .6 Identification equipment. .7 Cable Tray: Submit Drawings indicating exact layout of cable tray. Coordinate layout with HVAC ducts, structural members, architectural appurtenances, and the like. .2 Provide the following operating and maintenance instructions from the manufacturer for project closeout, see project closeout requirements in Division 1: .1 Devices and plates. .2 Safety disconnect switches. .3 Cable tray. 1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 1 Conform to requirements of the NEC, latest adopted version with amendments by local do AHJs. City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 16050 16 Renton,WA BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 2 .2 Furnish products listed by UL or other testing firm acceptable to AHJ. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 RACEWAYS .1 Conduits: .1 Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit(GRC): Hot-dip galvanized after thread cutting. Manufacture in conformance with Federal Specification WWC-581 and ANSI C80.1. .2 Intermediate Metal Conduit(IMC): Hot-dip galvanized after thread cutting. Manufacture in conformance with Federal Specification WWC-581. .3 Electrical Metallic Tubing(EMT): Hot-dip galvanized and chromate coated. Manufacture in conformance with Federal Specification WWC-563 and ANSI C80.3. .4 Flexible Conduit: Reduced wall flexible steel conduit. Hot-dip galvanized. Manufacture in conformance with Federal Specification WWC-566. .5 Flexible Conduit,PVC Coated: Hot-dip galvanized steel. PVC chemical resistant jacket extruded to core,up to 1-inch trade size. PVC chemical resistant jacket, tubed over core,up to 4-inch trade size. .6 PVC: Class 40 heavy wall rigid PVC. Rated for use with 90C conductors. Manufacture in conformance with Federal Specification WC1094A and NEMA Wi TC-2. .7 Flexible Conduit: Plenum rated non-metallic pliable raceway. To comply with UL 2024 Standard for Riser Applications for optical fiber/communications raceways. Carlon Riser-Guard or equivalent. .2 Conduit Fittings: .1 Bushings: Malleable iron with plastic insulator lining, 150C rated. .2 Ground Bushings: Malleable iron with plastic insulating liner and aluminum grounding lug rated for copper or aluminum conductor, 150C rated. .3 EMT Connectors and Couplings: .l Set Screw Type: Zinc plated steel, insulated throat connectors. .2 Compression Type: Zinc plated steel, insulated throat connectors, raintight up to 2-inch. .4 Rigid Steel Conduit Ells: PVC coated or painted with No. 51 bitumastic material, long radius ells, minimum radius of 36-inches. .5 Expansion/Deflection Fittings: .1 EMT: Use O-Z Gedney Type TX. .2 GRC: Use O-Z Gedney Type AX, DX and AXDX. .6 Couplings for Plenum Rated Flexible Conduit: Socket type standard non-metallic ' coupling to accommodate 1-1/2"diameter flexible non-metallic conduit. Carlon non-metallic adapters and couplings or equivalent. 2.2 WIRES AND CABLES .1 Copper, 600 volt rated throughout. Conductors 14AWG to l OAWG, solid or stranded. Conductors 8AWG and larger, stranded. Phase color to be consistent at all feeder terminations; A-B-C, top to bottom, left to right, front to back. Conductors 3AWG and larger,minimum insulation rating of 75C. Insulation types THWN, THHN or XHHW. Minimum insulation rating of 90C for branch circuits. Color code conductors as follows: City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 16050 Renton, WA BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 3 PHASE 208 VOLT WYE 240 VOLT DELTA 480 VOLT "■ A Black Black Brown B Red Orange (High Le ) Orange C Blue Blue Yellow Neutral White White Gray Ground Green Green Green Isolated Ground Green w/yellow trace N/A N/A r� .2 MC Cable: High strength galvanized steel or aluminum flexible armor. Full length minimum size No. 12 copper ground wire, THHN 90C conductors, full length tape marker. Overall PVC or nylon cable tape. Short circuit throat insulators,mechanical compression termination. err .3 SO Cable: Annealed copper conductors, 600 volt rated. Minimum Size No. 12, with ground wire. Maximum of six conductors and ground per cable. 90C rated thermoset jacket. 2.3 CONNECTORS 1 Copper Pads: Drilled and tapped for multiple conductor terminals. err .2 Lugs: Indent/compression type for use with stranded branch circuit or control conductors. Manufacturers: Anderson, Burndy, Ilsco, or Thomas&Betts. .r .3 Solid Conductor Branch Circuits: Spring connectors, wire nuts, for conductors 18 through 8AWG. Manufacturers: Ideal, Scotch-Lock, or 3M. 2.4 BOXES 1 General: .1 Luminaire Outlet: 4-inch octagonal box, 1-1/2-inches deep with 3/8-inch luminaire stud if required. Provide raised covers on bracket outlets and on ceiling outlets. .2 Device Outlet: Installation of one or two devices at common location, minimum 4-inch square, minimum 1-1/2-inches deep. Single or 2-gang flush device raised covers. Raco Series 681 and 686 or Bowers. .3 Signal and Communication Systems Outlet: 4-inch square box, 2-1/8-inches deep. Single-or 2-gang raised device cover. Raco Series, or approved. .4 Multiple Devices: Three or more devices at common location. Install 1-piece r gang boxes with 1-piece device cover. Install one device per gang. Raco, Bowers, or approved. .5 Masonry Boxes: Outlets in concrete, Raco Series 690, Bowers, or approved. .6 Accessories: Provide outlet box accessories as required for each installation, including mounting brackets, wallboard hangers, extension rings, luminaire studs, cable clamps and metal straps for supporting outlet boxes, compatible with outlet �. boxes being used and meeting requirements of individual wiring situations. r City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 16050 � Renton,WA BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 4 .2 Junction and Pull Boxes: Provide galvanized sheet steel junction and pull boxes, with screw-on covers; of the type shape and size,to suit each respective location and installation;with welded seams and equipped with steel nuts,bolts, screws and washers. Circle AW,Hoffman, or approved. .3 Box Extension Adapter: Die-cast aluminum construction. Install over flush wall outlet boxes to permit flexible raceway extension to equipment. Bell 940 Series,Red Dot IHE4 Series, Carlon, or approved. .4 Conduit Fittings: Provide corrosion-resistant punched-steel box knockout closures, conduit locknuts and plastic conduit bushings of the type and size to suit each respective use and installation. O-Z Gedney,Thomas &Betts, or approved. 2.5 WIRING DEVICES 1 Wall Switches: .1 Light Switches: Lighted handle, toggle type,red unless noted otherwise,neon pilot lamp. Pilot lamp energized when load is energized. 20 amp/120 volt, no Hubbell Series 1221-PL; 20 amp/208-277 volt,Hubbell Series 1221-PLF, Eagle 1201PL. .2 Finish: To match existing. .3 Manufacturers: Hubbell, General Electric, Leviton, Pass& Seymour,Eagle. .2 Receptacles: .1 Finish: Same as switches. .2 Characteristics: .1 Straight parallel blade 15 amp, 125 volt, 2-pole, 3-wire grounding. Arrow-Hart 5352,Leviton 5352, Pass& Seymour 5352,Bryant 5352, Hubbell 5352, Eagle 5362. .3 Isolated Ground Receptacle: Provide green triangle on face of receptacle for identification as an isolated ground receptacle. Hubbell IG-5362,Arrow-Hart IG-5362, Leviton,Pass &Seymour,Bryant, Eagle IG5362. .4 Ground Fault Interrupter: Feed through type, 20 amp, 125VAC, specification grade. Hubbell GF-5362GY, Arrow-Hart GF-5342. .3 Finish Plates: Provide telephone/signal system device plates; activated outlets to have coverplates to match modular jack. Hubbell S Series, Arrow-Hart, Leviton,Pass & Seymour, Bryant.Commercial grade thermoplastic, finish to match device finish. .4 Surface Covers: .1 Material: Galvanized or cadmium plated steel, 1/2-inch raised industrial type with openings appropriate for devices installed in surface outlets. .2 Cast Box and Extension Adaptors: Aluminum,with gasket,blank. Single gang, Bell 240-ALF, Carlon, 2-gang,Bell 236-ALF, Carlon, or approved. 2.6 SAFETY DISCONNECTS .1 Toggle Type Disconnect Switches: 120 volt, 1-pole, 20 amp, 1 HP maximum. NEMA 1 enclosure for indoors,NEMA 3R enclosure for outdoors. ev City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 16050 Renton,WA BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 5 .. .2 Safety Switches: Heavy duty, fused type, dual rated, quick-make, quick-break with fuse rejection feature for use with Class R fuses only, unless other fuse type is specifically +■ noted. Provide NEMA 1 enclosure for indoors. Switches clearly marked for maximum voltage, current and horsepower. Equip enclosure with defeatable cover interlock. Switches rated for maximum available fault current. Manufacturers: Cutler- Hammer/Westinghouse, General Electric, Siemens, or Square D. 2.7 SUPPORTING DEVICES 1 Hangers: Kindorf B-905-2A channel, H-1 19-D washer, C105 strap, 3/8-inch rod with ceiling flange. .2 Concrete Inserts: Kindorf D-255, cast in concrete for support fasteners for loads up to 800 lbs. .3 Pipe Straps: Two-hole galvanized or malleable iron. .4 Luminaire Chain: Campbell Chain 75031, 90-1b. test with steel hooks. 2.8 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION .l Engraved Labels: Melamine plastic laminate, white with black core, 1/16-inch thick, manufactured by Lamicoid. Engravers standard letter style, minimum 3/16-inch high letters, all capitals. Drill or punch labels for mechanical fastening except where adhesive .. mounting is necessary because of substrate. Use self-tapping stainless steel screws. .2 Conductor Numbers: Manufacturers standard vinyl-cloth self-adhesive cable and conductor markers of the wraparound type. Preprinted black numbers on yellow field. " Brady, or approved. .3 Branch Circuit Schedules: Provide branch circuit identification schedules, typewritten, clearly filled out, to identify load connected to each circuit and location of load. Numbers to correspond to numbers assigned to each circuit breaker pole position. ow .4 Circuit Breaker Identification: Provide permanent identification number in or on panelboard dead-front adjacent to each circuit breaker pole position. 2.9 CABLE TRAY SECTIONS AND COMPONENTS 1 Manufacturer: Chatsworth Products, Inc. cable tray. r .2 General: Except as otherwise indicated,provide metal cable trays, of types, classes and sizes indicated with splice hangers and all other necessary accessories. Provide cable trays with rounded edges and smooth surfaces in compliance with applicable standards, and �r with the following additional construction features. .3 Materials and Finish: Steel straight sections and sitting side rails. arr .4 Sections shall consist of two longitudinal members(side rails)with transverse members (rungs)welded to the side rails. All members shall be tubular steel. .5 Trays shall have a 1 '/z inch side rail height with rung spacing of 12 inches on center. City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 16050 Renton, WA BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 6 so .6 Tray width shall be 12 inches. .7 Supply all straight sections in standard 10-foot lengths, except where shorter lengths are irir required to facilitate tray assembly lengths as shown on Drawings. .8 Splice plates shall be bolted type. W .9 Cable Tray Supports: constructed of steel. Wall and ceiling supports shall be placed so that the spans do not exceed a maximum of 5 feet on center. Ceiling supports shall be center-mounted. Unistrut channel support shall be provided where ductwork interferes with center ceiling support locations. Ladder Cable Tray shall be anchored to each equipment rack. .10 Cable Tray: The Cable tray shall be of the widths noted on drawings. Chatsworth 11252- series. .11 Tray Mounting Plate: A 3 inch mounting plate to securely attach 12 inch wide cable tray to equipment rack shall be provided along with necessary bolts, washers, and nuts needed to make the attachments. Chatsworth part number 10595-112. .12 Wall Angle Brackets: Brackets shall be 12 inches wide for attaching cable tray perpendicular to the wall. Chatsworth part number 11421-112. wrr .13 Triangular Support Brackets: Brackets shall be 12 inches wide for attaching the cable tray parallel to the wall. Chatsworth part number 11312-112. .14 Runway Splices: The runway sections shall be spliced together with either butt splices or junction splices. Chatsworth part numbers 11301-001 and 11302-001. .15 End Caps: The ends of the cable tray shall be covered with protective end caps. Chatsworth part number 11700-112. .16 Provide No. 3 bare copper wire equipment grounding and bonding connections of sufficient capacity to assure a permanent and effective ground. .17 Provide grounding bond strap at all able tray joints. PART 3 EXECUTION wr 3.1 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS .1 Verify electrical characteristics of equipment prior to installation of conduits and wiring for equipment. Coordinate HVAC voltage requirements with Drawings and equipment submittals prior to rough in. 3.2 MOTOR BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING 1 Do not install electrical equipment or wiring on mechanical equipment without approval of Architect. .2 Provide moisture tight equipment wiring and switches in ducts or plenums used for environmental air. "' City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 16050 Renton, WA BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 9 .rr installation. Do not use pulling compounds for installation of conductors connected to GFI circuit breakers or GFI receptacles. •r� .2 Conductor Size and Quantity: Install no conductors smaller than 12AWG unless otherwise shown. Provide all required conductors for a fully operable system. .3 Conductors in Cabinets: Cable and tree all wires in panels and cabinets for power r, and control. Use plastic ties in panels and cabinets. Tie and bundle feeder conductors in wireways of panelboards. .4 MC Cable Allowed in the Following Locations Only: 1 For drops to ceiling mounted lighting fixtures in areas with accessible ceiling space only. Do not use in areas where there is no accessible ceiling.]In areas where there is an accessible ceiling. Do not use in areas where there is no accessible ceiling. .6 Connectors: Retighten lugs and connectors for conductors to equipment prior to Substantial Completion. .7 Boxes: .1 Location: Locate boxes and conduit bodies so as to ensure accessibility of electrical wiring. .2 Round Boxes: Avoid using round boxes where conduit must enter through side of do box, which would result in a difficult and insecure connection with a locknut or bushing on the rounded surface. .3 Anchoring: Secure boxes rigidly to the substrate upon which they are being r mounted, or solidly embed boxes in concrete or masonry. .4 Special Application: Provide weatherproof outlets for locations exposed to weather or moisture. .5 Knockout Closures: Provide knockout closures to cap unused knockout holes where blanks have been removed. .6 Outlet System: Provide electrical boxes and fittings as required for a complete installation. Include but not be limited to outlet boxes,junction boxes,pull boxes, bushings, locknuts, and all other necessary components. .7 Code Compliance: Comply with NEC as applicable to construction and qrr installation of electrical boxes and fittings and size boxes according to NEC 370, except as noted otherwise. .8 Flush Outlets in Insulated Spaces: Maintain integrity of insulation and vapor barrier. .9 Mount center of outlet boxes as required by ADA, or noted on Drawings, the following distance above the floor: .1 Control Switches: 48-inches. .2 Receptacles: 18-inches. .3 Telecom Outlets: 18-inches. .4 Other Outlets: As indicated in other Sections of Specifications or as ar detailed on Drawings. .10 Coordinate all electrical device locations (switches, receptacles, and the like)with Drawings to prevent mounting devices in mirrors,back splashes,behind cabinets, +rr and the like. .8 Wiring Devices: .1 Wall-Mounted Receptacles: Install with long dimensions oriented vertically at centerline height shown on Drawings or specified herein. two City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 16050 � Renton,WA BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 10 .2 Vertical Alignment: When more than one outlet is shown on Drawings in close proximity to each other,but at different elevations, align the outlets on a common vertical center line for best appearance. Verify with Architect. .3 Provide 20 amp rated duplex receptacle in conditions where there is only one duplex receptacle on a 20 amp branch circuit. .9 Provide NEC-required disconnect switches whether specifically shown on Drawings or not. Provide disconnect switch in sight of each motor location unless otherwise noted. Provide disconnect switch in site of each motor controller. Motor controller disconnect equipped with lock-out/tag-out padlock provisions do not require a disconnect switch at the controlled motor location. Coordinate fuse ampere rating with installed equipment. Fuse ampere rating variance between original design information and installed equipment, size in accordance with Bussmann Fusetron 40C recommendations. Do not provide fuses of lower ampere rating than motor starter thermal units. .10 Supporting Devices: .1 Verify mounting height of all luminaires or items prior to installation when heights are not detailed. .2 Install vertical support members for equipment and luminaires, straight and parallel to building walls. Provide independent supports to structural member for electrical luminaires,materials, or equipment installed in or on ceiling, walls or in void spaces or over furred or suspended ceilings. .3 Do not use other trade's fastening devices as supporting means for electrical equipment,materials or luminaires. Do not use supports or fastening devices to support other than one particular item. .4 Support conduits within 18-inches of outlets,boxes,panels, cabinets and deflections. Maximum distance between supports not to exceed 8-foot spacing. .5 Securely suspend all junction boxes,pull boxes or other conduit terminating .r housings located above suspended ceiling from the floor above or roof structure to prevent sagging and swaying. .6 Provide seismic bracing per UBC requirements for this building location. to .11 Electrical Identification: .1 Graphics: Coordinate names, abbreviations and designations used on Drawings with equipment labels. .2 Conductor Identification: Apply markers on each conductor for power, control, signaling and communications circuits. .3 Install an engraved label on each major unit of electrical equipment, including but not limited to the following items: Disconnect switches,relays, contactors, time switches, override switches, service disconnects, distribution switches,branch circuit panelboards, and central or master unit of each electrical system including communication/signal systems. .4 Install engraved labels on the inside of flush panels, visible when door is opened. Install label on outside of surface panel. .5 Install signs at locations detailed or,where not otherwise indicated, at location for best convenience of viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment. .6 On the back of switch finish plates legibly write with indelible ink pen the circuit that each device is connected to. go City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 16050 Renton, WA BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS July 22, 2002 -1BI Group, Seattle WA Page 11 an .7 On the front of receptacle finish plates provide label with the circuit that each device is connected to. Label is self-adhesive type with black letters and clear AM background, 18 point lettering size. .12 Cable Tray: tw .1 Install complete to manufacturer's installation instructions. .2 Bond to building ground electrode with AWG#3 bare copper conductor minimum. go .3 Provide bond strap at connection points to ensure a continuous ground. .4 Provide horizontal/vertical offsets to avoid structural or mechanical members, whether specifically shown or not. to .5 Install to support cable runs from equipment racks to wall connections and between equipment racks. Appropriate vertical and wall brackets, support brackets, and splice kits are to be used when securing the runway. Any excess length shall be trimmed. Protective end caps shall be installed on any exposed am cable tray end. The cable runway shall provide additional seismic bracing for the equipment racks. The entire installation shall meet Seismic Zone 4 requirements for essential facilities. No .6 Coordinate cable tray with other electrical work and equipment rack installation as necessary to properly interface installation of cable tray work with other work. .7 Remove burrs and sharp edges of cable trays. .8 Cable Tray shall be supported every 5 feet. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 1 Wiring Device Tests: Test wiring devices to ensure electrical continuity of grounding connections, and after energizing circuitry, to demonstrate compliance with requirements. Test receptacles for line to neutral, line to ground and neutral to ground faults. Correct any defective wiring. wr .2 Feeder Tests: 1 Test conductor insulation on feeders of 100 amp and greater for conformity with 1000 volt megohmeter. Use Insulated Cable Engineers Association testing procedures. Minimum insulation resistance acceptable is 1 megohm for systems .r� 600 volts and below. Notify Architect if test results indicate insulation resistance is less than 1 megohm. .2 Test Report: Prepare a typed tabular report indicating the testing instrument, the feeder tested, amperage rating of the feeder, insulation type,voltage, the approximate length of the feeder, conduit type, and the measured resistance of the megohmeter test. Submit report with operating and maintenance manual. END OF SECTION r r +�w on City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 16400 Renton,WA SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION July 22, 2002 -I3I Group, Seattle WA Page 1 Im PART1 GENERAL *W 1.1 SUMMARY No .1 Section Includes: .1 Grounding. .2 Distribution panelboards. r .3 Fuses and circuit breakers. .2 Fees: .1 Pay all fees levied by serving electric utility to provide service to this project. 1°r .2 Obtain fees from serving electric utility prior to submitting a bid. 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 40 1 Electrical Service System: 480Y/277 volts, 3-phase, 4 wire, wye. o .2 Grounding: .1 Provide grounding and bonding of electrical service, circuits, equipment, signal and communications systems. AW .2 Performance Requirements: Supplement the grounded neutral of the secondary distribution system with an equipment grounding system to properly safeguard the equipment and personnel. Install equipment grounding such that all metallic sr. structures, enclosures,raceways,junction boxes, outlet boxes, cabinets,machine frames,portable equipment and other conductive items in close proximity with electrical circuits operate continuously at ground potential and provide a low ,W impedance path for possible ground fault currents. 1.3 SUBMITTALS am 1 Provide shop drawings and product data for the following equipment: .1 Grounding. rr .2 Distribution panelboards. .3 Fuses and circuit breakers. .r .2 Provide the following operating and maintenance and instructions from the manufacturer for project closeout, see Project Closeout Requirements in Division 1: .1 Distribution panelboards. .2 Fuses and circuit breakers. r .3 Provide the Grounding system test reports for information. 1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS .1 Conform to requirements of the NEC 2000 with amendments by local AHJs. .2 Furnish products listed by UL or other testing firm acceptable to AHJ. City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 16400 Renton,WA SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 2 .3 Conform to the requirement of the serving electric utility. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GROUNDING MATERIALS .1 Grounding Connectors: Hydraulic compression tool applied connectors or exothermic welding process connectors or powder actuated compression tool applied connectors. Mechanical type of connectors are not acceptable. Manufacturers: Burndy Hyground Compression System, Erico/Cadweld,AMP Ampact Grounding System or approved. .2 Telecommunications Grounding Bar: 1/4-inch thick by 4-inch high by 20-inch long copper ground bar with insulators. Manufacturers: Erico/Cadweld or approved. �r .3 Grounding Electrode Conductor: Bare copper stranded conductor. 2.2 DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS 1 Manufacturers: Cutler-Hammer/Westinghouse, General Electric, Siemens, Square D, or approved. as .2 Standards: Comply with requirements of UL 67,NEMA PB 1 and NEC 3 84 in construction of switchboards. Provide short circuit current rating (Integrated Equipment Rating, IER) for panelboards. Furnish panelboards with UL label. .3 Enclosure: Flush panelboards rated 600 amp or less provide maximum enclosure depth of 5-3/4-inches. Provide galvanized metal finish. .4 Bussing: Aluminum bar with suitable electroplating(tin) for corrosion control at connection. Provide ground bar to accommodate specified terminal lugs. Predrill bus for bolt-on type circuit breakers. .5 Provide fully rated integrated equipment rating greater than the available fault current. See Drawings for available fault current. Minimum rating is 10,000 amps. .6 Lugs: Compression type rated for both aluminum and copper conductors. .7 Breakers: Bolt-on type. .8 Cover: Hinged door with door-in-door construction, flush lift latch and lock, two keys per panel. Key all branch circuit panelboards alike. Medium light gray finish suitable for field painting to match wall finish. Surface panels to have metal trim covers with no sharp edges or corners. .9 Where panels are mounted in finished interior areas in normal view of the building occupants,paint covers to match adjacent wall surface. .10 Integral Transient Voltage Surge Suppressor(TVSS): Im City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 16400 Renton, WA SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 3 as .1 Panelboard: UL 67 Listed and provide the TVSS device with UL 1449, second edition, component listing. Panelboard markings shall include clamp voltage at 1W the TVSS terminals as well as clamp voltage at the panelboard line terminals. .2 Suppressors: Independently tested with the Category-C3 high exposure waveform (20KV- 1.2/50 µs, 10 kA- 8/20 µs)per ANSUIEEE C62.41 - 1991. „r .3 Provide copper bus bars for the surge current path. Do not use small round wiring or plug-in connections in the path of surge current diversion. .4 Construct TVSS using surge current modules(MOV based). Fuse each module go with user replaceable 200,000 AIR rated fuses. Monitor the status of each module on the front cover of the panelboard enclosure as well as on the module. .5 Provide an audible alarm which shall activate when one of the surge current modules has failed. Provide an alarm on/off switch to silence the alarm and an am alarm push-to-test switch to test the alarm. Locate the switches and alarm on the front cover of the panelboard enclosure. .6 Meet or exceed the following criteria: "W .1 Maximum Single Impulse Current Rating: No less than 120kA per phase. .2 Pulse life test: Capable of protecting against and surviving 5000 ANSUIEEE C62.41 Category-C transients without failure or degradation. "' .3 The clamping voltage shall not exceed the following: .4 VOLTAGE L-N N-G L-G .5 208Y/120 500V 500V 500V +w .6 480Y/277 1000V 1000V 1000V .7 Provide a response time no greater than 5 nanoseconds for any of the individual Vr protection modes. .8 Design suppressors to withstand a maximum continuous operating voltage (MCOV)of not less than 115 percent of nominal RMS voltage. r .9 Provide visible indication of proper suppressor connection and operation. The indicator lights shall indicate which phase as well as which module is fully operable. .10 Provide a minimum EFI/RFI filtering of 34 B at 100KHZ with an insertion loss ratio of 50:1 using Military Standard 220A methodology. .11 Provide a 5 year warranty, incorporating unlimited replacements of suppressor r parts if they are destroyed by transients during the warranty period. .12 Provide one circuit breaker sized per manufacturer's recommendations,with the appropriate number of poles as a dedicated disconnect for the TVSS. s .13 Equip TVSS with the following optional items: 1 Provide a DB-9 connector along with dry contacts (normally open or normally closed)to allow connection to a remote monitor or other system. The output of the dry contacts shall indicate a failure of a phase or the entire unit. .11 When indicated on Drawings,provide an insulated ground bus in addition to the equipment ground bus. 2.3 FUSES 1 Dual element,time delay, current limiting,nonrenewable type,rejection feature. UL Class .. RK5, 1/10 to 600 amp,UL Class L, above 600 amps. Provide fuse pullers for complete range of fuses. Manufacturers: Bussmann, Gould-Shawmut, Littelfuse, or approved. City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 16400 Renton,WA SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 4 2.4 MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS l 1-, 2-, or 3-pole bolt-on, single-handle common trip,rated 15 to 800 amp, 600VAC or 250VAC as indicated on Drawings. .2 Overcenter toggle-type mechanism, quick-make, quick-break action. Trip indication is by handle position. .3 Calibrate for operation in 40C ambient temperature. .4 15 to 100 Amp Breakers: Permanent trip unit containing individual thermal and magnetic trip elements in each pole. ow .5 Greater than 100 Amp Breakers: Variable magnetic trip elements set by a single adjustment. Provide push-to-trip button on cover on breaker for mechanical tripping. rr .6 Provide all circuit breakers series rated and when series combination ratings are applied, identify all equipment enclosures as required by NEC 110-22. +r► .7 Manufacturers: Cutler-Hammer/Westinghouse, General Electric, Siemens, Square D, or approved. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION I Raceway Grounding: 1 Ground all metallic raceway systems. Bond to ground terminal with code size jumper except where code size or larger grounding conductor is included with circuit, use grounding bushing with lay-in lug. .2 Connect all metal raceways,which terminate within an enclosure but without ► mechanical connection to the enclosure,by grounding bushings and ground wire to the grounding bus. .3 Where equipment supply conductors are in flexible metallic conduit, install ow stranded copper equipment grounding conductor from outlet box to equipment frame. .4 Install equipment grounding conductor, code size minimum unless noted on Drawings, in all nonmetallic and metallic raceway systems. .2 Feeders and Branch Circuits Grounding: 1 Install continuous insulated equipment copper ground conductors within the following circuits; feeders, circuits for computer systems and other circuits as indicated on Drawings. .2 Where installed in a continuous solid metallic raceway system and larger sizes are not detailed,provide insulated equipment ground conductors for feeders and branch circuits sized in accordance with Table 250-95. .3 Install isolated ground conductors for electrically sensitive equipment. Install isolated grounding conductors isolated from the equipment ground system except at the common ground connection at the service equipment. Provide isolated ground bus in panelboards isolated from the equipment ground system. rs on City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 16400 Renton, WA SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 5 Im .3 Boxes, Cabinets, Enclosures and Panelboards Grounding: Bond grounding conductors to enclosure with specified conductors and lugs. Install lugs only on thoroughly cleaned no contact surfaces. .4 Motors, Equipment and Appliance Grounding: Install code size equipment grounding 4W conductor from outlet box to(motor) equipment frame or manufacturer's designated ground terminal. am .5 Receptacle Grounding: Connect ground terminal of receptacle to equipment ground system by No. 14 conductor bolted to outlet box except isolated grounds where noted. Self grounding nature of receptacle devices does not eliminate conductor bolted to outlet box. so .6 Telecommunications Backboard: Provide telecommunications grounding bar at each telecommunications backboard. Bond the grounding bar to service grounding bar in the we main service equipment with a 6AWG copper equipment grounding conductor. .7 Separately Derived Systems: Ground each separately derived system per NEC 250-26. we .8 Distribution Panelboards: .1 Install equipment as directed by manufacturer's installation instructions. „„w .2 Install distribution panelboards surface-or flush-mounted in accessible locations as indicated on Drawings. Maintain or exceed minimum clearances required by code. w .3 Install equipment in conformance with work space requirements of NEC 110-16. Locate equipment in rooms or spaces dedicated to such equipment,NEC 384-2. Coordinate with other Divisions of work. rrr 4 Equipment arrangement in electrical room is based on one manufacturer. Coordinate space requirements with equipment supplier. Maintain code required and recommended manufacturer's clearances. .5 Where flush panels are installed,verify available recessing depth and coordinate AW wall framing with other Divisions. .6 Feeder conductors to enter directly in line with lug terminals wherever practicable. Feeder conductors, except ground and neutral,not to exceed 45 degree deflection ow from raceway entry to feeder phase lugs. .7 Paint panel cover and surface-mounted enclosure (if surface allowed)to match finished wall color where panels are located in finished spaces. +� .8 Where panels are installed flush,provide two spare conduits from panel to accessible space above the panel. .9 Where panels are installed flush in fire rated walls maintain fire rating of wall. .10 Cable and tree conductors in panelboards with plastic ties. .9 Fuses: For each class and ampere rating of fuse installed,provide the following quantities of spares for quantity of fuses installed: .1 1 to 24: Provide 6 spare. .2 25 to 48: Provide 9 spare. r .3 49 and Above: Provide 12 spare.. 3.2 CLEANING City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 16400 16 Renton,WA SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 6 .1 Thoroughly clean the exterior and the interior of each switchboard and distribution panelboard in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. rrr .2 Vacuum construction dust, dirt and debris out of each switchboard and distribution panelboard. .3 Where enclosure finish is damaged,touch up finish with matching paint in accordance with manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions. �i 3.3 TESTING .1 Test to ensure that control devices, components, equipment and systems are calibrated, adjusted and operate in accordance with approved drawings and specifications. .2 Functionally test sequences of operation to ensure operation in accordance with approved drawings and specifications. .3 Prepare and complete report of test procedures and results and file with the Owner. END OF SECTION r rw "" City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 16500 Renton, WA LIGHTING July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 1 w PART1 GENERAL f4o 1.1 SUMMARY aw .1 Section Includes: .1 Luminaires and lampholders. .2 Ballasts. ow .3 Lamps. .4 Emergency lighting equipment. 1.2 SUBMITTALS .r 1 Submit for: .1 Luminaires: Include electrical ratings, dimensions, mounting, material,required " ► clearances, terminations, wiring and connection diagrams,photometric data, diffusers, and louvers. .2 Ballasts. r .3 Lamps. .4 Emergency lighting equipment. rr 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1 Regulatory Requirements: .1 Provide luminaires acceptable to code authority for application and location as indicated. .2 Comply with applicable ANSI standards pertaining to lamp materials, lamp err ballasts and transformers, and luminaires. .3 Comply with applicable NEMA standards pertaining to lighting equipment. .4 Provide luminaires and lampholders which comply with UL standards and have been UL listed and labeled for location and use indicated. ow .5 Comply with NEC 410 as applicable to installation and construction of luminaires. .6 Comply with fallout and retention requirements of UBC 25 for diffusers,baffles, or louvers, and the like. 1.4 WARRANTY .r► 1 Ballast Manufacturer's Warranty: Not less than 5 years,based on date of manufacturer embossed on ballast, current with installation date. Warranty includes normal cost of labor for replacement of ballast. .2 Lamp Warranty: 30 days for incandescent, 6 months for compact fluorescent, 12 months for fluorescent and HID lamps. 1.5 MAINTENANCE ' l Furnish 2 percent extra lens or louvers for each size and type of fluorescent luminaire. .2 Furnish 10 percent extra lamps for each size and type installed. .3 Furnish 5 percent extra ballasts for each size and type. City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 16500 " Renton,WA LIGHTING July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 2 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 LUMINAIRES 1 Luminaires: Refer to description and manufacturers in Luminaire schedule. ow .2 Where recessed luminaires are installed in cavities intended to be insulated,provide IC rated luminaires or other code approved installation. .3 Recessed Luminaires: Frame compatible with ceiling material installed at particular ON luminaire location. Provide proper trim, frame and modify luminaire to fit location and ceiling material. to .4 Finishes: .1 Manufacturer's standard finish(unless otherwise indicated) over a corrosion resistant primer. " .2 Interior Light Reflecting Finishes: White or specular finish with not less than 85 percent reflectances. .3 Exterior Finishes: As detailed in luminaire schedule or on Drawings. Refer cases w`► of uncertain applicability to Architect for resolution prior to release for fabrication. .5 Light Transmitting Components: .1 Plastic diffusers, molded or extruded of 100 percent virgin acrylic. .2 Prismatic acrylic, extruded, flat diffusers, 0.125-inch overall thickness,unless otherwise noted. .6 Fluorescent Luminaires: .1 Provide all open lamp fluorescent luminaires without diffusers or guards with turret type, spring loaded sockets. .2 To facilitate multilevel lamp switching,wire lamps within luminaire with outermost lamp at both sides of luminaire on the same ballast,the next inward pair on another ballast and so on to innermost lamp (or pair of lamps). 2.2 BALLASTS 1 Ballasts, General: .1 Provide ballasts rated for specified lamps, i.e., T-5 and T-8 rated ballasts where T- 5 and T-8 lamps specified. .2 Thermal Protection: Internal UL Class P with automatic reset. .3 Power Factors: Not less than 90 percent unless otherwise indicated. r .4 Sound Ratings: Rating A, except where not available as standard products from any manufacturer. Provide quietest ratings available. .5 Input Voltage: Match branch circuit supply voltage;refer to Drawings. .6 Provide number of ballasts in luminaires to provide multilevel switching as indicated on Drawings. .2 Fluorescent Electronic Ballasts: .1 Provide ballasts which meet requirements of UL 935 and bear the appropriate UL label. .2 Electrical Characteristics: 40 City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 16500 Renton, WA LIGHTING July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 3 1 Provide electronic ballasts which withstand input power line transients as defined in ANSI C62.41, Category-A and IEEE 587. Ballasts tolerate a line voltage variation of plus or minus 10 percent. .2 Power Factor: 95 percent or higher. .3 Lamp Crest Factor: 1.7 or less for rapid start ballasts and 1.85 or less for „w instant start ballasts. .4 Total Harmonic Distortion: Not to exceed 10 percent of the input current. .5 Comply with FCC rules and regulations Part 18, Class A concerning r generation of both electromagnetic interference and radio frequency interference. .6 Provide relative light output equal to electromagnetic ballasts in a 2-light * lensed luminaire using energy saving ballasts and energy saving lamps. Average ballast factor(BF)is a minimum of 0.88. .3 Performance Characteristics: .1 Input Wattage: Not to exceed 85 percent of the value for their energy efficient core and coil counterparts. .2 Start and operate lamps at 50F and energy savings lamps at 60F. Ballast case temperature is 25C rise above a 40C ambient. .3 Provide constant light output throughout minimum input voltage variations of plus or minus 20 percent from nominal 120 volt or 277 volt. .4 Manufacturer: Advance RCNNCN Series, Motorola, Magnetek,Universal, or approved. 2.3 LAMPS �r. .1 Provide lamps for all luminaires. .2 Fluorescent Lamps: .1 Unless otherwise noted, 3500K minimum CRI 80, length and wattage as noted in luminaire schedule. General Electric, Osram/Sylvania, Philips. aw .2 Compact Fluorescent Lamps: Quad Tube, 3500K unless otherwise noted. General Electric, Osram/Sylvania, Philips. .3 Provide fluorescent lamps by same manufacturer. or 2.4 EMERGENCY FLUORESCENT LAMP POWER SUPPLY l Manufacturers: Bodine,Iota. rr .2 Description: Self-contained battery-operated power supply for operating one T8 or compact fluorescent lamp for a minimum output of 90 minutes. ++r PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 COORDINATION 1 Verification of Conditions: Verify ceiling construction,recessing depth and other r construction details prior to release of luminaire for shipment. Refer cases of uncertain applicability to Architect for resolution prior to release of luminaires for shipment. .2 Provide all lighting indicated on Drawings with a luminaire of the type designated and appropriate for location. City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 16500 Renton,WA LIGHTING July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 4 3.2 INSTALLATION 1 Install luminaire of types indicated where shown and at indicated heights; in accordance (r with manufacturer's written instructions and with recognized industry practices;to ensure that luminaires comply with requirements and serve intended purposes. rrr .2 Align,mount and level luminaires uniformly. Use ball hangers for suspended stem mounted luminaires. .3 Avoid interference with and provide clearance for equipment. Where indicated locations for luminaires conflict with locations for equipment, change locations for luminaire by minimum distance necessary as directed by Architect. so .4 Suspended Luminaires: Mounting heights indicate clearances between bottom of luminaire and finished floors. .5 Interior Luminaire Supports: .1 Support Luminaires: Anchor supports to structural slab or to structural members within a partition, or above a suspended ceiling. .2 Maintain luminaire positions after cleaning and relamping. .3 Support luminaires without causing ceiling or partition to deflect. .4 Provide recessed fluorescent luminaires with two support wires as outlined in rr� UBC. .5 Comply with Section 16050, Basic Materials and Methods. 1W .6 Wiring: .1 Recessed luminaires to be installed using flexible metallic conduit with luminaire conductors to branch circuit conductors in a nearby accessible junction box over ceiling. Junction box fastened to a building structural member within 6-feet of luminaire. .2 Install luminaires for lift-out and removal from ceiling pattern without disconnecting conductors or defacing ceiling materials. .3 Flexible connections where permitted to exposed luminaires;neat and straight, without excess slack, attached to support device. .4 Install junction box, flexible conduit and high temperature insulated conductors for through wiring of recessed luminaires. .7 Relamp luminaires which have failed lamps at completion of work. 3.3 ADJUSTING 1 Align luminaires that are not straight and parallel/perpendicular to structure. 3.4 CLEANING .1 Clean paint splatters, dirt, dust, fingerprints, and debris from luminaires. .2 Where finish of luminaires has been damaged,touch up finish as directed by manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 16610 Renton, WA STATIC UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 1 .r PART1 GENERAL rr 1.1 SUMMARY .1 This Specification describes a 1-phase continuous duty, on-line, solid state uninterruptible power system,hereafter referred to as the UPS. The UPS operates in conjunction with the existing building electrical system to provide power conditioning,back-up and distribution for critical electrical loads. The system consists of the UPS module, one or more battery wr packs, and other features as described in this specification. 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION rr I UPS Module Components: The UPS module consists of the following main components: .1 Rectifier/charger. rrr .2 Static inverter. .3 Controls. .4 Monitoring. .w .2 Modes of Operation: The UPS operates as an on-line, fully automatic system in the following modes: .1 Normal: Continuously supply the critical load by the inverter. The rectifier/charger derives power from the commercial AC source and supplies DC power to the Inverter while simultaneously float-charging the battery. .. .2 Battery: Upon failure of the commercial AC power, the critical load continues to be supplied by the Inverter, which obtains power from the batteries without any operator intervention. No interruption to the critical load upon failure or restoration of the commercial AC source is allowed. `w .3 Recharge: Upon restoration of the AC source,the rectifier/charger recharges the batteries and simultaneously provides power to the inverter. This is an automatic function and causes no interruption to the critical load. rr 1.3 REFERENCES Aw 1 UL 1778 - standard for Uninterruptible Power Supply Equipment. Listed Equipment(US and Canada). ■r .2 NEMA PE-1-1983 -Uninterruptible power systems standard. .3 IEC 801-2 -Electromagnetic Compatibility For Industrial-Process Measurement and Control Equipment. .4 IEC 146.4 -Methods of specifying performance and test requirements of uninterruptible power systems. go .5 ANSI C62.41-1980, Categories A and B -Recommended practice on surge voltages in low voltage power circuits. go .6 FCC Rules and Regulations 47,Part 15, Subpart J, Class A-Certified compliance. 9wr City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 16610 Renton, WA STATIC UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 2 1.4 SUBMITTALS 1 Supply the UPS with Sufficient Documentation, Including the Following Manuals: 10 .1 Operation Manuals: Submit copy of the operation manual. The operation manual possesses sufficient detail and clarity to enable the Owner's technicians to understand and operate the system equipment. The manuals describe the UPS in rw full. .2 Installation Manual: Submit copy of the installation manual. Installation manual possesses sufficient detail and clarity to enable the Owner's technicians to install the system equipment. 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS 1 Manufacturer: .1 Minimum of 10 years experience in the design,manufacture and testing of solid-state,UPS systems with ISO 9001 certification for engineering/R&D, manufacturing facilities and the field service organization. 1.6 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS aw .1 The system withstands any combination of the following external environmental conditions without operational degradation: wr .1 Operating Temperature: OC to plus 40C (32F to 104F)without derating. .2 Storage Temperature: Minus 20C to plus 60C. .3 Relative Humidity(operating and storage): 95 percent maximum non- condensing. ` .4 Elevation: 5000 ft. (1500 m)maximum at 40C without derating. .5 Acoustical Noise: Noise generated by UPS under normal operation not to exceed 45dBA at 1 meter from any operator surface,measured at 25C (77F) and full load. .2 EMI Suppression: The UPS meets FCC Rules and Regulation 47,Part 15, Subpart J, for Class A devices. +�w► .3 Efficiency: 91 percent at full unity power factor load and nominal input voltage. .4 Input Surge Withstand Capability: ANSI C62.41, Categories A and B (6KV). 1.7 RELIABILITY 1 Reliability .1 The UPS features redundant power supplies. In the event one of the power supplies fail,the UPS continues to operate in normal mode without load derating. Enunciate a failed power supply condition to the two computer workstations. This alarm will be via a serial data connection (RS232). Provide the software for the workstations to monitor the UPS status. .2 The UPS features redundant cooling fans. In the event one of the fans fail,the UPS continues.to operate in normal mode without load derating. City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 16610 Renton, WA STATIC UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 3 1.8 SAFETY .1 List the system in accordance with UL 1778. 1.9 WARRANTY .r. .1 System: No less than 24 months after acceptance and must include all costs including repair,parts, labor,travel and living expenses for the manufacturer's service personnel, within the 48 contiguous United States. .2 Battery: The UPS manufacturer warrants the battery on a prorated basis for 10 years to deliver no less than 80 percent of its rated capacity,provided the prevailing ambient temperature of the battery area does not exceed 25C (77F). PART 2 PRODUCTS AW 2.1 MANUFACTURERS - to .1 Powerware, APC or approved. 2.2 UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY .r 1 Rectifier/Charger: Converts incoming AC power to regulated DC output for supplying the Inverter and for charging the battery. Solid-state design. The modular design of the UPS to permits easy removal of the rectifier/charger without removal of any other assembly. ar .2 Inverter: The Inverter to have the following features: .1 Capable of providing the specified quality output power while operating from any ° ► DC source voltage (rectifier or battery)within the specified DC operating range. .2 The modular design of the UPS permits easy removal of each phase of the Inverter and DC electrolytic capacitors without removal of any other assembly. VW .3 Batteries: Sealed,maintenance free lead-acid cells. Expected Life: 200 complete full load discharge cycles when operated and maintained within Specifications. .4 Wiring Terminals: Size the neutral output compression terminal for 200 percent of UPS rated current to accommodate higher neutral currents associated with nonlinear loads. The r UPS contains mechanical compression terminals (adequately sized to accommodate 75C wiring) for securing user wiring to the following locations: .1 Rectifier/charger input connections. .2 AC output connections. +wr .5 Remote Notify: The UPS contains a service feature known as Remote Notify, which has the following capabilities: .1 Remote notify has the capability to initiate out calling for user selectable alarms and notices. Accomplish out calling through a Hayes compatible modem connected to a UPS RS232 port. Remote notify interfaces with either a personal computer running terminal communications software or a pager. 2.3 SYSTEM RATINGS AND OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS .r 1 System Continuous Ratings: rw City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 16610 Renton, WA STATIC UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 4 10 .1 UPS No. 1: 3.0 KVA. .2 UPS No. 2: 1.4 KVA. KVA rating is with a load power factor range of 0.8 lagging to 0.9 leading. .2 Rectifier/Charger Input: .1 Nominal Input Voltage: See Division 16 Drawings for input voltage requirements. .2 Operating Input Voltage Range: Plus 10 percent, minus 15 percent of average nominal input voltage without battery discharge. .3 Operating Input Frequency Range: 60 plus or minus 3 Hz(adjustable to plus 5 Hz, factory set) .4 Input Power Factor Range: 0.95 lag minimum at full load and nominal input voltage (with battery on float). .3 System Output in Normal Mode: Nominal Output Voltage: 120VAC, 1-phase, 3-wire plus ground. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION .1 Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 1 Perform the following procedures and tests by field service personnel during the UPS startup: .1 Visual Inspection: Visually inspect all equipment for signs of damage or foreign materials.and any other safety related factors. ' .2 Initial UPS Startup: .1 Verify that all the alarms are in a "go" condition. ' .2 Energize the system and verify the proper DC,walkup, and AC phase on. .3 Operational Training: Before leaving the site,the field service engineer familiarizes responsible personnel with the operation of the UPS. The UPS equipment is available for demonstration of the modes of operation. 3.3 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICE 1 Field Engineering Support: The UPS manufacturer directly employs a nationwide field service department staffed by factory-trained field service engineers dedicated to startup, maintenance, and repair of UPS equipment .2 Spare Parts Support: Locate parts supplies in the field to provide 80 percent of all 1W emergency needs. END OF SECTION City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 16721 Renton, WA FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEM July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 1 aw PART1 GENERAL to 1.1 SUMMARY W .1 Section Includes: .1 Fire alarm equipment. .2 Fire alarm wiring. *a .2 Furnish and install new audible/visible notification appliances compatible with the existing system. The scope includes connection of new devices to the existing system and the removal of door holders. VM .3 Related Work: .1 Section 08700,Door Holders. 00 .2 Section 16010,Basic Electrical Requirements. .3 Section 16050,Basic Materials and Methods. r 1.2 SUBMITTALS 1 Submit shop drawings and product data in accordance with Division 1. .2 Equipment submittals must include the following: 1 Complete descriptive data(cut sheets and operation and maintenance manuals) including UL listing,FM approval (for the specified application) for all system WV components. .2 Complete system wiring connection diagrams, wiring connection details (shop VW drawings). .3 Indicate on floor plans device zone number and notification appliance circuit number. .4 Show floor plans point to point wiring indicating the number,the gauge of the Aw conductors and size of conduit/raceway used. .5 Update the riser diagram. .6 Show wiring connection details for components being connected to the system or and interface to associated equipment. .7 Provide battery calculations and graphs, voltage drop calculations(for each signaling circuit. 5 percent voltage drop maximum. .ri .8 Show on floor plans symbol key with device catalog number, description, dimensions, back box size and mounting requirements. .9 Indicate system components, size of components and location. .r .3 Submit manufacturer's installation instructions. r .4 Submit manufacturer's descriptive literature, operating instructions and maintenance and repair data. .5 Submit complete device and wiring diagrams on architectural sheets at original drawing " scales with indication of device type, address and physical location,battery calculations, and component description to local fire AHJs, for approval,prior to construction. City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 16721 Renton,WA FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEM July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 2 .6 Submit,prior to final acceptance, a letter confirming that inspections have been completed and the system is installed and functioning in accordance with the Specifications. Include manufacturer representative's certification of installation and letter of warranty. .7 Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Provide manuals containing professional developed Record Drawings,battery type and battery calculations, spare parts list, operating procedures,troubleshooting guide,program printout, data file on disk and a 1-year warranty agreement including parts and labor. Warranty period begins upon the date of final acceptance. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1 Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: .1 Installation subject to inspection and approval of federal, state and local authorities. .2 Equipment shall be UL listed and FM approved. .3 Contact governing authorities prior to bid and provide all required fire alarm and detection devices and components as directed by governing codes as interpreted by governing authorities. ► .2 Reference Standards: .1 NFPA 72 -Adopted Edition. .2 NEC-Adopted Edition. .3 UBC -Adopted Edition and Washington Amendments. .4 NFPA 90A-Adopted Edition. .5 NFPA 101 -Adopted Edition. .6 UL UOJZ Listing. .7 UL 1076 For Security. .8 UFC -Adopted Edition. .9 UMC IMC -Adopted Edition. w PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS 1 Furnish all equipment of same manufacturer as existing system. W 2.2 INDICATING DEVICES 1 Provide he AudibleNisible Appliances(Horn/Strobes)with UL listing and meet the latest to requirements of NFPA, ANSI and ADA. Candela rating as required per space used. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION .1 Obtain approval of system design from fire authority prior to installation. Do not begin installation without approval from AHJ. .2 Wiring: to 46 a aw City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 16721 Renton, WA FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEM July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 3 1 In accordance with manufacturer's instructions and as required by authorities, provide wiring, conduit and outlet boxes required for the connection of new .r audible/visible appliances (Hom/Strobes). .2 Provide wiring to meet the requirements of national, state and local electrical codes. Provide color coded wiring as recommended and specified by the fire alarm and detection system manufacturer. Minimum wire size No. 14 or as approved by the Engineer. Test wiring free from ground faults and short circuits. .3 Provide Type FPL power-limited fire alarm cable when run in Wiremold �r (surface),Type FPLR power-limited fire alarm cable when run is from floor to floor or in a vertical run in a shaft(install metal raceways or rigid non metallic conduit where passing through a floor to a height of 7-feet above the floor) and Type FPLP power-limited cable when wiring is in ducts or plenum space. w .4 Provide final connections between equipment and the wiring system approved by manufacturer. .5 At junction boxes and termination points,provide identification tags on wires and " cables. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL w 1 Upon completion of the installation, subject the system to operational tests and when necessary corrections have been accomplished, advise Architect who will schedule a final orq inspection test with the Owner. Ensure the connections to the fire alarm system have been in service for at least 10 days of trouble/alarm free operation prior to the final inspection. Furnish instruments, labor and materials required for the tests and a qualified technician to conduct the tests. Correct any deficiencies found at no cost and retest system as necessary, prior to final acceptance. Tests include the following: .1 An operation of each indicating device (alarm horn and alarm strobe). w .2 Operation of all supervisory features of the system. .2 Upon completion of the installation of fire alarm equipment,provide to Architect a signed, w written statement substantially in the form as follows: "The undersigned having been engaged as the Contractor on the facility confirms that the fire alarm equipment was installed in accordance with the Drawings, Specifications, wiring diagrams, instructions, directions provided by manufacturer, and requirements of the governing authorities." 3.3 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS 1 Provide three sets of manuals to the Architect prior to final acceptance. Provide manuals containing professional developed Record Drawings,battery type and battery calculations, spare parts list, operating procedures, troubleshooting guide,program printout, data file on ow disk and a one year warranty agreement including parts and labor. Warranty period begins upon the date of final acceptance. 4W END OF SECTION r City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 16740 Renton, WA TELEPHONE/DATA RACEWAY SYSTEM July 22,2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 1 PART GENERAL +r 1.1 SUMMARY .1 Work Included: Telephone/Data Raceway System. .2 Related Work: Section 16050, Basic Materials and Methods. 1.2 REFERENCES I ANSPTIA/EIA-569-A, Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces. .2 ANSI/TIA/EIA-606, The Administration Standard for the Telecommunication ,r Infrastructure of Commercial Buildings. .3 ANSI/TIA/EIA-607, Commercial Building Grounding and Bonding Requirements for Telecommunications. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .1 Performance Requirements: Provide an empty ANSI/TIA/EIA-569-A compliant raceway system for the building telephone/data system wiring as indicated on Drawings and as specified herein. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS w .l Submit product data and shop drawings in accordance with Division 1. .2 Modify product data and shop drawings to reflect construction modifications. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT .1 Raceway components as applicable under related sections. .2 Furnish and install all plywood terminal boards, sized as shown on Drawings. Plywood is to be 4'x 4'x 3/4-inch thick, void-free, and fire retardant, finished with two coats of enamel,white or ANSI gray. Hold plywood up 36-inches above finished floor. .3 Wiring, instruments and equipment will be furnished and installed by others. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION +re .1 Install electrical work in telecommunications equipment rooms as shown on Drawings. Coordinate with the Owner's Representative, and with other trades working in the area. w. City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 16740 Renton, WA TELEPHONE/DATA RACEWAY SYSTEM July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA Page 2 .2 Install plastic jacketed pull lines printed with accurate sequential footage in all empty conduits longer than 15-feet or with more than one 90-degree bend. .3 Provide copper grounding bus bars and listed copper conductors at each terminal board, bonded through to the main equipment room and to the building ground grid, per ANSUTIA/EIA-607. .4 Provide insulated bushings on all conduits and sleeves. .5 Conduit bodies(condulets)are not to be used in data raceway system. .6 Install listed firestop material in all sleeves and conduits penetrating rated assemblies. .7 Seal and cap all conduits entering from outside of the building. END OF SECTION wr +�r +rw do City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 16741 Renton,WA BACKBONE AND HORIZONTAL July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS AW Page 1 no PART 1 GENERAL ar 1.1 SUMMARY .1 Work Included: 1 Horizontal(distribution) communications wiring and connecting hardware from the TRs to selected user outlets throughout the site. .2 Supporting hardware, labeling, identification and grounding required to provide a standard ANSFTIAJEIA compliant cabling system. Ww .2 Related Work: .1 Section 16050,Basic Materials and Methods. .2 Section 16400, Service and Distribution. 1.2 REFERENCES I ANSPTIA/EIA-568-B, Commercial Building Telecommunications Wiring Standard. .2 ANSFTIA/EIA-569, Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces. .3 ANSPTIA/EIA-606,The Administration Standard for The Telecommunications Infrastructure of Commercial Buildings. .4 ANSFTIA/EIA-607, Commercial Building Grounding and Bonding Requirements for OW Telecommunications. .5 BICSI, Telecommunications Distribution Methods Manual. .rr 1.3 DEFINITIONS .1 EF Entrance Facility: The area or location that contains the entrance point (demarcation) and associated equipment for public or private telephone and network services entering the building. rr .2 MC Main Cross-Connect: An area or location that contains telecommunications equipment for connecting backbone cable to/from ICs and HCs. Active telecommunications equipment will often be contained in this area to serve as the telecommunications hub or headend. Backbone cable from the Local Exchange Carrier's point of demarcation will connect to building backbone cable or active telecommunications equipment at this location. rr .3 IC Intermediate Cross-Connect: An area or location that contains telecommunications equipment for connecting backbone cable from the MC to backbone �r cable distributing to one or many HCs. This location may contain active telecommunications equipment. .rw 16741-1 low City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 16741 Renton,WA BACKBONE AND HORIZONTAL July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS Page 2 .4 HC Horizontal Cross-Connect: An area or location that contains telecommunications of equipment, cable terminations and cross-connect wiring. The HC is the recognized connection point between the backbone and horizontal pathway facilities. w .5 TR Telecommunications Room: An area or location containing telecommunications equipment, cable terminations and cross-connect wiring. Three applications serviced by TRs are horizontal cable connections,backbone system interconnection and entrance facilities. The TR provides facilities(space,power, grounding, etc). for housing telecommunications equipment. The TR may contain the MC, IC or HC. It may also contain the demarcation point or an inter-building entrance facility. .6 ANSI American National Standards Institute. .7 EIA Electronic Industries Association. w .8 TIA Telecommunications Industry Association. .9 IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. .10 ISO International Standards Organization. .11 UBC Uniform Building Code. 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ' 1 Provide a standards-based cable system to serve horizontal communication systems requirements as specified herein and shown on Drawings. Closely follow all ANSI/TIA/EIA, IEEE and ISO standards which apply to backbone and horizontal communication systems. .2 From the HCs, install horizontal distribution cable to feed all devices connected to the various systems. 1.5 SUBMITTALS .1 Product Data: Submit product data for all system components including but not limited to cable,jacks, and the like. Work may not begin until product data submittals are approved. .2 Assurance/Control Submittals: .1 Test Reports: Provide a copy of all manufacturer test procedures and results for the components or system products proposed. .2 Certificates: Provide a copy of Certified Installer Certificates for the products wr proposed. .3 Manufacturer's Instructions: Provide copies of all manufacturer installation and testing instructions. .4 Submit procedures for cable labeling and identification, long term documentation methods and numbering scheme in accordance with ANSI/TIA/EIA-606. 16741-2 41 4W City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 16741 Renton,WA BACKBONE AND HORIZONTAL July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS Page 3 s. .3 Closeout Submittals: .1 Submit product data and shop drawings in accordance with Division 1. .2 Modify product data and shop drawings to reflect construction modifications. .3 Provide electronic (3.5-inch IBM compatible disk) and hard copy test reports from an ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B Level III Enhanced Category-5 (Cat5e) cable system testing device for all backbone and horizontal twisted pair cable runs. Test backbone cables for Cat3, Cat5, or Cat5e performance. Test all Cat5e cables for NEXT,PSNEXT, ELFEXT, and PSELFEXT at each end of the cable, wire map,length, attenuation, attenuation to crosstalk ratio, impedance, structural return loss, DC loop resistance, noise, and propagation delay skew. Submit test data in virgin format, as output by the testing device. Test reports that have been modified in any way, as with a word processor,will not be acceptable. Repair, replace and reterminate all cables which do not meet the specified requirements. Retest and repair cable systems as necessary until the entire cable system meets all specified requirements. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE .1 Perform cable tests to generate the data required in close-out submittals, above,with a sample set of testing witnessed by Owner. .2 Perform a complete walk-through and inspection of the installation quality with the Owner's Representative. Correct all deviations from the standards and requirements. 1.7 SCHEDULING .1 Coordinate the installation of cabling with the installation of raceways and outlet box systems. rrr .2 Coordinate the location and installation of equipment racks and systems in the MC and other TRs with the Owner's representative, and other trades working in those areas. 1.8 WARRANTY .1 Upon completion of the installation,provide a manufacturer's extended product warranty and at least a 15 year assurance of compliant performance with any current or future application based on ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B for the backbone and horizontal cable system infrastructure. PART 2 PRODUCTS r 2.1 MANUFACTURERS 1 Manufacturers shall have a recognized certified installer program in place for the system components proposed. Cable approved with the system installed. Provide products with UL listing. Aw 16741-3 .. City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 16741 Renton, WA BACKBONE AND HORIZONTAL July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS Page 4 2.2 COMPONENTS 46 1 Provide system components that are necessary to construct a complete and operable system that meets the Specifications. 00 .2 Jacks: ANSUTIA/EIA-568-B,T568B, Enhanced Category-5, unshielded. .3 Faceplate: Coordinate faceplate color and finish with Architect. .4 Cable: I Horizontal: 100 ohm, Enhanced Category-5, 24AWG,4-pair unshielded twisted pair. .5 Miscellaneous: Provide supporting hardware, cable ties, labels,racking, and the like. rrr Provide cable supports rated for Enhanced Category-5 cable. 1W PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 ACCEPTABLE INSTALLERS .1 The installers of the cable system must be certified Installers, individually registered and trained by the manufacturer for the products submitted to meet the Specifications. wr 3.2 INSTALLATION .1 Horizontal Twisted Pair Cabling: .1 Install horizontal cabling consisting of 4-pair 24AWG Enhanced Category-5 unshielded twisted pair cable for each user outlet. .2 Terminate all cables onto ANSUTIA/EIA-568-B,T568B unshielded 8-pin modular jacks at each end. The modular jacks will mount in 48 port patch panels at the TR and in 4-port single gang faceplates or an approved substitute at each user location. .3 Determine the requirement for plenum rated cable. When doubt exists, seek prior determination in writing by AHJ. .2 Supporting Hardware, Labeling and Identification: I Provide equipment racks with sufficient rack space and surge-protected power receptacles to support 120 percent of the patch panels, termination blocks, hubs and wire management panels for the number of user outlets wired to each location. .2 Bond all cabling, equipment racks and other hardware to the ground bus in each TR per ANSUTIA/EIA-607. .3 Provide proper bracing and wire management from the backboard to any freestanding equipment racks,per the UBC. .4 Support, identify and label all cabling per ANSUTIA/EIA-569 and ANSUTIA/EIA-606 Specifications. 16741-4 ow City Of Renton Traffic Management Center 16741 Renton,WA BACKBONE AND HORIZONTAL July 22, 2002 -IBI Group, Seattle WA COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS ■w Page 5 go .5 Seal all conduits entering from outside the building and install listed firestop material in all conduits and sleeves as required to satisfy NEC and local codes. �wr END OF SECTION .r r�r err +rw rr •ire Iry 16741-5 dw 'KD Or nSCUFn INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY No STANDARDS Table of Contents * ' FORWARD 2 1. INTRODUCTION 3 wr 2. INTRA-BUILDING CONDUITS AND VAULTS 3 3. EQUIPMENT ROOM IMPACT 4 4. TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOMS 4 5. CABLE TERMINATION 6 6. FIBER OPTIC CABLE 7 7. PATCH AND STATION CORDS 7 8. PLENUM REQUIREMENTS 7 wo 9. LABELING 7 10. DOCUMENTATION 8 11. COPPER STATION TERMINATIONS 10 12. FIBER STATION TERMINATIONS 10 13. FACEPLATE AND OUTLET COLOR SELECTION 11 14. CERTIFICATION 11 15. ANCELLIARY COMPONENTS and ACTI'V'E ELECTRONICS 12 16. OUTSIDE PLANT CONDUIT AND VAULT DETAIL 14 17. OUTSIDE PLANT CONDUIT SYSTEM AND VAULT INSTATION GUIDELINES 14 18. INSIDE CONDUIT AND PATHWAY REQUIREMENTS 15 r 19. ADDITIONAL WORKSTATION POWER CRITERIA 17 APPENDICIES: STANDARDS SUMMARY 19 r� REFERENCES 20 VW © 2002, Northwest Information Services, Inc. Exclusive license granted to The City of Renton for use of and by City staff for w pro;octs and work directly relating to and controlled by the City. A:i other uses and duplication in any for whatsoever is forbidden Page 1 of 20 r INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY STANDARDS Forward: The contents of this document represent a compilation of industry and trade standards. Its intended use is as a guide for network infrastructure and personal computer equipment. Some of these standards are based on published, and for the most part, absolute standards involving safety and performance, specifically the National Electric Code (NEC) and the ANSI publications listed at the end of this document. . While every effort has been made to stay current with industry standards and publications, the approach is typically conservative in that we would rather recommend and execute proven solutions rather than "avant garde" technology if it requires a compromise in security, quality ,rr control or serviceability. We have found it better to over engineer a project toward security, safety and performance rather than to embrace a new, but as yet, unproven technology. We believe our design philosophy embraces the most efficient and cost effective methods � applicable to meet our telecommunications needs. While some may view this as situational ethics, our emphasis will always be tailored by our customer's needs and balanced by the reality of our business and financial constraints. w" W w wr r�r Page 2 of 20 M. INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY STANDARDS 1. INTRODUCTION Included in the initial phase of any network project will be an evaluation of the facility from a connectivity viewpoint with recommendations concerning the location and types of Intra-building Conduits and Vauits, Equipment Room Impact, Telecommunications Rooms (hubs) required and standards that will be adhered to in all aspects of construction that will involve technology. This is critical in new construction and/or remodel of an existing facility where building permits and/or inspections are required. Standards recognized in telecommunications industry are published by ANSI, with TIA/EIA 568 and 559 being the primary reference volumes. Standards are intended to simplify the installation and management of cable infrastructure while at the same time, aw condensing the acceptable set of products to facilitate in installation and maintenance. References to the National Electric Code (NEC) are also included as they apply to grounding, bonding and protection issues dealing with life safety. The following standards apply to all City facilities to one degree or another, i.e., scale and number of personnel will affect the level and magnitude of actual numbers/sizes. w wr 4W idw o. Page 3 of 20 MR ON D OF TMCUKn INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY STANDARDS ` 2. INTRA-BUILDING CONDUITS, DUCTS, AND VAULTS. An integral part of the City's *' short and long term strategies is the placement of adequate physical pathways to allow continued growth. In the construction of new or renovation of existing areas new conduit will be installed for exclusive telecommunications use. This will include but is not limited W to: voice, data, video, security, paging and intercom, HVAC control systems, or other listed limited energy devices. Pathway sizing must aliow for one hundred percent expansion beyond current capacity. Telecommunications ducts are approved for retrofitting of existing buildings in areas where obstacles of building type does not allow the installation of metallic conduit. Ducts „ are to be UL listed for the application and installed in accordance with NEC Article 250 in regards to grounding and bonding. Ducts installed in buildings located within secured perimeters of corrections facilities are to be constricted in a manner that provides for total closure of the duct. Locking or City approved safety screws are required for cover attachment. Vaults should also be included in any expansion efforts on any City owned facility. New building construction will require the installation of a vault to service the building and act as an intercept point for existing conduit(s) as well as provide a transition point for extensions of the conduit system. Handhold type vaults will only be used for pull through boxes or as an end point. In no case will a pull box be considered a splice point. In projects requiring vaults to be placed inside security perimeters, vaults will be specified with a locking mechanism requiring controlled key access. Vault sizing will be rrt dependant on location. Approved/recommended vault sizes are included in the appendix to this document. 3. EQUIPMENT ROOM IMPACT— The telecommunications infrastructure supporting most of the City facilities is based on a hierarchical star that utilizes a Network Operations Center (NOC) at the core of the star. Primary data equipment is located in the NOC ft while voice equipment is located in a second Equipment Room (ER). A separate room has been provided as the demarcation point for telecommunications service providers. All construction projects that require telecommunications services will affect the NOC and ER. A preliminary assessment must be completed by Facilities management and Information Services to ascertain the impact and develop recommendations for meeting the telecommunications needs associated with any and all City expansion efforts. At a minimum, the assessment will include: a. PBX Capacity — Can the proposed addition be accommodated with the current PBX (or key system) configuration? Will additional telephone requirements +r dictate new station cards and will additional cards require physical expansion of the PBX cabinet(s)? b. Data Connectivity — How will the proposed addition impact existing equipment ; and will additional rack space be required? C. Bandwidth Impact — What changes are necessary in allocation of available bandwidth in either physical (media) or logical (port or address) assignment(s)? d. Conduit Sizing — All project need to include a "conduit allowance". This allows the City to continue to expand and allocates cost for additional conduit across all projects. Page 4 of 20 MINFORMATION TECHNOLOGY STANDARDS 4. TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOMS. Prior to, or as a part of building remodeling or network wiring, the City needs to design and construct Telecommunications Rooms. There should be a minimum of one Telecommunications Room per floor. This does not have to be a new room in most locations, rather a "redesign" of existing facility to include �.r adequate termination facilities (voice and data), power, light, and security. Ideally, the closet should be sized to provide 100 square feet per 10,000 square feet of building. In reality, such space is not often available in remodels and must be lobbied for in the design phase of a new project. In new construction, the Telecommunications Room shall be located as close as practicable to the center of the area served and preferably in the core area. In no case will a Telecommunications Room be smaller than 50 square .r feet. Additional guidance is provided in ANSI/TIA/EIA-569 with particular reference to non-related systems: "The Telecommunications Room shall be dedicated to the telecommunications function and related support facilities. The Telecommunications Room should not be shared with electrical installations other than those for telecommunications. Equipment not related to the support of the telecommunications room (e.g., piping, ductwork, pneumatic tubing, etc.) shall �. not be installed in, pass through, or enter the Telecommunications Room" ' a. Telecommunications Room construction must adhere to local building codes with .r particular emphasis on the NEC in reference to grounding and bonding parameters. NEC Articles 250 and 800 cover the general requirements for grounding, bonding and protection of telecommunications circuits and equipment. In addition to the NEC recommendations, the requirements published in the ANS11TWE/A - 607, Standard for Grounding and Bonding of Commercial Buildings will be incorporated in the construction specifications for Telecommunications Rooms. At a minimum, each Telecommunications Room will have a copper buss bar, bonded to the building's system ground, that will act as a common grounding point for all equipment, racks and metallic cable sheaths incorporated in the room. b. Each Telecommunications Room shall have power as follows: i. One, rack mounted duplex 110 volt, 20 amp dedicated circuit, generator backup. ii. One, backboard mounted double duplex 110 volt 20 amp dedicated circuit, generator backup iii. One, 110 volt, 20 amp "utility" circuit r C. Overhead lighting should provide a minimum of fifty-foot candles of light measured three feet above the floor. Light fixtures should be mounted 8', 6" above finished floor. d. Floors shall be tiled or painted with light gray or white enamel to enhance the lighting characteristics. e. The door to the telecommunications room shall be a minimum of 36" wide and 80" high, without doorsill, and hinge outward (unless prohibited by code). e. Physical Security — The physical security of the Telecommunications Rooms is paramount and must be considered at all times. Access into these rooms must be controlled by a single point of entry that is secured with a cipher lock keyed to the City's ER's. ANSI/TIA/EIA-569-A, Paragraph 3.12.1, Draft 1.4 March 2002 Page 5 of 20 r " INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY STANDARDS ' f. Each Telecommunications Room will have a backboard that is typically constructed of fireproof plywood, three-quarters of an inch thick and a minimum of four by eight feet where possible. Finish will be two coats of light gray or white 40 fire retardant material such as Benjamin Moore IronClad Retardo® or equivalent intumenscent paint. g. Multiple Telecommunications Rooms on a floor shall be interconnected by a aw minimum of one conduit, three inches (3") or larger, or the equivalent pathway. Preferred method of intra closet installation shall be above grade with below grade, or in concrete slab, being an alternate placement method. at h. Entrance conduits, sleeves or floor slots should be located as to facilitate pulling of cable. i. Fire protection of the Telecommunications Room shall be installed only if applicable as per local codes as dictated by Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). If sprinklers are required, the heads should be fitted with a protective cover to prevent accidental operation. High temperature heads, as allowed by AHJ, shall be used. j. All outside plant copper cable needs to be terminated in accordance with the regulations listed in NEC Article 800 concerning primary protection. The City ON I requires protection at both eiids of runs that meet the criteria for protection. Outside plant cable is to be protected with primary and secondary (sneak current) protectors. Tails will be extended from the protection blocks to wall mounted 110 cross-connect field. Additional 110 blocks will be tailed to rack 0 mounted patch panels to facilitate cross connection(s) using modular cords. k. Inter and intra-building fiber will also be terminated in rack mounted patch panels. Protective innerduct will run to the point of entry into the patch panel. All fiber 0 innerduct will be orange in color and labeled "Fiber Optic Cable". I. All station cables are to be terminated directly on patch panels employing modular RJ45 - 110 terminations installed in 19" equipment racks. This allows *a all outlets to be used for any application by cross connecting to the appropriate resource. In no case will patch panels be installed with more than forty-eight ports. Horizontal wire management installed above and below each patch panel. M. Wherever practical, freestanding 19" racks will be installed in Telecommunications Rooms. In some locations, the space constraints will not allow the installation of a freestanding rack. In such cases, a wall mounted 40 equipment cabinet will be specified. Racks must be bonded using a #6 (or larger as dictated by code) AWG cable to a common buss bar and to a known, building system ground source to insure same potential among all racks. In locations requiring more than one rack for patch panels and/or active electronics, a vertical W wire management panel will be installed to accommodate cable transition between the racks. Additional rack detail is included as an appendix to this document. n. In addition to telecommunications racks, telecommunications cabinets may be „ employed in areas where a secure room does not exist. These cabinets will be secured to the structure and have locking doors. Conduits containing power and rw conduits containing backbone and station cable will be extended into the cabinet to secure the entrance and protect the housed equipment from unauthorized access. 40 Page 6 of 20 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY STANDARDS o. Potential locations for Telecommunications Rooms will be documented and included in all updates to construction drawings and specifications to insure proper HVAC is supplied to these rooms. A minimum of 150 CFM of airflow is required with 300 CFM necessary where PBX is housed. HVAC is to be supplied 24 hours per day, 365 days per year. The temperature and humidity shall be +r► controlled to provide continuous operating ranges of 64° to 75° Fahrenheit with 30% to 55% relative humidity. Humidification and dehumidification equipment may be required depending upon local environmental conditions. P. Power conditioning is required in all areas where active electronics or file servers are housed. American Power Conversion is the City's standard for this type of equipment. Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) will be sized according to maximum current requirements for the Telecommunications Rooms will be specified. Intelligent UPS equipment that notifies file servers of power outage will be specified. In the event the telephone switch (PBX) is to be located in this room, insure that the UPS is properly sized to provide PBX and all ancillary Aw equipment with sufficient backup. All UPS equipment will be equipped with remote monitoring interface allowing a Windows based application to monitor and control the operation of the UPS. im 5. CABLE TERMINATION - ANSI/TIA/EIA— 568 mandates a four pair termination at each outlet, reference Sections 11 and 12. All jacks and patch panels will be specified at the to then highest. Category of performance commercially available that maintains a "downward compatibility", i.e., Category 6 RJ-45 connectors are downward compatible with Category 5. Testing and certification will be accomplished on all new installations. a. On occasion, exceptions may be granted for extenuating circumstances. The following disclaimer will be used in situations requiring "non-standard" cabling: o "All cable shall be the highest currently recognized Category. Testing and certification will be accomplished on all new installations. Exceptions will be granted for temporary services in modular or portable structures. As such, temporary services only will support an alternative option, which allows a single 4 pair run to support two (2) voice/switched, low speed data connections on a single run. It must be understood that if this option is implemented, the workstation cable will only support 1 LAN connection per work station and careful consideration must be given to locating LAN services such as printers, scanners, etc." Additional cable criteria: a. In no case will patch panels containing more than 48 ports be specified. Wire management will be installed at the rate of one horizontal wire management panel for each 24 ports. b. A Standard workstation cable configuration will incorporate four (4) RJ45 jacks per workstation. This will allow any combination of 4 devices per workstation. This allows greater flexibility in future location for printers and other LAN based equipment. C. Areas that require greater connectivity for current or projected needs will be analyzed on a "case-by-case" bases and employ a configuration that suitable for the application. d. As applications become more bandwidth intensive, it is imperative to have Page 7 of 20 �onim n:NTON ; INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY STANDARDS installations performed according to the exacting standards of the established governing body, i.e., IEEE and TIA/EIA. An area that seems to be most overlooked is the number of termination points per cable. There will be no more than two termination points in each run, specifically, the wall plate in the work area and the patch panel in the Telecommunications Room. ► e. While not as critical as data cable, voice tie cables, if required to connect multiple Telecommunications Rooms, will be from a recognized manufacturer, Category 3, or higher, in perforrnance/rating. Voice tie wrr cables also be terminated in rack mounted, RJ45 patch panels to facilitate a quick and easy to manage cross connect system for voice to any outlet so required. Tie cables will be terminated on 110 blocks at Telecommunications Room housing the PBX or at such point as the cable is to be cross connected to the PBX supply field. 6. BACKBONE FIBER OPTIC CABLE - Due to the physical size of the some of the City facilities, multiple Telecommunications Rooms are required. These rooms will be interconnected using fiber optic cable. This will allow connections between LAN users and with proper equipment and software, provide common access within the facility and the various LAN applications that will be supported. Fiber will be sized in accordance with the application supported, specifically: a. Primary Backbone - Fiber will be a minimum of 12 strands, 50/125µm Laser Optimized multi-mode, however in large buildings, additional strands may be recommended in the anticipation of segmentation and/or switching in the wrr network. In addition, composite fiber made up of a combination of single and multi mode may be installed to facilitate high speed inter connection between facilities. For those locations requiring greater that 500 meters total distance from an ER or TR, single mode will be installed between Telecommunications Rooms. All fiber will be installed in one of the above-mentioned inner ducts. b. Outlying Buildings — Fiber will be a minimum of 12 strands, 50/125µm Laser Optimized multi-mode for distances up to 500 meters. For those locations requiring greater that 500 meters total distance from an ER or TR, single mode fiber should be considered. In lieu of single mode fiber, the minimum installation requirements will include an open innerduct placed end-to-end to allow future placement of single mode fiber. C. Fiber will be installed in a "star" configuration, which provides patching at each Telecommunications Room. While this increases the number of patch points and potential for ioss at connectors, the flexibility outweighs the risk. Typical loss with properly installed connectors will be 0.3dB or less. d. Backbone fiber will be terminated in rack mounted patch panels using "SC" " connectors. All strands will be terminated at time of installation. "Dark Fiber" is not allowed. e. Tight buffer fiber rated for multiple applications, i.e., indoor, outdoor, duct and carrying a rating of OFNP is preferred for all installations. This allows installation of continuous lengths of fiber from patch panel to patch panel without the requirement of a break out kit. r;w Page 8 of 20 .w Itr � • INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY STANDARDS 7. PATCH AND STATION CORDS. Patch cords and station cable will be supplied as part of the structured cable system. They will be specified in length, colors and quantities to provide 120% of projected "first day' use. Color standards for the City are: •+• • 5e and below Data — Blue • Data Switch — • Category 6 Data —White • Voice — Grey Flat Satin (straight-thru) • Printer—Yellow • Video Conferencirg — .+. . Hubs —White (straight-thru) • Multi-mode Fiber—Orange • Hubs — Pink (cross-over) • Single mode Fiber—Yellow • File Server—Violet • Radio - Red .. Cords will be equal in performance to the installed cable plant, specifically Aw a. Copper patch cords will be equal to or higher in Category to the installed cable and be stranded unshielded twisted pair (UTP). Patch cords will be used between patch panels and active electronics. Lengths will be kept to a minimum .r while remaining with standard, manufactured lengths. In no case will patch cords be manufactured in-house. b. Copper station cords will be stranded unshielded twisted pair in lengths that allow proper routing and minimize coils or slack cable length. In no case will station cords be run across open spaces or taped to the floor. With the exception of voice only applications, flat "silver satin" will not be used for station cable. C. Fiber patch/jumpers will typically be 50/125µm Laser Optimized multi-mode for s both the Telecommunications Room and station ends. The exception to this will be single mode jumpers, where applicable, to connect backbone active electronics supporting extended lengths or those jumpers connecting edge •. devices supplied by Telco's. In all cases, 50/125❑m Laser Optimized multi-mode cords will facilitate the station side of fiber optic connectivity. Aw 8. PLENUM REQUIREMENTS. The varied age of City facilities and types of construction employed requires close attention to the codes concerning plenum requirements. It is our belief that an "over engineered" system that errs in favor of compliance with all applicable codes is preferred to the potential savings in exclusive use of PVC cable. The absolute safety of building occupants is always a priority in design criteria. If there is any question as to plenum requirement, plenum will be specified. 9. LABELING. All unshielded twisted pair cables and the outlets in which they terminate shall be identified at both ends of the wiring run with nomenclature indicated below. Identification shall be made clear, machine produced, indelible marking. Such numbers •" are to be sequential and use the following criteria; bb.rrri.rr.pp.nn, where: bb Building number, alphanumeric up to three digits • rm = Room Number within the building, alphanumeric up to three digits rr = Rack Number within the Room, numeric, 01 - 99 pp = Patch Panel number within the Rack, alphanumeric up to three digits nn = port number within the patch panel, numeric, 01 —48. .y+ a. Faceplate: Faceplate shall be marked with its Telecommunications Outlet number, i.e., "Label". This shall be accomplished by the use of a machine generated, clear, embossed label upon which is carried the Telecommunications Page 9 of 20 .r. IIIIIAA INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY STANDARDS Outlet number of that installed faceplate. Label is to be permanent. Self- adhesive label that can be easily "pealed off' are not acceptable. All labels are mounted behind a clear plastic protection window that is an integral part of the faceplate. b. Cable — Each of the cable sheaths emanating from a Telecommunications Room to the Telecommunications Outlet shall be labeled at each, the Outlet and Closet side. Labeling of the cable shall be printed onto a cable sheath tag specifically designed for this purpose. The tag will be secured to the sheath no more that 4 inched from its termination point. C. Patch Panels — Patch panels shall likewise carry sequential labels that correspond exactly to those on the Telecommunications Outlet. Those panels ,, manufactured with a silkscreen label annotation for each port are acceptable as presented with a "patch panel" number applied in a conspicuous position on the left side of the panel. d. Floor Boxes — Floor boxes require engraved plastic labels. Stock shall be 1/16- inch thick melamine plastic laminate punched or drilled for mechanical fasteners. Label to be engraved in white letters on black background. e. Modular Furniture Outlets — Modular furniture that utilizes a standard faceplate shall be labeled as per "9.a Faceplates" above. All other modular furniture requires engraved plastic labels. Stock shall be 1/16-inch thick melamine plastic laminate punched or drilled for mechanical fasteners. Label to be engraved in white letters on black background. y 10. DOCUMENTATION — Proper documentation for telecommunications infrastructure is required to facilitate new work as well as trouble shoot and maintain existing systems. For all new projects, the following are the minimum documentation requirements: a. Complete power and signal plans of the facility showing locations of Equipment Room and Telecommunications Room(s) and Telecommunications Outlets. All Telecommunications Outlet locations will be annotated with the above detailed label criteria. The Telecommunications Outlet label will be contained in a box immediately adjacent to the Telecommunications Outlet symbol as shown here: so Al 2.202.06.13.24 . W Building Al2, Room 202, Rack 6, Patch Panel 13, Port 24 This document will be provided electronically in the then latest version of 46 AutoCAD®as well as hard copy. b. Cable routing showing the approximate pathway(s) in the facility and the point of so connection to the outside plant conduit system. This will include information on the number and sizes of each conduit. This document will be provided electronically in the then latest version of AutoCAD® as well as hard copy and may be combined with the above as a separate layer. No C. Testing documentation will be included with all new projects. Hard copy output indicating successful testing of every location is not required, rather a CD containing the test data and the appropriate application to display such in a +wII Page 10 of 20 ' * • INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY STANDARDS Windows based environment, i.e., Fluke, Scope, or Microtest viewer programs. �. 11. COPPER STATION TERMINATIONS. Copper station terminations will be the highest Category currently recognized, RJ45 outlets with all pairs terminated in a single jack, as per ANSI/TIA/EIA - A. New construction or new installations will utilize the 568A pinout +. standard while existing installations are permitted to use 5688 pinout only in those installations with an embedded base of 5688. The 568A pinout supports all known requirements for voice and,data. 12. FIBER STATION TERMINATIONS. Fiber station terminations shall be Small Form Factor (SFF) designed to fit the same "footprint" as an RJ45 outlet. The outlet shall terminate two strands of fiber and be compliant with ANSI/TIA/EIA-604-x, where "x" is aw the addendum number associated with a particular type of SFF connector, Fiber Optic Connector Intermateability Standard. This document, together with its addenda, provides standards for the intermateability of fiber optic connectors. Each addendum to so this document is 'a Fiber Optic Connector Intermateability Standard (FOCIS) for a particular type or design of fiber optic connector. The intermateability requirements in a FOCIS apply to mating optical components such as connector plugs, adaptors, and to receptacles. The intermateability requirements in a FOCIS are to be for completed product. For example, for a connector plug the requirements are to be the requirements for the plug mounted with the fiber installed and ready for use. 13. FACEPLATE AND OUTLET COLOR SELECTION. Telecommunications Outlets and their respective jacks/inserts will be specified in a neutral color that will blend with the �,. current and future paint and/or decorating schemes. There will be no differentiation between "voice" and "data" with diverse colors at the jack. The City will employ a universal premise distribution system that negates the need for such differences as the Ar label identifies the jack with the same label criteria that carries through to the patching facility where each jack is connected to the appropriate resource. As such, the City will use Ivory, Almond, or similar colors consistently. Exceptions would be a specific color to match or complement modular furniture. It is in the best interest of all concerned parties to work with the interior design staff before finalizing this selection. Telecommunications Outlets located within sensitive or secure areas (correctional wr facilities) will require special consideration. Configurations will require installation with approved safety screws. In certain locations, faceplates may be required to be constructed of unique or special materials. It is imperative that unique security or safety +r considerations be effectively communicated in the design phase of any project to provide accurate budget considerations and to allow sufficient lead-time if custom manufacturing is required. �. 14. CERTIFICATION. The installation will only be as good as the training and/or experience of the individuals responsible for such. Good design, planning and engineering will be in vain if the company selected to do the actual work is not well represented by individuals who have completed a recognized training program and successfully performed in similar installations. All Requests for Proposals or Quotes (RFP/RFQ) will include stringent qualifiers that clearly articulate the need for a certified system to be installed by licensed industry professionals who have completed appropriate training on the product set specified. Recommended verbiage concerning technical qualifications is included as an attachment to this document. Page 11 of 20 A■ INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY STANDARDS A new telecommunications infrastructure will carry a minimum guarantee of twenty years from the manufacturer. Additional coverage from the actual installer is a plus, however, the manufacturer will be key in providing warrantee replacement and insuring that the system continues to meet performance criteria specified at time of installation. Reference to TIA/EIA-568 implies the then current version of the standard. Minimum criteria will include: a. Extended Product Warranty - The Extended Product Warranty shall ensure against product defects, that all approved cabling components exceed the specifications of TIA/EIA-568 and ISO/IEC IS 11801, exceed the attenuation and NEXT requirements of TIA/EIA-568 and ISO/IEC IS 11801 for cabling links/channels, that the installation will exceed the loss and bandwidth requirements of TIA/EIA-568 and ISO/IEC IS 11801 for fiber links/channels, for a twenty five (25) year period. The warranty shall apply to all passive Structured Cable System (SCS) components. ` b. System Assurance - The System Assurance shall cover the failure of the wiring system to support the application which it was designed to support, as well as additional application(s) introduced in the future by recognized standards or user forums that use the TIA/EIA 568 or ISO/IEC IS 11801 component and link/channel specifications for cabling, for a twenty five (25) year period. err C. Extended Product Warranty - The Extended Product Warranty and the System Assurance shall cover the replacement or repair of defective product(s) and labor for the replacement or repair of such defective product(s). d. System Certification - Upon successful completion of the installation and subsequent inspection, the customer shall be provided with a numbered certificate, from the manufacturing company, registering the installation. Several leading manufacturers offer single vendor solutions and extended warranty programs in addition to mandating the highest levels of training to receive their certification. AVAYA (formerly Lucent), AMP and Nordex, are the only manufacturers that provided all of the components of the system, i.e., cable, terminations, fiber, patch panels, etc. While this is an important feature, the overall cost of the installation must be balanced against the potentially higher "up front" cost of the installation. As the installed base of personal computers continues to migrate toward faster speeds, Ethernet connectivity will move completely away from 10Mbps to 100Mbps and then towards 1000Mbps as the standard desktop speed. This increase in speed mandates that cable systems be installed in accordance with very strict standards. Systems must +r be carefully designed and components selected with emphasis on system compatibility and documented sustainable performance. While it may be attractive from an initial investment standpoint to introduce lower cost components, the long-term cost of acceptable performance of the system will be the deciding factor in selection of product. 15. ANCELLIARY COMPONENTS and ACTIVE ELECTRONICS a. Telecommunications Room Active Electronics. Components supporting station cable (horizontal) will conform to all known standards and performance criteria Page 12 of 20 rr INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY 00 STANDARDS relating to 100/1000BASE-T/IEEE 802.3x, which are the standards for operating Ethernet LANs on, twisted pair cable. The following will be considered minimum wo physical requirements for hubs and switches: ii. Manufactured by a first tier company with local presence and documented support and service abilities. OW iii. Rack mountable. iv. Redundant power supplies for equipment specified in critical applications. V. Able to support lobe lengths at 100 meters. vi. Backbone connection will support GBIC modules in fiber (single and multi-mode) using SC (fiber) interface as well as copper, RJ45 interface. vii. Use RJ45, 8 pin connectors for all station transition points. viii. Support browser enabled Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) elements to the network interface card (NIC) level. ix. Modular in design allowing expansion while retaining initial investment. Emphasis should be placed on "stackable" components or "hot aw swappable" chassis configurations that allow expansion in increments of 12, 16, or 24 to the maximum configuration supported in a single collision domain. to X. All options will be set externally or with soft commands. b. Network Interface Card (NIC) - Copper. The NIC requirements can be best met on with a high performance card that is capable of supporting 10/100BASE-T (10/100 megabit, Baseband, Twisted pair) topology that employs an RJ45, eight pin modular connector. Card will be "auto-sensing" in its ability to detect network speed. Servers will be 100/1000 auto-sensing cards. C. Network Interface Card — Fiber. Applications requiring fiber to the desktop of servers equipped with fiber NIC capabilities will be equipped with a Small Form .r Factor interface that allows a duplex fiber jumper to be used. d. Network Management. While riot a "hardware component" per se, network management needs to be included in all planning discussions for networks in City facilities. All active electronics will be supported from and by a single, centralized network management location. Network management will be based on SNMP and/or RMON to include enterprise capabilities that allow management of equipment from different manufacturers from a single platform. Management ►" system will have the ability to map and control to the port level of any hub with statistics on traffic as well as IP address and protocol last transmitted at a port level. Management software will be remotely accessible using a Web based browser. e. Personal Computers. The environment at the City is a combination of dissimilar machines. While the infrastructure recommendations will take various protocols into consideration, the hardware discussions in this section will be limited to Intel based machines. See Information Services for current standards. 16. OUTSIDE PLANT CONDUIT AND VAULT DETAIL ' a. Outside Plant Conduit — All conduits installed "outside" are considered subsurface pathways. Approved conduit types are: 1 ANSI/TIA/EIA-758-1Customer-Owned Outside Plant Telecommunications Cabling Standard (April .� 1999) Page 13 of 20 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY STANDARDS ' i. EB-20 for encasement in concrete; ii. EB-35 for encasement in concrete; iii. DB-60 for direct burial or encasement in concrete; iv. DB-100 for direct burial or encasement in concrete; V. DB-120 for direct burial or encasement in concrete; vi. Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit Schedule 40 for direct burial or encasement in concrete; vii. Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit Schedule 80 for direct burial or encasement in concrete; viii. Multiple Plastic Duct (MPD)for direct burial or installation in conduit; ix. Rigid Metallic Conduit For direct burial or encasement in concrete; X. Intermediate Metallic Conduit for direct burial or encasement in concrete; A. Fiberglass Duct For direct burial or encasement in concrete; xii. Innerduct Polyethylene (PE)for direct burial or installation in conduit; xiii. Innerduct Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) for direct burial or installation in conduit. b. Installation shall conform to the following: i. Encased buried (EB-20) and direct-buried (DB-60) conduit shall meet NEMA standard TC-6. ii. Encased buried (EB-35) and direct-buried (DB-120) conduit shall meet NEMA standard TC-8. iii. Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 Rigid Nonmetallic conduit shall meet NEMA standard TC-2. iv. Nonmetallic conduits shall be encased in concrete of minimum 17225 kPa wrt (2500 lb/in 2) compressive strength where vehicular traffic (i.e., automotive, railway) is above the pathway, or where a bend or sweep is placed. C. All bends will be sweeps with a minimum radius of six times the internal diameter (ID) for conduits up to 2 inch and ten times the ID for all conduits larger than 2 inch. d. The following is a list of construction elements that need to be considered in the design and installation of subsurface pathways. i. Excavation; ii. Clearances and separations from other utilities; iii. Depth of burial; iv. Buried street crossings; V. Casing; vi. Trenching; vii. Boring (pipe pushing); as viii. Plowing; ix. Backfill; and, X. Restore landscape. e. Vaults shall meet the following criteria. i. Corrosion resistance of metal components. ASTM B 117 salt spray test for (30) days; ii. Chemical resistance of nonmetallic components (gasoline, kerosene, acid/base etc.)ASTM D543; iii. UV degradation of nonmetallic components. ASTM G 53 for (90 days - Page 14 of 20 rrr I . AM ND Or=CUM INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY STANDARDS UVB-313 lamps); iv. Resistance to flame or fire RUS Specification PE-35 or ASTM D 635 f. Loading requirements: i. Light duty (pedestrian traffic only), designed for protected areas only. (Test load 1361 kg [3000 lb] over 254 mm by 254 mm [10 in by 10 in] area with 13 mm [0.5 in] maximum deflection); ii. H-5, designed for sidewalk applications and for occasional non-deliberate traffic (test load 5118 kg (11284 lb) over 254 mm by 254 mm [10 in by 10 W in] area with 13 mm [0.5 in] maximum deflection); iii. H-10, designed for driveways, parking lots and off road application subject to occasional non-deliberate heavy vehicles (test load 22 568 lb. %in over 254 mm by 254 mm [10 in by 10 in] area with 13 mm [0.5 in] maximum deflection); and, iv. H-20, designed for deliberate heavy vehicular traffic. .r 17. OUTSIDE PLANT CONDUIT SYSTEM AND VAULT INSTATION GUIDELINES Outside plant conduit and vault systems installed at correctional facilities require unique +o and careful planning prior to placement. In most installations, the conduit duct bank is designed to include electrical, security, pneumatic control systems, video distribution, and telecommunications. The duct bank typically runs parallel to or at right angles from as the major structures. Duct banks are typically encased for their entire runs in concrete. As such, it is imperative to allocate pathway for the immediate needs, but to include a one hundred percent growth factor for future systems that will be required over the life ,* span of the institution. a. Vault Placement and Security--Vaults are in almost all cases, shared among low voltage applications, i.e., telecommunications, alarm, security, video, HVAC control systems, etc. Sizing and placement of the vaults needs to consider the likelihood of re-entry and the physical security required for protection against unauthorized access. An approved locking method must be installed on the access cover for all City vaults. Locking mechanism shall consist of a stainless steel slam lock with a keyway that is protected by a threaded aluminum plug that provides a weather and debris resistant seal. Threaded plug shall be a McGard Intimidator®type accessible for removal using a unique master key. b. Drainage - Installation of vaults should be such that water drainage will continue after the installation. In some instances the soil grading will be sufficient, while in other instances gravel may have to be placed at specified depths. The vault may .r be located below grade, in which case locator stakes or location devices should be employed. The location of the vault should be away from traffic conditions that could cause injury to personnel, yet it should be easily accessible for maintenance. C. Vault Racking and Interior Space Allocations —Approved vaults range in size from 4' x 4' x 6' up to 8' x 8'.x 12'. Conduits enter and exit these vaults in a variety of sizes and configurations. Allocation of space needs to be coordinated with all systems that will transverse the vault. For telecommunications systems, the following guidelines apply: i. Fiber optic cable will be completely encased in innerduct. Innerduct will be labeled as it passes through the vault. In the event a splice is performed in a vault smaller than 4' x 6' x 6', appropriate slack coils will be provided to allow the splice case to be removed from the vault. When sr Page 15 of 20 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY STANDARDS splicing is required in vaults 4' x 6' x 6' or larger, the splice case will be affixed to the side of the vault using the uni-strut rack fasteners cast into the wall of the vault. Splice cases will be labeled at each entry point with us nomenclature that includes the cable origination point, strand count, and destination. Fiber splice cases will be labeled as "F-nnn", where nnn = the vault number as shown on the conduit and vault site plan. W ii. Copper tie and supply cables will pass though vaults and be likewise labeled. In the event a splice is performed in a vault smaller than 4' x 6' x 6', appropriate slack coils will be provided to allow the splice case to be err removed from the vault. When splicing is required in vaults 4' x 6' x 6' or larger, the splice case will be affixed to the side of the vault using the uni- strut rack fasteners cast into the wall of the vault. Splice cases will be labeled at each entry point with nomenclature that inclLides the cable origination point, pair count, and destination. Copper splice cases will be labeled as "C-nnn", where nnn = the vault number as shown on the conduit and vault site plan. d. Conduit Allocation and Fill Procedures. All conduits will be numbered and documented on site plan as-built drawings. e. All conduits that are not in use will be plugged with a watertight duct plug designed specifically for such purpose. Separate conduits will be allocated for fiber and high pair count copper cables. In the case of four-inch conduits allocated for fiber, five (5) one-inch innerducts will be installed as a part of the initial activation. One, or more, of the innerducts will be used for the initial fiber allocation with the remaining being allocated as spares. Innerduct will be labeled at each end and where is passed through a vault as "ccc- iii", where ccc = the ilk conduit number from the site as-built drawings and iii = the innerduct number, 1 — 5, within the conduit. r 18. INSIDE CONDUIT AND PATHWAY REQUIREMENTS a. Conduit — The following types of conduit are approved for interior uses in City facilities: i. Rigid galvanized conduit, zinc coated and manufactured in accordance with UL-6, ANSI and Federal Specification WW-C-540 standards ii. Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC), zinc coated galvanized steel to comply with UL-1242, Type J and ANSI Standards iii. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT), zinc coated steel to comply with UL-797 and ANSI Standards iv. Liquid tight flexible metal conduit, zinc steel core with smooth gray abrasion resistant, liquid tight, polyvinyl chloride covering (with integral ground wire wound in steel core), to comply with UL360 and ANSI Standards. Anaconda Seaitite type U.A or similar. irr V. Flexible metal conduit, to comply with UL360, ANSI Standards and Federal Specification WW-6-566 b. Wireways—The following are approved: i. Non-exposed, all steel in construction with screw covers. All surfaces will be coated with a rust preventing coating with final finish being gray. ii. Surface raceway, may be steel or UL listed non-metallic product. Where power and signal (low voltage) cables share a common pathway, an approved divider must be present. All fittings and transitions pieces are to be of the same manufacturer, however, power and low voltage Page 16 of 20 RENTON • INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY STANDARDS receptacles may be from a different manufacturer so long as the product is designed to be an integral part of the completed system. Color is to be r ivory, almond or off-white. In addition, where a metallic system is specified, the following requirements apply: 1. Material is to be grounded to known source of building ground 4W 2. All cut edges that will be exposed to cable will be finished with a grommet or dielectric bushing material to protect cable from chaffing. 3. All visible cuts will be painted to match overall color of product. C. Pathway—will conform to the requirements of ANSI/TIA/EIA 569-A, specifically:2 i. The scope of this Standard is limited to the telecommunications aspect of commercial building design and construction, encompassing telecommunications considerations both within and between buildings. Telecommunications aspects are generally the pathways into which telecommunications media are placed and the rooms and areas associated with the building used to terminate media and install telecommunications equipment. ii. Both architectural and telecommunications terminology are used in this Standard (ANSI/TIA/EIA 569-A), which may cause some difficulty to readers experienced in one area but perhaps riot in the other. The reader can reduce confusion by remembering that this Standard does not standardize the media or equipment; it only standardizes the pathways and spaces within and between buildings into which telecommunications media and equipment are placed. Although the scope is limited only to the telecommunications aspect of building design, this Standard significantly influences the design of other building services, such as electrical power and HVAC. This Standard also impacts space allocation within the building. iv. This Standard does not cover safety aspects of building design; the reader is directed to National Fire Prevention Association/National Electric Code and building code references. Other codes and standards may also apply to the installation of telecommunications pathways and spaces. d. Both single and multi-tenant buildings are recognized by this Standard. .w Occupancy usually occurs after the base building has been constructed and provisioned, based on the requirements of this Standard; however, the distinct needs of individual tenants in a multi-tenant building may need to be accommodated by additional telecommunications pathway and space facilities beyond those provided in the base building design. It is expected that, at occupancy time, each individual tenant will design the telecommunications cabling in conformance to ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-A. As a result, the build out design may also include pathways and spaces to support a two-level backbone cabling hierarchy for each tenant. e. Boxes and "in wall' conduit. Telecommunications Outlets (TO) are typically secured to a metal box affixed to the wall studs. All boxes servicing Telecommunications Outlets must be 4" x 4" and a minimum of 2, '/2' deep including the mud ring. This may be accomplished with the use of a 2, 1/8" box and the appropriate single gang mud ring. The conduit serving these boxes should be 1" and in no case, smaller than 3/4 ". This conduit must be installed in rr 2 ANSUTINEIA-569-A-4Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces(April 2000) Page 17 of 20 �II�I INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY STANDARDS a manner that minimized bends. Total bend radii must not exceed 270 degrees unless a pull point is furnished. 19. ADDITIONAL WORKSTATION POWER CRITERIA City of Renton Information Services has levied the following requirements for workstation locations: a. All workstation locations will be serviced by dedicated receptacles. A 110-volt, 20-amp dedicated shall be allocated for every four workstations. b. All workstation receptacles and telecommunications outlets are to be located in such a manner as to allow them to be accessible after the workstation furniture has been placed without moving said furniture or any related modular panels. 1W +rr Page 18 of 20 ■ r • • INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY STANDARDS STANDARDS SUMMARY The standards selected will be the basis for recommendations that will encompass the entire organization. Those standards discussed above will allow an organization to: a. Publish standards for all support equipment and wiring with enforcement being at the City level. b. Establish communications within each facility for common use of equipment and sharing of data. C. Provide an open system based on industry recognized and supported standards that can be easily linked to establish communications between facilities. d. Establish the basis and provide a platform for organization wide E-Mail and Electronic File Transfer (EFT). e. Establish a means for communications with other facilities and institutions in the local area as well as state and national organizations. f. Position for enhanced connectivity to take advantage of Internet connectivity options for delivery of services such as streaming video and web cams. g. Develop a common, single cable standard that supports connectivity of any device, i.e., phone, computer, printer, fax, modem, etc. ONO h. Provide a structured cable system that will carry, as a minimum, a twenty-year warranty to minimize exposure and provide consistent performance. i. Address bandwidth requirements to provide current, projected and future connectivity requirements in a proactive manner. .r +iw Wrr Page 19 of 20 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY STANDARDS REFERENCES: err Normative references - The following standards contain provisions, which, through reference in this text, constitute provisions of this Standard. At the time of publication, the editions indicated were valid. All standards are subject to revision, and parties to agreements based on this Standard are encouraged to to investigate the possibility of applying the most recent editions of the standards indicated below. ANSI and TIA maintain registers of currently valid national standards published by them ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B.1-3 Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard (May 2001) ANSI/EIA/TIA-569-A.4 Commercial Building Standards for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces (April 2000) irll ANSI/TIA/EIA-604 Fiber Optic Connector Intermateability Standard (September 2000),with Addendums ANSI/TIA/EIA-606 The Administration Standard for the Telecommunications Infrastructure of Commercial Building (February 1993) ANSI/TIA/EIA-607 Commercial Building Grounding and Bonding Requirements for Telecommunications gilt (August 1994) ANSI/TIA/EIA-758-1 Customer-Owned Outside Plant Telecommunications Cabling Standard (April 1999) National Electric Code, 2002, NFPA -70 TIA/EIA TSB-67 Transmission Performance Specifications for Field Testing of Unshielded Twisted-Pair rd Cabling Systems - (October 1995) TIA/EIA TSB-72 Centralized Optical Fiber Cabling Guidelines -t(October 1995) TIA/EIA TSB-75 Additional Horizontal Cabling Practices for Open Offices - (August 1996) ISO/IEC IS 11801 Information Technology—Generic Cabling for Customer Premises, July 1995r rw do Page 20 of 20